2012 Manual of Motorcycle Sport

2012 Manual of Motorcycle Sport
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
Motorcycling Australia
2012 Manual of
Motorcycle Sport
Published annually since 1928
by Motorcycling Australia
ABN 83 057 830 083
147 Montague Street
South Melbourne 3205
Victoria Australia
Tel: 03 9684 0500
Fax: 03 9684 0555
email: mail@ma.org.au
website: www.ma.org .au
Motorcycling Australia is
the Australian affiliate of
the Fèdèration Internationale
de Motocyclisme.
This publication is available
electronically from:
www.ma.org.au
www.fim.ch
ISSN 1833-2609
2012. All material in this book is the copyright of Motorcycling Australia Ltd (MA) and may not be reproduced without prior written permission from the CEO.
enjoy the ride
Introduction
enjoy the ride
INTRODUCTION TO THE 2012 EDITION
Welcome to Motorcycling Australia’s (MA) 2012 Manual of Motorcycle Sport (MoMS), a publication designed
to assist you in your riding throughout the upcoming calendar year.
While the information in the 2012 MoMs is correct at the time of printing, the dynamic nature of our sport
means that things can – and often do – change. We urge you to keep an eye on the dedicated rule
information bulletin page of our website www.ma.org.au and on our regular e-Newsletters for information
about any changes that may occur. You can also find an electronic version of the Manual from www.ma.org.
au/moms.
2011 will be remembered for achievements and triumphs, it will also be remembered as the year our
community lost the legendary Ken Wootton. An ardent Motorcycle Sport supporter and contributor, Wootton
was a passionate and intrinsic member of our community. From his profound involvement with Road Racing
and Historic Road Racing, to his outstanding commitment to ensuring the improvement and growth of our
sport, Wootton played an integral role in shaping our sport to what it is today. Well known and respected
across the board, he will be held in our memories and sorely missed.
Australia has a strong track record of competing on an international level, and 2011 was no exception.
Throughout the year, MA was proud to allocate $20,000 in International Rider Grants to support 16 riders to
take part in overseas competition.
Our Aussie performers once again made a bold impression on the World Stage, with Casey Stoner
emphatically claiming his second MotoGP World Championship at Phillip Island in front of a roaring home
crowd, and sidecar passenger Jesse Headland claiming a second consecutive FIM Track Racing Sidecar
1000cc World Championship, his rider this year was was five-time Australian Champion and 2008 World
Champion Darrin Treloar.
Australia achieved its first ever podium finish at the prestigious Motocross of Nations in France, with the
green and gold team of Chad Reed, Brett Metcalfe and Matt Moss securing an outstanding bronze medal
finish.
In the Enduro discipline, our Women’s Team of Jemma Wilson, Jess Gardiner and Alison Parker brought
home a historic bronze medal from the gruelling International Six Day Enduro in Finland
Our Junior Motocross riders performed impressively at the World Junior Motocross Championships in Italy,
with Hunter Lawrence finishing fifth overall and the team securing an impressive outright twelfth place
result.
A host of Aussie riders claimed international podiums in a variety of disciplines, including Darcy Ward, Rory
Schlein, Matt Davies, Jed Metcher, Grant Bond, Glenn Cox, Jack Miller, Arthur Sissis, Glenn O’Brien and
Aaron Maynard to name a few.
It was a busy year on the home front as well, with impressive performances on the local soil and the
crowning of a new score of Australian Champions. Highlights included Toby Price’s continued dominance
of the Australian Four Day Enduro, Jay Marmont’s record breaking fourth straight Australian Motocross
Championship win, Chris Hollis’ return to victory at the Australian Off-Road Championships and Meghan
Rutledge’s superb performance at the Australian Women’s Motocross Championship.
The top three results in each of the 2011 Australian Championship classes can be found by turning the MA
Hall of Fame pages, starting on page 22.
The third annual Honda Broad Bike Bonanza, promoted by MA, was a roaring success, with Road Racing
World Champion Hugh Anderson and world-renowned motorcycle journalist Alan Cathcart joining nearly
500 riders for the Easter weekend spectacular.
4
Preparations are already well advanced for the 2012 event, with all profits going to MA’s Museum and
Heritage Committee to preserve and maintain the history of Motorcycling in Australia. For more information
about the 2012 Honda Broadford Bike Bonanza please visit www.ma.org.au.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Introduction
MA continued to support the development of our most talented riders with a program of successful High
Performance Rider camps, delivered onsite at the Australian Institute of Sport (AIS). Continuing on in
the successful format of previous years, these camps put our emerging talent through their paces with
immersive training and tuition.
Talented Motocross and Off Road riders were well catered for, with the Women’s Training Camp in July
and the widely-recognised Under 21 Development Camp in September focusing exclusively on these two
disciplines.
The Elite Rider Camp in November rounded out the annual rider development program, delivering an
intensive program for Road Race, Speedway and Dirt Track riders.
MA recognises that is essential to provide development opportunities for our coaches and officials as well
as our riders and in 2011 conducted a Level 1 Presenter and Assessor Course and a Level 2 Coaching
Course.
MA wishes to acknowledge all the hard work that goes on behind the scenes at all levels of participation
and competition, and would like to thanks riders and their families, volunteers, clubs, coaches, officials, the
industry for its ongoing support and our State Controlling Bodies who work tirelessly to administer the sport.
The success of Motorcycling Sport in this country is testament to the ongoing contributions and passion of
each and every member of the Australian Motorcycling community.
MA also wishes to acknowledge and thank the Australian Government for their continued funding and
commitment to Motorcycling Sport. The Australian Sport Commission (ASC) is the Government body
that supports and invests in sport at all levels in Australia, and MA works closely with the ASC to develop
motorcycling from community participation through to high performance level.
2011 has been an incredible year to be involved with motorcycling in Australia, and 2012 looks set to
be another bumper year with the introduction of the all-new 250cc Production Class. To be delivered in
conjunction with the Australian Superbike Series in its inaugural year, the new class will provide a cost
effective pathway for riders seeking an introduction to the Road Racing world and strengthen an already
comprehensive Motorcycle Sport calendar.
The New Year will also see Victoria host a round of the prestigious 2012 FIM World Trial Championship,
providing Australian riders and enthusiasts with the rare opportunity to see the world’s best Trials riders in
action.
On behalf of the Board of Motorcycling Australia, we wish you all the best in 2012.
Stephen Foody
David White
President
Chief Executive Officer
Motorcycling Australia is proudly supported by
the Australian Sports Commission
5
Table of contents
enjoy the ride
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO THE 2011 EDITION.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 4
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 13
AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 15
A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 16
Motorcycling Australia Structure .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 17
motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 19
2010 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 30
mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 32
THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 36
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 38
Immediate Rule Changes.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 38
Procedure for Consideration of Items by Commission.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 40
Rule Amendment or Inclusion Form.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 41
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
JURISDICTION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 42
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 42
Purpose of Rules .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 43
Repeal of Current GCRs.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 43
By - Laws .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 43
2administration.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 45
2.1
The Controlling Bodies.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 45
2.2Commissions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 45
2.3
Sports Development Levy.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 46
2.4
Sports Development Account.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 46
2.5
Officials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 46
3
3.1
3.1.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
LICENSING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 51
Licensing Requirements.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 51
Licence Types and Activity Eligibility.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 52
Licensing - General .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 53
Licensing - Seniors.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 53
Licensing - Juniors .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 53
Licensing - Entrants .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 54
Licensing - Speedway Mechanics.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 54
Licence Issuing and Renewals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 54
Junior Coaching Program .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 55
4
COMPETITIONS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 56
4.1Venues.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 56
4.2
The Promotion and Conduct of Competitions.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 56
4.3Offences.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 60
5
5.1
6 5.2
PROTESTS AND APPEALS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 65
Protests.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 65
Appellate Bodies.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 66
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
table of contents
5.3Appeals.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 66
6
6.1
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 68
MA Hearing Guidelines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 68
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Creation of Commissions.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Structure of the Commissions.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Structure of the Standing Committees and Special Sub-Committees .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Objectives of the Commissions.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Commission Terms of Reference.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 71
8
8.1
NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 72
Coaching Background.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 72
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 74
Officials Background .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 74
Levels of Accreditation.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 74
Officials Licensing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 75
National Officials Sub-Committee Guidelines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 75
State Officials Review Panel Guidelines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 75
10
10.4
NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 76
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 77
11
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7
11.8
11.9
11.10
11.11
11.12
11.13
11.14
11.15
11.16
11.17
11.18
11.19
11.20
11.21
11.22
11.23
11.24
ANTI-DOPING POLICY.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 78
Anti- Doping Background .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 78
Anti-Doping Policy Responsibilities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 78
Anti-Doping Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 79
MA’s Position on Doping.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 79
Anti-Doping Policy Application .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 79
Anti-Doping Policy Obligations.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 79
Definition of Doping.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 80
Proof of Doping.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 80
Anti-Doping Rule Violations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 80
Anti-Doping Prohibited List.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 81
Therapeutic Use.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 81
Anti-Doping Testing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 81
Retirement and Return to Competition .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 81
New Members.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 83
Anti-Doping Sample Analysis.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 83
Anti-Doping Investigations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 83
Anti-Doping Result Management .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 83
Anti-Doping Hearings.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 84
Anti-Doping Sanctions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 85
Doping- Consequences to Teams .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 85
Anti-Doping Appeals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 85
Anti-Doping Violations Ouside of ADP .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 86
Anti-Doping Confidentiality and Reporting .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 86
Interpretation of the Code .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 86
Anti-Doping Miscellaneous.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 86
7
Table of contents
enjoy the ride
11.25
11.26
11.27
11.26
Alcohol Breath Testing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 87
Alcohol Blood Testing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 88
Safety Policy - Drug and Alcohol Testing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 88
ADP Appendix- Anti-Doping Code Prohibited List.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 90
12
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9
12.10
12.11
12.12
12.13
12.14
12.15
12.16
12.17
ALL DISCIPLINES.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 91
Application of Chapter.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 91
Eligibility - All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 91
Fees- All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 91
Engines – Formulae for Calculation of Capacities and Classes.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 91
Measurement - All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 92
Number Plates- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 93
Radio Communication.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 95
Frames and Parts - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 95
Fuel-All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 97
Noise Emissions -All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 98
Starts and Finishes - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 100
Stopping Events- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 101
Flags and Signals- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 101
Scoring- All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 102
Change of Machine During a Competition - All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 102
Junior Competition Rules - All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 102
Junior Capacity Classes - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 104
13
13.1
13.2
13.3
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 106
MA Events.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 106
Protocols.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 106
Championship Medallions and Trophies.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .111
14
2011 IN PICTURES.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 114
15
Road racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.1 Frames and Parts – Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
15.2 Engines - Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
15.3 Noise Emissions - Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.4 Protective Clothing - Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.5 Fuel - Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.6 Superbikes.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.7Supersport .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.8 Superstock 600.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
15.9 Superstock 1000.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.10 Production 250.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.11 Production.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
15.12 125cc GP Class .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.13 250 GP Mono.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.14 Formula One Sidecars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.15 Formula Two Sidecars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
15.16 Yamaha FZ6 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
8 15.17 Junior Competition Eligibility .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
116
116
116
117
117
118
118
120
121
122
124
125
125
126
127
129
132
133
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
table of contents
15.18
15.19
15.20
15.21
15.22
15.23
15.24
15.25
Junior Solo Road Racing 80cc.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Junior Solo Road Racing 160cc.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Minimoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Frames and Parts - Minimoto and Minimotard.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines - Minimoto and Minimotard .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Road Bike Freestyle.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Superbike Championship.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
133
133
133
134
134
138
138
142
16 16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
16.8
16.9
16.10
16.11
16.12
HISTORIC ROAD RACING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Categories and Classes- Historic Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions - Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Eligibility - Historic Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Requirements- Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Requirements - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing -Sidecars & Cyclecars.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel- Historic Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Historic Road Racing Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
144
144
145
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
151
152
152
17
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
17.8
17.9
17.10
17.11
17.12
17.13
17.14
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing - Motocross and Supercross.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Motocross and Supercross.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions - Motocross and Supercross .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Fuel- Motocross and Supercross .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Senior Classes- Motocross and Supercross.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Junior Classes- Motocross and Supercross .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competitor Grading- Motocross and Supercross.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - All Ages and Classes.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Supercross.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Freestyle Motocross .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules - Fast 50’s.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Motocross Championships.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Junior Motocross Championships.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Supercross Championship.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
153
153
153
154
155
155
155
155
155
157
157
158
159
161
162
18.
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Eligibility .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel - Classic MX & Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Machine and Class Identification - Classic MX & Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Tables of Machines and Components.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames & Parts - Sidecars - Classic MX & Dirt Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines - Sidecars - Classic MX & Dirt Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames & Parts - Slider Class .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
164
164
165
165
166
166
168
169
169
9
Table of contents
enjoy the ride
19
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
19.6
19.7
19.8
19.9
19.10
19.11
19.12
19.13
19.14
19.15
SPEEDWAY.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Frames and Parts - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Engines – Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines - Junior Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Rider Identification- Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Fuel - Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes- Junior Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
250cc Intermediate Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
250/350cc Solo Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classic Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules - Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Speedway Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Teams Championships - Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Test Matches- Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
World Championship Selection - Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
171
171
172
177
179
179
180
180
180
180
180
182
186
189
191
192
20
20.1
20.2
20.3 20.4 20.5
20.6
20.7
20.8
20.9
DIRT TRACK .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Dirt Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions - Dirt Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Machine and Rider Identification - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Junior Classes - Dirt Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes - Dirt Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Senior and Junior Dirt Track Championships Format .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
194
194
195
196
196
196
196
196
197
197
21
21.1
21.2
21.3
21.4
21.5
21.6
21.7
21.8
21.9
Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Protective Clothing - Track Machines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing - Motocross or Enduro Machines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Engines - Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Fuel - Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Track - Junior .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classic Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules - Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Senior and Junior Track Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
199
199
200
201
202
202
203
203
203
204
22QUADS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
22.1 Protective Clothing - Quads .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
22.2 Footware in Pits .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
22.3 Frames and Parts- Quads.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
22.4 Engines- Quads.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
22.5 Rider and Machine identification - Quads.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
22.6 Fuel - Quads .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
22.7 Classes and Age Groups- Quads.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
10 22.8 Competition Rules - Quads.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
205
205
205
205
205
206
206
206
208
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
table of contents
23
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.5
23.6
23.7
23.8
MOTO-TRIALS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Protective Clothing – Moto-Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes and Grades – Moto-Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Moto-Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel- Moto-Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classic Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Sidecar - Moto-Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules – Moto-Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Moto-Trials Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
210
210
210
211
211
211
212
212
215
24
24.1
24.2
24.3
24.4
24.5
24.6
24.7
24.8
SUPERMOTO .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts- Supermoto.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines- Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Noise Emissions - Supermoto.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel- Supermoto.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Capacity Classes- Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules- Supermoto.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Supermoto Championship.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
216
216
217
217
217
217
217
217
219
25
25.1
25.2
25.3
25.4
25.5
25.6
25.7
25.8
25.9
25.10
25.11
25.12 25.13 25.14 ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing - Enduro and Reliability Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Enduro and Reliability Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions- Enduro and Reliability Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Fuel- Enduro and Reliability Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules- Enduro and Reliability Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules -Junior Enduro .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian 4 Day Enduro Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
The Course – A4DE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Preliminary Examination- A4DE.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Publication of Results- A4DE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
A4DE Awards.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Cross Country.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Sprint.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Off-Road Championships.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
220
220
221
221
221
222
229
230
231
232
232
232
234
234
234
26
26.1
26.2
26.3
26.4
26.5
26.6
26.7
MINIKHANA.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Introduction.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Frames and Parts- Minikhana.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes & Grades - Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Courses- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
236
236
236
236
237
237
239
241
27
27.1
27.2
27.3
ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Alternative Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Venues - Alternative Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Permits - Alternative Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
249
249
249
249
11
Table of contents
27.4
27.5
27.6
28
28.1
28.2
28.3
28.4
28.5
28.6
28.7
28.8
29
enjoy the ride
Supplementary Regulations- Alternative Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 249
Licensing of Competitors - Alternative Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 249
Technical Specifications - Alternative Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 249
RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 250
Recreational Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Controlling Bodies- Recreational Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Officials – Recreational Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Venues – Recreational Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
The Promotion And Conduct of Recreational Activity.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Permits – Recreational Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Entries.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Licensing of Participants.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 252
appendix 1 HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 254
30.1.1 Approval Labels For Helmets.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 254
Helmet Fitting Guide .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 255
appendix 2 MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 256
appendix 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 263
1.
Purpose of this Member Protection Policy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
2.
Who this Member Protection Policy Applies to: .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
3.
Code of Conduct.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
4.
Organisational Responsibilities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
5.
Individual Responsibilities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
6.
Policy Position Statements.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
7.
Member Protection Policy - Screening.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
8.
Member Protection Information Officers (MPIOs).. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
9.
Child Abuse Procedures.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
10.
Complaints Procedures.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
11.
Breaches of This Member Protection Policy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
12.
Forms of Discipline.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
13.
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Attachment A - Code of Conduct .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Attachment B - Member Protection Declaration .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Attachment C - Child Protection Requirements .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
263
263
263
263
264
264
267
267
267
268
268
269
269
272
273
274
Appendix 4- PRIVACY REGULATION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 279
Appendix 5- Occupational health and safety policy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 281
Appendix 6- Environmental sustainability policy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 281
Appendix 7-compulsory riders briefing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 282
12 30
Riders Division.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 283
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA information
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
Chief Executive Officer
PA to the CEO
Operations Manager
Finance & Administration Manager
Riders’ Division Manager
Riders’ Division Membership Officer
Commissions & Committees Manager
Risk and Compliance Manager
Communications Officer
Communications Officer
Accounts Administrator
Events Officer
Events Officer
National Development Officer
International Teams Officer
Address
Postal
Phone: +61 (03) 9684 0500
Web
PERSONNEL
David White
ceo@ma.org.au
Tina Alderman
pa@ma.org.au
Barry French
operations@ma.org.au
Jamie Nind
finance@ma.org.au
Rob Smith
riders@ma.org.au
Bronwyn Sorensen
membership@ma.org.au
TBA
commissions@ma.org.au
Claire Lawrence
compliance@ma.org.au
Megan Hannan
communications@ma.org.au
Max Bennett
websiteofficer@ma.org.au
Kellie Ramstein
accounts@ma.org.au
Rebecca Kastenberger events@ma.org.au
Emma Van Maanen
eventsadmin@ma.org.au
Laurence Miller
development@ma.org.au
Sian Smith
teams@ma.org.au
147 Montague Street, South Melbourne, VIC 3205
PO Box 134, South Melbourne, VIC 3205
Fax: +61 (03) 9684 0555 or +61 (03) 9696 9731
www.ma.org.au
OFFICE BEARERS
President
Steve Foody
Vice President
John Tisdale
Patron
The Hon. Tony Street
Auditor
Terrence Jasper & Associates
National Director of Coaching
Stephen Gall
Chief Medical Officer
Dr Carl Le
COUNCILLORS
New South Wales Christine Tickner
Northern Territory Ian Jordan
Queensland Derek Rumble
South Australia Ivan Golding
Tasmania Peter Kitto
Victoria Darryl Hiddle
Western Australia Paul Foster
(03) 9684 0512
(03) 9684 0512
(03) 9684 0503
(03) 9684 0506
(03) 9684 0501
(03) 9684 0509
(03) 9684 0504
(03) 9684 0516
(03) 9684 0511
(03) 9684 0507
(03) 9684 0561
(03) 9684 0510
(03) 9684 0514
(03) 9684 0502
(03) 5174 1847
Tony Street
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Steve Foody President
John Tisdale Vice- President
Lyal Allen
Ray Jonkers
Bob Kershaw
Stuart Strickland
Stephen Foody
Ray Jonkers
Lyal Allen
John Tisdale
Bob Kershaw
Stuart Strickland
13
enjoy the ride
MA information
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
COMMISSIONS (Chairman - bolded)
Road Racing
Derek Rumble
Phil Tainton
Mark Bracks
David Catchpole
(2014)
(2013)
(2012)
(2013)
Historic Road Racing
Marcus De Caux
Alan Warner
John Simms
(2014)
(2012)
(2013)
Motocross/
Supercross
Graeme Baynes
Adrian Robinson
Mark Luksich
Peter Kitto
(2013)
(2014)
(2012)
(2014)
Classic Motocross
& Classic Dirt Track
David Tanner
Shane Fraser
Rod MacDonald
(2014)
(2013)
(2012)
Speedway
Ivan Golding
Peter Campton
Gary Davey
(2013)
(2014)
(2013)
Dirt Track
Track, Supermoto
Les Thomas
Keith Davies
Jovian Haidle
(2014)
(2013)
(2012)
Jennifer Ballard
Fiona Collins
Lynnette Long
(2013)
(2012)
(2014)
Moto-Trials
Bob McGlinchy
Robert Eyres
Colin Scott
(2013)
(2012)
(2014)
Braxton Laine
Colin Foulds
Cameron Scheuber
(2012)
(2014)
(2013
Enduro
Denise Hore
Don Atkins
David Ahola
Luke De Graff
(2014)
(2012)
(2013)
(2013)
Darryl Knight
Len Pipicello
Martin Stone
(2014)
(2014)
(2014)
Officials
Sandra Palmer
Peter Smith
Peter Bell
Brendon Gledhill
Womens
Junior Sport &
Developmen
Quad
COMMITTEES
Coaching
14
Lyndon Heffernan
Rod Jenner
Stephen Gall
Paul Caslick
JudicialLegal Members
Richard Lawson
John Urquhart
Heritage and
Museum
Lindsay Urqhart
Mick Pettifer
Jim Scaysbrook
Peter Drakeford
Ian Hopkins
Ron Kivovitch
JudicialMotorcycle Members
Ross Earl
Dale Wyatt
Ralph Freeman
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA information
AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES
MOTORCYCLING NEW SOUTH WALES
CEO Daniel Gatt
President Christine Tickner
Address 9 Parkes Street,
Harris Park, NSW 2150
Postal PO Box 9172,
Harris Park, NSW 2150
Phone +61 (02) 9635 9177
Fax +61 (02) 9635 5277
Email mnsw@motorcycling.com.au
Web www.motorcycling.com.au
MOTORCYCLING QUEENSLAND
General Manager Lindsay Granger
President Derek Rumble
Address 2/8 Gordon Street
Ipswich, Qld 4305
Postal PO Box 2072
North Ipswich, Qld 4305
Phone +61 (07) 3281 2255
Fax +61 (07) 3812 2742
E-mail info@mqld.org.au
Web www.mqld.org.au
MOTORCYCLING WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Executive Director Rick Gill
President Paul Foster
Postal Address PO Box 475
Maylands, WA 6931
Address Brian Adams House, 46 Seventh
Ave, Maylands, WA 6051.
Phone +61 (08) 9371 5333
Fax +61 (08) 9371 5311
Email mail@motorcyclingwa.org.au
Web www.motorcyclingwa.org.au
MOTORCYCLING VICTORIA
CEO Andrew Weiss
President Darryl Hiddle
Address Suite 125 / 9 Hall Street
Port Melbourne, 3207
Postal Suite 125 / 9 Hall Street
Port Melbourne, 3207
Phone +61 (03) 9673 0600
Fax +61 (03) 9673 0620
Email info@motorcyclingvic.com.au
Web www.motorcyclingvic.com.au
MOTORCYCLING TASMANIA
Administrator Fred Bessell
President Peter Kitto
Postal PO Box 270
Latrobe, Tas 7307
Phone +61 (03) 6426 1988
Fax +61 (03) 6426 1988
E-mail mtas@southcom.com.au
Web www.mtas.org.au
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA NORTHERN TERRITORY
Manager Ian Jordan
President Ian Jordan
Address 35 Menaja Road
Howard Springs, NT 0835
Postal PO Box 154, Howard Springs NT 0835
Phone +61 (08) 8983 2200
Fax +61 (08) 8983 2200
E-mail mant@bigpond.com
Web www.mant.org.au
MOTORCYCLING SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Chris McArdle
President Ivan Golding
Address 251 The Parade
Beulah Park, SA 5067
Phone +61 (08) 8332 9000
Fax +61 (08) 8332 9100
Email administration@motorcyclingsa.org.au
Web www.motorcyclingsa.org.au
General Manager
15
MA information
enjoy the ride
A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
In 1928, the Auto Cycle
Council of Australia (ACCA)
was formed to represent the
interests of motorcycle clubs
and State associations at a
National level. The ACCA
would eventually become
Motorcycling
Australia,
the representative body
for motorcycle racing in
Australia.
But organised motorcycle
sport was established many
years before the ACCA.
Speedway racing was the
first form of motorcycle
competition to be organised
as a professional sport. John Hoskins has been
credited with presenting Speedway to the world, when
he conducted the first meetings at the West Maitland
Showgrounds (NSW) in 1923. His efforts laid the
foundation for future Australian successes in World
Championships.
ACCA held biennial National conferences until 1972,
when they became annual affairs. Delegates from
each State Controlling Body (SCB) participated at
the conferences. These high-level gatherings had the
primary purpose of updating the General Competition
Rules (GCRs) and determining future directions of
the sport.
In 1975, ACCA moved to International recognition
by affiliating with the Fédération Internationale de
Motocyclisme (FIM).
By the 1980s, motorcycle sport was no longer an
amateur business and it was becoming unfeasible
to operate in the traditional way. In 1989, the ACCA
established a permanent office in Melbourne, staffed by
a full-time administrator and assistant. By 1991, a new
full-time National Executive Director was appointed,
replacing the administrator. It was clear that the
organisation had to change with the times and provide
the professionalism demanded by modern sport.
Subsequently, in late 1992, the name Motorcycling
Australia replaced ACCA to reflect a more modern and
progressive image, and to ensure easy identification
with motorcycling sport. A new logo was introduced at
the same time, to match the improved image.
16
A full-time National Development Officer was appointed
in early 1993, reflecting the growth of the sport and the
organisation’s commitment to support and encourage
that growth. At the 1993 annual conference, there
was an overwhelming vote in favour of change for
the long-term benefit of the sport, including plans for
restructuring the organisation.
The following year, at the Annual conference, the
Council approved a restructuring of the organisation.
National Commissions were established and
Commissioners appointed for each branch of the sport.
Each Commission was responsible for rule changes
and the national development of its discipline. Special
Sub-committees, responsible for the business aspect of
the sport, were also established. In 1998, the Northern
Territory was formally admitted as a member.
At the 2000 Annual conference in Hobart, a new
constitution was adopted which empowered an
independent Board of Directors. Councillors were
reduced to one from each State. In the same year a
Motorsport Manager was appointed to administer
Australian championships. That role would eventually
become that of Sport and Development Manager,
merging the duties of National Development Officer
and Motorsport Manager into one role. In 2001,
Motorcycling Australia appointed a Media Manager
and in late 2002, a new role of General Manager was
created, replacing that of Operations Manager.
Motorcycling Australia established its own Public
Liability insurance arm- Motorcycling Australia
Insurance Limited (MAIL) in 2003 to free the sport from
the volatility of the public insurance market.
Today, the organisation has in excess of 21,000
competitors, more than 350 affiliated clubs, and over
3000 registered officials.
Motorcycling Australia will continue to serve its
members and the motorcycle sport community, to
ensure the healthy future of motorcycle sport.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA structure
Motorcycling Australia Structure
Motorcycling Australia (MA) is the governing body of
motorcycle sport in Australia.
In any sport, it is essential to have rules regulating its
conduct. This is particularly so in the case of motorcycling,
where safety is vital for participants and spectators.
This book of rules, referred to as the GCRs, the Rule
Book, sometimes ‘The Bible’ and MoMS variously, forms
the basis of a contract between the regulating bodies of
the sport and those who participate in it, namely licence
holders, promoters and the clubs.
Our rules must be fair, they must confer on officials a
clearly defined discretion to ensure that they are applied
fairly, and must be observed by all. As the technology of
our sport is constantly changing and developing so must
our rules adapt to change.
MA’s core business
MA’s core business is to develop and apply the rules and
regulations of the sport and represent you, our 25,000
members Australia-wide.
MA operates within the framework of local, State and
Commonwealth Government legislation and regulations
and is affiliated with the international governing body,
Fédération Internationale de Motocyclisme (FIM), based
in Geneva, Switzerland.
MA is a Federation with seven voting members,
comprising State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) from all
States and Territories except the ACT. These are listed
on page 15.
MA’s National Council is made up of one delegate from
each SCB, usually the SCB President. The Council elects
4 Directors to the MA Board, which in turn appoints 2
independent Directors.
MA’s has a full-time National Office in Melbourne as do
most of the SCBs around Australia. All are available to
help keen riders enjoy their sport to the full.
Responsibilities
In addition to electing the Board, the MA National Council
is responsible for policy development and strategic
direction.
The MA Board is responsible for implementing and
reviewing the adopted Strategic Plan, governance and
appointing suitable people to join Commissions and
Committees.
The CEO is employed to manage the organisation.
Commissions are mainly discipline-specific and exist
to develop recommendations for the management of a
particular area of the sport. They have been established
across the spectrum of motorcycle sport, including Road
Racing, Motocross & Supercross, Speedway & Track,
Enduro, Moto Trials, Classic Motocross, Historic Road
Racing, Dirt Track, Juniors and Women.
To find out more about the Commissions and Commitees
see page 70
Administration of the sport
Motorcycle sport is administered under the doctrine of
“Relevant Controlling Bodies”.
The FIM is responsible for international competitions, MA
for Australian Championships and series, and the SCBs
control state and club competitions. Although each SCB
is autonomous and incorporated in its own State, both
MA and SCBs have a mutual reliance for the efficient
management of the sport.
MA and the SCBs administer all competitions under
common rules and the SCBs have delegated authority
to licence competitions, venues and control the sport at
State/Territory level.
Together with their organisational roles, MA and SCBs
are concerned with the well-being of riders, officials,
venue and track standards, risk management, all
aspects of safety, the administration of safe, free and fair
competition in accordance with the principles of natural
justice and the development of the sport in Australia.
Clubs
Clubs are the smallest, but one of the most important
units of organistation in our sport.
17
enjoy the ride
MA structure
They often provide the face-to-face contact that
encourages people to join motorcycle sport. They have
also traditionally provided a social aspect which makes
our sport, in particular one which attracts people and
often keeps them involved for entire lifetimes.
Competitors
Competitors are the life-blood of Motorcycling Australia.
Without your involvement and enthusiasm, there would
be no sport.
MA has sought to recognise this vital contribution that
competitors bring to motorcycling by creating a Member
Benefits program that competitors can use to reduce the
cost of participating in the sport.
By arranging discounts on accommodation, car and
truck hire, bike transport, tyres, accessories, protective
clothing, etc, we hope to encourage new competitors
to join our sport, and older competitors to continue to
take part.
Volunteers
Competitors, administrators, spectators, sponsors and
government authorities are all important elements of the
successful running of a sport. One of the most overlooked
groups – volunteers – is of fundamental importance.
Volunteers fulfill the majority of roles and responsibilities
in the function of every day motorcycle sport. The many
organisations delivering sport and recreation services
and the volunteers that create and sustain these
organisations make a vital contribution to the needs of
the community.
Without volunteer support, our sport would not exist. It is
also true that the volunteers receive the least recognition
or reward for their time and effort. Competitors enjoy
the excitement of competition and the opportunity to
win prizes; Sponsors receive
increased
recognition
for
their brand or product; and a
professional administrator or
Promoter can realise a profit.
Volunteers do it for the love of
the sport, so we acknowledge
the contribution that you make to
motorcycle sport in Australia and
greatly appreciate your time and
effort given.
All our volunteers have access to
the full range of Member Benefits
at no cost to them. It’s another
way that we recognise volunteers’
cricial contribution to our success.
18
MA and the SCBs conduct courses in Officiating and
Coaching and have support services to assist volunteer
involvement in motorcycle sport.
We would encourage anyone interested in becoming
involved in motorcycle sport to contact a club.
Australian Riders’ Division
www.ard.org.au
Until recently, MA existed solely as the governing body
of motorcycle sport in Australia.
Motorcycling Australia saw the need for a national body
that could be a resource for all motorcyclists, as a result
the Australian Riders’ Division (ARD) was created.
The Riders’ Division is not only a reason for non-racing
motorcyclists to be a part of Motorcycling Australia. It is
also another reason for members to get on their bikes- to
enjoy the ride.
There’s more about the Australian Riders’ Division at the
back of this book
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA hall of fame
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS
1936
1938
1951-1952
1957
1961
1969
1979
1981
1983
1987
1992
1994-1998
1995
1996
1997
1997
2000
2000
2001
2001
2001
2001
2002
2003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2004
2005
2006
2006
2007
2008
2008
2008
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2010
2010
2010
2011
2011
AUSTRALIAN WORLD CHAMPIONS
Lionel Van Praag
Speedway
Bluey Wilkinson
Speedway
Jack Young
Speedway
Keith Campbell
Road Racing (350cc)
Tom Phillis
Road Racing (125cc)
Kel Carruthers
Road Racing (250cc)
Barry Smith
Road Racing (Formula TT)
Barry Smith
Road Racing (Formula TT)
Steve Baker
Speedway (under 21)
Wayne Gardner
Road Racing (500cc)
Leigh Adams
Speedway (under 21)
Michael Doohan
Road Racing (500cc)
Jason Crump
Speedway (under 21)
Troy Corser
Road racing (Superbikes)
Shane Watts
Enduro (125cc)
Peter Goddard
Road Racing (Endurance)
Stefan Merriman
Enduro (250cc)
Warwick Nowland
Road Racing (Endurance)
Troy Bayliss
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Andrew Pitt
Road Racing (Supersport)
Heinz Platacis
Road Racing (Endurance)
Stefan Merriman
Enduro (400cc)
Warwick Nowland
Road Racing (Endurance)
Stefan Merriman
Enduro (250cc)
Chad Reed
Supercross (250cc)
Chris Vermeulen
Road Racing (Supersport)
Karl Muggeridge
Road Racing (Supersport)
Stefan Merriman
Enduro E1 (125cc 2T v 250 4T)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Troy Corser
Road racing (Superbikes)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Troy Bayliss
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Casey Stoner
Road Racing (Moto GP)
Chad Reed
Supercross
Troy Bayliss
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Andrew Pitt
Road Racing (Supersport)
Jay Wilson
Junior Motocross (85cc - 150F)
Darcy Ward
Speedway (under 21)
Steve Martin
Road Racing (Endurance)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Mick Headland, Paul Waters
Track Racing Sidecar 1000cc
Mick Headland, Jesse Headland
Track Racing Sidecar 1000cc
Darcy Ward
Speedway (under 21)
Alexander Cudlin
Road Racing (Superstock Endurance)
Darrin Treloar and Jesse Headland
Track Racing Sidecar 1000cc
Casey Stoner
Road Racing (Moto GP)
19
enjoy the ride
MA hall of fame
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS
20
Lionel Van Praag
Bluey Wilkinson
Jack Young
Keith Campbell
Tom Phillis
Kel Carruthers
Barry Smith
Wayne Gardner
Michael Doohan
Stefan Merriman
Andrew Pitt
Troy Bayliss
Troy Corser
Chad Reed
Casey Stoner
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA hall of fame
motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME
1961
1964
1968
1970
1978-1979
1983
1986/1988
1989
1991-1992
1995
1995
1996
2001
2001-2003/2005
2002
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2006
2006
2007
2007
2007
2007
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2009
2009
2011
2011
SECOND PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
Tom Phillis
Road Racing (250cc)
Jack Ahearn
Road Racing (500cc)
Jack Findlay
Road Racing (500cc)
Kel Carruthers
Road Racing (250cc and 350cc)
Gregg Hansford
Road Racing (250cc)
Billy Sanders
Speedway
Wayne Gardner
Road Racing (500cc)
Jeff Leisk
Motocross (500cc)
Michael Doohan
Road Racing (500cc)
Daryl Beattie
Road Racing (500cc)
Troy Corser
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Ryan Sullivan
Speedway (under 21)
Jack Findlay
Chad Reed
Motocross (250cc)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Troy Bayliss
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Warwick Nowland
Road Racing (Endurance)
Broc Parkes
Road Racing (Supersport)
Casey Stoner
Road Racing (250cc)
Stefan Merriman
Enduro E2 (250cc 2T v 450cc 4T)
Jake Stapleton
Enduro (Junior)
Kevin Curtain
Road Racing (Supersport)
Chris Vermeulen
Road Racing (Superbike)
Andrew McFarlane
Motocross MX2 (125cc 2T v 250cc 4T)
Kevin Curtain
Road Racing (Supersport)
Warwick Nowland
Road Racing (Endurance)
Chris Holder
Leigh Adams
Speedway
Chad Reed
Supercross
Broc Parkes
Road Racing (Supersport)
Chris Holder
Speedway (under 21)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Chris Holder
Speedway (under 21)
Troy Corser
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Steve Martin
Road Racing (Endurance)
Casey Stoner
Road Racing (Moto GP)
Tye Simmonds
Junior Motocross (125cc)
Chad Reed
Supercross
Tye Simmonds
Darcy Ward
Speedway (under 21)
Glenn O’Brien and Aaron Maynard
Track Racing Sidecar 1000cc
1936
1950
1951
1954
1958
1959
1966
1968
1968-1969
1973
1976
1978-1979
1980
1990
1990
1991
1991-1992
1993
1994
1994
1995
1996
1998
2002
Bluey Wilkinson
Graham Warren
Jack Biggs
Ken Kavanagh
Aub Lawson
Bob Brown
Jack Findlay
Kel Carruthers
Barry Smith
John Dodds
Phil Crump
Gregg Hansford
Billy Sanders
Michael Doohan
Todd Wiltshire
Jason Lyons
Rob Phillis
Daryl Beattie
Jason Crump
Craig Boyce
Ryan Sullivan
Shane Watts
Troy Corser
Ryan Sullivan
THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
Speedway
Speedway
Speedway
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (350cc and 500cc)
Road Racing (500cc)
Road Racing (350cc)
Road Racing (50cc)
Road Racing (250cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (350cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway
Speedway (under 21)
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway (under 21)
Speedway
Speedway (under 21)
Enduro (250cc)
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Speedway
Aub Lawson
Ryan Sullivan
21
MA hall of fame
enjoy the ride
motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME
2005
2006
2006
2006
2007
2007
2007
2008
2009
2010
2010
2011
1974
1976
1990
1994
1995
1998
1999
1999
2001
2002
2003
2006
2006
2007
2007
2008
2009
2009
2009
2010
2010
2011
2011
2011
2011
22
THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
Leigh Adams
Speedway
Stefan Merriman
Enduro E2
Stefan Merriman
ISDE (Enduro E2)
Damian Cudlin
Road Racing (Endurance
Jason Crump
Speedway
Damien Cudlin
Road Racing (Endurance)
Steve Martin
Road Racing (Endurance)
Josh Brookes
Road Racing (Supersport)
Dylan Long
Junior Motocross (85cc - 1504T)
Wilson Todd
Junior Motocross (65cc)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Grant Bond and Simon Cox
Track Racing Sidecar 1000cc
Damian Cudlin
AUSTRALIAN TEAMS
Pairs Speedway
Team Speedway (Phil Crump, Billy Sanders, Phil Hearne, John Boulger)
Pairs Speedway
ISDE Junior Trophy
ISDE Junior Trophy (Ian Cunningham, Shane Watts, Shawn Reed Jamie Cunningham)
ISDE World Trophy
ISDE Junior Trophy
Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan Jason Lyons, Todd Wiltshire)
ISDE World Trophy
Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Craig Boyce, Jason
Lyons)
Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Jason Lyons)
Team Speedway
Oceania Motocross (Nathan Brochtrup, Lee Ellis, Josh Strang, Kirk Gibbs, Chris Hollis, Cody
Mackie, Ryan Marmont, Joel Passlow, Harley Quinlan, Tye Simmonds, Todd Waters)
ISDE Junior Team (Christopher Hollis, Joshua Strang, Blake Hore, Darren Lloyd)
Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Rory Schlein, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Chris Holder, Dave
Watt)
Oceanic Motocross (Craig Anderson, Troy Carroll, Lee Ellis, Jay Marmont, Jake Moss, Cameron
Tatlor, Danny Anderson, Lewis Stewart, Kristy Gillespie, Ashlea Bates, Adelia Barton, Tye Simmons,
Ross Beaton, Luke Arbon)
ISDE Junior Team (Jarrod Bewley, Geoff Braico, Blake Hore, Andrew Lloyd)
Junior Motocross (Tye Simmonds, Jay Wilson)
Team Speedway (Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Chris Holder, Davey Watt, Troy Batchelor)
Women’s ISDE Team (Alison Parker, Jacqui Jones, Jemma Wilson)
Oceanic Motocross (Mitchell Evans, Joel Dinsdale, Matt Phillips, Hunter Lawrence, Jack Simpson,
Jason Reed, Jordan Hill, Jayden Archer, Errol Willis, Dylan Dukes, Thomas Henry, Dylan Long,
Jackson Williams, Blake Colleton, Kale Makeham)
Junior Motocross (Wilson Todd, Mitchell Evans, Joel Dinsdale, Scott Mann, Matt Phillips, Errol Willis)
ISDE Womens Team (Allison Parker, Jess Gardiner, Jemma Wilson)
ISDE Men’s Team - E2 Class (Toby Price, Matthew Phillips
MXoN (Chad Read, Brett Metcalf, Matt Moss)
Speedway World Cup (Jason Crump, Darcy Ward, Chris Holder, Davey Watt, Troy Batchelor)
2nd
1st
2nd
2nd
1st
3rd
3rd
1st
3rd
1st
1st
2nd
1st
3rd
3rd
1st
2nd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
3rd
3rd
1st
3rd
2nd
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2011 australian champions
2011 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
Superbike
Glenn Allerton
Jamie Stauffer
Troy Herfoss
Superstock 600cc
Michael Jones
Daniel Falzon
Mark Wilkinson
Superlites
Joshua Hook
Nicky Diles
Tom Hatton
2011 AUSTRALIAN ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP
Supersport
1st
Kevin Curtain
2nd
Brodie Waters
3rd
Aaron Gobert
Superstock 1000cc
1st
Cru Halliday
2nd
Linden Magee
3rd
John Ross
F1 Sidecars
1st
Andre’ Bosman/David Kellett
2nd
Shane Soutar/Jeff Rowe
3rd
Des Harvey/Geoff Jackson
1st
2nd
3rd
2011 AUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP
Period 2 Unlimited
Period 4 Unlimited
Bill Brice
1st
Sam Muldoon
Tony Hynes
2nd
Robert Young
Malcolm Brice
3rd
Peter McCormack
Period 3 Lightweight
Period 4 Sidecar
Nigel Lemon
1st
Tim Campbell/Bryan Fitzgerald
Scott Seabrook
2nd
Brian Williams/Paul Newman
Phillip Paton
3rd
Max Hooper/Matty Johnson
Period 3 Junior
Period 5 Ultra Lightweight
Levi Day
1st
Stephen Kairl
Neil May
2nd
Bernie Summers
Jack Write
3rd
James Barclay
Period 3 Senior
Period 5 Lightweight
Levi Day
1st
Grant Boxall
Tony Hynes
2nd
Mick Damon
Neil May
3rd
Lech Budiniak
Period 3 Unlimited
Period 5 Junior
Craig Mitchell
1st
Grant Boxall
Dean Holdsworth
2nd
Brian Richardson
Peter Grenfell
3rd
Darrell Groat
Period 4 Junior
Period 5 Unlimited
Murray Seabrook
1st
Laurie Fyffe
Michael Dobson
2nd
Andrew Lind
Richard Wright
3rd
Malcolm Campbell
Period 4 Senior
Period 5 Senior
Barry Ditchburn
1st
Martin Pearson
Martin Pearson
2nd
Mitchell Mulligan
Chris Pash
3rd
Peter Saunders
Period 4 Lightweight
Period 5 Sidecar
Murray Seabrook
1st
Raymond Watkins/Roy Brittain
Dave Keenan
2nd
Steven Bayliss/Brendon Justice
Richard Metcalf
3rd
Ian Gardner/Kevin Burns
1st
2nd
3rd
2011 AUSTRALIAN ENDURANCE CHAMPIONSHIPS
Endurance Outright
Josh Waters/Troy Herfoss/Robert Bugden
Brodie Waters/Ben Attard/Michell Carr
Ben Henry/Bryan Staring/Nicholas Waters
1st
2nd
3rd
Supercross Lites
Matt Moss
Gavin Faith
Luke Styke
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2011 AUSTRALIAN SUPERCROSS CHAMPIONSHIPS
Supercross Open
1st
Jay Marmont
2nd
Tye Simmonds
3rd
Daniel McCoy
23
2011 australian champions
enjoy the ride
2011 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONs
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
24
Pro Open
Jay Marmont
Josh Coppins
Billy Mackenzie
Under 19
Errol Willis
Luke Arbon
Shaun Redhead
2011 AUSTRALIAN MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
Pro Lite
1st
Matt Moss
2nd
Kirk Gibbs
3rd
Phil Nicoletti
Women
1st
Meghan Rutledge
2nd
Kristie Gillespie
3rd
Jess Moore
2011 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
50cc Auto Div 2 7 - U9
65cc 7 - U9
Liam Andrews
1st
Caleb Clifton
Noah Ferguson
2nd
Korey McMahon
Jett Lawrence
3rd
Lance Cameron
65cc 9 - U11
65cc 11 - U13
Callum Norton
1st
Hunter Lawrence
Caleb Grothues
2nd
Wade Kirkland
Riley Dukes
3rd
Reece Rayner
85cc 2 stk Standard Wheels 9 - U12 yrs
85cc 2 stk Std & Big Wheels 12 - U14 yrs
Hunter Lawrence
1st
Egan Mastin
Callum Norton
2nd
Mitchell Evans
Wade Kirkland
3rd
Dylan Heaton
85cc 2 stk Std & Big Wheels 14 - U16 yrs
100 - 150cc 2 stk 13 - U15 yrs
Keith Tucker
1st
Jordan Smith
Mitchell Landy
2nd
Joel Dinsdale
Jett Anderson
3rd
Jayden Rykers
100 - 150cc 2 stk 15 yrs
150cc 4 stk Standard Wheels 9 - U12 yrs
Hamish Harwood
1st
Riley Dukes
Scott Mann
2nd
Mitch Johnston
Joel Milesevic
3rd
Cooper Pozniak
150cc 4 stk Std & Big Wheel 12 - U14 yrs
150cc 4 stk Std & Big Wheel 14 - U16 yrs
Wayde Carter
1st
Scott Kramer
Zak Small
2nd
Corey Hamilton
Conner Tierney
3rd
Ty Gear
200 - 250 4 stk 13 - U15 yrs
200 - 250 4 stk 15 yrs
Jordan Smith
1st
Hayden Mellross
Joel Dinsdale
2nd
Hamish Harwood
Kyle Webster
3rd
Scott Mann
85cc & 150cc Womens 12-U16 yrs
100-150 & 200-250cc Women’s 13-U16 yrs
Tyla Jones
1st
Mackenzie Tricker
Emma Milesevic
2nd
Tayla Jones
Amy Bartsch
3rd
Emma Milesevic
2011AUSTRALIAN QUAD MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
Pro Open
Women’s
Luke Gaisford
1st
Sarah Moore
Ryan Lancaster
2nd
Simone Gaisford
Luke Nixon
3rd
Patrisha Bartley
Veterans 35-44
Veterans 45+
Craig Blackburn
1st
Pete Middleton
Dean McMillan
2nd
Scott Henschen
Ian Fitch
3rd
Jeff McKee
200cc 2 stk- 300cc 4 stk Juniors up to 16
90cc 2 stk – 110cc 4stk (9 - U13)
Christopher Bosnakis
1st
James Ognenis
Aston Oliver
2nd
Zac Middleton
Harrison Van Vliet
3rd
Jack Wilcox
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2011 australian champions
2011 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2011AUSTRALIAN QUAD MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP (Continued)
200cc 2 stk - 300cc 4 stk 12-U16 Girls
90cc 2 stk- 110cc 4 stk Std (7 - U10)
Jemma Merrylees
1st
Taylah Wright
Zoe Woods
2nd
Teleaha Spencer
Kristen Ellis
3rd
Intermediate Quads
Clubman Quads
Daniel Middleton
1st
Matthew Robbins
Joel Mortimer
2nd
Clinton Sheridan
Andrew McFarlane
3rd
Johan Foord
2011 AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIPS
Pre 1965 Solo 263cc & over
Pre 1965 Solo 250cc
Tony Cavell
1st
John Boag
Nick Maxfield
2nd
Kevin Brown
Rohan Hollis
3rd
Des Heaney
Pre 1970 Solo 250cc
Pre 1970 Solo 263cc & over
Kris Lindgren
1st
John Boag
Alan Davidson
2nd
Nick Maxfield
John Boag
3rd
Carl Lindgren
Pre 1975 Solo 125cc
Pre 1975 4-stroke All Powers
Nicholas Smith
1st
Robert Knee
Jody Smith
2nd
Dale Newman
Troy Kellaway
3rd
Nick Maxfield
Pre 1975 Solo 263cc & over
Pre 1975 Solo 250cc
Jody Smith
1st
Ben Melvin
Paul Copley
2nd
Dale Newman
Stephen Bowen
3rd
Daryle Mitchell
Pre 1978 Solo 125cc
Pre 1978 Solo 263cc & over
Nicholas Smith
1st
Jody Smith
Jody Smith
2nd
David Footner
Matthew Park
3rd
Brett Bowen
Pre 1985 Solo 250cc
Pre 1978 Solo 250cc
Robert Knee
1st
Paul Smith
Dale Newman
2nd
Arno Franz
Damien Cook
3rd
David Harrison
Pre 1985 Solo 125cc
Pre 1985 Solo 263cc & over
Nicholas Smith
1st
Tom Jones
Ben Melvin
2nd
Kieren Belamarie
Nathan Cook
3rd
Simon Healy
Pre 1975 60 Plus
Pre 1985 Sidecar up to 1300cc
John Boag
1st
Warren/Carter
Clyd Tucker
2nd
Wedge/Loer
Kevin Brown
3rd
Williams/Lang
Pre 1975 40-49
Pre 1975 under 30
Paul Copely
1st
Rob Knee
Jody Smith
2nd
Ben Melvin
Troy Kellaway
3rd
Luke Blessing
Evolution Solo 250cc
Pre 1975 30-39
Steven Bowen
1st
Robin Groom
Simon Broad
2nd
Stephen Russack
Nicholas Smith
3rd
Mitchell Semmens
Evolution 263cc & over
Pre 1975 50-59
Tom Jones
1st
Nick Fitzgerald
Steven Bowen
2nd
Frank Derose
Simon Healy
3rd
Robin Hall
Pre 1968 Sidecar
Evolution Solo 125cc
Williams/Lang
1st
Robert Knee
Warren/Carter
2nd
Ben Melvin
Banks/Sutton
3rd
Grant Dodd
25
2011 australian champions
enjoy the ride
2011 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
26
2011 AUSTRALIAN SPEEDWAY CHAMPIONSHIPS
Senior
Under 21
Chris Holder
1st
Darcy Ward
Darcy Ward
2nd
Richard Sweetman
David Watt
3rd
Josh Grazjonek
Sidecar
Under 16
Glenn O’Brian/Aaron Maynard
1st
Arthur Sissis
Darrin Treloar/Justin Plaisted
2nd
Jack Fallon
Mark Plaisted/Jamie Banks
3rd
Cameron Heeps
Under 16 Sidecar
350cc Juniors
Hayden Bond/Brady Cox
1st
Arthur Sissis
Shane Hudson/Sam Gilbert
2nd
Tyson Snow
Jake Mitchell/Dakota Ballantyne
3rd
Jack Holder
Under 16 Teams
Ben Cook/Jack Holder
Jack Fallon/Max Fricke
Cameron Heaps/Blake Russell
2011 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
Pro Lites 250cc 4 -stroke
Pro Open 450cc 4-stroke
Luke Richards
1st
Jace Castles
Michael Sulcs
2nd
Marty McNamara
Shane Oats
3rd
Shane Oats
MX Open 500cc 2 stk & over 450cc 4 stk
Unlimited Open
Rowan Tegart
1st
Jace Castles
Luke Richards
2nd
Brody Nowland
Craig Andrews
3rd
Michael Vecchi
Quads Pro 450
1100cc Sidecars
Mel Brandle
1st
Corey Banks/Tom Banks
Rob Booth
2nd
Brad Banks/Ian Hamilton
Robert Shepherd
3rd
Greg Banks/Ken Dale
Quads Open
Under 19
Mel Brandle
1st
Benjamin Hammond
Jason Stares
2nd
Ryan Douglas
Robert Booth
3rd
Michael Blair
2011 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
200cc-250cc 4-Stroke 13-U16 years
100cc/150cc 2-Stroke & 250cc 4-stroke MX
& Slider 13-U16 years
Sean McLellan
1st
Sean McLellan
Hunter Anderson
2nd
Brayden Elliot
Brayden Elliot
3rd
Kieran Gaskin
65cc 9-U13 years
65cc 7-U9 years
Broc Pearson
1st
Caleb Clifton
Boyd Hollis
2nd
Harrison Ryan
Corey Briant
3rd
Caleb Porter
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 11-U13 yrs (Std Wheel)
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 11-U13 yrs (Big Wheel)
Remy Gardner
1st
Zaine Kennedy
Zaine Kennedy
2nd
Max Croker
Max Croker
3rd
Troy Guenther
85cc 4-stk Modified 7-U10 years
85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 9-U11 yrs (Std Wheel)
Max Whale
1st
Mitchell Cluff
Declan Kennedy
2nd
Matthew Gilmore
Issac Hawes
3rd
Tom Edwards
100cc 2-stk & 150cc 2-stk 13-U16 years
85cc 2-stk & 150 4-stk Jnr Girls 11-U16 yrs
Sean McLellan
1st
Tayla Jones
Hunter Anderson
2nd
Sally Smith
Josh Pickering
3rd
lilish Ross
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2011 australian champions
2011 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
1st
2rd
3rd
2011 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP (Continued)
100cc/150cc 2-stk & 250cc 4-stk Jnr Girls
85cc 4-stroke Modified 10-U14 years
13-U16 years
Mackenzie Tricker
1st
Max Croker
Sally Smith
2nd
Lawson Walters
Tayla Jones
3rd
Mitchell Cluff
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 13-U16 yrs (Std &
Big Wheel)
Ben Cook
Jack Passfield
Tyler Driscoll
2011 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR LONG TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
Pro Open
MX Open Solo
Michy Dryer
1st
Luke Richards
Brodie Nowlan
2nd
Ryan Douglas
Dylan Trengrouse
3rd
Kjace Castle
Pro Lites
500cc Long Track Slider
Vinnie Burt
1st
Daniel Begley
Rohan Tungate
2rd
Todd Kurtz
Paul Caslick
3rd
Jason Stewart
Under 19
Quads Unlimited
Ryan Douglas
1st
Dion Prouse
Grant Charnock
2rd
Robert Booth
Brodie Nowlan
3rd
Toby Hyde
Women Open
Quads Pro Open
Courtney Knight
1st
Toby Hyde
Ashley Dailey
2rd
Paul Worth
Tess O’Keefe
3rd
Craig Hill
1100cc Long Track Sidecars
1000cc Dirt Track Sidecars
Jamie Hinton/Blake Cox
1st
Adam Liebke/Graham Liebke
Rick Howse/Adam Commons
2rd
Corey Banks/Tom Banks
Rob Thisleton/Barry Raffin
3rd
Brett Pearre/Blake Cox
2011 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR LONG TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
65cc 7-U9 years
65cc 9-U13 years
Caleb Porter
1st
Boyd Hollis
Will Joice
2nd
Broc Pearson
Harrison Ryan
3rd
Zach Cook
85cc 4-stk Mod 10-U14 years
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 9-U11 (Std Wheel)
Zaine Kennedy
1st
Mckenzie Childs
Max Croker
2nd
Reece Yunker
Jack Dawes
3rd
Matthew Gilmore
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 11-U13 (Std Wheel)
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 11-U13 (Big Wheel)
Lawson Walters
1st
Lawson Walters
Zaine Kennedy
2nd
Zaine Kennedy
Hayden Spinks
3rd
Hayden Spinks
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 13-U16 (Std Wheel)
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 13-U16 (Big Wheel)
Hunter Anderson
1st
Ben Cook
Dale Borlase
2nd
Joshua Fletcher
Josh Nicholas
3rd
Tom Duggun
100cc 2-stk & 150cc 2-stk 13-U16 years
200cc to 250cc 4-stk 13-U16 years
Jake Allen
1st
Sean McLellan
Josh Pickering
2nd
Jake Allen
Brayden Elliott
3rd
Josh Pickering
85cc 4-stk Modified 7-U10 years
100/150cc 2-stk & 250cc 4-stk MX & Slider 13-U16
Declan Kennedy
1st
Sean McLellan
Max Whale
2nd
Jake Allen
Isaac Hawes
3rd
Josh Pickering
27
2011 australian champions
enjoy the ride
2011 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
28
2011 AUSTRALIAN MOTO TRIALS CHAMPIONSHIP
Open Solo
Masters
Jake Whittaker
1st
Rob Jones
Neil Price
2nd
Richard Kent
Kyle Middleton
3rd
Simon Baalen
Open Junior
Veteran
Jonathon Chellas
1st
Steve Holzhauser
Zachary Mularczyk
2nd
Paul Moore
Jim Reed
3rd
Brenton Hogan
Sidecar
Classic
Robin Luscombe/Steve Sparks
1st
Steve Johnson
Justin Gough/Maurice Blanchard
2nd
Tim Lewis
Chris Schultz/Stuart Gerhardy
3rd
Geoff Lewis
Post Classic
Youth
Toby Coleman
1st
Lachlan Gibson
James Isherwood
2nd
Blake Fox
Brendan Johnson
3rd
Jordan Tricker
Open Women
Juniors 7-12 years
Kristie McKinnon
1st
Connor Hogan
Michelle Coleman
2nd
Thomas Wager
Brooke Lonie
3rd
Lachlan Hannan
Junior Women
Amanda Cummins
Whitney Luft
Rebecca Wines
2011 AUSTRALIAN 4-DAY ENDURO
E1 100 to 150cc 2 stk & 150cc to 250cc 4 stk
E2 175 to 250cc 2 stk & 275cc to 450cc 4 stk
Stefan Merriman
1st
Toby Price
Kirk Hutton
2nd
Chris Hollis
AJ Roberts
3rd
Daniel Milner
E3 290 to 500cc 2-stk and 475 to 650cc 4-stk
Masters
Matthew Phillips
1st
James Deakin
Jarrod Bewley
2nd
Geoff Ballard
Nick Beattie
3rd
Peter Buckley
Veterans
Women's
Matt Dumigan
1st
Jessica Gardiner
Brad Williscroft
2nd
Jemma Wilson
Damian Smith
3rd
Alison Parker
2011 AUSTRALIAN OFF ROAD CHAMPIONSHIP
E1 - 100 to 150cc 2 stk & 150cc to 250cc 4 stk
E2 - 175 to 250cc 2 stk & 275cc to 450cc 4 stk
Stefen Merriman
1st
Chris Hollis
Ben Grabham
2nd
Glenn Kearney
Luka Bussa
3rd
Stefan Granquist
E3 - 290 to 500cc 2-stk and 475 to 650cc 4-stk
Outright
Jarrod Bewley
1st
Chris Hollis
Matthew Phillips
2nd
Stefan Merriman
Geoff Braico
3rd
Matthew Phillips
Women's
Veterans
Jemma Wilson
1st
Damian Smith
Emilie Karlsson
2nd
Garry Dukes
Jessica Gardiner
3rd
Adam Schneller
Masters
Trent Lean
Dave Cash
Ashley Sprenger
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2011 australian champions
2011 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
2011 AUSTRALIAN OFF ROAD CHAMPIONSHIP (Continued)
Junior J1 - 85cc 2-stk & up to 150 4-Stk
Junior J2 - 85cc 2-stk & up to 150 4-Stk
1st
Brendon Walther
1st
Tom Mason
2nd
Kade Purcell
2nd
Guy Frail
3rd
Ben Kearns
3rd
Alex Papamanolis
Junior J3 - 125cc - 200cc 2-stk & 150 - 250 4-stk
Junior J4 - 125cc - 200cc 2-stk & 150 - 250 4-stk
1st
Nicholas Tomlinson
1st
Mitch Kellner
2nd
Tod Barry
2nd
Nicholas Lean
3rd
Peter Daniel
3rd
Harrison Wells
2011 AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
Pre-1960 All Powers
Pre-1978 263cc & over
Graham Roberts
Ray Stevens
1st
1st
Dave Tanner
David Freeman
2nd
2nd
Brian Kelleher
Bradley Edwards
3rd
3rd
Pre-1975 Solo 125cc
Pre 1965 All Powers
Steve Croker
Glen Evans
1st
1st
David Gras
Graham Roberts
2nd
2nd
Troy Chadwick
Colin Metcher
3rd
3rd
Pre-1975 Solo 132cc - 250cc up to 49 yrs
Evolution Solo 263cc & over
Toby Tyson
Ray Stevens
1st
1st
Oliver Smith
David Freeman
2nd
2nd
Mick Gee
Brad van Barrelo
3rd
3rd
Pre-1975 Solo 132cc - 250cc 50 yrs & over
Pre-1970 263cc plus
John Ewing
Kurt Close
1st
1st
Peter Lee
Glen Evans
2nd
2nd
Dennis Wilesmith
Brad van Barrelo
3rd
3rd
Pre-1975 263cc 50-59 years
Pre-1985 Solo 263cc & over
Peter Lee
Ray Stevens
1st
1st
John Ewing
David Freeman
2nd
2nd
Stephen Constable
Bradley Edwards
3rd
3rd
Pre 1985 Sidecar
Pre 1975 Sidecar
Jamie McMurdo/Wayne Holloway
Jamie McMurdo/Wayne Holloway
1st
1st
Afghan/Scott Shiels
Troy Chadwick/Steven Holland
2nd
2nd
Troy Chadwick/Steven Holland
Afghan/Scott Shiels
3rd
3rd
Pre-1975 263cc up to 49 years
Pre 1985 up to 250cc
Kurt Close
Grant Dodd
1st
1st
Dion Muirhead
Phil Crough
2nd
2nd
David Grass
Oliver Smith
3rd
3rd
Evelution 250cc
Pre 1975 263cc 60 plus years
Justin Burdus
Geoff Martin
1st
1st
Grant Dodd
Gregg McLean
2nd
2nd
Michael Grimes
Doug Aitchison
3rd
3rd
Pre-1975 4-stroke All Powers
Pre 1975 132cc - 250 Open
Don Muirhead
Oliver Smith
1st
Glen Evans
Toby Tyson
2nd
David Gras
James Moore
3rd
29
enjoy the ride
calendar
2012 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar
Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites
january
2012 february
7
Rd 1 Senior Solo, Speedway - Nth Brisbane
24-26
Rd 1 ASBK (WSBK) Phillip Island, VIC
13
U16, 125cc Solo, Speedway - Kurri Kurri NSW
25-26
Rd 1 & 2 AORC - Dungog, NSW
14
Rd 2 Senior Solo, Speedway - Kurri Kurri NSW
15
U16, 125cc Team, Speedway - Kurri Kurri NSW
15
U16, Junior Sidecar, Speedway - Kurri Kurri NSW
21
Rd 3 Senior Solo, Speedway - Gillman SA
28
U21, Solo, Speedway - Kurri Kurri NSW
28
U16, 350cc Solo, Speedway - Kurri Kurri NSW
27-29
International Island Classic - Phillip Island VIC
march
2012 april
2012
2012
23-25
Barry Sheene Festival of Speed - Eastern Creek NSW
1
Rd 1 Aust Motocross Championship - QLD
31-1
Rd 3 & 4 AORC - Wonthaggi, VIC
7-8
Honda Broadford Bike Bonanza - VIC
14-15
Rd 2 Aust Motocross Championship - NSW
20-22
Rd 2 ASBK - Hidden Valley, NT
27-28
Aust Minimoto Championship - Gladstone, QLD
28-29
Rd 3 Aust Motocross Championship - VIC
28-29 Rd 5 & 6 AORC - Coonabarabran, NSW
may
30
2012 june
2012
4-6
Rd 3 ASBK - Barbagallo (V8 round) WA
1-3
Rd 5 ASBK - Qld Raceway
4-6
Aust Sidecar Champ, Speedway - Maryborough QLD
8-10
Pre 78 CMX Champs - Wyaralong Park, QLD
12-13
Rd 4 Aust Motocross Championship - WA
18-20
Rd 4 ASBK (V8) Phillip Island, VIC
20
Rd 5 Aust Motocross Championship - SA
19-20
Rd 7 & 8 AORC - Broadford, VIC
26-27
World Trials Championship - Maldon, VIC
Want to volunteer for one of these events?
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
calendar
2012 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar
Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites
july
2012 august
2012
1
Rd 6 Aust Motocross Championship - QLD
10-12
Post Classic Motocross Championship TAS
15
Rd 7 Aust Motocross Championship - VIC
17-19
Rd 6 ASBK - Phillip Island, VIC
29
Rd 8 Aust Motocross Championship - NSW
19
Rd 9 Aust Motocross Championship - NSW
28-29
Rd 9 & 10 AORC - Conondale, QLD
25-26
Rd 10 Aust Motocross Championship - QLD
25-26
Rd 11 & 12 AORC - Kapunda, SA
september
2012 october
2012
1-2
Rd 1 Tri State Natural Terrain MX Series, Conondale
6-7
Aust Classic Dirt Track Champ - Fairburn Pk, ACT
14-16
Rd 7 ASBK - Qld Raceway,
13-14
Aust Quad Motocross Championship - Sale, VIC
21-29
Australian Safari - WA
20-21
Aust Womans MX Championship - VIC
22-30
Rd 2 Tri State Natural Terrain MX Series, Picton, WA
24-27
A4DE - Warragul, VIC
29-6
Australian Junior Motocross Champ - Coolum, QLD
28
MotoGP - Phillip Island, VIC
november
16-18
2012 december
2012
Aust Historic Road Race Champ, - Eastern Creek NSW
Go to www.ma.org.au/2012calendar for the following event information as it comes to
hand:
Senior Dirt Track
Junior Dirt Track
Senior Long Track
Junior Long Track
Endurance Road Race
Super Cross, to run between 20 Oct & 24 Nov
Aust Sidecar Road Race Championship (to run with some State Championship rounds)
Aust Supermoto Championship (to run with some ASBK rounds)
Go to www.ma.org.au
31
enjoy the ride
MEDIA GUIDE
mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide
FOR RIDERS, CLUBS AND PROMOTERS
Get your local media involved:
Local media such as newspapers and radio stations
are a great place to start to increase coverage of your
efforts as a rider or for an event you are promoting.
If you’re just starting out and haven’t done much
promotion work before, don’t be afraid to ask the
media what information they need and if they have
any advice for you.
Remember, if you have any questions about
media/event promotion, your SCB and the MA
Communications Department are only a phone
call away.
Also consider asking around for someone studying
Public Relations, Journalism or Marketing and
Communications, who might be interested in helping
out with your promotion as work experience. Contact
your local university or TAFE to see if they run related
courses and have some students who may be
interested in helping out. There are many websites
where you can advertise work experience placements
to help with your promotion.
NEWSPAPERS:
Find out if your local newspaper has a separate
sports editor (if not speak to the news editor) and
tell them about your efforts or event. Ask them if
they’d be interested in coming out to see you ride or
to attend the event, or if they’d like you to send more
information through.
RADIO:
Similarly, when ringing your local radio station ask to
speak to the news producer, or if you are interested
in getting promotion on a particular program (e.g. the
Sunday afternoon sports program) then ask to speak
with the producer of that program. Again, explain
what your news is and ask if they would like you to
send them some more information.
TELEVISION:
32
If you are approaching a television station ask to
speak with the news desk or someone in sports.
As with radio, explain what your news is, including
opportunities to secure action footage or interviews
and ask if they would like you to send them some
more information.
If they ask you to send through more information, find
out the best way to send this information through to
them – fax, email, hard copy. Most of the time email
will be preferred; as such the best format to present
this information is as a press release.
PRESS RELEASES:
A press release is a short, one page news story
that provides the reader with the: who, what, when,
where, and why of the story. This information should
be included in the first one – two paragraphs of the
release. It should also include a headline – which
summarises the story, a date, and contact details at the
end of the release for anyone seeking more information.
(A downloadable press release template is available
for you to use from the MA website at www.ma.org.au/
media.)
In a press release you should;
* Write like a reporter writes a news story (read it
through in your head in a news-reader voice to see
if it works)
* Use simple and easy to understand language, as
if a 10 year old could read it.
* Ensure your writing is short and snappy and get to
the point quickly - one sentence is the equal to one
paragraph in press releases
* Answer any questions a journalist may have,
make it as easy as possible for them to write the
story.
* Present the facts in an ‘inverted pyramid’ style
of writing – the most important information always
goes at the top, that way if only the first two or
three paragraphs are read they still get the most
important information.
* Proof read, proof read again and have someone
else proof read your release for you. Check for
spelling, grammar and the correct wording.
* Include an image.
INTERVIEWS:
If you are speaking with your local media and they are
interested in interviewing you or someone else in order to
write a story, the following are some of the do’s and don’ts
of interviews for TV, radio, newspapers, magazines, and
websites, as well as pointers on preparation.
Preparation:
* Be accessible, return all calls within 24 hours and
ensure you have a professional voicemail message
that you check regularly.
* Think of questions you might be asked and
prepare some answers.
* Write down key messages you wish to tell
them about so that you stay focused when
answering questions.
* Practice! It might sound stupid, and feel even
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MEDIA GUIDE
mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide
worse but getting someone to ‘mock’ interview
you is a great way to practice, as it should be
much easier talking to a journalist than having
a friend or family member interviewing you!
* Dress to suit the situation, always wear your
team/sponsor/club clothing for interviews and
official occasions. (And be mindful of visible
tattoos and obvious piercings.).
* Be Punctual!
During the interview:
* Find out how much the journalist knows on
the topic, it will change the type of answers you
need to give.
* Find out the length of the interview, so you
know how long your answers should be.
* Don’t feel like you have to start talking
instantly, take a slow breath and take your time
to think about the question. Speak slowly; be
confident, clear and to the point.
* Don’t feel that you have to keep talking to fill
the silence, if you’ve said all you want to say,
stop talking!
* Avoid - waffling on and using; ‘um, ah’, ‘yeah,
no, yeah’, ‘you know’ and putting ‘but’ and
the end of each sentence. If you’re talking to
someone from outside the industry, don’t use
technical industry-specific words.
* Never ‘bag’ or talk negatively about others,
the interview should be about you, and
never lie.
* Keep in mind the facts of the event or your
story; don’t go off on a tangent. Make sure you
know all the facts about the race, the club, the
Championship, and the event, whatever it is
that they are interviewing you about including
things not directly related to you.
* If you had a bad race, or an event was rained
out, don’t dwell on the negative, look for a
positive angle. E.g. if you fell off and DNF’d,
rather than talk about how bad it is, talk about
how you’ve learned from it and will hopefully be
able to improve next time.
* If you feel yourself loosing it, don’t be afraid
to ask them what the question was again, and
take your time to think about an answer.
* Use the opportunity to thank sponsors,
teammates, parents and any anyone else who
has helped you.
If television cameras are present:
* Don’t look at the camera, instead look at the
person who is talking to you, maintain eye
contact with them and don’t fidget.
* Don’t wear sunglasses on camera, however if
they are sponsor glasses, place them on the top
of your head.
At the end of an interview:
* Thank the journalist for their time.
* Ask who else they are interviewing and put
them in touch with other people in the field
(even your competition) and ask if there’s
anything else you can help them with.
* Be a good resource for the journalist about the
industry, not just what directly relates to you;
if you help them out they will more likely cover
you or your events.
* Journalism is based on trust so don’t burn a
journalist with bad information.
It is important to remember that even if you have
spent hours writing press releases, made countless
phone calls and have been interviewed by a
journalist, if something more ‘newsworthy’ comes
up - it could be a dramatic car crash or something
seemingly ridiculous like a dog saving a chicken your story could be dropped and forgotten.
This can happen, and is not meant to discourage
you; however it is a reality of promotion and public
relations. It pays to have thick skin and to persevere
no matter how many times your story gets rejected.
OTHER PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES:
In addition to media coverage there are other ways
that you can increase promotion of an event that you
are organising or riding in, which include:
* Creating posters and distributing them to
shops along your town’s main street to put in
their front window is a great way of increasing
the event’s profile.
* Printing flyers to put in mail boxes of people in
the local area.
* Visits to local schools with a bike and a rider to
have a chat about what you do and rider safety.
This is a great way to get children interested in
the sport and you can take posters and some
free tickets to give away.
* Setting up a static display in your local
shopping centre (with centre permission) is also
a great way of getting more people interested
in the event.
33
MEDIA GUIDE
enjoy the ride
mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide
Speak with your SCB or with the MA Communications
Department for more information about these
promotional activities.
SPONSORSHIP:
Sponsorship plays a vital role in the success of our
sport, for an event or so you can continue riding in your
chosen discipline.
Before approaching sponsors it is important to do
some research and preparation. You should research
potential sponsors with a similar interest, or sponsors
from outside the motorcycling industry who could stand
to benefit from exposure within it.
Preparation:
* Create a brief sponsorship proposal. Don’t be
put off by the name; it’s just an information pack
that sells you! It should include things like:
- A letter introducing yourself and
explaining what you want (product or
financial support) and how it would help
you. It should also include an explanation
of what’s in it for the sponsor – what
you can offer them in return for their
sponsorship, which is the most important
part of the proposal. The letter should also
include background information such as:
website details, statistics, member numbers
of your club and your contact details.
Even though you need to put most of this
information in, the letter still needs to be
short and sweet one to two pages max!
It pays to do several drafts and get a few
people to proof read them for you.
- You should also include a record of your
recent results or successful events that
you have run, and if possible include some
photographs.
- Any positive newspaper clippings
about you (keep the originals and use
photocopies instead).
- In total the proposal should be no longer
than four pages.
* Find the right person in an organisation
to approach about sponsorship, often the
Marketing or Brand Manager or in small
businesses it is often the General Manager.
* Have reasonable expectations and don’t be
discouraged by rejection, you will be rejected
more times than you will be accepted.
34
Approaching potential sponsors:
* Send through a copy of your proposal – email
or hard copy - and follow up with a phone call
the day after. Explain what you are interested in,
and offer to come in and meet them.
* Be punctual.
* Present yourself well; stand up straight, dress
appropriately, speak clearly and don’t have
chewing gum in your mouth.
* When you first meet them, take off your hat,
shake their hand and make eye contact and
introduce yourself.
* Sell yourself, what’s in it for them? How can
they get value for their sponsorship of you or
your event?
* Have a copy of your materials (see preparation
section) on hand to show them even if you’ve
already sent it to them.
* Answer any questions they may have and
thank them for their time when you head off.
Retaining Sponsors:
If you are successful in securing sponsorship make
sure you keep them informed and up-to-date with
your activities.
* Ensure that you service your sponsor and
that you fulfil the terms of your agreement at
events. Don’t do the wrong thing by a sponsor,
word travels fast, and you could find yourself
blacklisted.
* Following each race/event let the sponsor
know how it went and keep in contact with them,
let them know of any exciting developments and
include them in your press release list.
* If, unfortunately, something goes wrong, keep
your sponsors informed.
* If you receive any media coverage keep a
record of it and send them a copy.
* Provide them with a yearly report to show them
(in words and pictures) what you’ve done as
part of the agreement, another alternative would
be to provide them with a framed picture with a
message of thanks for their support included.
* If for some reason a sponsor cannot continue
working with you (it happens), be good
natured about it, politely ask for a reason, and
irrespective of the answer extend them the
opportunity to re-establish the relationship in
future if they are interested.
enjoy the ride
philosophy of GCR’s
THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES
THE PHILOSOPHY AND STRUCTURE OF THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES
No set of Rules can anticipate every issue which may
arise in the conduct of a sport, especially one with as
wide a variety of disciplines and competing interests as
exist in motorcycling. The philosophy of these Rules is
that good sense, cooperation and a fair and reasonable
interpretation of reasonable Rules should be more
important than “Rule Book Racing”.
In Rule Book Racing, if a situation arises, the answer is
to be found by looking up the book, not by the exercise of
independent judgment. If there’s no answer in the book,
a new rule has to be devised to “plug the hole”. Rule Book
Racing assumes that Controlling Bodies have little or no
interest in working effectively with competitors, with each
other, or with Promoters to benefit the sport and those
who participate in it. It also assumes that officials have
no common sense or understanding of the sport. None of
these ideas is true or fair.
These rules confer on the Controlling Bodies and their
representatives and officials discretion in the application
and interpretation of the Rules. It is intended that
discretion will be exercised, as stated in the very first rule
in this book to ensure that competition is safe, free and fair.
Officials are expected to exercise judgment wisely
and fairly, on the understanding that if they do not,
their decisions, other than those made in the heat of
competition, will be subject to review through protest
and appeal. They will be trained and encouraged to take
responsibility for their actions, and to work in a way which
supports the underlying philosophy of the Rules.
Our rules should reflect the way that the sport is conducted.
MA and the State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) have been
careful to ensure that there is a process in place to ensure
that every participant has the opportunity to have their say
in the way these rules are written.
We actively seek constructive criticism of these Rules
and encourage participants to work through their
representatives to ensure their relevance.
STRUCTURE OF MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
This book is divided into 29 chapters.
The first 14 chapters apply to all disciplines of the sport
and the rest to the specific disciplines. There will be a
degree of crossover from the first section to the specific
disciplines and some of the Rules contained in those first
chapters need to be added to or varied according to the
needs of a particular discipline.
36
We have attempted to make this edition of the book more
user friendly, reinstating an index and reframing every
chapter into a as close to a consistent format as possible.
We have also striven to eliminate any ambiguities
and contradictions.
Chapter 1 - Jurisdiction.
This chapter states the purposes and principles
underlying the Rules. The Rules are to be applied fairly
and according to the principles of natural justice. These
Rules are binding not only on competitors but also on all
Controlling Bodies.
There is a list of definitions which may be useful while
using the rest of the Book.
Chapter 2 - Administration.
This very important chapter sets out the authority of the
Controlling Bodies. It identifies and empowers the people
and the instrumentalities through which the Controlling
Bodies exercise their authority.
MA is a member of the FIM, a federation of the controlling
bodies of motorcycle sport throughout the world, and MA
is a federation of which the SCBs are members. The
significance of this that the FIM would not exist without
the cooperation and involvement of its members, and the
same principle applies to MA.
SCBs agree to be bound by the decisions of MA as part of
the agreement they entered into with each other when MA
was formed. The SCBs are, in effect, the owners of MA,
and their control over MA is exercised through the Board.
The Board has the power under the Articles of Association
of MA to make competition Rules.
Rule 2.1.2 is a very important rule which typifies the
philosophy which underpins these Rules. In providing
for the making of agreements, the Rules clear the way for
resolving differences among Controlling Bodies and with
Promoters, by consultation, discussion and agreement
rather than by disputation and resort to a strict and
legalistic approach.
The rest of the chapter identifies the roles, responsibilities
and limits of authority of various key officials.
Chapter 3 - Licensing
The primary pupose of having a licencing regime is to
ensure the safety of competitors.
This may be applied through separating less experienced
competitiors from ‘old hands’ and, in the case of junior
competition, to ensure that all riders obtain the benefits
of a structured coaching process.
Licence holders may not compete at a level higher than
their licence.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
philosophy of GCR’s
The chapter also sets out the processes by which
competitors can obtain a licence, and the means by
which applicants can appeal against the refusal of a
licence or the imposition of a condition on their licence.
The full details of the Personal Accident
Insurance Scheme are available in the insurance
policy documents.
Chapter 4 - Competitions
While the use of performance enhancing drugs is not
as big an issue in motorcycle sport as in some other
fields, MA recognises the need for a comprehensive
and prescriptive program to ensure that our sport is
free from the use of illicit drugs.
The intent of this long chapter is to codify present
practices throughout the sport.
Much of the chapter is taken up with establishing the
mechanisms for running competitions, and imposing
the conditions under which those competions can take
place.
The chapter also deals with breaches of these Rules,
and the processes to take place in the event that the
Rules are breached.
Chapter 5 - Protests and Appeals
The application of fair and natural justice is an inherent
condition of these rules.
Where participants wish to protest against the actions
of an official or another participant, these rules of
natural justice require a mechanism for the fair hearing
of their protests, which is established in this chapter.
The chapter also sets out the jurisdiction and limits of
power of the appelate bodies.
Chapter 6 - Judicial Committee Guidelines
This chapter sets out the composition of Judicial
Committees and also provides a commentary on the
process that the Committee undertakes to adjudicate
on the matters brought before them.
Chapter 7 - Sporting Commissions
One of the functions of the Sporting Commissions is
to reconcile the competing interests in any discipline.
Technology and other changes mean that
Commissions need to find a balance between
ensuring that motorcycle sport is affordable to as many
participants as possible while not setting up a rule
book circumscribed by anachronisms.
Chapters 8 & 9- Accreditation Schemes
All sporting bodies need to ensure that those involved
in the development and control of the sport have the
tools they need to do their jobs.
The National Accreditation schemes established by
these chapters are an effort to ensure the future of
the sport through the development and training of its
officials and coaches.
Chapter 10 - Personal Accident Insurance
The chapter on insurance is a simple summary of the
coverage of MA’s insurance scheme, setting out the
benefits available to participants in the sport.
Chapter 11 - MA Anti-Doping Policy
Guided by the principals of fair and natural justice and
ensuring that our sport is safe and fair, this chapter
sets out the mechanisms for screening participants,
the testing of samples and the consequences of being
outside of the internationally recognised WADA code.
Chapter 12 - All Disciplines
One of the most important aspects of interpretation
of these Rules is that they are permissive rather than
prohibitive. In other words, in almost all cases, the
Rules describe the things that may be done rather
than the things that may not.
This chapter contains the Rules which apply to all
disciplines. Any rule in one of the discipline specific
chapters will, unless otherwise stated, be in addition
to the provisions of Chapter 12. So Chapter 12 and
the relevant discipline chapters operate side by side.
For the purposes of these Rules, the age of Junior
competitors is now taken as on January 1 each year.
Full details are found at GCR 12.16.0.1
Competitors over the age of 16 years may not compete
in a junior competition, subject to GCR 12.16.0.1,
and a person who is under 16 may not compete in a
senior competition.
Chapter 13 - Australian Championships
These Rules prescribe the allocation, categories and
listing of Australian Championships.
Chapters 14 to 28 - Discipline Specific Chapters
As far as possible, the discipline specific chapters
follow a common format as follows:
1. Protective clothing 2. Frames and parts
3. Engines
4. Fuel
5. Classes
6. Competition rules
Appendices
These include MA’s Occupational Health and Safety
Policy and Environmental Sustainability Policy, both of
which can be found in Appendix 5 & 6 towards the rear
of this Manual.
37
enjoy the ride
rules and making rule changes
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES
Rules change from one year to the next, before
they appear in the next edition of the Manual of
Motorcycle Sport.
Immediate Rule changes
Ever wondered how this happens?
There are times – especially at the start of the year,
where a rule will need amending or clarification with
immediate impact on the current MoMS. When this
occurs the same process as above will take place,
however, after the Board’s decision, a number of other
things will occur.
Feedback on current rules is sent through to the
relevant Commissions, either through one of the
Commissioners themselves, the Commission Chair or
the Manager – Commissions and Committees at MA.
Rules are sometimes altered to make the competition
easier or fairer, sometimes to reflect new technology
or equipment that has become availlable. Sometimes
rules are altered so that their meaning is made clearer.
Your feedback is encouraged and is always welcome
with regards to the rules.
We would like to know about any ways you think we
can make the sport better for our competitors.
To put forward a suggested rule amendment or rule
inclusion, see the Rule Amendment or Inclusion Form
on page 41.
If the relevant Commission decides to pursue this rule
feedback further, it will open the issue up to the SCBs
and to the general public for comment and discussion.
Depending on the input, the Commission will then either
scrap the proposal or make an official recommendation
with the wording of change put forward through the
Manager – Commissions and Committees.
The suggested rule change is then added onto the
agenda of the following Board meeting by the Manager
– Commissions and Committees.
The MA Board will then decide to accept or reject the
proposed rule change.
If rejected, this will be reflected in the Board Minutes,
and Board Report – the later which will become
available for public viewing at the MA Reports section
of the MA website - www.ma.org.au
If accepted, the rule will be appear in bold as an
amended rule in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport for the
following year.
Rules which have been deleted from the previous
Manual will appear as crossed out.
What happens when rules are required to be changed
with immediate effect?
Initially, the Manager – Commissions and Committees
is informed that the appropriate rule has been amended
and passes this information onto the Communications
Manager. The Communications Manager will then
create a Media Release to inform the public of the
rule change.
Once created, the release gets sent via the Manager
– Commissions and Committees, to the relevant
Commission Chair / Commissioners so that they
can review the wording of the release before it is
made public. Changes to the release at this point
can still be made, with Commissioners to suggest
appropriate amendments.
Once approved through the Commission, the Media
Release can then be sent to the motorcycling public
via email. This release will also be posted immediately
onto the MA website.
Further to this, a one-page Rule Change Information
Bulletin will be sent out to SCB’s, to on-send to affiliated
clubs. This will be done via a standard Rule Change
template, so that the club can post this information on
their own relevant bulletin boards. The Information
Bulletins will also be posted onto the MA website. An
example of the Rule Change Information Bulletin can
be found on the next page.
Clubs will have the right to respond and give
feedback regarding the rule change via the usual
means of communication – sending written feedback
to a Commission via the Manager – Commissions
and Committees.
All rule changes, clarifications, news and information
bulletins will be available under the Rules section of the
MA website.
RULE
Informati
April 13, 2
Affected D
Motocross
Rule perta
The wearin
Current r
GCR 17.1.
New rule a
A competi
similar for
the eye pro
eye protec
protection,
must comp
E
a)
b)
c)
d)
Rule sugg
Motocross
Rule adop
MA Board
Date rule
April 13, 2
Feedback
Ross Mart
(03) 9684
38
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
rules and making rule changes
RULE CHANGE
Information Bulletin
April 13, 2007
Affected Discipline:
Motocross / Supercross
E
L
Rule pertains to:
The wearing of goggles
P
M
Current rule in 2007 Manual of Motorcycle Sport:
GCR 17.1.5
New rule after change:
A
X
A competitor must, at the start of an event, be wearing goggles or a
similar form of eye protection. It is strongly recommended that the competitor wear
the eye protection at all times during the event. Where the competitor removes their
eye protection during the course of an event, they do so entirely at their own risk. Eye
protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’
must comply with the following:
E
a)
b)
c)
d)
Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material,
Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used
Metal or Perspex face shields are not used,
Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material.
Rule suggested by:
Motocross/Supercross Commission
Rule adopted by:
MA Board
Date rule change takes affect from:
April 13, 2007
Feedback contact:
Ross Martin – Motorcycling Australia, Manager – Commissions and Committees
(03) 9684 0504 or rmartin@ma.org.au
39
rules and making rule changes
Procedure for Consideration of Items by Commission
Proposal from Club, SCB, or individual to MA
MA Commissions Manager refers to Commission
enjoy the ride
TIMELINE
Prior to 28 February
Mid year meeting
Proposed action to MA Commissions Manager
Referred to relevant
MA Committee, for
example, Safety, Medical
etc
Commission
recommendation referred
to SCBs and other
stakeholders
Comments received at MA office
Feedback referred to Commission
Prior to 31 July
Commission decision
MA Board for ratification
MA Office for promulgation of decision
Advice to Stakeholders
40
August Meeting
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
rules and making rule changes
RULE AMENDMENT OR INCLUSION FORM
(Can be downloaded from the MA website - www.ma.org.au)
These are your rules, and Motorcycling Australia recognises that the people who are most involved
with the Sport are extremely well placed to provided feedback on where these rules work to make
Motorcycle Sport safe, free and fair.
If you have a suggestion on how a rule could be changed, or a new rule be included in next year’s
Manual of Motorcycle Sport, use this form.
When completed, you can:
•
Give it to your Club Secretary, or
•
Send it to your SCB (contact details are on P 15) or
•
Send it to Commissions Manager, Motorcycling Australia,
P.O. Box 134 South Melbourne 3205 or fax to 03 9684 0555
If you would like to know the process required for a rule change, see above.
New Rule
Amendment Existing rule number (if applicable)_____________________
Suggested wording of change or new rule: (Attach sheets if required)______________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Explain why this rule change should occur. (Attach sheets if required)______________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Your Contact Details Name_______________________________________________________
Telephone No (Ph)____________________ (Mob)____________________________________
Email________________________________________________________________________
41
enjoy the ride
1jurisdiction
1JURISDICTION
1.1Definitions
1.1.0.1 “ASC” means Australian Sports
Commission.
1.1.0.2 “ASC Doping Policy” means the document
bearing that name, or any amendment or
equivalent thereof.
1.1.0.3 “ASADA” means the Australian Sports
Anti-Doping Authority.
1.1.0.4 ”Board” means the Board of Directors of
MA.
1.1.0.5 “Club” means an incorporated or
unincorporated body formed for the
primary purpose of promoting the sport
and being affiliated to an SCB.
1.1.0.6 “Competition” includes any competition,
event, race or race meeting and all
associated practices, tests and qualifying
sessions.
1.1.0.7 “Code” means the Sporting Code of FIM
1.1.0.8 “Constitution” means the Constitution of MA.
1.1.0.9 “Consume” in relation to any prohibited
substances includes inject, swallow
or inhale and “Consumption” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.10 “Council” means the Council of MA.
1.1.0.11 “Disqualify” means to forbid the
disqualified person, body or machine
from taking part in any competition under
these Rules and “Disqualification” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.12 “Event” means any competition involving
the use of 1 or more motorcycles.
1.1.0.13 “Exclude” means to forbid the excluded
person, body or machine from taking
further part in, or being recognised as
having taken part in, the competition from
which such person body or machine has
been excluded and “Exclusion” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.14 “FIM” means Fèdèration Internationale de
Motocyclisme.
1.1.0.15 “FMN” means a Federation Member
Nation under the FIM Statutes.
1.1.0.16 “International meeting” means any
competition inscribed as such in the FIM
calendar.
42
1.1.0.17 “Junior competition” means a competition
which only competitors who are under the
age of 16 years may compete and “Junior
competitor” has a corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.18 “MA” means Motorcycling Australia.
1.1.0.19 “MA Series” means a series of
competitions conducted in more than 1
State or Territory.
1.1.0.20 “Meeting” means a meeting at which 1 or
more motorcycling events are conducted.
1.1.0.21 “Motorcycle” means and includes:
a) Solo - a 1-track vehicle with 2 wheels
with the drive through the rear wheel.
b) Sidecar - a 2-track vehicle with 3
road wheels, with the drive through
the rear wheel of the vehicle.
c) Cycle car - a 3-track vehicle with 3
wheels that is driven by either 1 or 2
wheels.
d) Trike - a 3-track vehicle with 3
wheels that is driven by its rear
wheels.
e) Quad - a 2-track vehicle with 4
wheels driven by the rear or all
wheels and on which a rider may be
accommodated astride the vehicle
having control of the steering by way
of handlebars operating the front
wheels.
1.1.0.22 “OEM” means Original Equipment
Manufacturer.
1.1.0.23 “Prohibited substance” means any
substance prohibited under these Rules.
1.1.0.24 “Promoter” means the holder of a
competition permit.
1.1.0.25 “Race” means any event where speed is
the determining factor in the result.
1.1.0.26 “RCB” means the Relevant Controlling
Body having control of any competition or
recreational activity under Rule 2.1.
1.1.0.27 “Recreational Activity” means authorised
motorcycle activity, which has no
competitive element.
1.1.0.28 “Record” means an event where speed,
distance and time, or any combination of
those factors, determine the result.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
1.1.0.29 “Repealed
GCRs”
means
the
Competition Rules of MA in force until the
date of commencement of these Rules.
1.1.0.30 “SCB” means State Controlling Body
being any Member under the Articles.
1.1.0.31 “Senior
competition”
means
a
competition which only competitors who
have attained the age of 16 years may
compete and “Senior competitor” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.32 “Sports Development Account” means
the sports development account
established under the repealed GCRs
and continued by these Rules.
1.1.0.33 “Sports Development Levy” means the
levy established by these Rules.
1.1.0.34 “SR” means Supplementary Regulations.
1.1.0.35 “Steward” includes a Referee.
1.1.0.36 “Support person“ means in relation to
an entrant, rider, licensee or competitor,
any person who provides support to that
entrant, rider, licensee or competitor
including but not only mechanics, team
assistants, team members, medical staff
and family members and in relation to a
minor rider, licensee or competitor also
includes any parent or guardian of that
minor.
1.1.0.37 “Suspend” means to forbid the
suspended person, body or machine
from taking part in any competition
under these Rules during the period of
suspension and “Suspension” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.38 “Traditional Enduro” means Enduro of
one or more days of competition over
a natural terrain course of up to 7.5
hours duration. The course consists of
a number of trail sections between 5km
and 35km in length with time checks at
the end of each section. Riders enter
the trails 3 per minute and attempt
to maintain a pre-determined time
allowance on each section. There are
penalties for late and early check-in at
the Time Checks. There are a number
of “Special Tests” throughout the course.
See Rule 25.5.1- “Courses”.
1.1.0.39 “Venue” means a permanent or
temporary place or facility, which has
been approved by the RCB for the
conduct of motorcycle competition or
recreational activity.
1jurisdiction
1.2
Purpose of Rules
1.2.0.1 The purpose of these Rules is to regulate
and control motorcycle competition.
a) The Rules are to be interpreted with
the intent that competition will be
safe, free and fair and conducted
applying the principles of natural
justice,
b) The Rules are Competition Rules
made under clause 71 of the
Constitution, 
c) The Rules, and any determination
made under them and in accordance
with them, bind all Controlling Bodies
and all participants in the sport.
1.2.1
Recognition of Authority of FIM
1.2.1.1 By these Rules, MA acknowledges and
recognises:
a) FIM is the World Controlling Body of
motorcycle competition,
b) It is desirable that there be consistent
standards and Rules of competition
at all levels.
1.3
Repeal of current gcrs
1.3.0.1 The General Competition Rules of MA in
operation at the date of commencement
of these Rules are hereby repealed but
such repeal will not affect the operation
of the repealed GCRs in relation to any
competition conducted thereunder.
1.4By - Laws
1.4.0.1 MA may make by-laws, which must
be consistent with these Rules, and
which may:
a) Proclaim model Supplementary
Regulations,
b) Prescribe forms and fees as required
under these Rules,
c) Prescribe fines for any breach of
these Rules,
d) Prescribe the requirements for,
and conditions of, insurance under
these Rules,
e) Establish National and State
Championships, titled events, Series,
competitions and meetings and for
such purposes:
43
enjoy the ride
1jurisdiction
i) Define criteria for the eligibility of
licensees,
ii) Define criteria for the eligibility
of machines,
iii) Publish calendars,
iv)
Create prizes, trophies and
medallions,
v) Prescribe competition formats,
vi)Prescribe traveling and other
expenses,
vii)Attach any relevant FIM rule or
regulation.
f) Prescribe manuals and procedures
for the performance by any person
or body of any power, duty or
function under these Rules,
g) Provide for the establishment
and operation of training and
educational courses under these
Rules,
h) Prescribe the design, function and
operation of apparatus, instruments
and equipment used for timing,
measuring, weighing, counting or
calculating, for the purposes of
these Rules,
i) Prescribe levels of noise,
atmospheric and other emissions
from motorcycles,
j) Prescribe fuel contents and
standards,
k) Prescribe laboratories for fuel
testing,
l) Prescribe track and venue
conditions, designs and standards,
m) Prescribe the weights,
measurements and other
dimensions of motorcycles, and
n) Provide for or prescribe such
acts, matters or things as shall be
necessary for the full and effective
operation of these Rules.
1.4.0.2 Subject to this Rule, an SCB may make
by-laws, which must be consistent with
these Rules, and which may:
a) Proclaim model Supplementary
Regulations,
b) Establish State and Territory
championships, titled events, series,
competitions and meetings and for
such purposes:
i) Publish calendars,
ii)Create prizes, trophies and
medallions,
iii) Prescribe competition formats,
iv)Prescribe traveling and other
expenses.
c) Provide for the establishment and
operation of training and educational
courses under these Rules,
d) Prescribe noise, atmospheric and
other emissions from motorcycles,
e) Prescribe track and venue
conditions, designs and standards,
f) Provide for or prescribe such
acts, matters or things as shall be
necessary for the full and effective
operation of by-laws.
1.4.0.3 An SCB must, not less than 1 month after
any by-law has been made by that SCB,
forward a copy thereof to the Board.
1.4.0.4 The Board may amend or revoke any bylaw made under these Rules.
asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter –
regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free!
4444
www.ma.org.au
ree!
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2Administration
2ADMINISTRATION
2.1
THE CONTROLLING BODIES
2.1.1
Administration of Rules
2.1.1.1 Subject to the provisions of the Code, the
bodies with authority and responsibility for
the administration of Rules regulating the
conduct of competitions and recreational
activity in all disciplines are as follows:
a) FIM - World Championships and FIM
Prize Events as they are defined in
the Code,
b)MA:
i) International meetings, other than
World Championship and FIM
Prize Events,
ii) Australian Championships,
iii) MA Series,
iv) Australian Record attempts,
v)Events which have a course
traversing more than 1 State,
vi)
Support events at World
Championships.
c) SCBs - All other competitions and
recreational activity within the
territorial borders of their state unless
permission has been granted by
the SCB within the territory of the
proposed event for another SCB to
permit the activity.
2.1.2
Agreements for Conduct of the Sport
2.1.2.1 Subject to these Rules, any Controlling
Body may enter into agreements or
arrangements with any 1 or more of the
other, and with any Promoter, for the
conduct of competitions.
2.1.2.2 If any such agreement or arrangement:
a) Includes FIM, and
b) Is for the conduct of a meeting
which includes both International
and National events, these Rules
will apply to the National events
conducted at the meeting, but in
all other respects the FIM Rules
will apply and be binding on
all participants.
2.1.3
Conflict between Code and Rules
2.1.3.1 If these Rules and the Code are in
conflict in relation to any matter to which
both apply, the Code will prevail over
these Rules.
2.2COMMISSIONS
2.2.1
Establishment of Commissions
2.2.1.1 The following are the Commissions of
the sport:
a) Road Racing,
b) Motocross and Supercross,
c)Speedway,
d)Enduro,
e)Moto-Trials,
f) Historic Road Racing,
g) Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt
Track,
h) Junior Sport and Development,
i) Dirt Track, Track, Supermoto,
j)Women.
K)Quad.
2.2.2
Functions & Membership of Commissions
2.2.2.1 The functions of the Commissions are to:
a) Assist, advise, and be responsible
to the Board and to act in the best
interests of MA and the sport,
b) Prepare and propose any
amendments to these Rules, or any
by-laws, so as to ensure the orderly
conduct of competitions, and
c) Assist and advise each other and
any Committee of the Board.
2.2.2.2 The members of the Commissions will be
appointed by the Board. The terms and
conditions of appointment of members
of Commissions will be determined by
the Board.
2.2.2.3 In appointing members of Commissions,
the Board must have regard to:
a) The advancement and welfare of the
Sport and of the relevant discipline,
b) The need to appoint skilled
and experienced persons to
the Commissions.
45
2Administration
2.3sports development levy
2.3.1
Collection and Distribution
2.3.1.1 In all disciplines, there may be a Sports
Development Levy at the discretion of the
RCB.
2.3.1.2 In each year, an RCB may prescribe the
amount of the Sports Development Levy
for that year.
2.3.1.3 The Promoter of a meeting must, no more
than 14 days after the end of the meeting,
pay to the RCB the prescribed Sports
Development Levy imposed on takings
from:
a) Charges for admission by the public
to the meeting venue, and
b) Sales of programs for the meeting.
2.4sports development account
2.4.0.1 MA must pay any proceeds it receives
from the Sports Development Levy into
the Sports Development Account no more
than 28 days after receipt thereof.
2.4.0.2 In each year, the Board may determine
the purpose for and the amount of any
distribution from the Sports Development
Account.
2.4.0.3 The Board may impose any conditions on
the recipients of grants from the Sports
Development Account.
2.5Officials
46
2.5.1
Powers and Authorities of Officials
2.5.1.1 In the administration of these Rules, the
powers and authorities of the Controlling
Bodies are exercisable by and through
officials.
2.5.1.2 For these purposes, the Controlling
Bodies may license any 1 or more of the
following officials:
a) Key officials:
i) Stewards or Referees,
ii) Race Directors,
iii) Clerks of Course,
iv) Race Secretaries,
b) Operational officials:
i)Marshals,
ii) Time keepers and Scorers,
iii)Measurers,
iv)Scrutineers,
v) Eligibility Scrutineers,
enjoy the ride
vi)Judges,
vii)Observers,
viii)Handicappers,
ix)Starters,
x) Final Control Officials,
xi) Noise Control Officer (NCO)
c) Other licensed officials:
i)Coaches,
ii)Announcers
iii) Venue Inspectors.
2.5.2
The Licensing of Officials
2.5.2.1 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may
issue, renew, recategorise or revoke an
official’s licence. The form of an official’s
licence will be as prescribed in by-laws.
2.5.2.2 No person will be issued with an official’s
licence unless that person has achieved
the minimum required standards at a
training course established and conducted
under these Rules.
2.5.2.3 A licence for a key official must not be
issued to person under 18 years of age.
A licence for an operational official must
not be issued to a person under the age of
16 years.
2.5.2.4 An official’s licence remains in force for
no more than 4 years from the day of
its issue.
2.5.2.5 An application for an official’s licence and
for the renewal or recategorisation thereof
must be:
a) To the Controlling Body having
authority in the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides,
b) In the prescribed form.
2.5.2.6 An SCB which issues an official’s licence
must, within 1 month of issue, notify
MA which must enter the information
on a register of licensed officials to be
maintained for that purpose and kept at
the registered office of MA.
2.5.2.7 An RCB, which orders an investigation
into the conduct of a meeting, may
stand down any official involved in the
subject meeting, until the investigation
is concluded.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2.5.3
Categories of Officials’ Licences
2.5.3.1 Officials’ licences:
a) Are accredited at the following levels
and must be appropriately endorsed
i) Level 1 – Club level,
ii) Level 2 – Inter club/zone level,
iii)Level 3 - Open event / State
championship level,
iv) Level 4 – MA Series and National
Championship level,
v)International.
b) Are accredited in the following
disciplines:
i) Dirt Track,
ii)Enduro,
iii)Minikhana,
iv)Motocross,
v)Moto-Trials,
vi) Road Racing,
vii)Speedway,
viii)Supercross,
ix)Track,
x)Supermoto.
c) May be endorsed with more than
1 category.
2.5.3.2 A licensed official:
a) Must not carry out any duty or
function to which that official’s
licence category does not apply, but
may have an assistant whose licence
is endorsed with a different category,
b) May apply for a different category of
licence. An application for variation
must be dealt with in the same way
as an application for a licence,
c) May not, without the authority of the
Clerk of Course, compete in any
competition at which the official is
officiating,
d) Must comply with these Rules and
with the proper directions of any official
having authority under these Rules to
impose such directions,
e) Must carry out all duties honestly,
diligently and fairly,
f) Must be in attendance no later than
1 hour prior to the official start time
of the meeting (including practice)
and remain until the completion of
their duties at the conclusion of the
meeting.
2Administration
2.5.3.3 MA may, either independently or in
conjunction with other Controlling Bodies
conduct official’s training courses. The
content of the courses must:
a) Have regard to the various
disciplines of the sport,
b) Provide practical and
theoretical training,
c) Be as prescribed from time to time in
by-laws.
2.5.3.4 No person may compete at any meeting
to which they have been appointed a key
official with the exception of 2.5.7.1 (e).
2.5.4
Stewards
2.5.4.1 A RCB must appoint 1 or more Stewards
for any competition and, if more than 1
Steward is appointed, those Stewards
may collectively or individually exercise
the powers set out in these Rules.
2.5.4.2 Where more than 1 Steward is appointed
under this Rule the RCB must nominate a
senior Steward, whose determination on
any matter in relation to the meeting will
be binding.
2.5.4.3 In the absence of a jury, and subject to
Rule 2.5.5, Stewards of a competition
have supreme control and authority over
the conduct of that competition and may:
a) Amend any supplementary
regulation applicable to the meeting
if, in the opinion of the Steward,
exceptional circumstances arise
requiring amendments,
b) Amend the program for the meeting,
c) Give any instruction or direction to
the clerk of course of the meeting,
d) Determine the time for the
commencement and conclusion of
the meeting,
e) Stop the meeting or any part of it,
f) Order any event to be restarted
or rerun,
g) Hear and determine any protest,
h) Institute, hear and determine
any prosecution for any offence
committed during the meeting and
impose any penalty or penalties
under these Rules,
i) Abandon any meeting provided
that all entry fees must be refunded
unless otherwise provided for in the
SR for the meeting,
47
2Administration
j) Order any competitor to submit to a
medical examination to determine if
the competitor is fit to participate in
the meeting,
k) Order the administration of any fuel,
drug, or other test,
l) Impose on a competitor or entrant
any penalty of relegation time
or points penalty, exclusion, fine
or suspension as provided for in
these Rules,
m) Order any machine, which the
Steward considers does not comply
with these Rules or the relevant
SR, to be impounded at the end of
the meeting and detained under the
control or direction of the Steward for
such period as may reasonably be
necessary for it to be examined,
n) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the meeting,
o) Refer any matter to the RCB.
2.5.4.4 As soon as possible, and no more than 5
days after the conclusion of a meeting, a
Steward of the meeting must complete and
deliver to the RCB a Steward’s report in the
prescribed form which must include:
a) A copy of the program,
b) The results of the meeting,
c) Total number of competitors,
d) A plan of the venue showing the
location and number of falls where
the competitor received medical
treatment at the venue and/or the
competitor is transported to hospital,
e) The number of competitors
transported to hospital including
details of suspected injuries,
f) The number of spectators attending
the event, and
g) The number of officials on duty at
the event.
2.5.5
Race Director
2.5.5.1 MA may appoint a Race Director for any
MA Series.
48
enjoy the ride
2.5.5.2 The Race Director’s responsibilities are:
a) To ensure proper observance of the
Rules and regulations,
b) To ensure the efficient running of
practices and races,
c) To ensure effective communication
between Promoters and Stewards.
2.5.5.3 The Race Director shall have overriding
authority in relation to:
a) The control of practices and races,
including modifying the program,
b) The stopping of any race or session,
c) Starting procedure.
2.5.5.4 A Race Director may:
a) Amend any series SR if, in the
opinion of the Race Director,
exceptional circumstances arise
requiring amendments,
b) Amend the Series program,
c) Institute, any prosecution for any
offence committed during a meeting,
d) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the series.
2.5.6
Clerk of Course
2.5.6.1 Subject to the control and direction of the
Steward or Race Director of a meeting,
the Clerk of Course is responsible for its
conduct and for that purpose may:
a) Inform and instruct
operational officials,
b) Inspect the venue and do whatever is
necessary to ensure the venue is in
good and safe condition,
c) Ensure that all operational officials
are carrying out their duties fully
and effectively,
d) Receive any protest and convey it to
the Steward,
e) Impose on a competitor or entrant
any penalty of exclusion or relegation
or any time or points penalty or fine
as provided for under these Rules,
f) Stop any event,
g) Exclude any competitor from any
competition for any reason provided
for in these Rules,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
h) Exclude from any event any machine
which the Clerk of Course considers
to be dangerous,
i) Order any event to be restarted
or rerun,
j) Collate all necessary information
from any operational official and
present it to the Steward at the
Steward’s request and direction,
k) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the meeting,
l) Authorise any operational official to
compete in any event in the meeting.
2.5.7
Race Secretary
2.5.7.1 The Race Secretary is responsible for
the organisation and management of a
meeting and for those purposes:
a) Must comply with the instructions of
the Steward and the Clerk of Course,
b) May publish notices and documents
as directed,
c) May ensure that operational officials
are informed of their functions and
duties and properly equipped,
d) Must provide the Steward with a
copy of the program and the results
of events conducted at the meeting.
e) Moto-Trials and Traditional Enduro.
For club and interclub Moto-Trials
and Traditional Enduro the Race
Secretary may compete in an event
once they have completed their
duties as described in Chapter
2, and only with the authority of
the Steward and Clerk of Course.
NOTE: This doesn’t apply to other
forms of competition under the broad
“Enduro” discipline such as Sprint,
C’Country, Pony Express, Cross
Country Sprint etc.
2.5.8
Operational officials
2.5.8.1 In carrying out their duties, operational
officials must:
a) At the beginning of the meeting
report to the Clerk of the Course
for instructions,
b) Only use apparatus authorised under
these Rules,
2Administration
c) Provide the Clerk of Course with
reports as required,
d) Comply with the directions and
instructions of the Steward/Referee
and the Clerk of Course.
2.5.8.2 Operational officials must carry out their
functions to the best of their abilities and
in accordance with these Rules.
2.5.8.3 Officials must be paid such fees, expenses
and allowances as are prescribed from
time to time.
2.5.9
Eligibility Scrutineer
2.5.9.1 An eligibility Scrutineer is a person
appointed by the RCB or the Promoter
at a meeting comprising of events for
historic or classic machines. The eligibility
Scrutineer has the authority to determine
whether entered machines comply with
the relevant eligibility regulations.
2.5.10
Noise Control Officer
2.5.10.1 NCO’s are licensed after completion of
a technical seminar on the principles,
instruments and methods to be used.
2.5.10.2 NCO covers noise testing at all levels of
meeting, except FIM World Championship
and Trophy events.
2.5.10.3 NCO decisions are a judgement of fact.
2.5.11 Specialist Sub-committees
2.5.11.1 A Controlling Body may appoint
specialist Sub-committees for the
following purposes:
a) To examine any machine to
determine if the machine, or the
class or group of machines of which
the machine is an example, is
eligible to compete,
b) To issue, in respect of any machine,
any log book or other record
of eligibility,
c) To direct the issue of a replacement
log book for any machine, and
d) To grant any exemption, in respect of
any machine, class or period group
of machines, for the use of any
part or parts as provided for under
these Rules.
2.5.11.2 The relevant Commission will, unless
otherwise determined in by-laws, be the
specialist Sub-committee for each SCB.
49
2Administration
2.5.11.3 Specialist Sub-committees will be
appointed for such term and upon
such conditions as the Controlling
Body determines.
2.5.11.4 A specialist Sub-committee may have
expertise in more than 1 discipline of
the sport.
2.5.11.5 A determination of a specialist Subcommittee applies to, and binds:
a) The owner or entrant of
any machine,
b) Any subsequent owner or entrant.
2.5.12Juries
2.5.12.1 Subject to the following 2 Rules, an RCB
may appoint, in addition to, or in lieu of,
a Steward, a jury which must comprise a
President and at least 2 members.
2.5.12.2 If a meeting is in Speedway:
a) A jury may not be appointed in lieu of
the Referee,
b) The functions of a jury are to hear
and determine any protest against
any decision or determination of
the Referee.
2.5.12.3 No person may be a member of a jury
unless that person is:
a) Appointed in writing by the RCB
under this Rule, and
b) A Steward.
2.5.12.4 The RCB may appoint to a jury, such
persons as it thinks have sufficient
expertise to be members of a jury.
2.5.12.5 The RCB must appoint the President of
the jury.
2.5.12.6 The Steward of a meeting may not be a
member of the jury for that meeting.
2.5.12.7 If, during a meeting, there is a vacancy
in the membership of a jury, the jury
President may appoint a substitute in
accordance with these Rules.
2.5.12.8 No member of a jury may participate in
any deliberations of the jury if that person
has an interest in the outcome of the
deliberations and must, immediately on
becoming aware of any such conflict of
interest, notify the other members of the
jury and withdraw from the jury.
50
enjoy the ride
2.5.12.9 The President of a jury:
a) Must convene the jury at the
commencement of the meeting,
b) Must ensure that the proceedings
of the jury are conducted in
accordance with these Rules,
c) Must ensure that the acts and
instructions of the jury are carried
out, and
d) May admit any person as an
observer of the jury’s deliberation
and must exclude any person who,
in the opinion of the jury, has no
interest in the proceedings or is not
entitled to be present.
2.5.12.10Where a jury is appointed in addition to
a Steward, the authority of the jury will
prevail over that of the Steward.
2.5.12.11In these Rules any reference to a
Steward in any discipline other than
Speedway will, in respect of a meeting
for which a jury has been appointed, be
interpreted, as if it were a reference to
a jury.
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or
a new rule added, you can have your say
by working through your Club to propose
amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your
SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at
the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when
the proposer includes the new wording for an
existing rule, or where a new rule should sit
in the structure of this book, and includes a
rationale on why the rule should be changed
or added.
There’s a form to register your interest in rule
changes on page 41.
It’s YOUR SPORT-
we welcome your input
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
3licensing
3LICENSING
3.1 LICENSING REQUIREMENTS
3.1.1
3.1.1.1
3.1.1.2
3.1.1.3
3.1.1.4
3.1.1.5
3.1.1.6
3.1.1.7
3.1.1.8
Licensing Conditions
A person may only participate in a competition
event if they are the holder of a competition
licence as detailed in this chapter.
A person may only participate in a noncompetition activity or event if they are the
holder of a competition or non-competition
licence detailed in this chapter.
MA may, either independently or in
conjunction with other Controlling Bodies,
establish and conduct training courses for
competition licensees. The content of the
courses must have regard to:
a) The interests of the sport,
b) The need for safety in all aspects of
the sport,
c) The desirability of fair and even
competition between competitors having
the highest possible skills at each level
of competition,
d) The graduated development of the skills
of competitors.
In the event of courses being established
under the above Rule, no person who has
not successfully completed an appropriate
course may apply for, or be issued with, a
competition licence.
An applicant for a competition licence who is
aggrieved by a decision of the SCB under the
previous Rule may appeal to the appellate
body of that SCB.
MA, or each SCB on behalf of MA, must in
each year deliver to every person issued with
a 12 month competition licence a copy of
the GCRs.
An SCB which issues a competition licence
must, within 1 month of issue, notify MA which
must enter the information on a register of
licensed competitors maintained for that
purpose by MA and kept at the registered
office of MA.
A competition licence, other than a 1 meeting
licence, continues in force for 12 months from
the date of issue except where:
a) A renewal application is lodged less
than 3 months after the expiry date in
which case the licence will continue in
force for 12 months from the date the
3.1.1.9
3.1.1.10
3.1.1.11
3.1.1.12
3.1.1.13
3.1.1.14
application was received by the SCB, or
b) A renewal application is lodged more
than 3 months after the expiry date
in which case it will be treated as a
first time application.
A competition licensee must:
a) Produce the licence on demand to any
key official during any meeting, or
b) If unable to produce the licence,
complete a licence declaration
certifying compliance with the licence
requirements of these Rules and
forthwith pay the prescribed nonproduction fee.
No person who is serving a suspension
from the FIM or any FMN may be
issued with a licence during that period
of suspension.
Any period of licence suspension ordered
by the FIM or any FMN will concurrently
apply to the competitor’s MA licence.
Subject to the next Rule, an SCB may not
issue a competition licence to, or renew
the competition licence of, any person
who has not been a resident of that SCB’s
State or Territory for at least 3 months.
An SCB may issue a competition licence
to any person who is not a resident of that
SCB’s State or Territory:
a) If that person has not been the
holder of a licence in any other State
or Territory; or
b) If that person, being the holder of a
licence in another State or Territory, is
authorised in writing by the Controlling
Body of the other State or Territory to
apply for a licence outside that other
State or Territory, or
c) If that person has recently arrived in
Australia from another Federation and
has a clearance from that Federation
to apply for an MA licence.
Any competition licensee whose licence is
lost or destroyed may apply to an SCB for
the issue of a replacement. The SCB may
charge the prescribed replacement fee to
51
replace the licence.
enjoy the ride
3licensing
3.1.2
LICENCE TYPES AND ACTIVITY ELIGIBILITY
Licence Type
Age
Status
a) Junior Club †
b)Junior National †
c) Junior Restricted National †*
7-Under 16 Competition
7-Under 16 Competition
7-Under 16 Competition
d) Senior Club
e)Senior National
16 & Over
16 & Over
Competition
f)
Activity Type
Club
Inter- Club National
X









Competition







16 & Over
Competition




One Meeting
7 & Over
Senior One Meeting National^
16 & Over
(Classic/Historic & Masters/Veteran)
Competition



X
Competition
X
X
X

Non- Competition ♠
Non-Competition
Non -Competition






X
X
X
X
X
X
(“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials)
g)
h)
Practice
Coaching
Recreation


Senior Restricted National*
(“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials)
i)Mini ♠
j)
Single Recreational Activity
k)Recreational
4-U16
4 & Over
16 & Over
X
NOTE 1: In table 3.1.2:  means Eligible, X means ineligible. The rules below explain the other symbols in the table
NOTE 2: Normal competition rules apply for all practise on all MA licensed tracks.
3.1.2.1 † Junior Competition (Club, National
Competition and Restricted National)
licences can only be held by riders aged
7 to under 16.
3.1.2.2 *Restricted National Licence will be
subject to the following conditions.
a) The licence will be available for both
junior and senior competitors.
b) The licence will apply to the following
categories:
i) “Fast 50’s”
ii)Minimoto
iii)Moto-Trials
c) Licencing requirements are as GCR
3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
3.1.2.3 ♠ Club, Inter-Club and National meetings
can hold non-competitive activities
specifically for Mini licence holders using
50cc Demo machines (4-U9). This licence
can also be used for Minikhana activities
(4-U16), and non-competitive events.
3.1.2.4 ^ Senior One Meeting National Licence is
subject to the following conditions:
a) Licence will be available to all
applicants 16 years and older,
b) Current club membership is required,
c) No competency test is required if the
applicant can prove that they have
held an annual competition licence
within the previous 10 years,
52
d) Applicants who have never held a
competition licence, or who have not
held a licence within the previous 10
years must undertake a competency test,
and apply for the licence via the event
Race Secretary at least 21 days prior to
the race meeting in which they wish to
compete. The competency assessment
may be undertaken at the meeting in
which the participant intends to compete.
e) This licence category will only be
available to:
i) Participants in national classic/
historic events,
ii) Competitors using modern machines
at a national event specifically for
Veteran and/or Masters riders. The
minimum age to classify a Veteran or
Masters competitor for this category
is 35 years,
iii)Women competing in National and
State Championships.
3.1.2.5 No competition licensee may compete in
any competition above the level endorsed
on that person’s licence.
3.1.2.6 To be eligible for a competition licence a
rider must be an Australian Citizen or be a
permanent resident eligible for Medicare,
or have a clearance from their FMN.
3.1.2.7 A competition licensee from any country in
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
which there is an FMN recognised by the FIM:
a) May compete in Australia as if that
person where a competition licencee
under these Rules, but
b) Must compete at the level, or its
nearest equivalent, endorsed on that
person’s licence, and
c) May not compete unless and until
that person satisfies the Steward
of a meeting in which that person
seeks to participate that that person
is appropriately insured and is
authorised by that FMN.
3.1.2.8 No person other than a licencee competing
under the previous Rule may be issued with
a competition licence unless that person is
a member of a Club. This rule does not
apply to applicants for a Recreational and
Single Use Recreational Licence.
3.1.2.9 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may
issue a competition licence to any person.
The form of a competition licence will be
as prescribed in by-laws.
3.1.2.10 MA may issue international licences
on behalf of FIM to holders of a current
national licence with insurance to FIM
standard.
3.2
LICENSING - GENERAL
3.3
Licensing - SENIORS
3.2.0.1 Any rider, who is transported to hospital,
recommended to attend hospital or is
advised by a medical practitioner that they
require a medical clearance before taking
part in any further competition event will
have their license suspended until such
time as they supply a medical clearance
to MA, their SBC or a Key Official at a MA
permitted race meeting event
3.3.0.1 An application for a competition licence,
other than a one meeting licence or
international licence, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides;
b) Be in the prescribed form.
c) Be accompanied by:
i) Proof of the age of the applicant,
ii) Proof that the applicant has passed
an appropriate licence test,
iii)Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription;
iv) The prescribed fee; and
v) Proof of current MA affiliated club
membership.
d) If the applicant is a minor, be
3licensing
accompanied by the written
authorisation of at least 1 of the
applicant’s parents or the legal
guardian of the applicant.
e) If the applicant has never been the
holder of a competition licence, be
accompanied by any 1 of the following:
i)The applicant’s current road
motorcycle licence,
ii) Proof that the applicant has attended
a motorcycle training course
conducted by, or with the approval
of, a State Government authority,
iii)Proof that the applicant has
attended any SCB accredited
training school,
iv) Proof that the applicant has attended
a training school conducted by an
accredited coach, or
v) Endorsement on the application
by a club official authorised by the
SCB that, in the opinion of that
official, the applicant is capable
of controlling a motorcycle.
3.3.0.2 A first time licence applicant must undertake
a test of knowledge of these Rules
3.4
Licensing - Juniors
3.4.0.1 An application for a Junior competition
licence, other than a 1 meeting licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) Proof of the age of the applicant,
ii) Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription, and
iii) The prescribed fee.
iv)Proof that the applicant has met
the requirements of the Junior
Coaching Program (JCP) GCR 3.8
v) Written authorisation of at least 1
of the applicant’s parents or the
legal guardian of the applicant.
iv) Proof of current club membership.
3.4.0.2 No applicant will be issued with their first
competition licence if they are under the
age of 7 years.
3.4.0.3 All Junior competitors:
a) Must produce their JCP logbook
upon demand to any key official
during any meeting
b) If unable to produce their JCP
logbook, complete a declaration
53
certifying their compliance with the
enjoy the ride
3licensing
3.5
logbook requirement of these Rules
accompanied by the prescribed fee.
Licensing - Entrants
3.5.0.1 A person or body corporate may not enter
any rider to participate in any competition
unless that person or body corporate is
licensed as an Entrant.
3.5.0.2 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may
issue an Entrant’s licence to any person or
body corporate. The form of an Entrant’s
licence will be as prescribed in by-laws.
3.5.0.3 An application for an Entrant’s licence and
for renewal thereof, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form, and
c) Be accompanied by the
prescribed fee.
3.5.0.4 On receipt of an application for the issue
or renewal of an Entrant’s licence, the
SCB may:
a) Issue or renew the
licence unconditionally,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
c) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions as it thinks fit.
3.5.0.5 An applicant for an Entrant’s licence who
is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB
under the previous GCR may appeal to
the appellate body of the SCB.
3.5.0.6 An entrant’s licence continues in force for
12 months from the date of issue.
3.6
Licensing - Speedway Mechanics
3.6.0.1 A person may not work as a Mechanic for
any rider in any Speedway competition
unless that person:
a) Is licensed as a mechanic,
b) Is not less than 16 years of age,
3.6.0.2 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may
issue a mechanic’s licence to any person.
3.6.0.3 An application for a mechanic’s licence
and for renewal thereof, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) Proof of the age of the applicant,
ii) Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription, and
iii) The prescribed fee.
3.6.0.4 On receipt of an application for the issue
or renewal of a Mechanic’s licence the
54
3.6.0.5
3.6.0.6
3.6.0.7
3.6.0.8
3.7
SCB may:
a) Issue or renew the licence
unconditionally,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
c) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions, as it thinks fit.
An applicant for a Mechanic’s licence who
is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB
under the previous GCR may appeal to
the appellate body of that SCB.
A Mechanic’s licence continues in force
for 12 months from the date of issue.
A Mechanic’s licensee must:
a) Carry the licence at all times during
any meeting,
b) Produce the licence on demand to
any key official during any meeting,
If unable to produce the licence, complete
a declaration certifying compliance
with the licence requirements of these
Rules and forthwith pay the prescribed
non‑production fee.
LICENCE ISSUING & RENEWALS
3.7.0.1 Senior - An application for renewal of a
Senior competition licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory
in which the applicant ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form.
c) Be accompanied by:
i) Proof the applicant has a current
ambulance subscription, and
ii) The prescribed fee
iii) Proof of current club membership.
3.7.0.2 Junior - An application for renewal of a
Junior competition licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) Proof in the JCP logbook of the
required coaching hours having
been completed,
ii) Proof the applicant has a current
ambulance subscription, and
iii) The prescribed fee,
iv) Proof of current club membership.
3.7.0.3 On receipt of an application for the issue
or renewal of a competition licence the
SCB may:
a) Delay the issue or renewal for no
more than 14 days,
b) Issue or renew the licence
unconditionally,
c) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
d) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions as it thinks fit.
3.7.0.3 Riders in track and dirt track can, at 3
months prior to the rider’s 16th birthday
practice on a machine that they will
compete on at permitted separate
Junior practice/coaching days, Juniors
must not ride with Seniors
3.8
JUNIOR COACHING PROGRAM
3.8.0.1 To obtain a competition licence, Junior
riders (7 to under 16) must:
a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours
of coaching by an accredited
motorcycle sport coach in the
required modules (Kick Start) and
b) Complete the written assessment.
3.8.0.2 To renew a competition licence, Junior
riders must:
a)Undertake an annual competency
assessment by an accredited
motorcycle sport coach or complete
an SCB permitted Minikhana
competition (where at least 5
separate events are conducted
during the meeting) of any level
and have their logbook signed
by the Steward or an accredited
motorcycle sport coach, each year
until they reach the age of 16, and
b) Maintain a log book recording their
coaching and Minikhana activity refer GCR 3.8.2, 3.8.4.
3.8.0.3 When a Junior progresses to a larger
capacity motorcycle or changes the
discipline of competition he/she
participates, the annual competency
assessment during that 12 month licence
period must take place on the larger
capacity machine or a machine suitable
for the new discipline.
3.8.0.4 85cc 2-stroke/150 4-stroke is classed as
the same class for assessment purposes.
3.8.1
125cc/150cc and 250cc Endorsement
3.8.1.1 A rider wishing to compete on a
125cc/150cc 2-stk or a 250cc 4-stroke
machine must undertake a one off
competency assessment by an
accredited motorcycle sport coach on
those respective machines.
3.8.1.2 A rider who is endorsed for 125cc/150cc
2-stroke must receive a separate endorsement
for a 250cc 4-stroke and vice versa before
being able to compete on those machines.
3.8.1.3 The coaching required for a 125cc/150cc
2-stroke or a 250cc 4-stroke endorsement
3licensing
can be undertaken 3 months prior to
the rider’s birthday that allows them to
compete on either machine.
3.8.1.4 The competency assessment required
for a 125cc/150cc 2-stroke and 250cc
4-stroke endorsement will count toward
the coaching required under GCR 3.8.0.2.
3.8.1.5 Junior speedway riders must be endorsed
by a Level 2 coach.
3.8.2
Coaching Delivery
3.8.2.1 Riders in a coaching session must
a) Have a licence as defined in GCR 3.1.2, or
b) Be participating in a session
exclusively for the purposes of
obtaining a licence for the first time.
3.8.2.2 Licence holders may not participate in a JCP
coaching session with non-licence holders.
3.8.3
Junior Coaching Program Log Book
3.8.3.1 All Junior competitors will be issued with a
log book which includes:
a) Name, address and date of birth,
b) Provision to record training/coaching
hours and modules to obtain a
competition licence,
c) Provision to record Licence
assessment results,
d) Licence number,
e) Special medical conditions,
f) Ambulance subscription,
g) Provision of injury details (where
transported to hospital), and
h) Provision to record penalties (to be
countersigned by the Steward and
Clerk of Course)
3.8.3.2 A rider wishing to take out a one event
competition licence must produce a log
book to demonstrate they have completed
the JCP requirements
3.8.4 Junior riders in all disciplines can,
at 3 months prior to their birthday,
commence coaching on a machine
of the increased capacity that they
will be competing on when reaching
the required age, providing it is at a
55
permitted coaching event only.
enjoy the ride
4competitions
4COMPETITIONS
4.1VENUES
4.1.1
Register of Venues
4.1.1.1 Each SCB must, for its area of
responsibility, establish and maintain a
register of:
a) Permanent venues, and
b) Temporary venues for special events
which may be altered by the addition,
removal or modification of, any 1 or more
venues.
4.1.2Venue Inspectors
4.1.2.1 An RCB may appoint venue inspectors
whose responsibilities are:
a) To inspect venues,
b) To ensure that venues comply with
any standards established under
these Rules, and
c) To make recommendations for the
issue of licences for venues.
4.1.3
The Licensing of Venues
4.1.3.1 No venue may be operated without a
venue licence.
4.1.3.2 An application for the issue of a venue
licence must be in the prescribed form to
the RCB.
4.1.3.3 The RCB may, in respect of a venue:
a) Issue a licence subject to such terms
and conditions as it thinks fit or may
refuse to issue a licence, and
b) Revoke or suspend a venue licence
if the venue licensee fails to comply
with the licence or any condition.
4.1.3.4 During each competition or other
permitted event the venue licence
must be prominently displayed in the
administration area of the event together
with a plan of the venue and the GPS coordinates for the location of the venue.
4.1.3.5 Any Support person who enters a licensed
venue or who otherwise participates
(in whatever manner and actively or
passively) in a competition under these
GCR is bound by these GCR and any SR
in force for that competition.
4.1.4
Notices to the Public
4.1.4.1 At all meetings to which the public have
access, other than events on a public
56
4.1.4.2
4.1.4.3
4.1.4.4
4.1.4.5
4.1.4.6
4.1.4.7
4.2
road, the standard notice [shown on
opposite page] warning the public that a
motorcycle competition is in progress shall
be prominently displayed. The sign shall
measure 550mm x 450mm, minimum.
Wherever at such meetings, it is considered
desirable by the Promoters of the meetings,
or is a condition of the grant of a Venue
Licence that the public shall be excluded
from a certain area, the standard form of
notice prohibiting the public from access to
that area [shown on opposite page] shall
be prominently displayed. The sign shall
measure 550mm x 450mm
No other form of notice for warning the
public generally or for prohibiting access
to certain areas shall be displayed.
A sign must be prominently displayed
in pit areas [shown on opposite page]
warning that the carrying or consumption
of alcoholic beverages by all personnel
in the area is prohibited. The sign shall
measure 550mm x 450mm.
At the entrances to any venue a Promoter
must prominently display the sign entitled
‘Notice’[shown on opposite page]. The
sign shall measure 550mm x 450mm.
Pit areas must be clearly defined. A
Promoter must prominently display the
sign [shown on opposite page] at the
entrance to the pit area. The sign shall
measure 550mm x 450mm.
A sign must be prominently displayed
in pit areas [shown on opposite page]
No Smoking in Pit Area By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd. The sign
shall measure 550mm x 450mm. ‘This
is a no smoking area’ signs must be
placed in grand stands and/or high
volume spectator areas
The Promotion and Conduct
oF Competitions
4.2.1
Authority to Promote
4.2.1.1 Subject to these Rules, competitions may
be promoted or conducted by:
a) A Controlling Body, or
b) A Promoter.
4.2.1.2 Promoters must be affiliated to the RCB:
a) Where an SCB is the RCB, Promoters
must affiliate with an SCB,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
4competitions
WARNING TO THE PUBLIC
Motor racing is DANGEROUS, and spectators attending this track do so entirely at their own
risk. It is a condition of admission that all persons having a connection with the promotion,
and/or organisation, and/or conduct of the meeting, including the owners of the land and
the riders and owners of vehicles and passengers in the vehicles, are absolved from all
liability arising out of the accidents causing damage or personal injury to spectators or ticket
Notice 4.1.4.1
holders, except where due care and skill has not been exercised.
PROHIBITED AREA
The Public is not permitted in this area.
Notice 4.1.4.2
WARNING
The carrying or consumption of alcoholic beverages
in the pit area is prohibited.
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
Notice 4.1.4.4
NOTICE
No Animals Allowed.
Guide Dogs Excepted
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
Notice 4.1.4.5
The riding of motorcycles in the pit area is only
allowed in marked access lanes.
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
Notice 4.1.4.6
SMOKING PROHIBITIONS
No Smoking in Pit Area
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
b) Where MA is the RCB, Promoters
must affiliate with MA if they have not
already affiliated with an SCB.
4.2.1.3 SCBs must notify MA of the details of
affiliated Promoters within 1 month of
them affiliating.
4.2.2
Competition Permits
4.2.2.1 No competition may be promoted or
conducted without a competition permit.
4.2.2.2 An application for a competition permit
must be in the prescribed form to the RCB
and must:
a) Be accompanied by the
prescribed fee,
b) For any meeting forming part of
an Australian Championship, be
Notice 4.1.4.7
Notice 4.1.4.7
submitted at least 3 months before
the date set for the meeting,
c) For International meetings (i.e.
involving licensees from federations
other than MA and MNZ), MA series
or National meetings, be submitted
at least 8 weeks before the date set
for the meeting,
d) For any other meeting, be submitted
at least 14 days before the date set
for the meeting,
e) Be accompanied by proposed
SR, and
57
4competitions
f) Identify the proposed venue.
4.2.2.3 An RCB may issue a competition permit
subject to terms and conditions or may
refuse to issue a permit.
a) At the time of issue of a competition
permit to a Promoter, the RCB may
require the Promoter to deposit with
the RCB a bond which:
i) Is equivalent to the prize money,
ii) Is an estimate by the RCB of the
gate levy payable.
b) Where a bond is not required, the
RCB will assume responsibility for
the prize money.
c) A permit must not be issued unless
the Promoter making application is
insured to the satisfaction of the RCB.
4.2.2.4 Where any of the conditions of a
competition permit are not satisfied the
RCB may revoke the permit.
4.2.2.5 The permit for an event must be
prominently displayed in the administration
area of the event.
4.2.3
Refund of Permit Fees
4.2.3.1 If a meeting does not take place, any fee
paid for the permit must be repaid unless
in the opinion of the RCB, the meeting did
not take place because of the conduct of
the permit holder. In that event, the RCB
may withhold the refund wholly, or in part
at its discretion.
4.2.4
Forfeiture of Permit
4.2.4.1 A Promoter will be liable to forfeit a permit
if the Promoter breaches any of these
Rules, and in all things done in relation
to a meeting, must comply with, and is
bound by:
a) These Rules,
b) All conditions of the permit,
c) Any SR, and
d) All venue safety and other standards
proclaimed under these Rules.
4.2.5
The Appointment of Officials
4.2.5.1 A meeting must not take place unless
there are at least the following officials
present:
a) A Steward, a Jury, or a Referee,
b) A Clerk of Course,
c) A Race Secretary,
58
d) A Scrutineer.
enjoy the ride
4.2.5.2 Officials for Australian Championships
forming a series must:
a) In respect of Stewards, Juries and
Race Directors, be appointed by MA,
b) In respect of all other key officials, Chief
Marshals, eligibility Scrutineers and chief
technical Scrutineers, be nominated by
the host SCB for MA approval.
c) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
4.2.5.3 Officials for Australian Championships
which do not form part of a series must:
a) In respect of Stewards, Jury
Presidents and eligibility Scrutineers
be appointed by MA,
b) In respect of all other key officials,
Chief Marshals and chief technical
Scrutineers be appointed by the host
SCB,
c) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
4.2.5.4 Officials for meetings controlled by MA
which are not Australian Championships
must:
a) In respect of Stewards, be appointed
by MA,
b) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
4.2.5.5 Officials for meetings controlled by SCBs
will be appointed in accordance with the
by laws of the host SCB.
4.2.6
Competitions between Categories of
Machine
4.2.6.1 In respect of any competition:
a) Unless otherwise provided for by
these Rules or any relevant SR, no 2
machines of a different category may
compete in any event,
b) No competition may be conducted
under these Rules between a
motorcycle and any other vehicle.
4.2.7
Invitations for Entries
4.2.7.1 A Promoter may invite and receive
entries to any competition authorised by
the permit. Every invitation to enter and
every entry form sent out to a potential
participant must:
a) Specify the closing date for
applications to enter,
b) Specify the amount of the entry fee,
c) Be accompanied by a copy of the SR
for the competition.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
4competitions
4.2.8
Applications for Entries
4.2.8.1 A competition licensee wishing to
participate in a meeting may apply to
enter the meeting. The application must:
a) Be in the prescribed form and
contain the prescribed information,
b) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
c) If required by the RCB, be
accompanied by a medical certificate
that the applicant is fit to participate
in the meeting,
d) Contain no false or misleading
information,
e) Comply with the SR for the meeting.
4.2.8.2 The Promoter to whom such an application
is submitted may accept or reject it and, if
the application is rejected, must inform the
applicant of the rejection.
4.2.9
Responsibilities of Promoters
4.2.9.1 A Promoter, on or before the day of the
meeting must:
a) Publish a program which must
contain:
i) The names of all competitors and
the identity of each competitor’s
entrant, club and State,
ii) The identification number of each
competitor and motorcycle,
iii)Any applicable starting position
and handicap,
iv) The status and identity of all key
officials,
v) All relevant information about the
events to be conducted.
vi) A welcome message from an MA
Representative for Australian
Championships.
b) Provide copies of the program
to all key officials, entrants and
competitors.
c) Appoint officials and in so doing
may appoint assistant pit and flag
marshals who need not be the
holders of officials’ licences. No
assistant pit or flag marshal may
carry out any duty unless directly
supervised by a licensed official.
d) Provide fire extinguishers to the
satisfaction of the RCB,
e) Where MA is the RCB, at any event
4.2.9.2
4.2.9.3
4.2.9.4
4.2.9.5
where speed is the determining
factor, provide an ambulance
which is,
i) Permitted to transport injured
persons on public roads, and
ii) Staffed by paramedics.
f) At all other events where speed is
the determining factor provide, to the
satisfaction of the SCB:
i) An ambulance, or
ii) First aid vehicle, or
iii)A medical room, which may
be mobile.
g) Ensure medical facilities are
operated by qualified first
aid personnel.
h) Ensure that:
i) At Speedway / Track events
spectators are not permitted
inside the circuit,
ii) At all other events spectators are
not permitted in areas which may
endanger themselves or riders.
iii)The nearest police station and
the nearest hospital to the event
is notified that the event is to take
place. This notification must be
given at least 21 days prior to
the event.
A Promoter must, no more than 21 days
after a meeting pay all fees, traveling
and accommodation expenses due to
Controlling Bodies, riders and officials in
respect of that meeting.
A Promoter is responsible for the payment
of all officials’ fees and expenses other
than the Steward’s fee and any costs
associated with the Race Director.
Unless otherwise instructed by the RCB,
a Promoter must, no more 7 days after the
results have been declared official, pay all
prize monies and prizes due to the riders.
At events where drug or fuel testing has
taken place an RCB may instruct the
Promoter to delay payments of prize monies
until the results of those tests are published.
4.2.10Betting at Meetings
4.2.10.1 No person involved in the conduct of any
meeting may conduct any bet or wager in
59
respect of that meeting.
enjoy the ride
4competitions
4.2.11Results
4.2.11.1 As soon as practicable and no more than
5 days after the completion of a meeting,
the Steward must send the results to the
RCB.
4.2.11.2 Unless and until all protests and appeals
arising from a meeting are finally
determined, the results will be provisional.
4.2.11.3 In respect of any provisional results, any
public announcement or advertisement
concerning those results must state that
they are provisional and are subject to
official confirmation.
4.2.11.4 As soon as practicable and no more than
5 days after the final determination of all
protests and appeals in relation to any
meeting, the RCB must announce that the
results are final.
4.2.11.5 A meeting will commence and conclude at
the times fixed by the Steward.
4.2.12
Results in Australian Championships and
MA Series
4.2.12.1 Results in any Australian titled event or
MA series event:
a) Must be faxed or emailed to MA by
the Steward by 9am on the Monday
next following the event, and
b) Must include the names of all
finishers in the event.
4.2.13 Supplementary Regulations [SR]
4.2.13.1 An RCB may make SR, which must
be consistent with these Rules, for the
purposes of the promotion and conduct of
any competition.
4.2.13.2 SR:
a) Have the force and effect of these
Rules,
b) Must comply, as closely as possible,
with the model SR in Appendix 2;
c) Must be printed and in the prescribed
form,
d) Must be delivered to those persons
or bodies whom the RCB considers
necessary to enable the competition
to be conducted fairly and efficiently,
e) Must be published and displayed
in a place to which officials and
competitors have reasonable access,
f) Must not be amended after delivery
and publication in accordance with
this GCR unless, in the opinion of the
60
Steward, exceptional circumstances
arise requiring amendments.
4.2.13.3 SR for competitions must prescribe:
a) Venue descriptions,
b) Dates, times and places of competitions,
c) Entry times, methods and forms,
d) Competitor and other numbers and
number plates,
e) Methods of machine examination,
f) Methods of practicing and qualifying,
g) Methods of starting and finishing,
h) Flags and signals,
i) Competition officials,
j) Entry and other fees,
k) Prizes and trophies,
l) Competition formats,
m) Methods of scoring,
n)Timetables,
o) Such other facts, matters or things
as are necessary to ensure the fair
and safe conduct of competitions.
4.2.13.4 SR bind Support persons. Delivery,
publication or display of SR in accordance
with GCR 4.2.13.2(d) or (e) shall be
deemed delivery, publication and display
of the SR to Support persons
4.2.14
Supplementary
Regulations
for
Australian Championships & MA Series
4.2.14.1 A draft of proposed SR for an Australian
Championship and MA Series must be
sent to MA in electronic form (disc or
email) at least 3 months prior to the date
of the event.
4.3Offences
4.3.1
List of Offences
4.3.1.1 Any Promoter, licensee or Support
person, who:
a) Breaches any of these Rules, or any SR,
b) Acts in a manner which is prejudicial
to the sport or breaches the Code of
Conduct,
c) Behaves in an offensive or abusive
manner toward any competitor or
any official exercising authority under
these Rules,
d) Bribes or attempts to bribe, directly
or indirectly, any competitor,
Controlling Body, appellate body or
official exercising authority under
these Rules,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
e) Offers, receives or offers to receive,
directly or indirectly, any bribe
in respect of the exercise of any
authority under these Rules,
f) Enters, or attempts to enter, any
ineligible person, body or machine in
any competition,
g) Acts in a reckless or dangerous
manner while competing.
h) Disobeys the lawful direction, order
or requirement of any Controlling
Body, appellate body, inspector or
official under these Rules.
i) Obstructs or misleads any official in
the exercise of any of the powers
and duties conferred on that official
by these Rules,
j) Assaults any competitor or any
official exercising authority under
these Rules,
k) Without reasonable cause, fails
to participate in a competition for
which entrant fees have been paid
by or on behalf of that person or
body or in the case of Speedway a
competitor who has nominated for
that competition,
l) Does any act, the direct or indirect
purpose of which is to breach or
cause to be breached any agreement
between any Promoter, entrant, or
rider in respect of any competition,
m) Participates in any competition for
which that person or body has failed
to complete an entry form or pay
entrant fees,
n) Being a Promoter advertises, and/
or programs riders who have not
entered the meeting,
o) Being a Promoter, club, entrant,
or rider knowingly publishes false
information concerning the results of
any competition,
p) Promotes, participates in, or
officiates at any competition which is
capable of being sanctioned by MA
but which is not authorized under
these Rules,
q) Uses other than the prescribed fuel
in any competition,
r) Fails to comply with the direction of
an authorised official to submit to a
fuel test under these Rules,
s) Being an entrant causes or permits
the rider entered by the entrant, or
4competitions
any Support person of that rider not
to comply with these rules
t) Being a competitor where any of
their Support persons fails to comply
with any of these Rules
u) Commits a doping offence under
MA’s Anti-Doping Policy,
v) Being an official who knowingly:
i) Signs a record of measurement
as a personal record when it
was not,
ii)Assists in the promotion or
conduct of any competition which
is not authorised under these
Rules, or
iii) Fails to comply with these Rules,
is liable to be penalised under
these Rules.
4.3.1.2 Should a Support person breach any rule,
the entrant, rider, licensee or competitor,
may in addition to the Support person
be held responsible and sanctioned in
accordance with these GCR.
4.3.1.3 Subject to Rule 4.3.1.4, a prosecution
for any alleged offence under Rule
4.3.1.1 committed during the course of a
meeting must:
a) If instituted by the Clerk of Course, be:
i) Heard and determined by the
Clerk of Course, or
ii) Referred to the Steward, or
b) If instituted by the Steward, be
i) Heard and determined by the
Steward, or
ii) Referred to the RCB, or
c) If instituted by a duly appointed
Inspector, be heard and determined
by the RCB.
4.3.1.4 A prosecution for any alleged offence
under GCR 4.3.1.1 committed during the
course of a meeting being part of an MA
Series must:
a) If instituted by the Clerk of the
Course, be:
i) Heard and determined by the
Clerk of Course, or
ii) Referred to the Steward, or
b) If instituted by the Race Director; be
referred to the Steward, or
c) If instituted by the Steward, be
i) Heard and determined by the
61
Steward, or
4competitions
ii) Referred to the RCB, or
d) If instituted by a duly appointed
Inspector, be heard and determined
by the RCB.
4.3.2 Imposition of Penalties during Events
4.3.2.1 In any event during the course of a
meeting, a Steward or Clerk of Course
may fine, exclude, impose penalty or time
points on, or relegate, any competitor, if:
a) The whole or any part of that
competitor’s machine has left
the track and thereby gained an
advantage, unless such action was:
i)For the safety of other
competitors, or
ii)Due to the action of other
competitors,
b) The competitor has gained an
advantage as a result of an
unfair start,
c) The competitor has been guilty of
unfair or unsafe conduct,
d) The competitor receives outside
assistance other than:
i) By a relevant official at the start of
an event, or
ii) In the interests of safety,
e) The competitor’s machine
is dangerous,
f) The competitor’s machine does not
comply with the requirements of
these Rules or any SR,
g) The competitor has unreasonably
refused to submit to a medical test
required by the Steward under
these Rules,
h) The competitor, or the competitor’s
team, has breached the refueling Rule.
4.3.2.2 For the purposes of GCR 4.3.2.1,
outside assistance includes radio
communication, provided that SR may
permit outside assistance.
4.3.2.3 No person may protest against, or appeal
from, a decision to impose a penalty
during an event.
4.3.2.4 For the purpose of this GCR a decision
does not operate as such unless and until
it is notified to the competitor affected by
it or to that competitor’s team, providing
such notification is practicable within the
context of the event.
62
enjoy the ride
4.3.3Hearing and Determination of Charges
during Meetings
4.3.3.1 In any proceeding relating to the imposition
of penalties for offences committed during
the course of a meeting:
a) The Steward or Clerk of Course:
i) May act on their own initiative,
ii) May act on such information and
in such manner as they think fit
having regard to the conduct for
which a penalty is to be imposed,
iii)
Must, in respect of all
prosecutions other than those
under GCR 4.3.2, conduct a
hearing,
iv)Must, as soon as practicable
after determining the penalty,
inform the competitor and the
competitor’s team of the penalty
imposed, and
v) May not impose any fine greater
than the maximum prescribed in
by-laws.
b) No person may be represented by a
legal practitioner.
4.3.4Inspectors
4.3.4.1 A Controlling Body may, by written
authority, appoint Inspectors.
4.3.4.2 The powers and duties of Inspectors are:
a) To institute prosecutions for
offences under these Rules other
than offences alleged to have been
committed by competitors during the
course of a event, and
b) To collect and collate evidence
reasonably required for the
preparation of any prosecutions
under these Rules, and to present
such evidence to the RCB,
c) To investigate the conduct
of meetings and make
recommendations to the RCB.
4.3.4.3 In performing duties under these Rules,
an Inspector:
a) May ask questions and give
directions as reasonably required,
b) Must comply with all directions of
any appellate body, and
c) Must maintain proper and accurate
records of all investigations
undertaken and any proceedings
arising there from.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
4.3.5Charges
4.3.5.1 Charges for offences under these Rules,
other than by Stewards, Race Director or
Clerks of Course may only be instituted by
Inspectors.
4.3.5.2 In relation to any charge instituted by an
Inspector:
a) The offence will not be taken to have
been committed unless proved to the
satisfaction of the RCB,
b) The person charged may be
represented by a legal practitioner
or other advocate or may be
unrepresented,
c) The person charged may:
i) Give evidence,
ii) Call any witness,
iii) Produce any exhibit, or
iv)remain silent, and no adverse
inference may be drawn from the
exercise of the right of silence.
d) The RCB must
i) Deliver written reasons for the
finding to the person charged,
whether of guilty or innocent, and
any penalty imposed.
e) The RCB may refer charges to its
appellate body.
4.3.6Penalties
4.3.6.1 In imposing any penalty, the Steward,
Clerk of Course, RCB or the appellate
body must have regard to the
following principles:
a) No penalty should be imposed
unless and until the offender has
been given the opportunity to make
representations as to the nature and
extent of the penalty,
b) In ordinary circumstances a single
penalty should be imposed for a
single offence,
c) The punishment for an offence
should be commensurate with the
gravity and effects of the offence,
d) The interests of the sport
are paramount,
e) The severity of penalties imposed
on an individual should increase if
that individual continues to commit
offences against these Rules,
f) Mitigating factors put by, or on behalf
of an offender, must be taken into
4competitions
4.3.6.2
4.3.6.3
4.3.6.4
4.3.6.5
4.3.6.6
4.3.6.7
account, as must the effects on
others of the actions of the offender.
The Clerk of Course may impose the
following penalties for any offence
committed under these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $1,000,
c)Relegation,
d)Exclusion.
e) Removal or ejection from the venue
The Steward may impose the following
penalties for any offence committed under
these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $2,000,
c)Relegation,
d)Exclusion,
e) Suspension of no more than 6
months.
f) Removal or ejection from the venue
The RCB may impose the following
penalties for any offence committed under
these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $5,000,
c)Relegation,
d)Exclusion,
e) Suspension of no more than 24
months.
The RCB may determine a period during
which a licence will not be issued to
persons falsely completing a licence
declaration under GCR 3.1.1.9. b).
An appellate body may impose the
following penalties for any offence
committed under these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $10,000,
c)Relegation,
d)Exclusion,
e)Suspension,
f) Disqualification.
In imposing a penalty under these Rules
an appellate body may:
a) Fix a time for payment of any fine,
b) Suspend the operation of any
penalty unconditionally or subject to
terms and conditions,
63
enjoy the ride
4competitions
c) Fix a time for the commencement
of any penalty, but in the absence
of such fixing, the penalty will
commence from the moment of its
pronouncement,
d) Impose such conditions as are in the
circumstances just and expedient,
e) Require the offender to deliver any
document, record, material, object,
piece of equipment, machine or
thing as is reasonably necessary
to ensure:
i) That the penalty is carried into full
force and effect,
ii)That all persons or bodies
affected are made aware of the
penalty, and
iii) That any consequential orders or
directions are complied with.
f) Make such consequential orders
or directions as the appellate body
considers necessary and reasonable
for the full and effectual operation of
the penalty.
4.3.6.8 Unless otherwise ordered:
a) Every decision of an appellate body
will take effect from the moment of
pronouncement of the penalty,
b) The operation of a decision of an
appellate body will be suspended
upon the lodging of a notice of
appeal against the decision.
4.3.7
Penalties – Juniors
4.3.7.1 The Steward may fine or exclude any
junior competitor for the actions of the
agents or parents of the competitor.
4.3.8
Default Penalties
4.3.8.1 Any person or body having power to
impose any fine under these Rules must
fix a time within which the fine is to be
paid.
4.3.8.2 An RCB may impose, as a penalty in default
of payment of the fine within that time, a
penalty of suspension or disqualification,
which may be double the period the
payment of the fine was in default.
4.3.9
Tests for Prohibited Substances
4.3.9.1 A person who commits a doping offence
contrary to the MA Anti-Doping Policy
[Chapter 11] will be sanctioned by MA
in accordance with that policy which is
published in this manual.
64
4.3.9.2 For the purposes of this GCR:
a) An SCB may, by instrument in
writing, delegate to MA its authority
to administer tests under this GCR,
and in that case, MA will be deemed
to be the RCB in relation to the
administration of tests,
b) The RCB is responsible for the
receipt of the results of tests.
4.3.10
Prohibited substances
4.3.10.1 Refer to the World Anti-Doping Agency
(WADA) Prohibited List under Chapter 11
for prohibited substances.
4.3.11Fines
4.3.11.1 Fines are payable to the RCB.
4.3.12
Suspension and Disqualification
4.3.12.1 An order for suspension of any person or
body will operate throughout the period
thereof so as to prevent that person or
body from participating in any competition.
4.3.12.2 An order for suspension or disqualification
from competition may operate so as to
prevent from participation in competition
a machine or machines of a particular
manufacturer provided that no such order
may be made unless the appellate body
is satisfied that the offence or offences
leading to the making of the order were
committed with the knowledge, or at the
instigation, of the manufacturer or the
manufacturer’s agent.
4.3.12.3 Any person or body who is the subject of:
a) An order of exclusion, or
b) An order for suspension or
disqualification for any offence
committed at, connected with, or
arising from, any competition;
is liable to forfeit the right to receive
or retain any award, trophy or prize in
respect of that competition.
4.3.12.4 If any penalty imposed alters the result
of any competition, the RCB must, as
soon as practicable after being notified
of the penalty, alter the record of that
competition so as to reflect the alteration.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
5
5.1
5
protests and appeals
PROTESTS AND APPEALS
Protests
5.1.1
Right of Protest
5.1.1.1 With the exception of penalties imposed
during an event any entrant or competitor
may protest:
a) Against a decision to reject an
application by a competition
licence holder to compete in any
competition,
b) Against a decision, action or
determination of any official,
c) Against the action or conduct of any
other competitor, entrant, mechanic
or team member during the course of
any event.
5.1.1.2 Any protest must:
a) Be in writing,
b) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee which will be refunded if the
protest is upheld, or if not must be
remitted to the RCB ,
c) Be made to a Steward of the relevant
meeting,
d) Comply with the following time limits:
i) For a protest under sub Rules a)
and b) of the previous Rule, as
soon as practicable after being
informed of the decision,
ii) For a protest under sub Rule c)
of the previous Rule, no more
than 30 minutes after the action
or conduct,
iii) For a protest under sub-Rule c)
in a Speedway or Supercross
meeting, no more than 5 minutes
after the action or conduct.
5.1.2
Protest Hearings
5.1.2.1 A Steward must hear and determine any
protest and must notify the outcome to
the protester, and any person materially
affected, within a reasonable time.
5.1.2.2 A Steward may refer any question raised
in any protest, or the protest itself, to the
relevant appellate body and must:
a) Notify such referral to the protester,
and to any person materially affected
by the protest,
b) Provide to the appellate body all
evidence and exhibits submitted
to the Steward in relation to that
protest,
c) Comply with all directions and
instructions of the appellate body.
5.1.2.3 In hearing and determining any protest, a
Steward may:
a) Direct any reasonable alteration or
modification to any course,
b) Alter or amend any program,
c) Overrule, vary or amend any
decision or direction of an official,
d) Substitute for any decision of an
official, the decision of the Steward
with or without conditions,
e) Give such directions, instructions or
orders as the Steward thinks fit for
the efficient and fair conduct of any
competition,
f) Alter, vary or amend the result of, or
prize for, any competition,
g) Do whatever is necessary for the
proper consideration of the protest.
5.1.2.4 In hearing and determining any protest,
a Steward must apply the following
principles:
a) The protester and any person
materially affected or likely to be
so affected by the outcome of the
protest must be notified of the protest
and the time and place fixed for the
hearing,
b) The determination of the protest
must be in writing and published
to the protester and any person
affected by the determination,
c) The principles of natural justice must
apply,
d) The protester and any person
materially affected or likely to be
so affected by the determination
may not be represented by a legal
practitioner,
e) The Steward is not bound by the
rules of evidence and may be
informed of facts in such manner as
65
the Steward thinks fit,
5
enjoy the ride
protests and appeals
f) The Steward must determine the
protest according to equity, good
conscience and the substantial
merits of the case,
g) Unless otherwise ordered, every
decision made by a Steward will
take effect from the moment of
pronouncement of the decision.
5.1.3
Protests - Juniors
5.1.3.1 In addition to the Rules regulating the
making of protests in all competitions,
Juniors must comply with the following:
a) A protest may only be made by a
competitor,
b) The competitor must indicate the
protest to an official prior to returning
to the pits,
c) The Clerk of Course must designate
an area, to be announced at the
riders’ briefing and to be marked by
a purple flag, where an official must
be present to note any indications of
protest,
d) No discussion on the content of the
protest may take place at the marked
position,
e) A competitor who indicates a protest
must return to the pits and present
the protest to the Clerk of Course.
5.2
Appellate bodies
5.2.1
The Appointment of Appellate Bodies
5.2.1.1 Each Controlling Body must appoint a
suitably qualified person or persons as
an appellate body. A person is suitably
qualified if:
a) In the case of an appellate body
consisting of 1 member, that person
is an admitted practitioner of the
Supreme Court of any State or
Territory of Australia, or
b) In the case of an appellate body of
3 members, the chair is held by an
admitted practitioner of the Supreme
Court of any State or Territory of
Australia and the other members
have knowledge of, and experience
in, any aspect of the sport.
5.2.1.2 No person may sit as a member of an
appellate body, hearing any appeal, if that
person has an interest in the outcome of
the appeal.
66
5.2.2
Hearings by Appellate Bodies
5.2.2.1 An appellate body must hear and
determine each appeal and in so doing:
a) Is not bound by the rules of
evidence,
b) May inform itself in such manner as
it thinks fit,
c) Must act according to equity, good
conscience and the substantial
merits of the case,
d) May affirm, quash or vary the
decision appealed against in
such manner and subject to such
conditions as it thinks fit,
e) May not impose any fine greater
than that prescribed in by-laws,
f) Must publish reasons for its decision,
g) May, at its discretion, award such
costs to any party as it thinks fit.
5.2.2.2 An appellate body may not direct that an
event be re-run.
5.2.3
Decisions by Appellate Bodies
5.2.3.1 Unless otherwise ordered:
a) Every decision made by an appellate
body will take effect from the
moment of pronouncement of the
decision,
b) The operation of a decision of an
appellate body will be suspended
upon the lodging of a notice of
appeal against the decision,
5.3appeals
5.3.1
Right to Appeal
5.3.1.1 A person or body having a material
interest in a decision of:
a) A Steward or jury arising from a
protest, or
b) A specialist sub-committee
may appeal to the appellate body of the
RCB.
5.3.1.2 A person or body, including a Steward of
a meeting, having a material interest in a
decision of an SCB or the appellate body
of an SCB, may appeal to the appellate
body of MA.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
5
protests and appeals
5.3.2
Commencement of Appeals
5.3.2.1 Appeals must be commenced by notice of
appeal which must be:
a) In writing and signed by the
appellant,
b) Lodged with the relevant appellate
body, and
c) Accompanied by the prescribed filing
fee.
5.3.3
Time Limits for Appeals
5.3.3.1 The time for lodging a notice of appeal
is 21 days after the decision has been
notified to the appellant.
5.3.3.2 An appellate body may extend the time for
lodging a notice of appeal if it considers
that it is just and equitable so to do.
5.3.3.3 Unless otherwise directed by the
appellate body, appeals must be heard
and determined no more than 4 months
after lodgment of the notice of appeal.
www.playbytherules.net.au67
67
6
6
6.1
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES
MA HEARING GUIDELINES
6.1.1
Composition of the Committee
6.1.1.1 The Judicial Committee is the National
appellate tribunal of MA.
6.1.1.2 Appointed members of the Committee
must be either:
a) A qualified lawyer; or
b) A person with appropriately extensive
knowledge of, and experience in the
sport.
6.1.1.3 The Committee’s President must be a
qualified lawyer.
6.1.1.4 The Committee sits either as a:
a) Panel of up to 3 members chaired by
a lawyer; or
b) Committee of 1 who must be a lawyer.
6.1.1.5 Matters generally come before the
Committee either as:
a) Appeals from State appellate
tribunals.
b) Appeals from protest hearings,
conducted by Stewards or juries,
where the event is National or is part
of a National series; or
c) As disputed questions on the
interpretation of the GCRs.
6.1.2
Notice of Appeal
6.1.2.1 When considering lodging an appeal to
the Committee. it is important to note :
a) The Notice of Appeal must be lodged
at the MA office in Melbourne.
b) The time limit for the lodging of the
Notice is 21 days from the date of
the written notification of the decision
being appealed.
c) The Notice must be accompanied by
the prescribed lodging fee.
d) There is no particular setting out or
style required, however, the Notice
should specify:
i)The person or body whose
decision is being challenged;
ii)The date and place of the
decision;
68
enjoy the ride
judicial committee guidelines
iii) What the decision was;
iv) A short outline (preferably in point
form) of why the decision is said
to be wrong.
6.1.2.2 A copy of the Notice of Appeal should
be posted to the person or body whose
decision is being challenged.
6.1.3
Conduct of Hearings
6.1.3.1 Hearings are usually, but not always, held
in Melbourne. Interstate telephone hookups are used on occasions.
6.1.3.2 Hearings are normally conducted on a
mid-week evening from 7.00 pm. They
are scheduled, as far as is possible, as
the parties’ request.
6.1.3.3 Hearings generally last 2-3 hours.
6.1.3.4 Parties to an appeal can present their
own case, may choose to be represented
by a lawyer, or they may choose to be
represented by a person who, though not
a lawyer, is familiar with their case and
who can explain it to the Committee.
6.1.3.5 About one third of appellants have legal
representation, another third had nonlegal representation – and the other third
presented their case themselves.
6.1.3.6 Typically, the parties are notified in writing
of the Committee’s decision within 10 to
14 days of the hearing.
6.1.3.7 Written reasons for the Committee’s
decision accompany the decision itself.
Where the Committee sits as a panel
it arrives at 1 decision, i.e. it does not
produce a majority decision and a
dissenting minority decision.
6.1.3.8 When a hearing has concluded there can
be no further communication between the
parties and the Committee.
6.1.3.9 If a party loses an appeal, any request it
may make of the Committee to reconsider
its decision will be ignored.
6.1.3.10 Enquiries and requests about the
scheduling of hearings should be directed
to the MA office (See page 13).
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
6
judicial committee guidelines
69
7 sporting commissions & committees
enjoy the ride
7 SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES
7.1
Creation of Commissions
7.1.0.1 MA has a Commission structure
comprising the following Commissions:
a) Road Racing,
b) Motocross & Supercross,
c)Speedway,
d)Enduro,
e)Moto-Trials,
f) Junior Development,
g) Historic Road Racing,
h) Classic MX & Dirt Track,
i) Dirt Track & Track,
j)Women’s.
7.1.0.2 MA has the following Standing Committees:
a)Judicial,
b)Safety.
7.1.0.3 MA has the following Special Subcommittees:
a)Coaching,
b) Officials Training,
c)Rules.
7.2
Structure of the Commissions
7.2.0.1 Membership of Commissions will be a
maximum of 3 persons, unless otherwise
approved by the MA Board.
7.2.0.2 Vacancies must be advertised in the
Motorcycle Press and through SCBs.
Applications to close on the last working
day in September of each year.
7.2.0.3 Appointments will be made by the Board.
7.2.0.4 Appointments will be for up to 3 years with
1 person due for election each year.
7.2.0.5 Casual Vacancies to be appointed by
the Board for the unexpired term of the
retiree’s appointment.
7.2.0.6 Appointments to be based on the ability to
contribute.
7.2.0.7 The Board will appoint the Chairman of
each Commission.
7.2.0.8 The Board has the right to dismiss all
or any members of a Commission if
performance is unsatisfactory.
7.2.0.9 Positions on Commissions are honorary.
Approved travel, accommodation and out
of pocket expenses will be met by MA.
70
7.3
Structure of the Standing
Committees and Special Subcommittees
7.3.0.1 Members of the standing Committees
and special Sub-Committees shall
be appointed by the Board and the
membership shall be reviewed annually at
the MA Annual General Meeting.
7.3.0.2 The structure should generally consist of 3
persons.
7.3.0.3 Applications for Committee positions will
be directed to the Board.
7.3.0.4 Members will generally be selected
because of their expertise and may be
members of the Board.
7.3.0.5 Positions on the standing committees and
special Sub-committees are honorary.
Approved travel, accommodation and out
of pocket expenses will be met by MA.
7.3.0.6 Casual Vacancies to be appointed by
the Board for the unexpired term of the
retiree’s appointment.
7.3.0.7 The Board will appoint Committee chairman.
7.3.0.8 The Board has the right to dismiss
all or any members of a Committee if
performance is unsatisfactory.
7.4
Objectives of the Commissions
7.4.0.1 To assist in the achievement of the
objectives of MA.
7.4.0.2 To encourage growth, development,
participation and safety in motorcycle
sport throughout Australia.
7.4.0.3 To provide an environment for the orderly
and structured consideration and decision
making on the specialised aspects of
motorcycle sport.
7.4.0.4 To enhance the promotion of motorcycling
as a sport.
7.4.0.5 To enhance the status of National
Championship competitions.
7.4.0.6 To assist riders selected in teams
competing in International competition to
achieve International rankings.
7.4.0.7 To assist individual competitors, clubs,
Promoters, SCBs, and other interested
parties wherever possible in their specialty
of the sport.
reg
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
7.5
7
sporting commissions & committees
Commission Terms of Reference
7.5.0.1 Commissions may consider:
a) Sport specific items only, that
is, those that do not affect other
disciplines,
b)Budget,
c)Technical,
d) National Team Selection,
e) International Programs,
f) Other Development.
7.5.1
Responsibilities of the Commissions
7.5.1.1 To be responsible to the Board and to act
in the best interests of MA and the Sport.
7.5.1.2 To keep minutes of all Commission
meetings.
7.5.1.3 To prepare and propose Rules and/or rule
amendments.
7.5.1.4 To assist and advise other Commissions
and Committees.
7.5.1.5 To initiate appropriate strategies to
ensure the development of the particular
discipline of the sport.
7.5.1.6 Where these strategies involve policy
change, the matter must be referred to
the Board
7.5.1.7 To foster the conduct of National
Championships
and
International
competition.
7.5.1.8 To provide a report in writing to the Board
annually.
7.5.1.9 To report as required to the Board.
7.5.1.10 To prepare and maintain a discipline
specific strategic plan.
7.5.1.11 To advise the Board on matters of policy
relevant to commission discipline.
asd 7.5.2
Meetings of the Commissions
7.5.2.1 All meetings and communication between
Commission members shall be held on an
“as needed” basis and as decided by the
Board, but generally 1 meeting per year in
person and at other times by phone linkup, email or facsimile.
7.5.2.2 Communication with the Commissions
will be through the Commissions and
Committees Manager, at the MA Office.
7.5.3
Casual Vacancies
7.5.3.1 Upon being advised of the impending
absence of a Commissioner from a
meeting (including teleconferences) the
Board may appoint a casual replacement.
7.5.3.2 The term of the replacement is not to
exceed the absence of the incumbent
Commissioner.
7.5.4
Powers of the Sporting Commissions
7.5.4.1 To recommend GCR rule changes only
after full consultation with the SCBs and
relevant state sporting Sub-committees.
Communication must be through MA to
the SCBs and then to the relevant state
sporting Sub-committees.
7.5.4.2 To deal with matters within their discipline,
(subject to the overriding control of
the Board), in accordance with the
Constitution. The Board may refer
matters back to the Commissions for
reconsideration.
7.5.4.3 To select teams for international
competitions.
7.5.4.4 The process required to effect a change
of these Rules is shown on page 40.
Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter –
regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free!
www.ma.org.au
71
8
enjoy the ride
national coaching scheme
8NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME
8.1
Coaching BACKGROUND
b) Satisfy any pre-requisites for
attending the coaching course (for
example, obtain a General Principles
certificate from the ASC, achieve
the first level of accreditation prior to
progressing to next level etc.),
c) Attend, complete and successfully
pass all requirements of the
coaching course,
d) Complete any post course
assessment,
e) Show evidence you have satisfied
the necessary Child Protection
legislation in the States and
Territories in which you wish
to coach,
f) Complete and return the appropriate
licence application form to the RCB.
8.1.0.1 Motorcycling Australia (MA) is recognised
by the Australian Sports Commission
(ASC) as a National Sporting Organisation
(NSO). As such, MA is able to register its
coaching courses for accreditation under
the ASC’s National Coaching Accreditation
Scheme (NCAS). MA is in the process of
developing a fourth level of accreditation
and is currently working towards having all
levels of coaching accreditation formally
registered under the NCAS.
8.1.0.2 The NCAS aims to:
a) Increase confidence and
competence in coaching ability,
b) Increase understanding of coaching
principles and sport science,
enabling a more in-depth approach
to coaching,
c) Encourage the development of
innovative coaching techniques,
d) Improve communication skills
of coaches,
e) Provide a credible education and
training process to attract members,
f) Increase the number of
trained coaches,
g) Provide recognition to coaches.
8.1.1
Recognition as a Motorcycle Sport Coach
8.1.1.1 There are three aspects to being
recognised as a Motorcycle Sport coach
under the NCAS:
a) Gaining a Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation,
b) Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence,
c) Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation - Re-accreditation.
8.1.2
72
Gaining a Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation
8.1.2.1 In order to gain a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence you will be required to:
a) Demonstrate practical experience
in relation to motorcycle riding,
together with a sound knowledge of
motorcycle riding technique,
8.1.3
Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence
8.1.3.1 In order to maintain your coaching licence
you will be required to:
a) Complete and return the appropriate
licence application forms to the
RCB in order to keep your coaching
licence up to date,
b) Maintain the necessary Child
Protection legislation in the States
and Territories in which you wish
to coach,
c) Inform your SCB if your contact
details change.
8.1.4
Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation - Re-accreditation
8.1.4.1 Motorcycle Sport coaching accreditation
lasts for four years. In order to extend the
accreditation period by another four years
(re-accredit) it is necessary to perform
updating activities that develop your
skills as a coach. This includes both sport
specific tasks and general sports tasks.
On the following page is an example
of activities that will count towards your
re-accreditation. You have four years in
which to accrue the necessary hours,
check with the RCB for the hours required
for re‑accreditation:
Th
Sports
prou
Motorcyc
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
8
national coaching scheme
SPORT SPECIFIC TASKS
Obtain a higher level of coaching accreditation
Attend motorcycling courses
Conduct practical club coaching
Present/lecture at courses
Attend coaching workshops
Attend training camps
Work with a Level 2 coach
GENERAL SPORT TASKS
Attend State Department of Sport & Recreation courses
Attend other NCAS courses
Obtain Sport Trainer accreditation
Obtain First Aid Certificate
Obtain CPR accreditation
Obtain an officials accreditation
www.playbytherules.net.au73
Winning PartnershiP
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
73
9
enjoy the ride
national officials scheme
9 NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME
9.1
Officials BACKGROUND
One of the recognised keys to the future of
motorcycle sport is the development and training of
officials.
9.1.1
Establishment
9.1.1.1 The National Officials Accreditation
Scheme aims to:
a) Increase confidence and
competence in officiating ability,
b) Improve communication skills,
c) Promote progressive improvement in
officiating knowledge and expertise,
d) Provide a credible education and
training process to attract new
officials and retain existing ones,
e) Ensure a uniform approach to
officiating throughout the country.
9.2
LEVELS OF ACCREDITATION
9.2.1
Level O - Basic Orientation Level
9.2.1.1 In the case where a person does not have
any accreditation, they are therefore only
qualified to act as an assistant whilst in
training or assisting at a meeting, they
must be given the basic orientation
briefing by appropriately licenced officials
prior to commencing duties. The briefing
must be given each time an unlicenced
person undertakes duties at a meeting.
9.2.2
Level 1 - Club Level
9.2.2.1 In order to act as an official at club level,
prospective officials may attend a seminar
and must successfully complete the
assesment requirements.
9.2.2.2 The completed assessment and licence
application are to be returned to the
relevant SCB for processing
9.2.2.3 Applicants may complete this assessment
in their own time and may refer to their
GCRs. The questionnaire is comprimised
of multiple choice questions. This
assessment needs to be successfully
completed by persons wishing to
become, an accredited official.
9.2.3
Level 2 - Inter Club/Zone Level
9.2.3.1 To attain this level officials are required
to attend a seminar and successfully
complete the assessment requirements.
74
9.2.3.2 The seminars are designed to be practical
by nature.
9.2.3.3 Level 2 is the lowest level for accreditation
of a Steward.
9.2.3.4 Applications for accreditation are generally,
reviewed by the SCB Manager. If there
is any doubt as to the experience of the
applicant, the application may be referred
to the State Officials’ Review Panel for final
approval.
9.2.4 Level 3 - National Event/State
Championship Level
9.2.4.1 As with Level 2, officials must show proof of
participation in that role in an open event.
9.2.4.2 All Level 3 applications are reviewed by
the State Officials’ Review Panel before
being granted accreditation at this level.
9.2.5
Level 4 - National Championship Level
9.2.5.1 To achieve Level 4 accreditation as
a Steward, Referee and Clerk of
Course, applicants must attend a Key
Officials Seminar conducted by MA and
successfully complete the assessment
requirements.
9.2.5.2 Level 4 accreditation for all positions other than
those listed in the previous GCR is awarded by
the National Officials Committee.
9.2.5.3 Level 4 officials are required to attend
seminars to retain their accreditation.
9.2.6
International (FIM) Accreditation
9.2.6.1 This includes senior officials at
international level.
9.2.6.2 To be accredited at the International
level, an applicant must hold Level 4
Accreditation and have successfully
completed an FIM Seminar. FIM seminars
are conducted in Australia as required to
provide officials for World Championships.
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
OFFICIALS LICENSING
Licences will be issued by SCBs on
behalf of MA with the exception of Level 4
Stewards, Referees and Clerks of Course
licences which will be issued by MA.
The back of the Official’s Licence has a
matrix indicating the disciplines of the
sport and types of accreditation. Numbers
indicating the level/s of accreditation will
be placed in the matrix.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
9.3.3
9.3.4
9.4
9.4.1
9.4.2
9.4.3
9.4.4
9.4.5
9.4.6
9.4.7
9.4.8
9.4.9
It is recommended that all officials be
registered [i.e. hold an official’s licence].
The motorcycle participation journal
shall be used in all officiating activities
and seminars. The journal or a copy of
it must be provided with all renewals and
upgrade applications.
NATIONAL OFFICIALS COMMITTEE
GUIDELINES
To oversee the setting up in each state of
an Official’s Review Panel.
To oversee the accreditation procedures
at state level for Levels 1, 2, and 3 and to
confer accreditation at Level 4.
To set the Structure for the conduct of the
seminars at the various levels.
To provide input into the setting of the
assessment papers and questionnaires.
To provide input for the production of
seminar resource materials.
To re-appraise accreditation levels of
poorly performing Level 4 officials.
To liaise with MA, SCBs and Promoters
in the appointment of senior officials at
Australian Championships.
To review progress of the Scheme and make
any recommendations for updating to MA.
To arbitrate on any disputes arising over
the Scheme:
a) To provide a process for officials
to seek arbitration on any disputes
arising over the Scheme and its
implimentation.
9
national officials scheme
b) To arbitrate over any disputes
arising over the scheme and its
implimentation
9.5
9.5.1
STATE OFFICIALS REVIEW PANEL
GUIDELINES
To liaise with MA and the National Officials
Committee.
9.5.2
In the appointment of officials to assess
the suitability of Level 2 officials when
asked to do so by the SCB.
9.5.3
To review and accredit Level 3 officials.
9.5.4
To review and nominate officials for Level
4 to the National Officials Committee.
9.5.5
Using the course content and resource
material provided by MA’s NOC, organise
venues and presenters and conduct
seminars for Levels 1, 2 and 3 officials within
the state and/or zones.
9.5.6
To notify applicants of the success or
otherwise of their application. In the case
of an unsuccessful application provide
constructive feedback.
9.5.7
To establish a timetable of when and how
often the Panel should meet.
9.5.8 To review the performance and
accreditation level of officials who do not
maintain the required standard.
9.5.9 To re-appraise accreditation levels of
poorly performed officials.
9.5.10 Accreditation of Level 1 and 2 officials is
at the discretion of the SCB, provided all
necessary criteria have been met by the
applicant.
75
10
enjoy the ride
personal accident insurance
10NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE
10.1
SUMMARY OF POLICY COVERAGE
10.1.0.1The following is a summary of the policy
coverage. Reference should be made to
policy documents for specific details of
coverage, terms and conditions. The terms
and conditions of the policies will prevail.
10.1.0.2 Covering all: Competitors, Organisers,
Officials, Marshals, Licence holders,
Members,
Volunteers,
Employees,
Directors and Committee members of or
associated with Motorcycling Australia and
its State bodies whilst competing, engaged
in, and/or attending racing events, practice
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
76
21
22
23
sessions, functions and other activities
officially organised by/or on the business of
Motorcycling Australia and its State bodies.
Cover includes travel directly to and from
such events from their place of work or
domicile.
10.1.0.3 A claim for the benefits provided must be
made within 12 months from the date the
injury was suffered.
10.1.0.4 Situation - Anywhere in Australia
10.2
CAPITAL BENEFITS
10.2.0.1 Injury as defined resulting solely and directly
and independently of any other cause in:
CLAIM
AWARD
Quadriplegia or paraplegia
$150,000
Death
- Under 18 years of age
$10,000
- If under 18 years of age with full time employment
$75,000
- All other Insured Persons
$75,000
Third degree burns and/or resultant disfigurement which covers more than 40% of the entire external body
$50,000
Permanent Total Disablement
$50,000
Permanent and Incurable Insanity
$50,000
Permanent Total Loss of Sight of Both Eyes
$50,000
Permanent and Incurable Paralysis of all Limbs
$50,000
Permanent Total Loss of Sight of One Eye
$50,000
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of one limb
$50,000
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of two limbs
$50,000
Permanent Total Loss of Hearing in:
a) Both Ears
$37,500
b) One Ear
$7,500
Permanent Total Loss of the Lens of One Eye
$25,000
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers and thumb of either hand
$35,000
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers of either hand
$20,000
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers of either hand:
a) Both Joints
$15,000
b) One Joint
$7,500
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of fingers of either hand:
a) Three Joints
$5,000
b) Two Joints
$3,750
c) One Joint
$2,500
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of toes and disablement of foot:
a) All-one Foot
$7,500
b) Great-both Joints
$2,500
c) Great-one Joint
$1,500
d) Other than great toe, each toe
$500
Fractured leg or patella with established non-union
$5,000
Shortening of leg by at least 5cm
$3,700
Permanent Disability not otherwise provided for under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive. Such percentage of the
Sum Insured as the insurer shall in its absolute discretion determine and being in its opinion not inconsistent with
the benefits provided under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive.
Funeral expenses
$2,000
Non-Medicare medical expenses
$5,000
Emergency transport costs for Officials, Marshalls and Volunteers
$10,000
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
10
personal accident insurance
WEEKLY BENEFITS
22.
Weekly Accident Benefits for Marshals and officials who are Income Earners
23.
Home Help Weekly Benefit
24.
Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit
PARENTS’ INCONVENIENCE ALLOWANCE
25
Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance – per day
Up to a maximum of
10.3WEEKLY BENEFITS
10.3.1
10.3.2
Weekly Benefits Excess - 30 days.
Weekly Benefit Period - One Hundred and 4
(104) weeks maximum.
10.4Definitions
10.4.1 Home Help Weekly Benefit
10.4.1.1 The insurer will pay for the cost of hiring help
and/or child minding services reasonably
and necessarily incurred by an Insured
Person as a result of injury from an insured
event causing temporary total disablement.
Provided that:
a) Such child minding services and
nursing help are carried out by persons
other than members of the Insured
Person’s family or other relatives or
persons permanently living with the
Insured Person.
b) Such child minding services and help
are certified by a legally qualified
medical practitioner as being necessary
for the recovery of the Insured Person.
c) Payments will commence from the 14th
day of treatment by a legally qualified
medical practitioner.
10.4.2 Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit
10.4.2.1 In respect of unmarried dependant children,
the insurer will pay the cost of hiring home
tutoring services reasonably and necessarily
incurred by an Insured Person as a result
of injury from an insured event causing
temporary total disablement.
Provided that:
a) The Insured Person is registered as a
full-time student.
b) Such home tutoring services are
carried out by persons other than
members of the Insured Person’s
family or other relatives or persons who
are full-time students.
c) Payments will commence from the 14th
day of treatment by a legally qualified
medical practitioner.
10.4.3 Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance
10.4.3.1 The insurer will pay up to $15 per day to
a maximum of $1,500 for reimbursement
of expenses incurred for travelling, child
$500
$250
$250
$50
$1,500
minding or other out-of-pocket expenses
incurred whilst an insured child is hospitalised
arising from an insured event.
10.4.4 Total Disablement
10.4.4.1 Total disablement means disablement which
entirely prevents an Insured Person from
attending to business or occupation of any
and every kind other than motorcycling, or
if the Insured Person has no business or
occupation other than motorcycling, from
engaging in an occupation for which the
Insured Person is reasonably qualified by
education, training or experience.
10.4.5 Non Medicare Medical Expenses
10.4.5.1 Reasonable medical expenses necessarily
incurred by an Insured Person as a result of
injury(s) that are:
a) not subject to any full or partial
Medicare rebate or benefit,
b) incurred within twelve calendar months
of the Insured Person sustaining the
injury;
c) for treatment certified necessary by
a qualified medical practitioner (other
than the Insured Person) and shall
include:
i) With the prior approval of the
Insurer, accommodation and
medical service fees charged by a
registered private hospital;
ii) Expenses incurred for treatment
by a physiotherapist, chiropractor,
osteopath, specialist surgeon or any
similar provider of medical services;
iii)Cost of medical supplies not
otherwise insured;
iv)Dental treatment, provided such
treatment is necessary as a result of
the injury, and is to otherwise sound
and natural teeth, excluding first teeth
and dentures.
Some private health service costs e.g. hospital/surgery
are generally not covered under the Motorcycling
Australia Personal Accident Insurance. Unless you
have private health Insurance do not commit to private
medical services without prior approval. Approval
77
can be sought from Proclaim (02) 9287 1317
11
11
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
This has been updated effective 1st January 2009 and should be reviewed before applying any of the policy.
Anti- Doping Background
Under a referral dated 1st June 2006, MA
referred the following anti-doping functions,
powers and responsibilities (“anti-doping
functions”) to the Australian Sports AntiDoping Authority (ASADA):
• Investigating possible anti-doping
rule violations within the sport of
Motorcycling;
• Issuing infraction notices or other
matters under the determined
results management process;
• Convening hearings before the
Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS).
There is no other hearing body for
anti-doping matters in Motorcycling;
• Presenting allegations of anti-doping
rule violations and all relevant,
incidental matters in hearings before
CAS; and
• Notifying the results of investigations
and hearings and all relevant,
incidental matters to relevant
bodies including MA and the FIM.
Any notification will be subject to
the Australian Sports Anti-Doping
Authority Act 2006 (ASADA Act) and
privacy legislation.
11.1
Anti-Doping Policy
responsibilities
11.1.0.1 MA and ASADA acknowledge and agree
that under the ASADA Act, ASADA has the
function of supporting and encouraging
the development and implementation of
comprehensive programs and education
initiatives about sports drug and safety
matters. MA will assist ASADA with such
matters and will provide education and
information regarding anti-doping rules
and matters to persons within the sport
of Motorcycling within the framework
established by ASADA.
11.1.0.2 ASADA will perform and conduct the antidoping functions in accordance with this
referral and the ASADA Act. ASADA will
use its best endeavours to ensure the FIM
anti-doping code is recognised.
11.1.0.3 MA refers the above anti-doping functions
to ASADA on the basis that:
78
a) ASADA will, as soon as practicable,
subject to the ASADA Act and
privacy legislation, provide to MA
(and if necessary FIM) copies of
relevant documents including but not
only test results, infraction notices
and hearing documents;
b) MA retains the right to appear in antidoping hearings before CAS as an
interested party. MA will determine
whether it wishes to exercise this
right upon notification of a hearing
by ASADA. If MA wishes to appear
at any anti-doping hearing before
CAS it will pay its own costs of such
appearance;
c) All costs of any investigation and
hearing (including but not only CAS
application costs and any legal costs
associated with any investigation
and/or hearing) undertaken by
ASADA will be paid by ASADA;
11.1.0.4 MA will immediately advise ASADA of
any alleged anti-doping rule violation in
motorcycling and will provide assistance
to ASADA in any investigation that ASADA
might reasonably request; and
11.1.0.5 ASADA will, subject to the ASADA Act and
privacy legislation, provide such reports
to MA on ASADA’s conduct of the above
anti-doping functions as may be agreed
between ASADA and MA.
11.1.0.6 MA will recognise and enforce any
sanction determined by CAS in respect of
an anti-doping rule violation in the sport of
motorcycling and in any other sport.
11.1.0.7. MA will use its best endeavours to ensure
its members, athletes and athlete support
personnnel are aware of this referral of
the anti-doping functions to ASADA and
assist and co-operate with ASADA in the
conduct of the anti-doping functions. MA
otherwise recognises ASADA’s powers
and functions under the ASADA Act.
11.10.0.8MA has amended its anti-doping
policy (ADP) to reflect the roles and
responsibilities under the referral. The
ADP adopts and reflects the World AntiDoping Code (Code) which is annexed to
and forms part of this ADP.
2011 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.10.0.9 Where an athlete or athlete support
personnel is bound by the FIM’s Anti
Doping Code as well as this ADP, that
person shall be bound to, and have
obligations in respect of, both policies.
11.2
ANTI-DOPING DEFINITIONS
11.2.0.1 Athlete means:
(a) any Person who participates in sport
at the international level (as defined
by each International Federation),
the national level (as defined by each
National Anti-Doping Organisation,
including but not limited to those
Persons in its Registered Testing
Pool), and any other competitor in
sport who is otherwise subject to the
jurisdiction of any Signatory or other
sports organisation accepting the
Code. All provisions of the Code,
including, for example, Testing and
TUEs, must be applied to international
and national-level competitors. For the
purposes of this ADP, ‘Athlete’ includes
any participant in sporting activity who
is a Member of MA, or a Member
organisation of MA, and meets the
definition of Athlete under the Code
and/or the NAD Scheme as in force
from time to time; and
(b) Any Person who:
(i) Is registered with MA or 1 of its
Members; or
(ii) Participates, or has in the
previous 8 years participated, in
any sporting activity conducted,
authorised, recognised or
controlled, either directly or
indirectly, by MA or a body
affiliated with MA; or
(iii) Has otherwise agreed to be
bound by this ADP.
11.2.0.2 Code means the World Anti-Doping Code
adopted by WADA on 17 November
2007 at Madrid: or if the Code has been
amended, the Code as so amended.
11.2.0.3Federation Internationale de Motorcylisme
(FIM) is the international federation
recognised by the International Olympic
Committee or the General Assembly of
International Sports Federations as the
entity responsible for governing motorcycling
internationally.
11
anti-doping policy
11.2.0.4 IF means an international federation
recognised by the International Olympic
Committee or the General Assembly of
International Sports Federations as the
entity responsible for governing that sport
internationally.
11.2.0.5 Member means a Person who, or a body
which, is a member of MA; a Person who,
or a body which, is affiliated with MA; or a
Person who is a member of a body which
is a member of or affiliated with MA.
11.2.0.6 Motorcycling Australia (MA) means the
national entity which is a member of or is
recognised by FIM as the entity governing
motorcycling in Australia.
11.2.0.7 National Anti-Doping (NAD) Scheme
means the National Anti-Doping Scheme
as defined under the ASADA Act.
11.2.0.8 Prohibited List means the List identifying
the Prohibited Substances and Prohibited
Methods which is published and revised
by WADA as described in Article 4.1 of the
Code as updated from time to time.
11.2.0.9 Specified Substance has the meaning
assigned to it in Article 4.2.2 of the Code.
11.2.0.10 Sporting Administration Body has the
same meaning as in the ASADA Act
2006.
11.3
MA’S POSITION ON DOPING
11.4
Anti-Doping Policy application
11.5
ANTI-DOPING POLICY OBLIGATIONS
11.3.0.1 MA condemns doping as fundamentally
contrary to the spirit of sport. The
purpose of this ADP is to protect Athletes’
fundamental right to participate in dopingfree sport and to ensure harmonised,
coordinated and effective anti-doping
programs at the international and national
level with regard to detection, deterrence
and prevention of doping.
11.4.0.1 This ADP applies to Athletes and Athlete
Support Personnel as defined under
the Code. It also applies to Members,
employees and contractors of MA and any
other Person who has agreed to be bound
by it.
11.5.0.1 The persons identified in GCR 11.4.0.1
are bound by this ADP as a condition of
their membership, participation and/or
involvement in motorcycling. Athletes
79
11
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
and/or Athlete Support Personnel must
comply with this ADP and the anti-doping
rules as prescribed in the NAD scheme
under the ASADA Act. In particular:
11.5.0.2 Athletes must:
a) know and comply with all anti-doping
policies and rules applicable to
them. These include, but may not
be limited to this ADP, the FIM antidoping code and the NAD Scheme;;
b) be aware of whether they are in
FIM’s and/or ASADA’s Registered
Testing Pools and comply with
the requirements of any such
membership;
c) read and understand the Prohibited
List as it relates to them;
d) be available for Sample collection
and provide accurate and up-to-date
whereabouts information for this
purpose when identified for inclusion
in a Registered Testing Pool;
e) take full responsibility, in the context
of anti-doping, for what they ingest,
Use and Possess;
f) inform medical personnel of their
obligations not to Use or Possess
Prohibited Substances and
Prohibited Methods and to take
responsibility to make sure that any
medical treatment received does not
violate anti-doping policies and rules
applicable to them;
g) immediately refer information about
possible anti-doping rule violations to
ASADA;
h) assist, cooperate and liaise with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation or
hearing into an alleged anti-doping
rule violation,
i) act in a discreet and confidential
manner in discharging their
obligations under this ADP,
j) be available for Sample collection
and provide accurate and up-todate whereabouts information on a
regular basis, even if not a regular
Member of MA, if required by the
conditions of eligibility established
by any applicable Anti-Doping
Organisation;
80
k) attend anti-doping education as
directed by MA and/or as appropriate.
Failure to attend an anti doping
education session shall be no
excuse for an alleged anti-doping
rule violation, nor shall it mitigate
culpability of the Athlete in determining
sanction; and,
l) accept that ignorance of this ADP, the
Code or the Prohibited List is not an
excuse from an alleged anti-doping
rule violation, and shall not mitigate
culpability in sanction.
11.5.0.3 Athlete Support Personnel must:
a) Know and comply with all anti-doping
policies and rules applicable to them
or the Athletes whom they support.
These include, but may not be limited
to this ADP; the FIM Anti-Doping
Policy and the NAD Scheme;
b) Support and assist Anti-Doping
Organisations, including ASADA to
conduct Doping Control;
c) Use their influence on Athletes’
values and behaviour to foster antidoping attitudes;
d) Immediately refer information about
possible Anti-Doping Rule Violations
to ASADA;
e) Assist, cooperate and liaise with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation or
hearing into an alleged Anti-Doping
Rule Violation; and
f) Act in a discreet and confidential
manner in discharging their
obligations under this ADP.
11.6
DEFINITION OF DOPING
11.7
PROOF OF DOPING
11.8
ANTI-DOPING RULE VIOLATIONS
11.6.0.1 Doping is defined as the occurrence of 1
or more of the Anti-Doping Rule Violations
set out in Article 2 of the Code (see- www.
wada-ama.org).
11.7.0.1 Article 3 of the Code applies (www.wadaama.org).
11.8.0.1 Article 2 of the Code applies (www.wadaama.org).
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.9
ANTI-DOPING PROHIBITED LIST
11.10
THERAPEUTIC USE
11.9.0.1 This ADP incorporates the WADA
Prohibited List and otherwise applies
Article 4 of the Code (www.wada-ama.
org).
11.10.0.1Athletes with a documented medical
condition requiring the Use of a Prohibited
Substance or a Prohibited Method must
first obtain a Therapeutic Use Exemption
(TUE) in accordance with the Code, the
International Standard for TUEs and this
ADP.
11.10.0.2 Athletes who have been identified as
included in FIM’s Registered Testing Pool
may only obtain TUEs in accordance with
the rules of FIM.
11.10.0.3 Athletes who are not in FIM’s Registered
Testing Pool but are in ASADA’s Registered
Testing Pool or Domestic Testing Pool with
documented medical conditions requiring the
Use of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited
Method must request a TUE from ASDMAC.
11.10.0.4 Athletes who are not in FIM’s or ASADA’s
Registered Testing Pool, Domestic Testing
Pool or have not otherwise been notified
by ASADA, in accordance with the NAD
Scheme, that they require TUEs prior to Use
of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited
Method, may submit applications to ASDMAC
for approval of a TUE in accordance with the
procedures of ASDMAC.
11.10.0.5 Athletes should submit applications for TUEs
no less than 21 days before they require the
approval (eg prior to a National Event), except
for retroactive TUEs under GCR 11.10.0.6.
11.10.0.6 An application for a TUE will not be
considered for retroactive approval except in
cases where:
a) emergency treatment or treatment of an
acute medical condition was necessary; or
b) due to exceptional circumstances, there
was insufficient time or opportunity for an
Athlete to submit, or a TUE committee to
consider, an application prior to Doping
Control; or
c) ASDMAC procedures, in accordance with
the Code and the International Standard for
TUEs, provide for retroactive approval.
11.10.0.7 An Athlete may not apply to more than one
body for a TUE at the same time. Applications
must be in accordance with the International
Standard for TUEs and the procedures of FIM
11
anti-doping policy
or ASDMAC as appropriate.
11.10.0.8 The granting of a TUE by ASDMAC for an
Athlete in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool
shall be promptly reported to WADA.
11.10.0.9 WADA, on its own initiative, may review at any
time the granting of a TUE to any International
Level Athlete in FIM’s Registered Testing
Pool or national-level Athlete who is included
in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool. Further,
upon the request of any such Athlete who
has been denied a TUE, WADA may review
such denial. If WADA determines that such
granting or denial of a TUE did not comply
with the International Standard for TUEs,
WADA may reverse the decision.
11.10.0.10 An Athlete who is denied a TUE by ASDMAC
must seek review by WADA of the decision
before any appeal may be commenced
under Article 13.4 of the Code. If, contrary to
the requirements of the Code, FIM does not
have a process in place where Athletes may
request TUEs, an International-Level Athlete
may request WADA to review the application
as if it had been denied.
11.11
ANTI-DOPING TESTING
11.12
RETIREMENT AND RETURN TO
COMPETITION
11.11.0.1 All Athletes subject to Doping Control agree
to submit to In-Competition Testing and Outof-Competition Testing (at any time or place,
with or without advance notice) by an AntiDoping Organisation. ASADA may test any
athlete, any time, anywhere.
11.11.0.2 All Testing shall be conducted in
conformity with the WADA International
Standard for Testing in force at the time of
Testing.
11.11.0.3 Athletes must comply with their obligations
under the ASADA Act (including but not
only the NAD Scheme), the FIM antidoping code, this ADP and under the
Code and any International Standards
in respect to providing accurate
whereabouts information to ASADA and/
or FIM. Whereabouts information may
be released in accordance with the NAD
Scheme.
11.12.1 International Athletes
11.12.1.1 An Athlete who has been identified by FIM
for inclusion in its Registered Testing Pool
shall be subject to FIM’s retirement and
return to Competition requirements, to the
exclusion of GCR 11.12.2.1.
11.12.1.2Athletes wishing to retire should contact MA 81
11
anti-doping policy
to determine if they are in FIM’s Registered
Testing Pool and therefore are required
to follow FIM’s procedures. MA shall
immediately notify ASADA of the retirement
or reinstatement of any Athlete in FIM’s
Registered Testing Pool and provide copies
of the correspondence from FIM confirming
this retirement/reinstatement.
11.12.2 National-Level Athletes
11.12.2.1 Athletes in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool
or Domestic Testing Pool shall be subject to
the following requirements:
a) An Athlete who wants to retire from
Competition must do so by notifying
ASADA by fully completing and
forwarding to ASADA the ASADA
“RETIREMENT NOTIFICATION
FORM” (retirement notification) .
Retirement notifications that are not
fully completed will not be accepted
and will be returned to the Athlete.
An Athlete’s retirement date will be
the date ASADA receives the fully
completed retirement notification.
b) Upon receipt of a notification under
Article 11.3(a), ASADA will, as soon
as reasonably practicable, provide
the Athlete and MA with written
confirmation of the Athlete’s retirement.
c) Retirement does not::
i) Excuse the Athlete from giving a
Sample requested on or before
their retirement date;
i) Excuse the Athlete from assisting,
cooperating and liaising with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation or
hearing into an alleged anti-doping
rule violation;
iii) Prevent the analysis of a Sample
given by the Athlete on or before
their retirement date;
iv) Affect the results of Testing under (i)
or (ii) above; or
v) Exempt the Athlete from this ADP
in relation to an Anti-Doing Rule
Violation committed on or before
their retirement date.
(vi) Affect ASADA’s power to conduct
results management.
11.12.2.2An Athlete who has retired in accordance
with GCR 11.12.2, and who wishes
82
enjoy the ride
to return to Competition, can only do
so by notifying the ASADA Chair by
fully completing and forwarding to him
or her, the ASADA “REQUEST FOR
REINSTATEMENT FORM” (reinstatement
request) . Reinstatement requests that are
not fully completed will not be accepted
and will be returned to the Athlete. The
Athlete’s reinstatement request date will
be the date the ASADA Chair receives
the fully completed reinstatement request.
Reinstatement will be at the discretion of
MA in consultation with ASADA.
11.12.2.3Upon receipt of notification under GCR
11.12.2.2, ASADA will, as soon as
reasonably practicable:
a) Provide the Athlete with written
confirmation of the outcome of the
Athlete’s reinstatement request; and
b) If the reinstatement request is
approved, provide MA with written
confirmation of the Athlete’s
reinstatement.
11.12.2.4If reinstatement is granted then this ADP
will apply to the Athlete from the date of
their reinstatement request. :
a) An Athlete who is reinstated under
GCR11.12.2.2 may not compete in
Competitions and Events conducted
by or under the auspices of MA or
FIM for a period of six months from the
date of reinstatement request.
b) Upon receiving an application from an
Athlete, MA may grant an Athlete an
exemption or conditional exemption
from the requirements in Article
11.12.2.4 a) if the Athlete can satisfy
MA that, in all the circumstances, an
exemption or conditional exemption
should be granted. Such an exemption
or conditional exemption may be
granted by MA at its sole discretion and
MA is not required to give reasons for
its decision:
11.12.2.5An Athlete must be available for
unannounced Out-of-Competition Testing
in accordance with this ADP from the date
of their reinstatement request. Being
available for Out-of-Competition Testing
means that an Athlete has provided
current and accurate and up-to-date
whereabouts information as required
under the reinstatement request and
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Article 10.3 and has complied with any
request by an Anti-Doping Organisation to
provide a Sample.
11.12.2.6A decision regarding reinstatement of an
Athlete may be appealed to CAS by MA,
the Athlete or ASADA.
11.13
NEW MEMBERS
11.13.0.1 Any new Member of MA who is an Athlete
subject to Doping Control in accordance
with the NAD Scheme (including any Athlete
in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool) must
also be available for unannounced Out-ofCompetition Testing in accordance with this
ADP for a period of 6 months from the date of
their membership request prior to competing
in national or international Competitions and
Events.
11.14anti-doping sample ANALYSIS
11.14.0.1Samples collected under this ADP
must be analysed by WADA-accredited
laboratories or as otherwise approved
by WADA. Laboratories shall analyse
Samples and report results in accordance
with the relevant International Standards.
11.15
ANTI-DOPING INVESTIGATIONS
11.16 ANTI-DOPING RESULT MANAGEMENT
11.15.0.1ASADA may conduct an investigation to
determine whether an anti-doping rule
violation may have occurred under this
ADP. ASADA will conduct investigations
in accordance with the Code, the ASADA
Act and the NAD scheme as published
from time to time. MA may, with the prior
agreement of ASADA, conduct its own
investigation to determine whether an antidoping rule violation may have occurred
under this ADP, provided that MA does
so in coordination with any investigation
being undertaken by ASADA.
11.15.0.2All persons bound by this ADP and MA
must assist, co-operate and liaise with
ASADA in relation to any investigation into
an alleged anti-doping rule violation.
11.16.0.1Results shall be managed in accordance
with Article 7 of the Code (www.wadaama.org), the ASADA Act 2006 and the
NAD Scheme.
11.16.0.2ASADA will conduct any follow up
investigation in accordance with the Code,
the ASADA Act and the NAD Scheme.
11
anti-doping policy
11.16.0.3ASADA shall be responsible for
notification of an alleged Anti-Doping Rule
Violation and all matters incidental thereto
in accordance with the ASADA Act and
the NAD Scheme.
11.16.0.4ASADA will issue an infraction notice.
ASADA will advise MA and any other
relevant parties that ASADA is issuing
an infraction notice prior to issuing the
infraction notice.
11.16.0.5The infraction notice shall:
a) Notify the Person of the anti-doping
rule/s which appear/s to have
been violated and the basis for the
violation;
b) Enclose a copy of this ADP and the
Code or the web site addresses
where these documents may be
found;
c) State that ASADA will refer the
matter to a hearing within 14 days
(unless the Person gives a written
waiver under GCR 11.15.0.7); and
d) State that if the Person does not
respond within 14 days (or other
period in accordance with the Code,
the NAD Scheme and the ASADA
Act) a hearing can be held in
absentia or sanction can be applied
in accordance with GCR 11.17.
11.16.0.6Any relevant party will only disclose or use
information about a Person who is alleged
to have, or has committed an Anti-Doping
Rule Violation as permitted under the
ASADA Act 2006 and the NAD Scheme.
11.16.0.7ASADA will refer the matter to hearing in
accordance with GCR 11.16. ASADA may
decide not to refer the matter to hearing if
the Person in writing:
a) Acknowledges they have admitted
the Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and
b) Waives the right to a hearing in
relation to:
(i) Whether they have committed an
Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and
(ii) What sanction will apply.
11.16.0.8If the Person does not respond within
14 days or other period in accordance
with the Code, the NAD Scheme and
the ASADA Act) a hearing can be held
in absentia or sanction can be applied in
accordance with GCR 11.17.
83
11
anti-doping policy
11.16.0.9 If an Athlete or other Person retires while a
results management process is underway,
ASADA retains jurisdiction to complete its
results management process. If an Athlete
or other Person retires before any results
management process has begun, so long as
ASADA would have had results management
jurisdiction over the Athlete or other Person at
the time the Athlete or other Person committed
an anti-doping rule violation, ASADA will have
jurisdiction to conduct results management.
11.16.0.10 MA must, after consultation with ASADA,
impose a Provisional Suspension on any
Person whose Sample is the subject of an
Adverse Analytical Finding of a Specified
Substance other than a Specified
Substance.
11.16.0.11 MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
impose a Provisional Suspension on any
Person whose Sample is the subject of an
Adverse Analytical Finding of a Specified
Substance or who is issued with an infraction
notice or who is subject to an investigation.
11.16.0.12 MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
impose the following Provisional
Suspension. MA may suspend:
a) financial or other assistance to the
Person;
(b) the Person from Competition in
Events and Competitions conducted
by or under the auspices of MA; and
c) the Person’s licence or participation
permit (if relevant).
11.16.0.14MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
apply the Provisional Suspension:
a) from the date of the infraction notice;
b) following the 14 day submission
period; or
c) as deemed appropriate by the MA or
FIM;
until the determination of the hearing or a
determination by ASADA not to refer the
matter to hearing.
11.16.0.15If a Provisional Suspension is imposed,
the hearing under GCR 11.16 shall be
advanced to a date that avoids substantial
prejudice to the Athlete.
11.16.0.16ASADA will convene any Provisional Hearing
and will present the case at any Provisional
Hearing unless otherwise agreed.
11.16.0.17As a general rule, the Provisional
Suspension of a Person will not be publicly
84
enjoy the ride
disclosed. A Provisional Suspension may
however be publicly disclosed so long
as such disclosure will not be unfairly
prejudicial to the interests of the Person.
ASADA must be consulted prior to any
such disclosure.
11.17anti-doping HEARINGS
11.17.0.1 Article 8 of the Code applies.
11.17.0.2 ASADA will wait 14 days (or a shorter
period agreed between ASADA in
accordance with the Code, the NAD
Scheme and the ASADA Act or a period
less than 14 days as agreed between
ASADA and the Person) after sending
an Infraction Notice above and then will
convene CAS to conduct the hearing.
ASADA will prosecute the alleged AntiDoping Rule Violation.
11.17.0.3 CAS will determine:
a) if the Person has committed a
violation of this ADP;
b) if so, what sanction will apply;
c) how long the sanction will apply; and
d) any other issues properly brought
before it for determination.
11.17.0.4 CAS will give to the athlete, ASADA and
MA a written statement of:
a) the findings of the hearing;
b) what sanction (if any) will apply;
c) for how long the sanction (if any) will
apply; and
d) any other issues determined by it.
11.17.0.5 Sanctions will be applied under GCR
11.17.
11.17.0.6 ASADA will report the outcome of all AntiDoping Rule Violations in accordance
with the Code, the ASADA Act and the
NAD Scheme.
11.17.0.7 Hearings under this Article shall be
completed expeditiously as reasonably
practicable.
11.17.0.8 Australian Sports Commission (ASC),
MA, FIM and WADA and any other
relevant body (for example, Australian
Oympic Committee (AOC), Australian
Paralympic Committee (APC) or
Australian
Commonwealth
Games
Association (ACGA)) shall have the right
to attend hearings as an observer or
affected party.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.17.0.9 Decisions by CAS under this Article may
be appealed as provided in GCR 11.19.
11.17.0.10Decisions by CAS under this Article shall
not be subject to further administrative
review at the national level except as
required by applicable national law.
11.17.0.11If, during a hearing, a party to the hearing
process implicates a third party to an AntiDoping Rule Violation, ASADA may use
any information that arises as a result of
the CAS process without having to first
seek the permission of the parties. This
clause expressly ousts Rule 43 of the
CAS Code of Sports-related Arbitration.
11.18
ANTI-DOPING SANCTIONS
11.18.0.1 Articles 9 and 10 of the Code apply.
11.18.0.2 CAS or another relevant body may
require the Athlete or other Person to
repay all funding and grants received by
the Athlete from that body subsequent to
the occurrence of the Anti-Doping Rule
Violation. However, no financial sanction
may be considered a basis for reducing
the period of Ineligibility or other sanction
which would otherwise be applicable under
this ADP. Repayment of funding and grants
may be made a condition of reinstatement.
11.18.0.3 CAS may also determine, in addition to
applying the sanctions under the Code,
that a Person who has committed an AntiDoping Rule Violation, is required to go to
counselling for a specified period.
11.18.0.4 Where CAS determines that an employee
or contractor of MA has committed an
Anti-Doping Rule Violation, MA will take
disciplinary action against the employee
or contractor.
11.18.0.5 Once the period of a Person’s Ineligibility
has expired and the Person has fulfilled
the conditions for reinstatement, then
provided that the Person has paid
all forfeiture penalties in full and has
satisfied in full any award of costs made
against the Person by CAS and any
other requirements determined by CAS,
the Person will become automatically
re-eligible and no application for
reinstatement will be necessary. If,
however, further forfeited amounts
become due after the Person’s period of
Ineligibility has expired then any failure
by the Person to pay all outstanding
amounts on or before their respective
11
anti-doping policy
due dates shall entitle MA to deny the
Person’s access to further Competitions
and Events or any other MA activity until
the amounts due are paid in full unless
otherwise agreed by both parties.
11.19doping-CONSEQUENCES TO TEAMS
11.19.0.1Article 11 of the Code applies
11.20anti-doping APPEALS
11.20.0.1Decisions made under GCR 11.16 of
this ADP may be appealed to the CAS
Appeals Division in accordance with this
ADP, Article 13 of the Code and the CAS
Code of Sports Related Arbitration. Such
decisions shall remain in effect while
under appeal unless the appellate body
orders otherwise. Before an appeal is
commenced, any post-decision review
authorised in the NAD Scheme or GCR
11.16.0.9 must be exhausted. The
following persons shall have the right to
appeal::
a) the athlete or other Person who is
the subject of the decision being
appealed;
b) the other party to the case in which
the decision was rendered;
c)ASADA;
d) any other affected parties including
MA;
e) FIM and any other Anti-Doping
Organisation under whose rules a
sanction could have been imposed;
f) the International Olympic Committee
or International Paralympic
Committee, as applicable, where
the decision may have an effect
in relation to the Olympic Games
or Paralympic Games, including
decisions affecting eligibility for
the Olympic Games or Paralympic
Games; and
g)WADA.
11.20.0.2The outcome of all appeals must be
reported to all parties, ASC, MA, FIM and
WADA within 14 days of the conclusion
of the appeal. ASADA may inform other
Persons or organisations as it considers
appropriate.
11.20.0.3The time to file an appeal to CAS shall be
within 21 days of the release of the written
85
decision of the initial hearing.
11
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
11.21
Anti-doping violations
outside of adp
11.21.1 Management of alleged anti-doping rule
violations not covered by an anti-doping
policy
11.21.1.1In the case of a Person who has
committed an Anti-Doping Rule Violation
or has committed conduct which would
have amounted to an Anti-Doping Rule
Violation if the Person was bound by a
Code compliant anti-doping policy and the
Person has not been sanctioned by the
CAS or any other hearing body because
the Person was not bound by a Code
compliant anti-doping policy, MA will:
a) prevent that Person from competing
in MA Competitions, Events and
activities if the Person is an Athlete;
b) prevent that Person (so far as
reasonably possible) from having
any involvement in MA Competitions,
Events and activities;
c) not employ, engage or register that
Person;
unless and until that Person agrees to be
retrospectively bound by this Anti-Doping
Policy from the occurrence of the AntiDoping Rule Violation.
11.22anti-doping CONFIDENTIALITY
AND REPORTING
11.22.0.1 The identity of any Athlete or other Person
who is asserted to have committed an antidoping rule violation may only be Publicly
Disclosed by ASADA, or MA after consultation
with ASADA, in accordance with the Code,
the ASADA Act, the NAD Scheme and the
terms of the Confidentiality Undertaking
signed between ASADA and MA.
11.22.0.2ASADA or MA, or any official of either, will
not publicly comment on the specific facts
of a pending case (as opposed to general
description of process and science) except
in response to public comments attributed
to the Athlete, other Person or their
representatives.
11.22.0.3No later than 20 days after it has been
determined in a hearing in accordance with
Article 16 that an anti-doping rule violation
has occurred and the time to appeal such
decision has expired, or such hearing has
been waived and the time to appeal the
decision has expired, or the assertion of
86
an anti-doping rule violation has not been
challenged in a timely fashion, ASADA must
Publicly Disclose at least: the disposition of
the anti-doping matter including the sport,
the anti-doping rule violated, the name of
the Athlete or other Person committing
the violation, the Prohibited Substance
or Prohibited Method involved and the
Consequences imposed. ASADA must
also Publicly Disclose within 20 days appeal
decisions concerning anti-doping rule
violations. ASADA will also, within the time
period for publication, send all hearing and
appeal decisions to WADA. MA may also
elect to make a public statement in relation
to the matter, following consultation with
ASADA.
11.22.0.4 In any case where it is determined, after a
hearing or appeal, that the Athlete or other
Person did not commit an anti-doping rule
violation, the decision may be Publicly
Disclosed only with the consent of the Athlete
or other Person who is the subject of the
decision. ASADA will use reasonable efforts
to obtain such consent, and if consent is
obtained, will Publicly Disclose the decision
in its entirety or in such redacted form as the
Athlete or other Person may approve.
11.22.0.5 Any decision of an Anti-Doping Organisation
regarding a violation of this ADP shall be
recognised by all Sporting Administration
Bodies, which shall take all necessary action
to render such results effective.
11.22.0.6 Subject to the right to appeal provided in
GCR 11.19, the Testing, TUE and hearing
results or other final adjudications of any
organisation recognised by ASADA or any
Sporting Administration Body which are
consistent with the Code and are within the
organisation’s authority, shall be recognised
and respected by MA. MA may recognise
the same actions of other bodies which have
not accepted the Code if the rules of those
bodies are otherwise consistent with the
Code, the NAD Scheme and/or ASADA’s
position.
11.23
INTERPRETATION OF THE CODE
11.24
ANTI-DOPING MISCELLANEOUS
11.23.0.1 Article 24 of the Code (www.wada-ama.org)
applies.
11.24.0.1Statute of Limitations – Article 17 of the
Code (www.wada-ama.org) applies.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.24.0.2Doping Control for animals competing
in Sport – Article 16 of the Code (www.
wada-ama.org) applies (if relevant).
11.24.0.3Words not defined in this ADP have the
meaning ascribed to them in the Code
unless a contrary meaning appears from
the context.
11.24.0.4This ADP may be amended by MA subject
to prior consultation with ASADA and
ongoing compliance with the Code and
ASADA Act.
11.24.0.5Where this ADP adopts and applies an
article of the Code that article and the
terms in it shall be considered and applied
in the context of this ADP
11.25
ALCOHOL BREATH TESTING
11.25.1 Testing Procedure
11.25.1.1 This procedure applies to competitors and
officials.
11.25.1..2 Testing of competitors and officials to
determine the presence of alcohol in their
body, by analysis of their expired air, is
appropriate and necessary for the safety
of competitors, officials and the public.
11.25.1.3 In order to test fairly, an initial test will
be undertaken. Should this test return
a positive reading, a second test will
be undertaken a short time later under
controlled conditions to confirm that
positive result.
11.25.1..4 Any competitors or officials detected with
a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre
will be excluded from further participation
in the day’s competition (under GCR
4.3.9.1) and subject to sanctions under
Chapter 11 and other provisions of the
Anti-Doping Policy.
11.25.2 Notification to Competitors or Officials
11.25.2.1 Competitors or officials must be informed
by written notice or in SR at least 24
hours prior to any testing being conducted
during the event. They do not need to
be informed of the actual times when
the tests will be conducted. Evidence of
such notice being given must be lodged
with the Stewards prior to any tests being
performed.
11.25.3Requirements of Competitors or
Officials
11.25.3.1 Competitors and officials being tested will
be asked not to consume any substances
11
anti-doping policy
by mouth for a period of 5 minutes prior to
any breath analysis test being carried out.
11.25.3.2 Should an initial test indicate the presence
of alcohol, a participant will be isolated
for approximately 20 minutes, in the
company of a witness. Another test will
be undertaken no less than 15 minutes
after the initial test. No substances may
be consumed by the competitor or official
by mouth during this period.
11.25.3.3Should a competitor or official refuse
to submit to an alcohol breath test, or
fails to follow the proper and reasonable
instructions of the testing official, the
competitor or official will be considered
to have returned a positive result. In
these circumstances, no further testing is
required and the competitor or official will
be excluded from further participation in
the day’s competition.
11.25.4 Requirements for Testing
11.25.4.1 All tests must be conducted using an
appropriate instrument which has been
certified as being calibrated in accordance
with the requirements of the manufacturer
or their agent, within the previous 6
months.
11.25.4.2 The result of all tests performed must be
recorded, together with the names of the
competitor or official and the witness, the
time and date of the test and the result of
the test eg, OK if 0, or actual reading if >0.
11.25.5 Procedure for Testing
11.25.5.1Testing should normally be carried out in
the morning, prior to any competition, but
may be undertaken at any time during the
event.
11.25.5.2 Testing will be carried out by an official
authorised by MA for the purpose (refer
to GCR 4.3.9.2) and that official must
have been trained and accredited by the
manufacturer of the testing equipment or
their agent. Such officials may include
doctors and police.
11.25.5.3 Any competitor or official, whose blood
alcohol level is above 0.1g/litre, as
identified by the instrument, will be given
the opportunity to undertake a further test,
which will be undertaken no sooner that
15 minutes and no later than 20 minutes
after the initial (positive) test. In all cases,
the participant shall be accompanied by a
witness appointed by the Testing Official
for the entire period between the 2 tests. 87
11
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
11.25.5.4 Should the subsequent test indicate a
positive blood alcohol reading (ie above
0.1g/litre, as identified by the instrument)
the competitor or official will be excluded
from further participation in the day’s
event and sanctioned under the other
provisions of the MA Anti-Doping Policy.
11.25.5.5 A positive alcohol result is a breach of the
MA Anti-Doping Policy.
11.25.5.6 Should the subsequent (second) test be
negative, then no further action will be
taken against the competitor or official.
The RCB reserves the right however to
ask the same participant to undertake a
further test during the meeting.
11.25.5.7 In any case, the result of the tests may
be reported to the RCB and/or MA by the
official undertaking the tests in the general
event report. Any positive result on the
initial test followed by a negative test
shall not be recorded in the competitor or
official’s history file.
11.25.5.8 The following extract must be read to
competitors or officials prior to undertaking
testing:
“You are about to have your expired air
tested to ensure compliance with the
MA’s Anti-Doping Policy in relation to
the presence of alcohol in your body.
Should the test be positive, a further test
will be undertaken shortly to confirm the
test. Please follow the instructions of the
testing official.”
11.25.5.9 In the event of a positive result in the initial
test (single positive), the following must
be read to the competitor or official:
“Your expired air has indicated the presence
of alcohol in your body, this is a breach of
the MA Anti-Doping Policy. Another test
will be performed shortly to confirm the
initial test. You will be requested to be
accompanied by a witness at all times
for the next 20 minutes. You will not be
permitted to consume any substance by
mouth until after the test.”
11.25.6 Procedure for Processing a “Double
Positive” Result
11.25.6.1 The competitors and officials must be
advised by the testing official of the result
of both tests, that is, the reading noted on
the instrument.
11.25.6.2 The competitors and officials must be
advised that under the MA Anti-Doping
88
Policy, no further participation in the
meeting will be permitted.
11.25.7 Procedure following a report of a
“Double Positive” Result
11.25.7.1 The applicable action having been taken,
the procedures for notification of a positive
result will be followed (see GCR 11.2).
11.25.8 Report by Testing Official
11.25.8.1 In the case where no positive reading
was achieved on the confirming test,
the results shall be included with the
Stewards’ report of the meeting.
11.25.8.2 In the case where 1 or more positive
readings were achieved on the confirming
test, the original of the report must be
hand delivered or sent to the RCB by
registered post the following day, together
with all appropriate Stewards Reports.
11.26
ALCOHOL BLOOD TESTING
11.26.0.1 Any competitor or official detected with
a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre
as a result of a blood test performed by
qualified medical practitioners or police
will be subject to sanctions under GCR
11.17.
11.27 SAFETY POLICY - DRUG AND
ALCOHOL TESTING
1.
Overview
MA is committed to ensuring the health and safety
of all people associated with its operations and to
providing a safe environment. MA and its members,
including clubs and promoters, also have a legal
duty to take reasonable care of participants in
Events.
Motorcycle sport is inherently dangerous. MA
recognises that the use of drugs and alcohol can
adversely affect an individual’s performance and
can be a contributing factor towards making the
sport unsafe, increasing the likelihood that injuries
and damage to property and equipment will or
could occur.
This Policy is designed to ensure that MA complies
with its legal obligations and reinforces its
commitment to the safety of all participants.
For the avoidance of doubt, this Policy does not
replace or in any way affect the anti-doping testing
that may be carried out by ASADA or by MA under
the Anti-Doping Policy.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11
anti-doping policy
2.Scope
time to time.
This Policy applies to:
a) all people who are required to be licensed
under the Manual (for the avoidance of
doubt, this includes all riders, officials
(whether paid or volunteers), coaches and
mechanics);
b) all people who enter the “pit” or
“paddock” area at an event; and
c) anyone else who MA or any SCB requires to
comply with it from time to time, for example
as a condition of entry to an event.
Policy means this policy (including any schedules
or annexures) as adopted and amended by MA from
time to time.
3.Purpose
The purposes of this Policy are as follows.
a) To create a safe and healthy environment
for all participants in Events that is free
from the hazards that may be associated
with the use of drugs and alcohol.
b) To ensure that MA complies with its legal
obligations to provide a safe environment
for participants.
c) To communicate this policy on the use of
drugs and alcohol during Events, and the
drug and alcohol testing regime.
d) To communicate that it is unacceptable to
be under the influence of drugs or alcohol
during Events.
4.
Definitions
For the purposes of this Policy, the following terms
shall have the following meanings.
Anti-Doping Policy means MA’s “Anti-Doping
Policy” as amended from time to time.
ASADA means the Australian Sports Anti-Doping
Authority.
Event means a motorcycling event sanctioned by
MA directly, or indirectly through a SCB. This may
include, but is not limited to, a race, training or
testing and exhibitions.
Event Organiser means MA, a SCB, MA member
club, promoter or any other entity having control
of an Event.
Location means any venue where an Event is
taking place.
MA means Motorcycling Australia Limited.
Manual means the “Manual of Motorcycle Sport”
produced by MA, as amended from time to time.
This means and includes any policies, rules
or documents which MA determines amend or
supplement the “Manual of Motorcycle Sport” from
Prohibited Substance means any substance which
is listed in the “List of Prohibited Illicit Drugs”
published by the Australian Sports Commission
from time to time.
Sample means a sample provided in conjunction
with a Test.
SCB means a “State Controlling Body” for the
sport of motorcycling as recognised by MA under
its constitution.
Significant Incident means any incident which
occurs during an Event that results in a person
requiring medical treatment, property damage,
or any other incident which, in the opinion of the
Event Organiser (or its nominee) requires further
investigation. This latter category may include
dangerous occurrences or near misses during a
race.
Test means any test conducted under this Policy
to detect the presence of alcohol or a Prohibited
Substance.
5.
Prohibited Activities
The use of drugs or alcohol can affect an
individual’s ability to safely participate in Events
and can contribute to dangerous incidents. Any
person to whom this Policy applies must not:
a) use, consume, possess, manufacture,
sell, purchase or otherwise transfer a
Prohibited Substance at a Location;
b) have a blood alcohol reading of more than
0.00 at a Location;
c) have any Prohibited Substances in their
system at a Location;
d) refuse to provide a Sample as part of a
Test; or
e) give false answers to any questions from
any person administering a Test.
6.Sanctions
a) Any person who breaches any of the
provisions of clause 5 will be refused
participation in the relevant Event at the
Location.
b) There will be no sanction on a person
under this Policy except as set out in
sub-clause (a) above. However, for the
avoidance of doubt, this does not restrict
or limit the possibility of sanctions or
89
11
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
penalties under any other rule, regulation,
policy, procedure of MA, a SCB, Event
Organiser or other controlling body
(including, but not limited to, under the
procedures in the Manual or the AntiDoping Policy).
7.
Prescribed Medication
a) If a person to whom this Policy applies
considers there is a possibility that
prescribed medication is affecting their
ability to participate safely in an Event,
that person shall inform the Event
Organiser immediately. It is not necessary
for the person to disclose the illness,
ailment or the medication which they are
taking.
b) If a participant follows the procedure in
sub-clause (a) above, then:
(i) they can participate in an Event if they
can provide a medical clearance from
their treating medical practitioner
clearly stating the medication will
not affect the participant’s ability to
perform their duties (for a rider, it
must state the medication does not
affect the ability of the rider to control
a motorcycle); or
(ii) they can not participate in the Event if
they can not provide such a medical
clearance.
8.Testing
a) At a Location, an Event Organiser may
conduct a Test upon any person to whom
this Policy applies to detect the presence
of alcohol or a Prohibited Substance in
the following circumstances:
90
(i) on a voluntary basis if a participant
requests a Test prior to or during the
Event;
(II) randomly as determined by the Event
Organiser;
(iii)when the Event Organiser suspects,
on reasonable grounds, that the
person is under the influence of
alcohol or a Prohibited Substance.
b) An Event Organiser may conduct a Test
by testing the breath, urine or saliva of a
person. However, such method of testing
must be approved by MA.
c) The result of any Test and any decision
made by the Event Organiser which
follows is final. There is no appeal
process and a person is not entitled to
undergo a second Test.
9.
Confidentiality
10.
Rehabilitation and Counselling
The results of all Tests will be kept confidential to
the organisation conducting the Test, the Event
Organiser, any relevant SCB, and MA.
MA recognises drug and alcohol dependency as a
treatable condition. Any person who breaches clause
5 of this Policy is encouraged to seek advice and to
take appropriate treatment before their performance
is affected.
11.28adp appendix - world antidoping code prohibited list
11.28.0.1For the current list of prohibited
substances and methods refer to www.
wada-ama.org and www.asada.gov.au
Ken Wootton and Valentino Rossi
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12
12
all disciplines
ALL DISCIPLINES
12.1
Application Of Chapter
12.2
Eligibility - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.1.0.1 The Rules set out in this chapter are for all
disciplines.
12.1.0.2 Unless otherwise stated, the requirements
of any discipline-specific chapter override
the requirements of this chapter.
12.1.0.3 Everything that is not authorised and
prescribed in this chapter, or in the
discipline specific chapters, is strictly
prohibited.
12.2.1 General Eligibility
12.2.1.1 No person may participate in any
competition, other than an Australian
Championship, unless and until that
person’s clothing and machine have been
examined and approved by the Scrutineer
for that competition.
12.2.1.2 No person may participate in an Australian
Championship unless and until:
a) That person’s clothing and machine
have been examined and approved
by the Scrutineer for that meeting, or
b) If stipulated in SR, the person
provides the Scrutineer with a
signed checklist that the clothing
and machine have been selfscrutineered.
12.2.1.3 At scrutineering, competitors must
produce documents or other evidence
as required to verify engine and frame
identity.
12.2.1.4 The onus of proving that a competitor, and
the competitor’s machine and clothing,
are eligible to compete, is on the person
seeking to prove it.
12.2.1.5 Where any Rule prohibits the modification
of any machine or class of machines, that
machine or that class will be deemed to
have been modified if any part or parts
thereof have been altered from the
machine or class as manufactured by the
machine manufacturer.
12.2.1.6 In the interpretation of any Rule relating to
the design requirements for any machine
or class of machines, reference may be
made to relevant diagrams appearing in
these Rules.
12.2.2 Juniors only to compete in Junior
Competitions
12.2.2.1 Subject to GCRs 12.16, 23.2.2 and 25.6,
no person who is under the age of 16
years may compete in other than a Junior
competition unless that competition is:
a)Moto-Trials,
b) 125cc GP Road Race,
c)Enduro,
d) 250 Mono class
e) Under 19 (15 years to under 19)
Australian Motocross Championship
12.2.3Homologation
12.2.3.1 For any competition, MA may require that
any machine, or any part of a machine,
including tyres, be homologated. For
homologation details contact MA.
12.2.4Helmet Cameras
12.2.4.1 Helmet cameras may be fitted providing
the mounting to the helmet will allow the
camera to detach if impacted upon and
the attachment method must not impair
the integrity or operation of the helmet.
FEES- ALL DISCIPLINES
12.3
ACTIVITY
Replacement licence
Protest Lodgement
Appeal to SCB lodgment
Appeal to MA lodgment
Fuel Homologation fee –
First year
Fuel Homologation fee –
Subsequent years
All other fees
12.4
12.4.1
FEE $ (INC GST)
20.00
70.00
264.00 500.00
750.00 1000.00
1,500.00 2500.00
1,000.00 2000.00
Apply at MA office
Engines – formulae for
calculation of Capacities
And Classes
Reciprocating Engines:
Cubic capacity = (D2 x 3.1416 x C x N)
4
Where: D = Bore in centimetres,
C = Stroke in centimetres,
N = Number of cylinders.
91
12
12.4.2
Rotary Engines:
Cubic
capacity
=
(Z
x
V)
N
Where: V = Capacity of each chamber
comprising the engine in cubic
centimetres,
N = Number of turns of the motor
necessary to complete 1 cycle in a
chamber, and
Z = Combustion cycles per revolution.
12.4.3Wankel System Engines With A
Triangular Piston
Cubic capacity = 2 x V x D
Where: V = capacity of a single chamber,
D = the number of rotors.
12.4.3.1 Wankel system engines are classified as
4-strokes.
12.4.4 Superchargers and Turbochargers
12.4.4.1 Superchargers and turbochargers may
only be used as follows:
a) In drag racing or record attempts,
b) In Production Class or Improved
Touring racing when fitted as factory
equipment,
c) The nominal cubic capacity of an
engine as calculated under 12.4.1,
12.4.2 or 12.4.3 that is fitted with
a supercharger or a turbocharger
shall be multiplied by 2 for the
purposes of engine classification,
d) For Historic Road Race Period
2 machines, when fitted with a
supercharger as factory equipment.
12.4.5 Engine Capacity Tolerances
12.4.5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the following
table, the actual engine capacity of a
machine competing in a capacity class
may not exceed the prescribed capacity
for that class by more than 2%:
92
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
CLASS
Sidecar
Cycle car machines
except Road Race
Period 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Historic Road Race,
Classic Dirt Track and
Classic Motocross
CLASS (Continued)
80cc 2-stroke machines
manufactured prior to 1/1/95
85cc 4-stroke (Track and Dirt Track
Modified)
Record attempts and
senior Speedway / Track.
65cc & 85cc machines
4-stroke Mini Bikes (Fast 50’s)
Road Race sidecars
12.5
PERMITTED
EXCESS
5%
5%
PERMITTED
EXCESS
5%
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
MEASUREMENT - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.5.1 Measurements at Meetings
12.5.1.1 A Steward of a meeting may direct the
measurement of the capacity of the
engine of any machine, to be carried out
at the conclusion of the meeting. Until the
measurement is completed the machine
must remain under the control of the RCB.
12.5.1.2 If an engine is measured at the request
of a rider or entrant, the rider or entrant is
liable for the cost of the measurement.
12.5.1.3 If an engine is measured for the purposes
of a protest, the party against whom the
decision is made is liable for the cost of
the measurement, and the machine may,
if the engine is found to be oversize, be
retained until such cost is paid.
12.5.2 Measurements - Australian and State
Championship Events
12.5.2.1 For all Australian and State championship
events:
a) All machines must have provision for
the placement of sealing wire,
b) An entrant may request that the
entrant’s machine be measured and
sealed before the event. As soon
as practicable after receiving the
request the measurer for the event
must measure and seal the machine.
Any machine examined under this
sub-rule may, on application by
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
12.6
the entrant, at the discretion of the
measurer, be exempted from further
examination at the event,
The first, second, third and
fourth placed machines must be
impounded for a period of 30
minutes immediately following the
event, pending any protest, and the
event result will be provisional,
At the conclusion of that period, if no
protest is received, the result will be
final,
If the machines are to be ridden in
another event within that period,
they must be sealed before being
returned to the competitor for that
event,
If no protest is received within that
period, the seals may be removed,
Any machine sealed as the result of
a protest may only be measured by
a measurer. All measurer’s reports,
together with the seals, must be
delivered to the RCB within 21 days
after the event,
No prize monies may be paid until
measurer’s reports and seals are
received or the expiration of 21 days
whichever occurs first.
Number Plates- ALL DISCIPLINES
12.6.1 Number Plates - General
12.6.1.1 For all competitions except Moto-trials,
3 number plates must be fitted - 1 at the
front and 1 on each side.
12.6.1.2 Number plates must:
a) Be produced to a matt finish,
b) Where they are not an integral part
of the machine or streamlining and
are under 1.6mm in thickness, have
rolled or wired edges,
c) In the case of rectangular plates,
have the corners formed to a 38mm
radius,
d) In the case of bolt on number plates,
be made from a rigid material with
minimum dimensions of 235mm
height and 285mm width; and
e) In the case of sidecars, be positioned
so that they are visible from the front
and each side of the sidecar.
12.6.1.3 Front number plates must have figures
which are clearly visible at a distance of
12
all disciplines
20 metres and a solid 10mm wide border.
12.6.1.4 Side number plates must:
a) Be fitted above a horizontal line
drawn through the rear axle,
b) Be fitted so that the front edge of the
plate is behind a vertical line drawn
at 200mm to the rear of the rider’s
footrest,
c) For Road Racing the allocated
number (& plate) for the rider must
be affixed on the machine as follows:
i) one on the front, either in the
centre of the fairing or slightly off
to one side;
ii) one, on each side of the
motorcycle. Alternatively, once
across the top of the rear seat
section with the top of the
number facing towards the rider.
These numbers must be the same size
as the front numbers
12.6.1.5 Number backgrounds on side number
plates may be an integral part of the rear
seat section or fairing.
12.6.1.6 Advertising must be at least 25mm clear
of the background of a number plate
unless the advertising is an integral part
of the back plate cover.
12.6.2
Number Plates – Juniors (other than
Enduro and Moto-Trials)
12.6.2.1 Number plates for Juniors must be as follows:
a) A minimum plate size of 225mm
width and 200mm height,
b) Figures with minimum sizes of 100mm
height and 20mm width of stroke.
12.6.2.2 For 50cc automatic:
a) A minimum plate size of 200mm wide
and 150mm high,
b) The figures on the plates must be
100mm high and 20mm wide,
c) The front plate must be fitted so that
it does not extend above the height of
the handlebars or grips.
93
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
12.6.3
Number Plate Colours - Except for
Enduro & Moto-Trials
12.6.3.1 Colours must be as follows:
CAPACITY or CLASS
Up to 125cc
Up to 250cc 2-stroke, up to 250cc 4-stroke, MX/SX only
255cc to 450cc 2-stroke, 251cc to 450cc 4-stroke MX / SX only
126cc to 250cc
251cc to 350cc
351cc to 500cc
501cc to 750cc
751cc and over
Long Track 500cc
Dirt Track 251 to 450cc 4-stroke
Dirt Track over 450cc 4-stroke
Australian Superbike
Up to 500cc Sidecar
Over 500cc Sidecar
Formula Two Sidecar
BACKGROUND COLOUR
Black
Black
White
Dark Green
Mid Blue
Canary Yellow
White
Mail Box Red
White
Mid Blue
White
White
Canary Yellow
White
Mail Box Red
FIGURE COLOUR
White
White
Black
White
White
Black
Black
White
Black
White
Black
Black
Black
Black
White
BACKGROUND COLOUR
Mid Blue
Canary Yellow
Mail Box Red
Black
FIGURE COLOUR
White
Black
White
Yellow
12.6.3.2 Colours for Junior age group racing:
AGE GROUP
Under 9 years
9 to under 12 years
12 to under 14 years
14 to under 16 years
Note: For Junior road racing refer to 15.17.0.2
12.6.3.3 Additional colour combinations may be
used, at the discretion of the RCB.
12.6.3.4 Australian Superbikes may use any
contrasting colour on side number plates
providing they are legible at 20 metres.
12.6.4 Number Plate Figures
12.6.4.1 All Road Race discipline number figures
must be Arial Rounded MT Bold font.
For all other disciplines including log
booked Historic road race machines
the font style is free however the onus for
legibility rests with the entrant.
Fig 12.6.4.2.
Sample and
Dimensions
of Number
Plate Figures
[minimums]
DIMENSION
Height
Width of each figure
Space between figures
Space between figures and
edge of plate
28
75mm
12 mm
94
12.6.4.2 Figures must be clearly legible, the
minimum dimensions being:
140mm
25 mm
75mm
MEASUREMENT
(mm)
140
75
25
12
Arial
Rounded
MT Bold
font
1234567890
90
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12.6.4.3 For National Motocross and Supercross
Events, where MA is the RCB and
transponders are used, numbers on side
plates may be a minimum of:
DIMENSION
Height
Width of each figure
Width of stroke
Space between 2 figures
MEASUREMENT
(mm)
100
70
25
15
NOTE: Advertising is allowed as per 12.6.4.4
12.6.4.4 Advertising is permitted on all machines,
but must be at least 25mm clear of the
number plate background and the rider’s
name by either a gap or a contrasting
colour strip.
12.6.5 Back Numbers – Seniors and Juniors
12.6.5.1 No junior or senior may compete without
back numbers, except in Enduro, MotoTrials, Road Racing or interclub/closed
to club competitions unless wearing the
machine identification number on their back
in contrasting colours and with a minimum
size of 125mm height and 20mm width of
stroke.
12.7
Radio communication
12.8
Frames And Parts - all disciplines
12.7.0.1 Radio communications with riders is not
allowed, and will be classed as outside
assistance, except for Enduro and MotoTrials.
12.8.1Streamlining
12.8.1.1 All streamlining fitted to motorcycles or
sidecars must be free of any sharp edges
on exposed extremities.
12.8.1.2 For fibreglass construction, edges must
be rounded to their own thickness but
need not be wired.
12.8.1.3 All forward streamlining attached to
solo and sidecar machines must have a
minimum of 3 attachment points:
a) At least 1 supporting the forward
section of the shell, and
b) 1 on each side supporting the rear
portion of the shell.
12.8.1.4 Identification plates must have corners
and edges smoothed.
12.8.2 Fuel Tanks
12.8.2.1 Fuel tanks may be constructed from any
material that has been approved by the
Australian Standards Association as a
petrol or fuel container material.
12
all disciplines
12.8.3 Exhaust Systems
12.8.3.1 Exhaust systems must:
a) Be fitted with silencers,
b) Terminate at a point not more than
25mm beyond the rear extremity of
the rear tyre tread,
c) Be attached as closely as practicable
to the machine and in a manner
that does not, in the opinion of the
Scrutineer, create a hazard to other
competitors,
d) Where separate silencers are fitted,
have a minimum of 2 mountings
or locking screws on all machines
which have a capacity in excess of
85cc,
e) Where silencers are re-packable,
have safety wired securing bolts.
12.8.4 Centre and Side Stands
12.8.4.1 Centre and side stands must be removed
for all types of competition other than:
a)Moto-Trials,
b)Enduro,
c) Natural Terrain Motocross at Club
and Inter-club competitions,
d) The 50cc class of all disciplines.
12.8.4.2 Centre and Side Stands which remain on
machines under the previous GCR must
be secured in the closed position.
12.8.5Footrests
12.8.5.1 Footrests must:
a) Be well rounded and designed so as
to ensure that no dangerous edges
are created due to wear.
b) Not touch the ground at lean unless
they are hinged or pivoted and
controlled by a return spring.
12.8.6 Handlebars
12.8.6.1 The ends of the handlebars or twist grip
sleeves must be securely plugged so as
to present a flush or rounded end.
12.8.6.2 Handlebar levers must:
a) Have ball ends with a minimum
diameter of:
i) 15mm, for levers longer than
76mm,
ii) 10mm, for levers shorter than
76mm.
b) Measure no more than 200mm from
the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball.
12.8.6.3 Throttle controls must be self closing.
95
12
all disciplines
12.8.6.4 A lanyard operated ignition cut-out switch,
operating on the primary circuit, must be
fitted to the following:
DISCIPLINE
Speedway –
Junior & Senior
Motocross –
Junior & Senior
Dirt track
Track
Road race
MACHINE
Solo & Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
12.8.6.5 For Road Race, Motocross and Dirt Track,
the lanyard must have a maximum length of
1 metre.
12.8.7 Kick Start Levers
12.8.7.1 Kick start levers, other than transverse, must
be folding.
12.8.8 Drive Chain Protection
12.8.8.1 Primary drives must be guarded so as
to prevent direct access to the chain or
sprockets with the fingers.
12.8.8.2 The guard must be constructed of:
a) Metal having a minimum thickness
of 1.6mm, which may be mesh or
expanded metal provided the openings
do not exceed 10mm, or
b) Fibreglass having a minimum thickness
of 3mm.
12.8.8.3 If a plastic, fibreglass or part open chain
guard is used, a steel bolt of not less than
10mm diameter, placed outside the bottom
rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This
bolt, if damaged, must be replaced.;
12.8.8.4 Projecting sprockets, which are not behind
a clutch assembly or directly behind a
frame member, must be guarded where the
sprocket teeth are further than 30mm from a
frame member or swinging arm.
12.8.8.5 A counter shaft sprocket which is more than
30mm from the outside of the swing arm
pivot, must be covered.
12.8.8.6 A chain guard made of suitable material
must be fitted in a way to prevent trapping
between the lower drive chain run and
the final drive sprocket at the rear wheel.
12.8.9Tyres
12.8.9.1 Tyres must comply with the following:
a) Metal studs, spikes, chain, rope or
other non-skid attachments may not be
used unless permitted by the relevant
SR.
96
b) Treads on tyres must be at least 1mm
enjoy the ride
deep on any part of the tyre that comes
in contact with the ground.
c) The tread depth indicating holes on
slick tyres must be clearly visible and at
least 0.5mm deep.
d) Paddle or scoop treaded tyres may not
be fitted.
12.8.9.2 Valve caps must be used for all competitions.
12.8.10Mudguards
12.8.10.1 Either a rear mudguard or a seat must be
fitted which extends at least 20 degrees to
the rear of a vertical line drawn through the
rear wheel axle.
12.8.10.2 Mudguards must be made of a material,
which is not liable to cause personal injury if
deformed.
12.8.11 Sidecars - All Classes – except Moto
Trials
12.8.11.1 Left hand and right hand sidecars may
not compete against each other with the
exception of Motocross, Classic Motocross
and Historic Road Racing.
12.8.11.2 Sidecars, in addition to complying with the
requirements for solos, must be as follows:
a) The sidecar body width must be
890mm measured from the closest
mounting point to the extremity of the
sidecar body including any step,
b) The track must be a minimum of
580mm and a maximum of 1,005mm,
c) Ground clearance must be a minimum
of 88mm and a maximum of 325mm,
d) The sidecar must have at least 4
mounting points,
e) The inside of the sidecar wheel must be
enclosed to floor level,
f) Rear sprockets and chains must be
enclosed around the passenger’s
working area,
g) Any step must have a maximum width
of 200mm from the sidecar,
h) A minimum of 2 hand grips must be
fitted,
i) Front mounted exhaust systems must
not protrude beyond the outermost
edges of the sidecar,
j) All outer edge sidecar chassis corners
must have a minimum 25mm radius,
k) The machine and sidecar must have
front and rear wheel brakes,
l) The machine must be fitted with a
lanyard type cut-out switch,
m) Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12.9
Fuel - all disciplines
12.9.1 Fuel Warning
12.9.1.1 Fuels and lubricants are highly specialised
substances and participants must be aware
they may contain substances that are
extremely dangerous to human health if
misused, inhaled or allowed to contact skin.
12.9.1.2 Some of the components of fuel and
lubricants are suspected of having
the potential to cause cancer in rare
circumstances.
12.9.1.3 The use of petrol as a general cleaning and
washing agent is a common misuse of a
potentially dangerous substance.
12.9.1.4 Fuels should be used and stored with
extreme care and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
12.9.2 Fuel Requirements
12.9.2.1 The fuel requirements of each discipline is
detailed in their respective chapters.
12.9.3 Fuel Testing
12.9.3.1 For any event, meeting or series, the RCB
may direct that no fuels other than fuels
of prescribed specifications and from a
prescribed source may be used.
a) Tests to ensure that only prescribed
fuels are used in an event, meeting
or series may be administered at any
time and place during the course of the
same,
b) The Clerk of Course, Race Director
or Chief Scrutineer may direct the
administration of fuel tests.
12.9.3.2 Fuel tests must comply with the following
procedures:
a) All containers for holding samples must
be clean and constructed of robust nonreactive impermeable material, must be
sealable, and must have provision for
identification,
b) Equipment used for the extraction of
fuel from machines must be clean
and constructed of fuel non-reactive
material,
c) All samples must be divided into 2 lots
(Sample A and Sample B) of not less
than 5ml each, which must be placed in
separate containers,
d) Once samples are placed in containers,
the containers must immediately be
sealed and identified by reference to
12
all disciplines
the machine from which the sample
was taken. This information must be
entered on a fuel sample certificate
which must certify the date, place and
time of taking the sample, the identity
of the machine from which the sample
was taken and the identity of the rider,
e) Both samples must remain in the
control of the official who administered
the test.
f) The rider or the representative must
sign the fuel sample certificate
acknowledging samples have been
taken and are sealed,
g) All samples held by the official must
be delivered as soon as practicable
after the competition to the RCB which
must deliver the Sample A as soon as
practicable to a laboratory approved
by MA where they must be tested for
content and quality in accordance with
standard scientific procedures,
h) The RCB must as soon as practicable
after receipt of the results notify the rider
or rider’s team representative and MA,
i) If the rider is dissatisfied with the test
result of sample A, they may request
sample B be tested at an MA approved
laboratory in their presence.
12.9.4Refueling
12.9.4.1 During refueling, each machine must be
stationary with the engine stopped.
12.9.4.2 Refueling will be deemed to have
commenced when the fuel tank has been
opened and completed when the tank is
closed.
12.9.4.3 Smoking is strictly prohibited in areas where
refueling is permitted.
12.9.4.4 Riders are liable for exclusion from an event
for failing to adhere to GCR 12.9.4.3, and are
responsible for the actions of their mechanics
and support team members.
12.9.5Homologation of Fuel
12.9.5.1 Unleaded fuel produced by an oil company
for sale in the Australian general transport fuel
market through retail petrol pumps in at least
5 states does not have to be homologated.
For the avoidance of doubt this means the
fuel must be available for sale on demand
from a roadside bowser outlet at each of at
least 5 separate service stations in each of at
97
least five Australian states or territories.
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
12.9.5.2 Organisations seeking homologation of fuel
must provide MA with:
a) Two 1-litre sealed containers of the fuel
for analysis,
b) Details of the fuels characteristics,
c) The distribution network,
d) The price structure,
e) A homologation fee of $2,500 in the first
year and $2,000 per year thereafter.
12.9.5.3 Fuels approved under this GCR will be
published at www.ma.org.au.
12.10
Noise Emissions - all disciplines
12.10.1 Specifications
12.10.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 2
stroke 96dB(A)/ 4 stroke 94db(A) unless a
lower limit is provided for in SR or another
limit is shown in the table below:
DISCIPLINE
Road Racing
Historic Road Racing
Motocross and Supercross
Classic MX & Dirt Track
Speedway
Dirt Track
Track
Quads
Moto-Trials
Supermoto
Enduro & Reliabity Trials
Minikhana
Record Attempts
98
LIMIT dB(A)
102
102
94/96
96
98
94/96
98
94/96
96
94/96
94
95
No limit
12.10.1.2Where government regulations or
planning orders exist in relation to noise
testing, or where a permanent Road
Race circuit noise emission required is
part of the circuit hire contract, the noise
emission required will prevail over GCR
12.10.1.1.
12.10.2Measurement
12.10.2.1Noise emissions must be measured with
a microphone placed 500mm from the
exhaust pipe at an angle of approx 45
degrees measured from the centre line
of the exhaust end, and at the height of
the exhaust pipe, but at least 200mm
above the ground. Where the height of
the exhaust outlet makes this impossible,
the microphone should be placed at a 45
degree angle above the outlet. see Figs.
12.10.2.2The reading shall be taken with engine
warmed up, running steadily at the specified
revs and with the motorcycle out of gear.
These revs are specified for Road Racing,
Historic Road Racing and Classic MX &
Classic DT in the table below. For all other
disciplines, refer to the table in 17.3.0.1.
12.10.2.3The test revs depends on the mean piston
speed corresponding to the stroke of the
engine according to the table below for
Road Racing and Historic Road Racing.
For all other disciplines of racing, refer
to the table in 17.3.0.1. The revs are
calculated using the following formula:
N= 300,000 x cm
I
Where N = prescribed revs
cm = fixed mean piston speed in
metres per second, and
I = stroke in mm
Stroke
RPM
in mm
Use for Road Race and
Historic Road Race. For
other disciplines See
17.3.0.1
30
11,000
31
10,645
32
10,313
33
10,000
34
9,706
35
9,429
36
9,167
37
8,919
38
8,684
39
8,462
40
8,250
41
8,049
42
7,857
43
7,674
44
7,500
45
7,333
46
7,174
47
7,021
48
6,875
49
6,735
50
6,600
51
6,471
52
6,346
53
6,226
54
6,111
55
6,000
56
5,893
57
5,789
58
5,690
59
5,593
60
5,500
61
5,410
62
5,323
63
5,238
64
5,156
65
5,077
Stroke
RPM
in mm
Use for Road Race and
Historic Road Race. For
other disciplines See
17.3.0.1
66
5,000
67
4,925
68
4,853
69
4,783
70
4,714
71
4,648
72
4,583
73
4,521
74
4,459
75
4,400
76
4,342
77
4,286
78
4,231
79
4,177
80
4,125
81
4,074
82
4,024
83
3,976
84
3,929
85
3,882
86
3,837
87
3,793
88
3,750
89
3,708
90
3,667
91
3,626
92
3,587
93
3,548
94
3,511
95
3,474
96
3,438
97
3,402
98
3,367
99
3,333
100
3,300
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12.10.3 Use of sound level meters
12.10.3.1Sound testing apparatus must comply
with international standard IEC 651, Type
1 or Type 2.
12.10.3.2Sound testing apparatus must be set
to “slow response” setting. A’ weighted
setting on sound level meter.
12.10.3.3Correction
a) Type 1 meter : deduct 1dB(A)
b) Type 2 meter : deduct 2dB(A)
12.10.3.4The revs shall be measured using a
calibrated electronic tachometer or a
vibrating reed tachometer held against
any solid part of the machine.
12.10.3.5The sound testing apparatus must be
equipped with a calibrator for control and
adjustment of the meter during periods of
use.
12.10.3.6During a sound test, machines not
equipped with a gear box neutral must be
placed on a stand.
12.10.3.7The sound level for engines with more
than one cylinder will be measured on
each exhaust end.
12
all disciplines
12.10.3.8The ambient sound within a 5m radius of the
test site should not exceed 80dB(A).
12.10.3.9Tests shall not take place in rain
12.10.3.10 In other than moderate wind, machines
shall face forward in the wind direction.
(Mechanical sound will blow forward,
away from microphone).
12.10.3.11Due to the influence of temperature on sound
tests, all figures are correct at 20°C.
a) For tests taken at temperatures below
10°C, there will be a + 1dB(A) tolerance.
b) For tests below 0°C, there will be a +
2 dB(A) tolerance.
12.10.3.12Always round down meter reading, that is:
103.9dB(A) = 103dB(A).
12.10.4 Machine testing
12.10.4.1Other than the rider, the sound testing
operators and a person to hold the front
of the machine there should be no person
within 3 metres of the testing site.
12.10.4.2 Sound level measuring equipment must
include a compatible calibrator, which
must be used immediately before testing
begins and always just prior to a re-test if a
disciplinary sanction may be imposed.
3 Mtr Radius Exclusion Zone of all obstacles
5 Mtr Radius Zone Not To Exceed 80db(A) whilst testing
©
99
12
all disciplines
12.10.4.3If a machine fails, it can be represented
for re-testing.
12.10.4.4No person may compete in any event on a
machine whose noise emissions exceed
the prescribed levels.
12.10.4.5A machine which does not comply with
the sound limits can be presented several
times.
12.10.4.6 When presented for examination, the correct
stroke must be stamped in a clearly visible
position on the crankcase.
12.10.5 Sound control during competition
12.10.5.1 The Noise Control Officer (NCO) must arrive
in sufficient time for discussions with the Clerk
of the Course and other Technical Officials
in order that a suitable test site and testing
policy can be agreed.
12.10.5.2 Machines can be tested before, or after
competing in an event, chosen by ballot, or
as required by a Steward, Clerk of Course or
NCO.
12.11
Starts & finishes - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.11.1Starts
12.11.1.1All competitors must, in relation to the
start of any event, comply with directions
issued by, and under the authority of, the
Starter. For such purposes the Starter, on
the instructions of a key official, may:
a) Delay a start,
b) Direct a restart,
c) Direct a competitor to start from:
i) The back of the starting grid,
ii) The pit lane,
iii) The rear of the field, or
iv)Such other position as shall be
required for the safe, fair and
orderly start of the event.
d) Exclude a competitor who is late for
the start.
12.11.1.2The method of starting will be as
prescribed by SR.
12.11.1.3The start of an event occurs:
a) When the order to start is given, or
b) For flying starts, when the starting
line is crossed.
100
enjoy the ride
12.11.2Finishes
12.11.2.1For events where speed is the
determinant:
a) A chequered flag must be displayed
to each competitor as each crosses
the line, with the flag being displayed:
i) To the first to complete the event,
who will, subject to the results of
any protests, be the winner, and
ii) Thereafter to each competitor who:
• Has completed not less than
75% of the event distance,
• Is still competing in the event on
the lap in which the chequered
flag is displayed to the winner,
with the sequence of completion
of the event being the
determinant of placings.
b) The finish of the event occurs when
the flag is displayed to the last
competitor under GCR 12.11.2.1 a),
c) The finish occurs for each machine
when the foremost part of the
machine crosses the line,
d) Where there are 2 competitors
required to be on 1 machine
together, both must finish the event
on the machine. On a solo machine
the competitor must finish the event
on the machine,
e) In case of a dead heat between
competitors for a place:
i) The places and the awards for
those places will be combined,
ii) The participants in the dead heat will
share the places and awards equally,
iii)The remaining places will be
relegated by the number of
participants in the dead heat.
12.11.3 Juniors - Starts and Finishes
12.11.3.1In addition to the general start
requirements for all competitors, juniors
must comply as follows:
a) Competitors may use up to 2 starting
blocks (1 per side) up to a maximum
of 100mm high and must be able
to start in the event unaided while
sitting on the machine, This does not
apply to Road Racing.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12.12
b) When assembled for the start of
an event, and during the event, no
competitor may receive outside
assistance other than at the direction
of the Steward, the Clerk of Course
or the Starter,
c) Pit board signals will not be used in
junior competition with the exception
of junior road racing. Riders/Pit crew
who fail to obey this instruction are
liable to exclusion for the duration of
the competition. Refer GCR 4.3.7
d) When the number of competitors
exceeds 1 full grid:
i) Elimination heats and semi finals must be held,
ii) The RCB may direct that events
be decided by a final or finals,
consisting of a number of rounds.
Stopping Events- all disciplines
12.12.0.1Where an incident causes an event to be
stopped, the Steward or Clerk of Course
may declare the event complete if at
least 75% of the event distance or time,
whichever is the less, has been run.
12.12.0.2The results so declared will be based on
the placings at the finish line of the last full
lap completed before the incident but will
exclude those competitors who:
a) Caused the incident, or
b) Having been involved in the incident,
could not continue in the event.
12.12.1 Stopping and Re-Running Events
12.12.1.1The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
and considers that such conduct has:
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member, or
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or
more of the other competitors in the
event,
may declare the event void and order a rerun.
12.12.1.2If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct, or
12
all disciplines
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
12.12.1.3A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an
event and order it to be re-run if it would
be dangerous for it to continue.
12.12.1.4In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down his or her
machine in the interests of safety,
or
iii) Left the course in the interests of
safety,
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from,
v)Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event,
may not participate.
12.13
Flags and Signals- all disciplines
12.13.0.1The minimum dimensions of all flags must
be 500mm x 500mm.
101
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
12.13.0.2Track flags and signals have the following
meanings:
FLAG SIGNAL
National flag dropped or raised
Red flag displayed
MEANING, AND REQUIREMENT OF COMPETITOR
Start
Race or practice stopped prematurely. Competitors must slow down, must
not overtake and must slowly proceed to the parc fermé, pits, or other area
indicated to them by officials. The red flag will also be used to signal the end
of a demonstration
Black flag held stationary and black board Competitor with number indicated on black board must stop at the pits on the
with rider’s number
next lap
Yellow flag held stationary
Danger, ride slowly, overtaking is forbidden
Yellow flag waved
Immediate danger, slow down, prepare to stop, overtaking forbidden
Yellow with Black diagonal cross
Last lap flag for Speedway only
No Jump Light
Danger, Overtaking forbidden, Jumping forbidden
Yellow flag with red stripes held stationary Deterioration of adhesion of the track
White flag waved
Slow moving intervention vehicle on track
Blue flag held stationary
Overtaking signal warning that competitor is soon to be overtaken
Blue flag waved
Overtaking signal warning that rider is about to be overtaken
Green flag held stationary
Course Clear
Last lap board
The last lap of the race is about to commence
Purple Flag
Protest flag for all junior competitors
Black and white chequered flag waved
Finish of Race, Practice session or Qualifying
12.13.0.3Flag signals may be supplemented by
light signals as follows:
SIGNAL
1 or 2 flashing yellow lights
Green light
Red light
SUPPLEMENT TO/
EQUIVALENT TO
Yellow flag
Green flag
Red flag
12.13.0.4The National flag signifying the start of an
event may be replaced by:
a) A light signal,
b) A starting tape,
c) A rubber band, or
d) A dropping gate
12.14
Scoring- all disciplines
12.14.0.1For events, other than:
a) The Australian Supercross
Championship which have fewer
than 15 start gates, and
b) All Road Racing events where a
different point scoring system is
used.
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
102
POINTS
25
22
20
18
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
12.14.0.2An alternative points scoring system may
be approved for an MA series event.
12.14.0.3If a tie on points occurs for any position
in an event which is conducted over more
than 1 leg, the tying competitor who has
the higher finishing position in the final leg
of the event will be awarded the position.
12.14.0.4If a tie on points occurs for any position
in a series, the tying competitor who has
the greatest number of higher placings in
the series will be awarded the position.
12.15
Change of Machine during a
Competition - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.15.0.1During any competition, other than an
attempt at a record, no machine may be
exchanged for another unless permitted
under these Rules or any SR.
12.16
Junior Competition Rules ALL DISCIPLINES
12.16.0.1In Junior competition,
a) A rider’s age on 1st January will
determine their age for competition
purposes for that year,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Fig. 12.16.0.3 a)
AGE RANGE
4 to under 9
7 to under 9
7 to under 13
9 to under 12
9 to under 16
12 to under 16
13 to under 16
AGE RANGE
4 to under 9
7 to under 9
7 to under 13
9 to under 12
9 to under 16
12 to under 16
13 to under 16
JUNIOR MOTOCROSS & ENDURO
50cc Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
65cc Solo
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke (standard wheel only)
80cc to 160cc Solo 4 stroke,
80/100cc 2-stk/up to 150cc 4-stk
Sidecar (Rider & Passenger)
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke (standard or big wheels)
200 to 250cc Solo 4-stroke,
100cc to 150cc Solo 2 stroke
JUNIOR ENDURO
50cc Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
65cc Solo
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke (standard wheel only)
80cc to 160cc Solo 4 stroke
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke (standard or big
wheels)
200 to 250cc Solo 4-stroke,
100cc to 200cc Solo 2 stroke
b) A rider may move to the next higher
age class when they become
eligible by reason of celebrating a
birthday, but once the rider moves
to that higher age class, they may
not move back to the lower age
class,
c) Any points earned by the rider
in the lower age class cannot be
transferred when the rider moves to
the higher age class,
d) This GCR applies to all riders up to
and including the age of 16 years.
12.16.0.2No person who is unable to lift his or her
machine unaided from the horizontal to
the vertical may compete in any Junior
competition.
12.16.0.3Subject to GCR12.16.0.1a) a Junior
who is under the age of 9 years may
compete on a 50cc automatic machine
notwithstanding that the Junior is unable
to lift the machine unaided from
the horizontal to vertical.
a) Junior competitors in the age
groups listed in the tables above
may compete in the corresponding
classes:
12
all disciplines
b) No applicant will be issued with their
first competition licence if they are
under the age of 7 years,
c) Unless otherwise permitted in writing
by the RCB, for any event there must
be no greater age variation between
competitors than 4 years,
d) No participant in the 50cc automatic
class may compete in any other class
other than at Club level competitions,
e) In the 4 years to Under 9 years 50cc
Demo Class automatic non competitive
class, all riders are entitled to receive a
prize or award of the same size/value,
f) Subject to the following 2 GCRs, an
RCB may permit age group racing,
graded racing, or a combination of
both,
g) Age group racing:
i) Subject to sub-Rule ii), only
competitors in the same age
groups may compete against
each other,
ii)Competitors from different age
groups in the following classes may
compete with each other if there are
insufficient entries for each class:
85cc 2-stroke big wheels and
100cc - 150cc 4stroke single
cylinder,
 100cc - 150cc single cylinder &
250cc 4-stroke,
Sidecars,
h) An RCB may grade junior competitors
according to their respective skills,
i) Demo class is a non competitive
class,
12.16.0.44-stroke non-motocross type machines
80cc to 160cc excluding 80cc 4-stroke
Modified for Dirt Track and Track are
approved for competition under the
following conditions:
a) Use limited to natural terrain Motocross
(no man-made jumps) , Enduro and
Dirt track competitions only.
b) Exhaust systems may be modified or
changed.
c) External gearing and carburetor
jetting may also be altered.
d) No other modifications are allowed.
103
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
g) The appearance of a machine must
remain as manufactured provided
that the following may be altered:
i)Colour,
ii)Seat,
iii)Mudguards,
iv)Handlebars,
v)Grips,
vi)Levers,
vii)Cables,
viii)Chains,
ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern,
x) Carburettor Jets,
xi) Spark Plug.
h) The frame of a machine may be
gusseted and strengthened but not so
as to alter the geometry of the frame.
A certificate issued by a qualified
engineer in respect of any such
gusseting and strengthening must be
available at machine examination,
i) The restricting washer in the exhaust
header pipe abutting the cylinder
barrel may be removed,
j) Throttle limiting devices may be removed,
k) A separate kill switch may be
installed in place of the standard,
l) Steel serrated foot pegs may replace
standard rubber pegs,
m) Handlebars must be securely plugged
and be no wider than 630mm,
n) Engine, Carburettor, Fuel system,
Exhaust System, Electrics & Air Box
must remain as per manufacturers
specifications,
o) Carburettor size must not exceed 14mm.
12.16.0.54-stroke 150cc motocross-type machines
may compete against 85cc 2-stroke
machines in Junior competition.
12.16.1 Junior Trail Bikes
12.16.1.1The following machines are eligible for
club and inter-club competitions:
a) 7 to under 13 years 65cc class
MANUFACTURER
Honda
Kawasaki
Suzuki
Yamaha
MODEL(s)
CRF70, XR70, CRF80, XR80
KLX110, KLX110C, KLX110L
JR80, DR-Z70
PW80, TT-R90 TT-R110
and similar machines approved by Board.
b) 9 to under 16 years 85cc class:
MANUFACTURER
Honda
Kawasaki
Yamaha
Suzuki
MODEL(s)
XR100, CRF100
KE100 KLX140
TT-R125
DR-Z125/L
and similar machines approved by Board.
12.17
Junior capacity classes - ALL
DISCIPLINES
12.17.1 50cc Demo Class Machines
12.17.1.1Eligible Machines are:
MANUFACTURER
FMC
Honda
HM
Husqvarna
Kawasaki
Kazuma
KTM
LEM
Suzuki
TM
Yamaha
MODEL(s)
PY50, XRX50EY
CRF50, QR50
Baja Junior
Husky Boy Junior
KDX50
Tiger Cat 50
Mini Adventure, 50ADV
Senior, 50SX Mini, 50SX
Junior 2008, 50SX Mini 2009
LX1, CX2, LXR50, RX2AIR, RX2
JR50
50C1
PW50, TT-R50E
and similarly specified machines as
approved by the Board may be used.
12.17.1.2Machine Requirements:
a) Engine capacity must not exceed 50cc,
b) The gearbox for 2-stroke machines
must have 1 gear,
c) The gearbox for 4-stroke machines
may have up to 3 gears,
d) Standard gear ratios must be retained,
e) The clutch must be of centrifugal type,
and of OEM type,
f) 10” [254mm] wheels must be fitted,
104
12.17.2 50cc Auto Class - Machines
12.17.2.1Eligible Machines are:
MANUFACTURER
Cobra
Gas Gas
HM
Husqvarna
Italjet
KTM
LEM
Malagutti
Polini
TM
MODEL(s)
King CX50
EC 50
CRX 10/10 Senior, Baja
10/10, X3R
Husky Boy SF03, CR50
Action Outlaw
SXR PRO SNR, 50SX, SXR
PRO JNR, 50 SX 2009
RX3, RX3 2008, LX2FUSA, CR2, CR2S
RCX10
XR3
50 C1
and similarly specified machines as approved
by the Board may be used.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12.17.2.2Machine Requirements:
a) Engine capacity must not exceed 50cc,
b) The gearbox must have 1 gear,
c) External gearing may be altered,
d) The clutch must be of centrifugal type,
and of OEM type,
e) 10” rear wheels must be fitted.10”
[254mm] or 12” [304mm] front
wheels may be fitted,
f) The appearance of a machine must
remain as manufactured provided
that the following may be altered:
i)Colour,
ii)Seat,
iii)Mudguards,
iv)Handlebars,
v)Grips,
vi)Levers,
vii)Cables,
viii)Chains,
ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern.
g) The frame of a machine may be
gusseted and strengthened but not so
as to alter the geometry of the frame.
A certificate issued by a qualified
engineer in respect of any such
gusseting and strengthening must be
available at machine examination,
h) Throttle limiting devices may be removed,
i) A separate kill switch may be
installed in place of the standard,
j) Steel serrated foot pegs may replace
standard rubber pegs,
k) Handlebars must be securely plugged
and be no wider than 630mm,
l) After market exhaust systems and
silencers are permitted.
12
all disciplines
12.17.3 Junior Solo – Wheel Sizes
CLASS
FRONT
[Approx.
Metric Equiv.
in mm]
10” [254]
10” or 12”
[254 or 305]
14” to 15”
[356 to 381]
16” to 17”
[407 to 432]
50cc Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
65cc
80cc 4-stroke
Standard &
Modified
85cc 2-stroke &
150cc 4-stroke
85cc 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke Big Wheel
85cc 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke Big Wheel
(Dirt Track & Track)
85cc 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke Standard
Wheel (Dirt Track &
Track)
15” to 17”
[381 to 432]
19” to 21”
[482 to 534]
19”
[482]
100cc
125cc & over
250cc 4-stroke
REAR
[Approx.
Metric Equiv.
in mm]
10” [254]
10” [254]
12” [305]
14”
[356]
14” [356]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” or 17”
[407 to 457]
17”
[457]
14”
[356]
18” to 21”
[457 to 534]
17” to 21”
[432 to 534]
17” to 23”
[432 to 586]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
12.17.4 Junior Solo- Handlebars
12.17.4.1Solo handlebars must be plugged and
have no greater than the following widths:
CAPACITY
50cc Automatic
65cc
85cc 2-stroke / 150cc
4-stroke
Over 85cc / 150cc
4-stroke
HANDLEBAR WIDTH
630mm
750mm
800mm
850mm
12.17.5 Junior Sidecar- Wheel Sizes
12.17.5.1The maximum wheel rim sizes for all
relevant classes are:
WHEEL
Front
Rear
Sidecar
SIZE [Approx. Metric Equivalent]
19” [482mm]
16” [407mm]
14” [356mm]
105
13
13
13.1
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
MA EVENTS
13.1.1 Events for which MA is the RCB
13.1.1.1 The events for which MA is the RCB are
detailed in GCR 2.1.1.1 (b)
13.2Protocols
13.2.1 Protocols for MA Series Events and
International Meetings
13.2.1.1 Promoters are to deal directly with MA
including:
a) The submission of date applications,
b) The submission of draft SR,
c) Payment of fees, bonds and levies.
13.2.1.2 MA will advise SCBs of series dates by
1 October in order that SCBs may avoid
clashes,
13.2.1.3 Permits may not be issued for Supercross
meetings at venues within 100kms of
a round of the Australian Supercross
Championship 8 weeks prior to and 4
weeks after the Championship round.
106
enjoy the ride
australian championships
13.2.2Protocols
for
Australian
Championships not forming a Series
13.2.2.1 Promoters may make application to MA
to host Championships, with a copy of
the application sent to the relevant SCB.
The application will include the proposed
dates, venue, Promoter and address the
criteria in GCR 13.2.
13.2.2.2 MA will award a Championship to Promoter
which becomes responsible for ensuring
the meeting is conducted to a standard befitting an Australian Championship.
13.2.2.3 MA may require a Promoter to lodge a
performance bond which may be totally
or partially forfeited if key performance
criteria are not met.
13.2.2.4 The Promoter is responsible for:
a) Providing MA with email draft SR for
approval,
b) Paying MA the performance bond,
permit fee and rider insurance levy,
c) The adequate circulation of SR,
d) Providing MA with comprehensive
and accurate results by email the
day after the meeting,
e) Ensuring there is appropriate
promotion and publicity, which is to
also incorporate the MA logo,
f) Ensuring all Rules governing
the administration of Australian
Championships are adhered to,
g) Ensuring the prescribed level of
medical service is provided.
13.2.2.5 The following issues are key performance
criteria Promoters will be assessed on:
a) Adequate number of officials and
other personnel to properly conduct
the meeting,
b) The performance of officials,
c) The appropriate promotion of
Championships,
d) Providing prescribed medical
services,
e) Ensuring there are no date clashes
with the Championship,
f) Correct signage,
g) An effective radio communication
system,
h) An adequate control tower (where
appropriate),
i) A safe venue,
j) Adequate public facilities,
k) Ensuring the MA logo and flag are
displayed as required.
13.2.3 SR and Entry Forms
13.2.3.1 MA will publish SR and entry forms on
www.ma.org.au for entrants to download.
13.2.3.2 SR and entry forms for:
a) Series Championships may only be
accessed from the MA website or the
Promoter,
b) Stand-alone Championships may be
accessed from the MA website, the
host SCB or the Promoter.
13.2.4
Protest Fees, Licence Declaration Fees
and Fines
13.2.4.1 Protest fees, licence declaration fees and
fines are to be collected by the Steward
and paid to MA.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13.2.5Venues
13.2.5.1 Venues will be licensed by:
a) MNSW in the case of all
NSW venues;
b) MA – Road Racing venues;
c) Stewards / Race Director –
temporary Supercross venues.
d) SCBs – all other venues; and
e) FIM – World Championships.
13.2.6
13.2.6.1
13.2.6.2
13.2.6.3
13.2.6.4
13.2.6.5
The Allocation of Australian Championships
which do not form a Series
Promoters may make application to MA
to host championships, with a copy of the
application sent to the relevant SCB.
The protocols for Australian Championships
are detailed in this Chapter.
In considering applications, MA may have
regard to any 1 or more of the following
considerations:
a) The likely level of media exposure of,
and public support for, the event,
b) The level of support for the discipline
by the relevant SCB,
c) The regularity and frequency with
which State championships in the
discipline in the area of the relevant
SCB,
d) The financial resources of the
Promoter and of any proposed
Promoter of the event,
e) The quality of any proposed venue,
f) The provision of access to
any proposed venue, and
accommodation, for spectators.
g) The availability of quality officials,
h) The previous record of the
Promoter in conducting Australian
championships,
i) Such other considerations, as MA
considers relevant.
MA may refuse the application or may
grant the same and may impose such
conditions as it considers are necessary
and reasonable for the fair, safe and
effective conduct of the event. Within 1
month of receipt of written notification of
the issue of the grant, the SCB must pay
the prescribed permit fee to MA.
In the event of a Promoter to which an
Australian Championship has been
13
australian championships
granted failing to pay the permit fee or
to conduct the event in accordance with
the grant:
a) The performance bond will be
forfeited and may be applied by MA
in reduction of the permit fee payable
by any other Promoter to whom the
conduct of the event is granted,
b) MA may offer the event to another
Promoter.
13.2.7The
Allocation
of
Australian
Championships Forming a Series
13.2.7.1 Promoters in each State may apply
to MA to host a round of the relevant
Championship.
Chris Hollis (Ballards Yamaha Off Road)
107
13
australian championships
13.2.8
Categories for Senior Australian Championships
A4DE
E1: 100cc to 150cc 2-stroke &
150cc to 250cc 4-stroke
E2: 175cc to 250cc 2-stroke &
275cc to 450cc 4-stroke
E3: 290cc to 500cc 2-stroke &
475cc to 650cc 4-stroke
State Trophy Team
Junior Trophy Team
Veterans
Masters
Women
OFFROAD
E1: 100cc to 150cc 2-stroke &
150cc to 250cc 4-stroke
E2: 175cc to 250cc 2-stroke &
275cc to 450cc 4-stroke
E3: 290cc to 500cc 2-stroke &
475cc to 650cc 4-stroke
Veterans
Masters
Women
SPEEDWAY SOLO & SIDECAR
Solo Individual
Solo Pairs
Under 21
Sidecar
MOTO-TRIALS
Solo
Sidecar
Classic
Post Classic
Youth
Veteran-Aged 40 to 49 years
Veteran-Aged 50 to 59 years
Veteran-Aged 60 years and over
Masters
Woman
SUPERMOTO
S1: Over 250cc 2-stroke & over
450cc to 700cc 4-stroke
S2: Up to 250cc 2-stroke &
up to 450cc 4-stroke
S3: 125cc to 200cc 2-stroke &
up to 250cc 4-stroke
S4: Quad Open
108
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
125cc GP
250cc Production
Production
Supersport
Sidecars F1
Superbikes
250 GP Mono
Superstock 600cc (C & D Grade)
Superstock 1000c (B,C&D Grade)
QUAD MOTOCROSS
Open
Pro
Intermediate
Women
Veterans
Masters
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
Solo-up to 125cc
Solo-132cc-250cc
Solo-263cc-350cc
Solo-368cc-500cc
Solo-526cc-1300cc
Sidecar-up to 1300cc
Period 2 up to 350cc
Period 2 368cc to 1300cc
Period 3 Formula 700 526cc to 700cc
Period 4 Formula 750 526cc to 750cc
Period 5 Formula 750 526cc to 750cc
Period 6 250 Production solo
250cc
Period 6 Formula 750 Solo 526cc
to 750cc
Period 6 Formula 1300 Solo
788cc to 1300cc
SUPERCROSS
SX-Lites: Up to 250cc (2 or 4-stk)
SX-Open: 255cc to 450cc (2 or
4-stk)
MOTOCROSS
Under 19 (15 years to under 19)
Pro-Lites Up to 250cc (2 or 4-stk)
Pro-Open 255cc to 450cc (2 or
4-stk)
Sidecar
Women
CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
Pre 60 Solo All Powers
Pre 65 Solo 250cc
Pre 65 Solo 263cc – over
Pre 70 Solo 250cc
Pre 70 Solo 263cc – over
Pre 75 Solo 125cc
Pre 75 Solo 250cc
Pre 75 Solo 263cc – over
Pre 75 Solo 4-stroke – All Powers
Pre 78 Solo 125cc
Pre 78 Solo 250cc
Pre 78 Solo 263cc - over
Pre 68 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 75 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 75 Slider Class up to 250cc
[DT only]
Pre 75 Slider Class 263cc - over
[DT only]
Pre 75 Age Group Racing 125 250 - 263cc plus:
under 30
30 -39
40 - 49
50 - 59
60 - plus
70 - plus “super senior class”
POST CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
Pre 85 Solo 125cc
Pre 85 Solo 250cc
Pre 85 Solo 263cc - over
Pre 90 Solo 125cc
Pre 90 Solo 250cc
Pre 90 Solo 263 - over
Evolution Solo 125cc
Evolution Solo 250cc
Evolution Solo 263cc - over
Pre 85 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 90 Slider Class up to 250cc
[DT only]
Pre 90 Slider Class 263cc - over
[DT only]
Evolution Age Group Racing 125
- 250 - 263cc plus:
under 30
30 -39
40 - 49
50 - 59
60 - plus
70 - plus “super senior class”
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
DIRT TRACK
Capacities
150 2 stroke/250 4 stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4 stroke
250cc 2 stroke & 450cc 4 stroke
Classes
Under 19
Pro Lites
Pro Open
250 Slider
MX Open
Up to 250cc
500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc
4 stroke
Unlimited
Unlimited Open
Women’s Open
1100cc Dirt Track
Sidecar
Unlimited
Up to 1100cc
Quad Pro 450
up to 350cc 2 stroke & 450cc
4 stroke
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc
4 stroke
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc
4 stroke
Quad Open
Quad Open
Women
Quad Pro450
Quad Open
QUAD SPEEDWAY
450cc 4 stroke
350cc 2 stroke
No increase displacement
tolerance
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc
4 stroke
13
australian championships
Classes
Under 19
Pro Lites
Pro Open
250 Slider
MX Open
500cc Long Track
Slider
Women’s Open
1100cc Dirt Track
Sidecar
1100cc Long
Track Sidecar
Quad Pro 450
Quad Open
Quad Open
Women
Quad Open
Quad Up to 850cc
TRACK
Capacities
150 2 stroke/250 4 stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4 stroke
250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc 4
stroke
Up to 250cc
500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc
4 stroke
500cc 4 stroke Slider
Unlimited
Up to 1100cc
Up to 1100cc
up to 350cc 2 stroke & 450cc
4 stroke
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc
4 stroke
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc
4 stroke
QUAD ENDURO
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc
4 stroke
Up to 850cc
109
13
enjoy the ride
australian championships
13.2.9
Categories for Junior Australian Championships
TRACK AND DIRT TRACK
65cc
7-U9 YRS, 9-U13 YRS
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard Wheel
9-U11 YRS
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard Wheel
11-U13 YRS
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Big Wheel
11-U13 YRS
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard Wheel
13-U16 YRS
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Big Wheel
13-U16 YRS
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard & Big Wheel, Junior Girls
11-U16 YRS
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Slider
13-U16 YRS
85cc 4-Stroke Modified
7-U10 YRS, 10- U14 YRS
100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc 2-Stroke
13-U16 YRS
100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke & 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, Junior Girls
13-U16 YRS
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke
13-U16 YRS
Note: the 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke classes may be combined at the discretion of the RCB if numbers
are insignificant for separate classes.
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke
13-U 16 YRS
OFF ROAD
J1-85cc 2 stroke & Up to 150cc 4 stroke (Standard Wheel only)
9-11yrs
J2-85cc 2 stroke & Up to 150cc 4 stroke
12-15yrs
J3-125cc - 200cc 2-stroke & 150cc - 250cc 4-stroke
13-14 yrs
J4-125cc - 200cc 2-stroke & 150cc - 250cc 4-stroke
15 yrs
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS AND DIRT TRACK
Up to 125cc 2-stroke and up to 250cc 4-stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
MOTOCROSS
50cc Division 2
7 to under 9yrs
65cc Solo
7 to under 9yrs, 9 to under 11yrs, 11 to under 13yrs
85cc 2-stroke (Standard Wheel)
9 to under 12yrs
85cc 2 stroke (Standard / Big Wheel)
12 to under 14 yrs, 14 to under 16 yrs
150cc 4 stroke (Standard Wheel)
9 to under 12 yrs
150cc 4-stroke (Standard / Big Wheel)
12 to under 14yrs, 14 to under 16yrs
200cc to 250cc 4stroke
13 to under 15yrs, 15yrs
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke
13 to under 15yrs, 15yrs
Sidecar 80cc-100cc 2 stroke/ 150cc 4 stroke
9 to under 13 yrs
Sidecar 80cc - 100cc 2 stroke/ 150cc 4 stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke All Wheel Female
12 to under 16 yrs
150cc 2 stroke/250cc 4 stroke Female
13 to under 16 yrs
Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Limited 7 to under 10 yrs
Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Limited 9 to under 13 yrs
Quad 63 60cc - 90cc 2 stroke & 85cc - 125cc 4 stroke Comp 9 to under 13 yrs
Quad 200cc 2 stroke & 300cc 4 stroke Comp 12 to under 16 yrs
Quad 200cc 2 stroke & 300cc 4 stroke Comp Girls 12 to under 16 yrs
110
125 Solo
125 Solo
250/350cc Solo
250cc Sidecar
SPEEDWAY
Under 16 years - Individual
Under 16 years - Teams
14 to U16 years- Individual
11 to U16 years-Rider & Passenger
CLASS
Junior 7-12 years
Junior Open
Junior Women
MOTO-TRIALS
CAPACITY
Up to 200cc
13 to U15 years Open capacity
7 to U15 years Open Capacity
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13.3
CHAMPIONSHIP MEDALLIONS AND
TROPHIES
13.3.1 Individual Competitions
13.3.1.1MA medallions will be presented to
the 1st, 2nd and 3rd riders in each
championship solo class and the first,
second and third rider and passenger
in the championship sidecar class at all
Australian championship meetings.
13.3.2 All Competitions
13.3.2.1 At least the first 3 place getters in any
Australian Championship event must be
awarded a sash or similar permanent
memento of the achievement by the
Promoter, irrespective of MA awards.
13.3.3 Australian Enduro Teams Championships
13.3.3.1 MA medallions will be presented to the
members of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd placed
teams in the state trophy and junior trophy
competition at the Australian Enduro
teams Championships.
13.3.4 Australian Road Race Championships
13.3.4.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in
the Australian Road Race Championships
where there are:
a) 15 or more starters for solo classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
b) 10 or more starters for sidecar
classes which actually participate in
practice, qualifying or races.
13.3.5 Other Australian Championships
13.3.5.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in
all other Australian Championships where
there are:
a) 10 or more starters for solo classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
b) 6 or more starters for sidecar classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
c) For Historic Road Racing see GCR
16.12
d) For Moto Trials see GCR 13.3.5.3
e) 6 or more starters for Pre 60 and Pre
65 Classic Motocross and Dirt Track.
f) 6 or more starters for all female
classes which actually participate in
practice, qualifying or races.
g) For Speedway classes see rule
19.12.4.1 (d)
13
australian championships
13.3.5.2 For the purposes of determining eligibility
to compete for medallions, the capacity
categories set out in the above table for
pre-1975 Classic Motocross are divided
into the following age group classes:
a) Under 30,
b) 30 years to under 40,
c) 40 years to under 50,
d) 50 years to under 60,
e) 60 years and over,
f) Juniors aged 13 to under 16 years.
13.3.5.3 For Moto-Trials, the minimum number of
starters shall be 5.
13.3.6 Duke of Edinburgh Trophies
13.3.6.1 The Duke of Edinburgh Trophies will be
inscribed each year with the names of the
winners of the highest capacity solo and
sidecar Australian Championship for the
following:
a) Australian Superbike Championship
Series – Superbike and Sidecar,
b) Open class of the Australian
Motocross Championships,
c) Australian Dirt Track Championships
Up to 450cc 4stroke FTX Solo and
Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar,
d) Australian Speedway
Championships — Solo and Sidecar,
13.3.6.2 The winners of the Duke of Edinburgh
Trophy will be entitled to have a
photograph taken of them with the trophy.
13.3.6.3The cost of the photograph will be
subject to price approval by the SCB and
recoverable from MA.
13.3.6.4 The trophies will be held by MA.
13.3.7
Promotion of Australian Championships
13.3.7.1 Programs for Australian Championships
must:
a) Indicate on the front cover the nature
of the event,
b) Give visual prominence to title
events over support events.
13.3.7.2 At all Australian Championships:
a) An MA flag and banner must be on
display at the start or finish line at
the event,
b) Competitors must place an MA
supplied logo on the front number
plate of their machines.
111
13
enjoy the ride
australian championships
13.3.7.3 The MA logo must be displayed following
the logo use style-guide issued by MA:
a) On all publications relating to the
event,
b) On the front cover of the event
program.
13.3.8 Listing of Australian Championships in
State Calendars
13.3.8.1 The event calendar of an SCB hosting 1
or more Australian Championships in any
year:
a) Must list each Australian
Championship being hosted by that
SCB in that year,
b) Must be sent to MA and all other
SCBs by no later than 31st October
of the preceding year.
The Kirk McCarthy Memorial Award was established in 2005 by the McCarthy
Family in conjunction with a number of industry partners to honour Kirk McCarthy
and his achievements in motorcycling.
The award program is aimed at assisting young riders to contest the Australian
Superbike Championship (ASC).
Each year, one rider will be selected from the applications received for the Kirk
McCarthy Memorial Award. The successful rider will receive financial and product
support to contest the following year’s ASC.
A perpetual trophy is awarded to the winner, who will also receive a replica trophy
at the annual ASC Presentation Dinner awards night.
Supporters of the Award include:
McCarthy Family
Suzuki Australia
Monza Importers
Dunlop
Dave Roberts – Bandit
Marty Craggill
Scott Williams
Darred Motors Body Work
International Entertainment
Group
Phillip Island Grand Prix Circuit
Motorcycling Australia
The Award is open to riders in
all ASC classes. Applicants will
be assessed on attributes such
as professionalism,
presentation, dedication and
commitment, general attitude
and manner, and potential riding
ability.
Applications will be available
mid 2012 from www.ma.org.au
112
14
2011 in pictures
enjoy the ride
Clockwise from above:
Australian MotoGP (Jeremy Gray)
ISDE Womens Team: Jemma Wilson, Jess Gardiner, Alison
Parker(404Shots)
MotoGP World Champion Casey Stoner (Jeremy Gray)
Australian Junior Motocross Championship (kajx
COMMUNICATIONS)
Junior Dirt Track Champion Sean McLellan (David Lamont)
114
ove:
my Gray)
Jess Gardiner, Alison
s)
oner (Jeremy Gray)
ampionship (kajx
NS)
Lellan (David Lamont)
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
14
2011 in pictures
Clockwise from above:
AORC Womens Champion Jemma Wilson
Solo Speedway Champions; Darcy Ward, Chris Holder,
Davey Watt, Rory Schlein (Chris Horne)
Leigh Adams (Chris Horne)
Australian Womens Motocross
Senior Dirt Track Champions Tom and Corey Banks
115
enjoy the ride
15
15.1
Road racing
Frames and parts - ROAD RACING
15.1.1Streamlining
15.1.1.1 Streamlining must leave the front wheel
and mudguard exposed.
15.1.2Brakes
15.1.2.1 At least 2 efficient brakes must operate
independently of each other on the front
and rear wheels.
15.1.2.2 Front brake caliper mounting bolts to be
lockwired in the tightened position
15.1.3General
15.1.3.1 Radiator protection guards may be fitted
providing there is no modification to the
radiators or bodywork.
15.1.3.2 Frame protection devices may be added
providing they do not protrude more than
80mm from the bodywork and are no
more than 80mm in diameter.
15.1.3.3 A chain guard made of a suitable material
must be fitted in such a way to prevent
trapping between the lower drive chain
run and the final drive sprocket at the rear
wheel.
15.1.3.4 All lateral covers/engine cases containing
oil and which could be in contact with the
ground during a crash, must be protected
by a second cover made from composite
materials, type carbon or Kevlar , or be
fitted with heavy duty crash resistant
end cases made from solid metal. Plates
and/or bars from aluminium or steel are
also permitted. All these devices must be
designed to be resistant against sudden
shocks and must be fixed properly and
securely. Bonding alone is not a suitable
method of mounting.
116
15.1.3.5 Lap timers with a maximum retail value of
$700.00 including GST may be used.
15.2
Engines - ROAD RACING
15.2.1General
15.2.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked or
otherwise secured in the tightened position
in a manner approved by the Scrutineer.
15.2.1.2 Where flexible oil lines other than those
supplied as standard equipment by the
original machine manufacturer are used,
they must incorporate high pressure hose
secured by high pressure connections. For
other than historic machines, Worm drive
hose clamps may not be used.
15.2.1.3 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
a) The ground,
b) Tyres or other moving parts over the full
movement of the suspension.
15.2.1.4 4-stroke motorcycles must be equipped with
an oil catch tank or sealed airbox:
a) With a minimum volume of 300cc,
b) Which is to be emptied after each
event.
15.2.1.5 The only liquid coolant permitted is water.
15.2.1.6 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic fluid levels
must be maintained within manufacturers’
specifications.
15.2.1.7 A self-closing throttle must be fitted.
15.2.1.8 With the exception of Period 1-5 Historic
machines, and production-based machines
without a lower fairing which have ADR
compliance, all machines, including sidecars,
must be fitted with an integral lower fairing
dam or separate catch tray, which must be
constructed to trap and hold engine oil and /
or coolant:
a) For 4-strokes machines, a capacity of
at least 3 litres,
b) For 2-stroke machines, a capacity of at
least 2.5 litres,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
c) With no less than 2 holes, each of
25mm, which may only be opened in
wet race conditions.
15.3 NOISE EMISSIONS-ROAD
RACING
15.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided
for in the SR or by the circuit hire
agreement
15.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10.2
15.3.0.3 The FIM guidelines for use of sound level
meters must be followed.
15.4
Protective Clothing – road
racing
15.4.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any road racing competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
15.4.1Helmet
15.4.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
15.4.2Clothing
15.4.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather
or enclosed plastic foam at least
8mm thick:
i)Shoulders,
ii)Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint,
and
iv)Knees.
15
ROAD RACING
15.4.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuosly covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers or a
full kevlar suit.
15.4.3 Footwear
15.4.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater durability.
but not constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
15.4.3.2 Knee and boot scrapers that spark when
dragged on the ground are forbidden
15.1.3.3 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear
ankle length boots.
15.4.4Gloves
15.4.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.4.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers
on sidecars.
15.4.5 Goggles and Visors
15.4.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
15.4.6 Hair and Jewellery
15.4.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
15.4.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
15.4.7 General footwear
15.4.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
lane at all times.
117
15
15.5
enjoy the ride
Road racing
Fuel - ROAD RACING
15.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines, unless otherwise
specified must:
a) Be Unleaded,
b) Be no more than 100 RON,
c) Contain no additives other than those
added at the point of manufacture
except for lubricating oils,
d) Be produced by an oil company for
sale in the Australian general transport
fuel market and sold through retail
petrol pumps in at least five Australian
states or territories. For the avoidance
of doubt this means the fuel must be
available for sale on demand from a
roadside retail bowser outlet at each of
at least five seperate service stations in
each of at least five Australian States or
territories, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
15.5.0.2 125cc & 250GP 2 stroke machines may
use leaded fuel of up to 100RON
15.6.0.2
15.6.0.3
15.6.0.4
15.6Superbikes
15.6.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superbike
machines must:
a) Be fitted with the ADR compliance
plates for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all States
and Territories in which they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in
Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer,
e) Be fitted with a 4-stroke engine with
a capacity not less than 800cc nor
greater than 1000cc, or 2 cylinder/4
stroke engine not greater than 1200cc
capacity,
f) Be homologated in accordance with
Chapter 12, provided that, before any
machine of a particular make and
model may compete in any event.
i) The range of vehicle identification
numbers for each model must be
provided to MA,
118
15.6.0.5
15.6.0.6
15.6.0.7
ii) At least 20 production machines of
that make and model must have
been imported into Australia by
the manufacturer or the Australian
distributor representing that
manufacturer.
g) 2 cylinder 4 stroke engines greater than
1000cc and less than 1200cc must
be fitted with air inlet restrictors as per
GCR 15.6.0.8 f) only after a speed and
performance evaluation is done by MA
over three race meetings.
The choice of tyre type and number of
tyres to be used must be stipulated in the
SR.
To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all other
fluids at optimum levels, must weigh no less
than 165kg. A 1% tolerance at post race
control will be allowed.
The following must be removed:
a)Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d)Horns,
e) Traffic indicators,
f)Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
Any sharp edges left by the removal of the
above components must be protected by
a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm
diameter.
Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent,
must exhaust into the airbox to the rear of the
intakes. The lower airbox breather tube must
be blocked.
The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Instruments and associated cables,
c) Chain guard and registration plate
brackets,
d) Air injection pollution control system,
e) Carburettor anti-icing device,
f) Rear fender,
g) Rear number plate bracket,
h) Air filter element,
i) Starter Motor and starter motor drive
system,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
j)Alternator,
k) Steering damper.
15.6.0.8 The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster. The link arm
rod may be changed or modified but
the suspension linkage must remain
standard,
c) Data acquisition, computers, recording
equipment (Note: Telemetry devices
are prohibited),
d) When items under the preceding
GCR are added, a Scrutineering
downloading access plug connector is
mandatory,
e) Fuel injection control devices.
f) Inlet Air Restrictors for 2 cylinder
machines greater than 1000cc and
less than 1200cc be fitted only when
instructed by MA, between the throttle
bodies and the cylinder heads and be in
increments less in area by 8%, or less
in diameter by 2mm than the smallest
diameter or area of the throttle body.
These Air Restrictor Plate diameters
and or area shall be determined and
approved by MA and shall be no less
than 2mm in thickness and no greater
than 4mm in thickness.
15.6.0.9 The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of the
machine:
a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses,
b) Fairings, screens, rear bodywork
and rear seat so as to provide for
the mounting of a rear number plate,
rider’s seat, mudguards, air intake
lids in bodywork, airbox intake tubes,
tank covers and side covers, but
replacements must be the same in
shape and appearance as the original,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens but the replacements must be
mounted on the frame at the original
mounting points,
d) Fuel tank filler cap assembly providing
there is no modification required to fuel
tank.
e) Handlebars, handlebar mounted levers,
master cylinders and controls,
15
ROAD RACING
f) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted on the
frame at the original mounting points,
g) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the motorcycle
manufacturer has no specified torque
setting or it is less than 10Nm,
h) Air filter element,
i) Air funnels (velocity stacks),
jInstruments,
k) Wiring loom, ECU and plug in
fuel injection control units and the
manufacturer nominated race kit or
MA approved ECU.
l) Spark plugs and high tension leads,
m) Battery and alternator,
n) Exhaust system,
o) Clutch plates and springs,
p) External gearing,
q) Radiator expansion tank,
r) Valve retainers and valve springs,
s) Camshafts and cam wheels,
t) Head gaskets,
u) Front suspension, springs, damping
parts and fork top caps may be
replaced or modified, but the external
appearance of the forks must not
be modified or changed. Lower
compression housing may be changed
but must not extend any further than
10mm from the fork than the original
OEM component,
v) Rear suspension damping units and
springs,
w) A supplementary radiator, provided
there are no changes to the bodywork,
main radiator or frame.
15.6.0.11 The following OEM parts may be modified:
a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted or
replaced to alter valve timing,
b) Water pump impeller,
c) Gearbox drive dogs may be undercut,
d) Cylinder head valve seats may be
recut,
e) Cylinder head ports by removal of
material only,
f) Cylinder head and cylinder block
mating surfaces may be machined,
g) Alternator cover,
h) OEM piston valve pocket machining.
119
15
Road racing
15.7Supersport
120
15.7.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Supersport
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all States
and Territories in which they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in
Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer,
e) Have an engine capacity of:
i) No more than 600cc for 4 cylinder
engines,
ii) No more than 675cc for 3 cylinder
engines, and
iii) No more than 750cc for 2 cylinder
engines.
15.7.0.2 At least 20 production machines of that
make and model must have been imported
into Australia, by the manufacturer or the
Australian distributor representing the
manufacturer.
15.7.0.3 By the 1st January in the year of competition
the tyre manufacturers/distributors must
provide a list of tyres that will be available
and if any additional tyres are to be
introduced during the course of the year the
tyre distributor must notify MA prior to the
tyres becoming available
15.7.0.4 Tyres must comply with GCR 15.10.0.2
15.7.0.5 Only when a race or practice has been
declared “wet”, the use of a special tyre,
commonly known as a wet tyre, is allowed.
Homologation is not required for wet tyres.
15.7.0.6 To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all
other fluids at optimum levels, must weigh
no less than
a) 158kg for 4 cylinder 600cc,
b) 162kg for 3 cylinder 675cc, and
c) 166kg for 3 cylinder 750cc.
A 1% tolerance at post race control will
be allowed.
15.7.0.7 The following must be removed:
a)Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d)Horns,
e) Traffic indicators,
enjoy the ride
f)Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and
label holder.
15.7.0.8 Any sharp edges left by the removal of these
components must be protected by a rolled
edge or beading of minimum 3mm diameter.
15.7.0.9 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent
must exhaust into the airbox to the rear of the
intakes. The lower airbox breather tube must
be blocked.
15.7.0.10 The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Instruments and associated cables,
c) Chain guard and registration plate
brackets,
d) Air injection pollution control system,
e) Carburettor anti-icing device,
f) Rear fender,
g) Registration plate/bracket and label
holder,
h) Steering damper.
15.7.0.11 The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster,
c) MA approved and official series timing
devices,
d) MA approved fuel metering devices,
e) Frame protective sliders.
15.7.0.12 The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of the
machine.
a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses,
b) Fairing, screen, rear seat so as to
provide for the mounting of a rear
number plate, rear bodywork, Rider’s
seat, mudguards, tank covers, airbox
intake tubes, air intake lids in bodywork
and side covers, but replacements
must be the same in shape and
appearance as the original,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens but the replacements must be
mounted on the frame at the original
mounting points,
d) Handlebars, handlebar mounted levers,
master cylinders and controls,
e) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted on the
frame at the original mounting points,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2011
f) External gearing,
g) Exhaust system,
h) Wiring Loom and Fuel Injection Control
Unit / ECU,
i) Spark plugs and high tension leads,
j) Rear suspension damping units
and springs,
k) Clutch plates and springs,
l) Radiator expansion tank,
m) Battery, but the replacement must be
capable of starting the machine prior to,
and post race,
n) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the motorcycle
manufacturer has no specified torque
setting or it is less than 10Nm,
o) Engine cam wheels, provided they are
manufactured in the same material as
the original,
p) Head Gasket,
q) Camshaft may be replaced, but the lift
must remain standard,
r) Valve springs, collets and retainers,
s) Front suspension, springs, damping
parts and fork top caps may be
replaced or modified, but the external
appearance of the forks must not
be modified or changed. Lower
compression housing may be changed
but must not extend any further than
10mm from the fork than the original
OEM component,
t) Air filters and Air funnels (Velocity
Stacks),
u) Fuel tank filler cap assembly providing
there is no modification required to fuel
tank.
15.7.0.13 The following OEM parts may be modified:
a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted to
alter valve timing,
b) Gearbox drive dogs may be undercut,
c) Cylinder head valve seats may
be recut,
d) Cylinder head and cylinder block
mating surfaces may be machined,
e) Carburettor slides.
15.8
Superstock 600
15.8.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superstock 600
machines must:
15
ROAD RACING
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all States
and Territories in which they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold
in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer,
e) For 2 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 750cc,
f) For 3 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 675cc,
g) For 4 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 600cc,
h) At least 20 production machines of
that make and model must have
been imported into Australia by
the manufacturer or the Australian
distributor representing the
manufacturer.
15.8.0.2 Tyres must be homologated by MA and
must:
a) Be commercially available in Australia,
b) Be manufactured for road use in all
weather conditions,
c) Be not less than the machine
manufacturer’s recommended speed
and load rating,
d) Be worn no more than to the minimum
tread depth indicators,
e) Not be manufactured for only
competition use,
f) Not have an augmented or modified
tread pattern,
g) Comply with the service description
(load and speed rating) as permanently
moulded on the OEM tyre side wall,
h) Comply with the relevant requirements
of the nominated standard. e.g.
ETRTO, JATMA & TRA.
15.8.0.3 When, a race or practice has been declared
‘wet’, the use of a special tyre commonly
known as a wet tyre is allowed. Homologation
of wet tyres is not required.
15.8.0.4 To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all other
fluids at optimum levels, must weigh no less
than:
a) 162kg for 4 cylinder,
b) 162kg for 3 cylinder,
c) 170kg for 2 cylinder.
121
15
122
enjoy the ride
Road racing
15.8.0.5 A 1% tolerance at post race control will
be allowed.
15.8.0.6 The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d)Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f)Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder,
i) OEM top rear chain Guard,
j) Passenger footrests.
15.8.0.7 The following may be replaced or modified:
a)Fairing,
b)Screen,
c) Rear body work,
d)Seat,
e)Mudguards,
f) Tank covers, and
g) Frame side covers, replacements
must be the same in shape and
appearance as the original.
a) Fairings and stream lining
including screen, rear body work
and seat section, mudguards,
tank covers, air box intake tubes
and side covers, providing the
replacements are of the same
shape and appearance as the
original,
b) Mounting bracket for fairing, screen
and instruments, but replacements
must be mounted in the original
position on the frame,
i) Passenger footrests,
c) Spark plug type, leads and cap,
d) External gearing and chain, but not
chain pitch,
e) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses,
f) The muffler and tail connector pipe at
the bolt-on or slip-on flange joints only,
the original header pipes must remain
as supplied by the manufacturer,
g) Front suspension, springs, damping
parts and fork top caps may be replaced
or modified, but the external appearance
of the forks must not be modified or
changed. Lower compression housing
may be changed but must not extend
any further than 10mm from the fork
than the original OEM component,
h)Handlebars and handlebar
mounted levers but replacements
must may be replaced.
Replacement handlebars must be
mounted in the on original mounting
points position on the fork assembly
and have the same profile and shape
as the original assembly,
p) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted at
the original mounting points,
i) Air filter element,
j) Engine and gearbox breather tubes
and the radiator bottle overflow
must exhaust into the airbox to the
rear of the intakes. The lower airbox
breather tubes must be blocked,
k) Rear Suspension unit (Shock
Absorber) Main Spring and
internal components may
be changed or modified but
external appereance must remain
standard.
15.8.0.8 The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster, providing there
is no modification or alteration to
frame or rear suspension unit.
15.9
SUPERSTOCK 1000
15.9.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superstock 1000
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all States
and Territories in which they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in
Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer,
e) For 2 and 3 cylinder engines, have an
engine capacity of no more than 1200cc,
f) For 4 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 1000cc,
g) At least 20 production machines of
that make and model must have
been imported into Australia by
the manufacturer or the Australian
distributor representing the
manufacturer, with a maximum retail
price of $35,000 (price to be regulated
by MA as new models are released and
as prices increase and decrease)
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.9.0.2
15.9.0.3
15.9.0.4
15.9.0.5
15.9.0.6
15.9.0.7
h) To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all
other fluids at optimum levels, must
weigh no les than:
i) 165kg for all 4 cylinder machines
ii) 170kg for all 2 and 3 cylinder
machines
A 1% tolerance at post race control will be
allowed
Tyres:
a) Brand, type and quantity will
be specified in Supplementary
Regulations,
b) Only when practice or a race has been
declared wet is the use of a special
trye, commonly known as a wet tyre, is
allowed. Homologation is not required
for wet tyres.
The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d)Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f)Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
i) OEM top rear chain guard
Any sharp edges left by the removal of
components mentioned in GCR 15.9.0.3
must be protected by a rolled edge or
beading of a minimum 3mm diameter
Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent
must exhaust into the air box to the rear of
the intakes. The lower breather tube must be
blocked off.
The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Chain guard,
c) Polution air injection control systems,
d) Rear fender,
e) Steering damper.
The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Rider height adjuster, providing there
is no modification or alteration to the
frame or rear suspension control unit,
c) MA approved lap timing devices,
15
ROAD RACING
d) MA approved fuel metering devices
that plug into the original electrical
connectors with no modification to the
wiring harness. Std OEM ECU must be
retained and operative,
e) Frame protective sliders, and,
f) Engine cut lanyard attached to the rider
that will cut either the ignition or fuel
supply to the engine.
15.9.0.8 The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine:
a) Brake pads and brake hoses,
b) Fairings and stream lining including
screen, rear body work and seat
section, mudguards, tank covers, air
box intake tubes and side covers,
providing the replacements are of
the same shape and appearance as
the original,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens providing replacements are
mounted on the frame at the original
mounting points,
d) Spark plug brand and type, leads
and cap,
e) External gearing and chain, but not
chain pitch,
f) Exhaust system and mounting
brackets,
g) Rear suspension damping units and
springs,
h) Front suspension, springs, damping
parts and fork top caps may be
replaced or modified, but the external
appearance of the forks must not
be modified or changed. Lower
compression housing may be changed
but must not extend any further than
10mm from the fork than the original
OEM component,
i) Clutch springs,
j) Air filters,
k) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the manufacturer
has no specific torque setting, or, it is
less than 10nm,
l)Handlebars and handle bar mounted
levers may be replaced. but
Replacements handlebars must be
mounted on at the original mounting
123
points, and,
15
Road racing
m) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted at the
original mounting points.
15.10 250 Production
15.10.0.1Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, 250
Production machines will be subject
to air inlet restrictors for power parity
adjustment, air restrictor dimensions
will be set out in the Supplementary
Regulations after MA Authorised
testing and must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance
plates for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which
they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e)Be a current model and at least 200
production machines of that make
and model must have been imported
into Australia by the manufacturer
or the Australian distributor
representing the manufacturer,
f) Be manufactured with a 250cc
Four stroke engine,
15.10.0.2Tyres must be homologated by MA
and or listed in the Supplementary
regulations and must:
a) Be commercially available in
Australia,
b) Be manufactured for road use in
all weather conditions,
c)Be not less than the machine
manufacturer’s recommended
speed and load rating,
d) Be worn no more than to the
minimum tread depth indicators,
e) Not be manufactured for only
competition use,
f) Not have an augmented or
modified tread pattern,
g) Comply with the service
description (load and speed
rating) as permanently moulded
on the OEM tyre side wall,
h) Comply with the relevant
requirements of the nominated
standard. e.g. ETRTO, JATMA &
TRA.
124 15.10.0.3The following must be removed:
enjoy the ride
a)Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d)Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f)Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and
label holder,
i) OEM top rear chain Guard,
j) Passenger footrests,
15.10.0.4The following may be replaced or
modified:
a) Fairings and stream lining
including screen, rear body work
and seat section, mudguards,
tank covers. Providing the
replacements are of the same
shape and appearance as the
original,
b) Mounting bracket for fairing,
screen and instruments, but
replacements must be mounted in
the original position on the frame,
c) Spark plug type,
d) External gearing and chain, but
not chain pitch,
e) Brake pads, linings and brake
hoses,
f) The muffler and tail connector
pipe at the bolt-on or slip-on
flange joints only, the original
header pipes must remain as
supplied by the manufacturer,
g) Front and Rear suspension
springs and internal damping
parts may be modified or
replaced, but the external
appearance of the forks and rear
shock must not be changed,
h) Handlebars and handlebar
mounted levers, but replacement
handlebars must be mounted in
the original position on the fork
assembly or top clamp,
i) Footrests and foot controls,
but the replacements must be
mounted at the original mounting
points,
j) Air filter element,
k) Engine and gearbox breather
tubes and the radiator bottle
overflow must exhaust into the air
box to the rear of the intakes. The
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
lower air box breather tubes must
be blocked.
15.10.0.5The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) MA approved fuel metering
devices that plug into the original
electrical connectors with
no modification to the wiring
harness. Std OEM ECU must be
retained and operative,
c) Screw in replaceable fuel
metering jets but carburettor
body castings and slides must
remain as manufactured by the
Manufacturer,
d) Frame Protective Sliders.
15.11Production
15.11.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, solo Production
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all States
and Territories in which they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in
Australia,
d) Be as constructed by, or modified with
the approval of, the manufacturer so as
to conform with Australian Design Rules
for normal road use.
15.11.0.2 Tyres must:
a) Be commercially available in Australia,
b) Be manufactured for road use in all
weather conditions,
c) Be not less than the machine
manufacturer’s recommended speed
and load rating,
d) Be worn no more than to the minimum
tread depth indicators,
e) Not be manufactured for only
competition use,
f) Not have an augmented or modified
tread pattern,
g) Comply with the service description
(load and speed rating) permanently
molded on the OEM tyre side wall,
h) Comply with the relevant requirements
of the nominated standard. e.g.
ETRTO, JATMA & TRA.
15.11.0.4 The following must be removed:
a)Headlamp,
15
ROAD RACING
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d)Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f)Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
15.11.0.5 Any sharp edges left by the removal of the
above components must be protected by
a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm
diameter.
15.11.0.6 The following may be replaced or modified:
a)Fairing,
b)Screen,
c) Rear bodywork,
d)Seat,
e)Mudguards,
f) Tank covers and
g) Side covers, replacements must be the
same in shape and appearance as, and
no lighter in weight than, the original.
h) Mounting bracket(s) for fairing, screen
and instruments, but replacements
must be mounted in the original position
on the frame,
i) Handlebars, but replacements must be
mounted in the original position on the
fork assembly,
j) Instruments and handlebar switches,
provided disconnections are made at
the standard connectors and the main
wiring loom is not cut,
k) Passenger footrests,
l) A steering damper may be fitted,
m) Fuel metering jets, but not carburettor
slides or needles. Replacements must
be within a numerical tolerance of plus
or minus 10% of the original,
n) Spark plug type, leads and caps,
o) External gearing, but not chain pitch,
p) Brake Pads.
15.12125cc GP Class
15.12.0.1 14 year old competitors may participate in
the 125cc GP class or the 250 GP Mono
class only provided they:
a) Satisfy their SCB of their competence,
b) Obtain a licence endorsement for Road
Racing only,
c) Compete in the 125cc GP class or
in combined classes with similar
125
performing machines. eg. 250cc
15
enjoy the ride
Road racing
Production, 400cc 4-Stroke.
d) State legislation will overide these rules
where applicable
15.12.0.2 Machines must be up to 125cc single
cylinder with a maximum of 6 speeds in the
gearbox.
15.13
250 GP Mono
15.13.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Solo 250 GP Mono
machines must:
a) Be as homologated by MA.
b) Be fitted with a single cylinder four
stroke engine with integral gearbox with
a capacity no less than 200cc and no
greater than 250cc
c) Be fitted with a complete upper and
lower fairing or stream lining
d) Chassis must be as manufactured by
the manufacturer and homologated by
MA. with no modifications.
e) Engine must be homologated with
MA. And must be as manufactured by
the manufacturer apart from the listed
modifications set out below.
f) Carry all relevant Chassis and Engine
numbers
g) Fairings and or stream lining must be
predominately painted in the Engine
Manufacturers Corporate colours
i.e. Honda=Red, Kawasaki=Green,
Suzuki=Yellow, Yamaha=Blue,
KTM=Orange.
h) One (1) machine per rider only must be
recorded with the Chassis and or VIN
number on the official entry form and
that will be the only machine accepted
by the race officials for practice,
qualifying and racing.
15.13.0.2 Tyres:
a) The choice of tyre is optional but any
restrictions on the number of tyres that
may be used must be included in the
Supp Regs.
b) Must be commercially available in
Australia
c) Be worn no more than the minimum
tread depth indicators
d) Not have an augmented or modified
tread pattern
15.130.3 The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of the
machine:
a) Fuel metering jets, but carburettors and
126
throttle bodies must remain as
supplied by the engine manufacturer for
that model.
b) Piston, Pin, Clips and Piston Rings
c) Wiring harness
d) Spark plug type and range
e) Internal suspension parts only
f) External suspension springs
g) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses
h) Rear drive chain and sprockets
i) Camshafts and cam wheels
j) Valve springs, collets and retainers
k) Footrests and foot controls, but
replacements must be mounted on the
frame at the original mounting points
l) Clutch plates and springs
m) Cylinder head gaskets
n) Exhaust and muffler system
o) Handle bars and handle bar mounted
levers
p) Carburettor or throttle body intake air
funnels
15.13.0.4 The following OEM parts may be replaced
with parts of the same manufacturer from
another OEM model:
a) Gearbox Shafts, gears and selector
mechanism
15.13.0.5 The following OEM Parts may be modified:
a) Cylinder head may be ported by
removal of material only
b) Piston valve pockets may be machined
c) Compression ratio’s may be altered by
machining of the cylinder and cylinder
head surfaces
d) Crankshaft balancing by normal
OEM methods of drilling holes
and not by excessive lightening,
Crankshaft flywheel diameter and width
dimensions must remain standard
15.13.0.6 Fuel must comply with GCR rule 15.5.0.1
15.13.0.7 The following may be added:
a) OEM engine oil cooler of the same
or other homologated engine
manufacturer provided that connecting
oil lines are of an accepted high
pressure type with either screw on
or swaged fittings as per GCR rule
15.3.1.2
b) Steering damper providing there is no
modification to the main frame
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15
ROAD RACING
2,300mm max
400mm max
65mm min
3,300mm max
15.14
FORMULA ONE sidecars
15.14.1 Formula One - Frames & Parts
15.14.1.1 The distance between the tracks left by the
centre lines of the rear motorcycle wheel and
the sidecar wheel must be at least 800mm,
but not more than 1150mm.
15.14.1.2 The overall width of the motorcycle and
sidecar, including exhausts must not exceed
1700mm.
15.14.1.3 The overall height of the motorcycle and
sidecar must not exceed 800mm, but the
airbox and the immediate bodywork over the
airbox only may be a maximum of 950mm.
15.14.1.4 The overall length of the motorcycle and
sidecar must not exceed 3300mm.
15.14.1.5 The wheelbase must not exceed 2300mm.
15.14.1.6 The minimum weight of the sidecar including
passenger and rider at the completion of
practice, qualifying or racing is 375 kg.
15.14.1.7 The ground clearance, measured at the
lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar,
race-ready with rider and passenger on
board and with the handlebars in the straight
ahead position, must be not less than 65mm.
After a race, a tolerance of -5mm is allowed.
After a wet race this check is not performed.
15.14.1.8 Devices which reduce the ground clearance
during the course of a race are not permitted.
15.14.1.9Attachment points between motorcycle
and sidecar:
a) Must be not less than 4 if the sidecar is
not integrated with the motorcycle,
b) Must not allow movement at the joints,
c) If the angle of inclination is
changeable, must be secured by
locking and not merely clamped.
15.14.1.10The engine must be positioned:
a) In such a way that the centre line of
the engine must not exceed 160 mm
beyond the centre line of the rear wheel
of the motorcycle,
b) In front of the rear wheel.
15.14.1.11The drive must be transmitted to the ground
only through the rear wheel.
15.14.1.12The underside of the platform must be flat.
15.14.1.13The lean of the motorcycle must not exceed
10 degrees from the vertical.
15.14.1.14Banking sidecars are prohibited.
15.14.1.15Machines must have a solid and effective
protective barrier between the engine and
the rider’s torso.
15.14.1.16Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
15.14.1.17A suitable passenger hand-hold must be
provided on the outer side of the rear wheel.
15.14.1.18Hand-holds must:
a) Be molded or positioned so as to
prevent direct access by the rider or
passenger to any moving parts of the
machine, and
b) Not project beyond the outer edge of
the sidecar mudguard or bodywork.
15.14.1.19Sidecars must be equipped with a rearfacing red lamp:
a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and a
maximum of 100cm2,
b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5
watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt
conventional bulb,
c) Installed at the rear of the main body
and mounted above the driving wheel,
at least 400mm above the ground,
d) Visible at all times, and
e) Switched on when the track is
127
declared wet.
15
128
Road racing
15.14.2 Formula One - Sidecar Measurements.
15.14.2.1 The passenger must be carried in a
suitably constructed sidecar with minimum
platform dimensions of 800mm x 300mm,
measured at a height of 150mm above
the platform.
15.14.2.2The body must be forward of the centre
line of the baseboard, a forward portion
of which must have an area of 230mm
high, 300mm wide and 300mm long with
at least 25mm radius to all corners.
15.14.2.3The maximum space between motorcycle
and sidecar baseboard must be 50mm
with the rider in a normal racing position.
15.14.2.4The body must be covered in at the front
end.
15.14.2.5Where a fairing is fitted:
a) The forward extremity of the
streamlining must not be more than
400mm in front of the foremost part
of the front tyre,
b) The extreme rear edge of the
streamlining must not be more than
400mm beyond the rear edge of the
rear wheel,
c) The rear wheel and sidecar wheel
must be enclosed down to the level
of the sidecar platform on the inside
and to the top of the rim flange on
the outside,
d) Spoilers and other aerodynamic
devices are authorised on condition
they do not extend beyond the overall
dimensions of the bodywork and are
an integral part of the fairing and/or
body. These shall not exceed neither
the width of the fairing nor the height
of the handlebars.
15.14.3Formula One - Oil Containment and
Underside Protection
15.14.3.1 In case of an engine breakdown, an oil
containment tray must be constructed
directly below the engine to:
a) Hold at least half of the total oil and
engine coolant capacity of the engine
(minimum 5 litres), and
b) Protect the rear wheel from any
possible oil spray.
15.14.3.2 The edges of the oil containment tray
must be at least 50mm above the bottom
of the tray.
15.14.3.3 The front of the oil containment tray must
enjoy the ride
extend upward to the base of the barrel or
assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel
is integral.
15.14.3.4 The underside of fuel tanks, engine casings
and drain plugs must be protected from
direct contact with the road surface by:
a) Their location, or
b) The fitting of an underpan, which
must cover the area of the underside
of the tank, case or plug.
15.14.3.5 Where a guard or underpan is used it must
be constructed of:
a) Steel, which must have wired or rolled
edges, and a minimum thickness of
1.6mm, or
b) Aluminium which must have wired
or rolled edges, and with a minimum
thickness of 3mm, or
c) Fibreglass which must have edges
rounded and smoothed and with a
minimum thickness of 3mm.
15.14.3.6 Oil cooler(s) and oil tanks must be mounted
below the main body, in a crash secure
position.
15.14.3.7 The fuel tank breather pipe must be fitted
with a non-return valve and must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 500cc.
15.14.3.8 Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge
into a catch tank:
a) With a minimum capacity of 2 litres,
b) Which is located in an easily
accessible position,
c) Which must be empty before the start
of each meeting.
15.14.3.9 All fuel and oil lines must be of an approved
type with high-pressure fittings.
15.14.4 Formula One - Braking
15.14.4.1 Brakes must:
a) Have at least 2 circuits operating
independently, 1 of which must
operate the sidecar and rear wheel,
the other must operate the front
wheel,
b) Be designed so that if 1 circuit fails,
the other works efficiently.
15.14.4.2 Carbon brakes are not permitted.
15.14.5 Formula One - Rider’s Seat
15.14.5.1 In the normal riding position, the rider’s feet
must be positioned behind the knees.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.14.5.2 The rider’s seat must be a minimum
of 150mm above ground level, and a
minimum of 200mm width.
15.14.5.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of the
preceding 2 sub-Rules, “feet forward”
sidecars constructed before the 1st January
1998:
a) May compete below State
Championship level,
b) Must be registered with MA.
15.14.6 Formula One - Steering
15.14.6.1 Steering must be to the front wheel only,
and may be by direct or indirect linkage.
15.14.6.2 The motorcycle must be steered by
handlebars.
15.14.6.3 The handle bar extremities must not be:
a) Lower than the front wheel axle, nor
b) More than 500mm behind the front
wheel axle.
15.14.6.4 Whatever the position of the handlebars,
there must be a space of at least 20mm
between the streamlining and the ends of
the handlebars or other steering systems
including any attachments thereto.
15.14.6.5 The steering axis must not be offset more
than 75mm from the motorcycle front
wheel centre line.
15.14.7 Formula One - Engine and Gearbox
15.14.7.1 Engines in Formula One must comply with
the following:
a) 4-strokes (maximum 4 cylinders) up
to 1000cc maximum,
b) Engines must be commercially
manufactured and readily available to
the public,
c) Bore and stroke must be as specified
by engine manufacturer,
d) Increasing the bore size to reach
class limits is not allowed,
15.14.7.2 The following may be altered or replaced:
a) The original cylinder head, but
the number of ports must remain
as originally produced by the
manufacturer,
b) Camshaft, but method of cam drive
must remain as originally produced
by the manufacturer,
c) Pistons, rings and pins,
d) Conrods, however titanium or carbon
rods are not permitted,
15
ROAD RACING
e) The ignition system, but maximum
revs are restricted to 13,000rpm,
f)Carburettors,
g) Crankshaft by lightening and
balancing,
h) Clutch basket, clutch plates, springs
and hub,
i) Sump, oilpan and oil pump.
j) Oil lines containing positive
pressure, but must be of metal
reinforced construction with swaged
or threaded connectors.
15.14.7.3 The gearbox must have no more than 6
gear ratios.
15.14.7.4The following are permitted if originally
fitted by the manufacturer:
a) Dry clutch,
b) Fuel injection. Throttle bodies must
be as originally produced by engine
manufacturer,
c) Vacuum slides may be removed or
fixed in the open position,
d) Secondary throttle valves and shafts
may be removed or fixed in the open
position and the electronics may be
disconnected or removed.
15.15 Formula Two Sidecars
15.15.1 Formula Two - Frame & Parts
15.15.1.1 The minimum weight (without fuel) is
136.5kg.
15.15.1.2 The maximum overall width is 1,700mm.
15.15.1.3 The maximum overall height is 800mm.
15.15.1.4 The maximum wheelbase is 1,651mm.
15.15.1.5 Track, as measured from the centre of
the rear wheel to the centre of the sidecar
wheel shall be:
a) Maximum of 800mm,
b) Minimum of 1,100mm.
15.15.1.6 The ground clearance, measured at the
lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar,
with the handlebars in the straight ahead
position must be not less than 65mm.
15.15.1.7 The forward extremity of the streamlining
must not be more than 400mm in front of
the foremost part of the front tyre.
15.15.1.8 The extreme rear edge of the streamlining
must not be more than 400mm to the rear
extreme edge of the rear tyre.
129
15
Road racing
15.15.1.9 At all positions of the handlebars, there
must be a minimum space of 20mm
between the ends of the handlebars and all
other parts of the machine.
15.15.1.10The passenger platform must be at least
800mm long and 300mm wide, measured
150mm above the platform.
15.15.1.11Hinged sidecars and steerable sidecar
wheels are not permitted.
15.15.1.12The Rider and Passenger must not be
attached to the machine or in any way
restrained from separating from the machine.
15.15.1.13Glass Rear view mirrors are not permitted.
15.15.1.14Reinforcement of the steering head is
allowed to a maximum of 225mm from the
centre line of the steering head.
15.15.1.15Monocoque construction is not permitted.
15.15.1.16The frame tubing must be of good quality
steel tube, with a maximum diameter of
100mm at the broadest point.
15.15.1.17Composite construction may only be used in
the sidecar platform.
15.15.1.18Titanium may not be used in the construction
of the frame, front forks, handlebars,
swinging arm and wheel axles.
15.15.1.19Light alloys may not be used for wheel axles.
15.15.1.20The streamlining must be easily detachable
for Scrutineering.
15.15.1.21Aerofoil’s or spoilers on streamlining are not
permitted.
15.15.1.22A solid and effective protection must be fitted
between the driver and the engine, so as to
prevent:
a) Direct contact between the rider’s body
or clothing,
b) Escaping flames or leaking fuel or oil.
15.15.1.23The rider’s seat must be at least 200mm
long and 150mm wide and be fitted at least
150mm above the sidecar platform.
15.15.1.24Cooling air intakes must have no forward
projection or protrusion.
15.15.1.25The battery must be covered such that neither
the driver nor the passenger can come into
contact with the battery or its contents.
15.15.1.26Sidecars must be equipped with a rearfacing red lamp:
a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and a
maximum of 100cm2,
b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5
watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt
conventional bulb,
130
enjoy the ride
c) Installed at the rear of the main body
and mounted above the driving wheel,
at least 400mm above the ground,
d) Visible at all times, and
e) Switched on when the track is declared
wet.
15.15.2 Formula Two - Oil Containment and
Underside Protection
15.15.2.1 In case of an engine breakdown, an oil
containment tray must be constructed
directly below the engine to:
a) Hold at least half of the total oil and
engine coolant capacity of the engine
(minimum 5 litres), and
b) Protect the rear wheel from any
possible oil spray.
15.15.2.2 The edges of the oil containment tray must
be at least 50mm above the bottom of the
tray.
15.15.2.3 The front of the oil containment tray must
extend upward to the base of the barrel or
assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel
is integral.
15.15.2.4 The fuel tank must be independently
protected from the ground.
15.15.2.5 The fuel tank breather pipe must be fitted
with a non-return valve and must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 500cc.
15.15.2.6 The fuel filler cap must be in such a
position that it does not protrude from the
fairing and cannot be torn off in a crash.
15.15.2.7 Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge
into a catch tank:
a) With a minimum capacity of 500ml,
b) Which is located in an easily
accessible position,
c) Which must be empty before the start
of each meeting.
15.15.3 Formula Two - Wheels, Suspension and
Brakes
15.15.3.1 Hub centre steering, remote steering
linkages and the use of articulated joints in
the steering mechanism are not permitted.
15.15.3.2 The minimum diameter of an inflated tyre
must be 400mm.
15.15.3.3 All wheels must be of metal construction
and unmodified from original manufacture.
15.15.3.4 The front suspension must be either a
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
leading or trailing fork, or links with the
wheel equally supported on each side.
15.15.3.5 The rear suspension must be of the
swinging arm type and may be single
sided.
15.15.3.6 Minimum suspension travel must be
20mm.
15.15.3.7 A sidecar must have a brake system which
must consist of:
a) 1 main system with at least 2 circuits
operating separately, 1 of which must
operate on at least 2 of the 3 wheels,
b) An emergency system operated by a
handlebar lever with a simple circuit
operating on either the front or rear
wheel of the motorcycle.
15.15.3.8 The rear mudguard must cover at least
240° of the rear wheel on the side nearest
to the sidecar wheel.
15.15.3.9 The rear driving wheel must be covered
down to the level of the sidecar platform
and around the periphery.
15.15.3.10 The sidecar wheel must be enclosed from
the sidecar platform and level with the
sidecar platform on the outside and around
the periphery.
15.15.4 Formula Two - Steering and Control
Levers.
15.15.4.1 Handlebar levers must:
a) Have ball ends attached with a
minimum diameter of 19mm,
b) Measure no more than 200mm from
the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball.
15.15.4.2 Handlebar grips must be:
a) Attached to the end of the handlebars,
b) No longer than 150mm.
15.15.4.3 Handlebars must;
a) Be above the mid-point of the riders
seat,
b) Be 450mm wide,
c) Be located on the sprung portion of
the front suspension,
d) Not touch any part of the streamlining,
regardless of the position of the bars.
15.15.4.4 All controls must be independently
mounted.
15.15.4.5 Steering of the front wheel must be by nonadjustable handlebars fixed directly to the
steering head of the motorcycle.
15.15.4.6 The front wheel axle must support the
15
ROAD RACING
machine equally on each side of the wheel.
15.15.4.7 Steering lock angle each side of straight
ahead position and measured horizontally
at ground level must be a minimum of 20°.
15.15.4.8 Handlebar clamps must be radiused and
engineered so as to avoid fracture points
in the bar.
15.15.4.9 The steering head centre may be offset no
more than 75mm from the centre line of the
rear wheel.
15.15.5 Formula Two - Rider and Passenger
15.15.5.1 The rider seated in the normal driving
position must be completely visible, with
the exception of the rider’s forearms, from
the side opposite the sidecar and from
above.
15.15.5.2 The rider’s legs must not be enclosed.
15.15.5.3 The rider’s position, regardless of whether
a driving seat is fitted, must be such that
the rider’s feet are positioned behind the
knees.
15.15.5.4 The passenger must be able to lean out
to either side of the sidecar and for this
purpose the vehicle must be fitted with
suitable closed loop type hand holds.
15.15.6 Formula Two- Engine and Gearbox
15.15.6.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Formula Two
Sidecars must be fitted with a 4-stroke
engine:
a) For 2 cylinder engines, with an engine
capacity of no more than 1,000cc,
b) For 4 cylinder engines, with an engine
capacity of no more than 600cc.
15.15.6.2 The engine must be positioned such that
the lateral centre line of the engine must not
be more than 160mm beyond the centre
line of the rear wheel of the motorcycle.
15.15.6.3 The engine must be positioned behind the
steering head and in front of the driver.
15.15.6.4 Throttle controls must be self-closing.
15.15.6.5 The drive must be transmitted through the
rear wheel.
15.15.6.6 Exhaust fumes must be discharged
towards the rear but not so as to raise dust,
foul the tyres or brakes or inconvenience a
passenger or any other rider.
15.15.6.7 The furthest extremity of the exhaust pipe
must not exceed a vertical line drawn at
a tangent to the rear edge of the sidecar
131
platform.
15
Road racing
15.15.6.8 On the side opposite the sidecar, the
exhaust pipes must not extend beyond the
streamlining.
15.15.6.9 On the other side, the exhaust pipe must
not extend beyond the width of the sidecar.
15.15.6.10 Exhaust pipes must be fitted and
positioned so as to prevent entanglement
with other machines.
15.15.6.11 The gearbox must have no more than 6
gear ratios.
15.16
YAMAHA fz6
15.16.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Yamaha FZ6
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR Compliance plates
marked with ADR approval numbers
31705 (FZ6-N) and 31060 (FZ6-S)
with a date of manufacture no earlier
than 09/03
b) Be FZ6-N or FZ6-S models as
constructed by YAMAHA
15.16.0.2 Tyres:
a) Must comply with GCR 15.2.4.2,
b) Brand, type and quantity will
be specified in Supplementary
Regulations,
c) Only when practice or a race has
been declared wet is the use of a
special trye, commonly known as a
wet tyre, is allowed. Homologation is
not required for wet tyres.
15.16.0.3 The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d)Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f)Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands.
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder, and,
i) Pillion or passenger handholds and
footpeg assemblies.
15.16.0.4 Any sharp edges left by the removal of
components mentioned in GCR 15.14.0.3
must be protected by a rolled edge or
beading of a minimum 3mm diameter
15.16.0.5 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent
must exhaust into the air box to the rear of
the intakes. The lower breather tube must
be blocked off.
132
enjoy the ride
15.16.0.6 The following may be removed:
a) Chain guard,
b) Pollution air injection control systems,
c) Rear fender and inner guards,
d) Steering damper,
e) Thermo fan,
f) Any unused electrical wiring
sections that can be unplugged
at original factory plug points with
no modification to originalk wiring
harness,
g) Lean angle sensor mounting bracket
may be removed from frame.15.15.0.7
The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Rear ride height adjuster, providing
there is no modification to chassis or
linkage,
c) MA approved lap timing devices,
d) Frame protective sliders, and,
e) Engine cut lanyard attached to the
rider that will cut either the ignition or
fuel supply to the engine.
15.16.0.8 The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine:
a) Brake pads and brake hoses,
b) Bikini fairing and screen,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens providing replacements are
mounted on the frame at the original
mounting points,
d) Spark plug brand and type, leads and
cap,
e) External gearing and chain pitch and
size,
f) Exhaust muffler and tail pipe, but
original header and collector system
must be retained,
g) Rear suspension damping units and
springs,
h) Front suspension, springs and internal
damping parts may be modified or
replaced, but the external appearance
of the forks must not be changed,
i) Clutch springs,
j) Air filters,
k) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the manufacturer
has no specific torque setting, or, it is
less than 10nm,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.17
l)Handlebars,
m) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted at the
original mounting points,
n) Seat and seat foam style and type,
o) Crash resistant engine end cases and
frame protectors as per the GCRs
Junior Competition Eligibility
NOTE: New rules are being developed for the
70cc and 80cc 2-stroke classes, the
rules should be announced and posted
on the MA website in late February 2012
15.17.0.1 In addition to the General Rules regulating
all competition, the following apply to Junior
Competition:
a) 7 to under 10 up to 50cc automatic,
b) 9 to under 12 13 up to 50cc manual,
c) 9 to under 12 13 up to 70cc manual,
d) 12 13 to under 16 up to 80cc 2-stroke
or 160cc 4-stroke manual,
e) 14 and above 125cc Grand Prix
2-stroke and 250cc GP mono
4-stroke,
15.17.0.2 For Junior Road Racing number plate
15.18
colours will be:
a) Up to 70cc: Canary Yellow
background colour with black figures,
b) 70cc and over: Black background
colour with white figures.
Junior Solo Road Racing 80cc
15.18.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Junior Solo
Road Race 80cc 2-stroke powered
machines must:
a) Be of no greater capacity than 80cc,
b) Carry all relevant chassis and engine
numbers,
c) Be as have a chassis which is
constructed by an established the
manufacturer in accordance with
specifications supplied or approved
by MA.
15.18.0.2Tyres must:
a) Be commercially available in
Australia, and homologated,
b) Be worn to no more than the
minimum tread depth indicators,
c) Can have treaded or slick tyres fitted
15.18.0.3Tyre warmers may be used. Tyre
treatment may not be used.
15.18.0.4 The following may be altered or modified.
a) The fuel system, with a 1 way vented
15
ROAD RACING
system breathing into a separate
steel or aluminium catch bottle with a
minimum capacity of 250cc.
b) Fuel metering jets,
c) The cylinder and cylinder head, for
the purposes of repair but original
material and all original dimensions
must be retained,
d) Spark plug type and range,
e) Front fork oil and spring pre-load
settings,
f) Brake friction materials,
g) Sprockets and chains,
h) The cooling system, but only water
may be used as a coolant,
i) No other alterations or modifications
are permitted.
15.18.0.5 OEM carburetors must be used. The throat
diameter must not exceed 28mm.
15.18.0.6 Paper or foam type filters must may be
fitted.
15.18.0.7 Still air boxes or air filter assemblies may
not be fitted.
15.18.0.8 Data loggers are not allowed.
15.19 Junior Solo Road Racing 160cc
15.19.1.1Machines must be 4-stroke and OEM.
15.19.1.2The following may be modified:
a) External gearing,
b) Carburettor jetting,
c) Handlebars and footrests, provided
original mounting points are used.
15.19.1.3 Only treaded tyres may be used.
15.19.1.4The use of tyre warmers is permitted.
15.19.1.5Data loggers are not allowed.
15.20 Protective Clothing - MINIMOTO
15.20.0.1No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Minimoto competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
15.20.1Helmet
15.20.1.1An approved and correctly fitting fullfaced helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
15.20.2 Clothing - Classes other than Supers
Elite Open
15.20.2.1Protective Clothing must consist of:
133
a) Full leathers (1 or 2 piece),
15
b) Minimoto race suits, or
c) Motocross pants/jeans (Including
body armour and knee sliders),
d) A leather jacket must be worn in any
class and while riding at any time.
15.202.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector.
15.20.3 Clothing - Supers Elite Open Classes
15.20.3.1Protective Clothing must consist of:
15.20.3.2A 1 piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.20.3.3Where jackets or 1 piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a safety
strap must be fitted and secured at the
neck.
15.20.3.4A commercially manufactured back
protector.
15.20.4 Footwear
15.20.4.1Boots with ankle protection which must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability. but not constructed of
rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
15.20.5Gloves
15.20.5.1Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.20.6 Goggles and Visors
15.20.6.1Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet
visors and/or “tear-offs” must be worn
provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
134
enjoy the ride
Road racing
15.20.7 Hair and Jewellery
15.20.7.1Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
15.20.7.2Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
15.20.8 Footwear in pits
15.20.8.1Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
lane at all times.
15.21
FRAMES and PARTS - minimoto
AND MINIMOTARD
15.21.0.1Minimotos must be fixed or rigid framesno suspension.
15.21.0.2Minimotos must have a working handlebar
mounted engine kill-switch.
15.21.0.3Foot pegs must be covered in plastic,
rubber or nylon.
15.21.1Tyres
15.21.1.1Knobby tyres are only permitted in
Minimotard classes.
15.21.1.2Treaded road tyres may be used at any
time.
15.21.2Rims
15.21.2.1Classes other than Minimotard - Rims
must be 6.5” diameter.
15.21.2.2Minimotard classes - Rims other than 6.5”
diameter may be used.
15.21.3Brakes
15.21.3.1A pin or locknut must be fitted to the brake
pad fixture. The safety wire used on the
brake caliper bolts must be visible.
15.21.3.2Classes other than Minimotard - Brakes
must may be cable or hydraulically
operated.
15.21.3.3Handlebar levers must have ball ends
with a minimum diameter of 10mm.
15.21.4 Rider identification
15. 21.4.1Additional to numbers on the machine,
competitors must wear a high visibility vest
with the number on the front and the rear.
Numbers must comply with GCR 12.6 11.5.
15.22
ENGINES - minimoto AND
MINIMOTARD
15.22.1 As per GCR 15.2 plus:
15.22.1.1Lock wiring used on oil and water filler
caps and drain plugs must be visible.
15.22.1.2Classes other than Minimotard:
a) Single cylinder,
b)Pull-start,
c) 2-stroke engines,
d) Less than 51cc.
15.22.1.2A non-return valve must be fitted to the
tank breather pipe which must discharge
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 100cc.
15.22.1.4Production based and Junior Classes do
not allow:
a) Any interior engine work that will
benefit performance, including
porting and flowing,
b) Abrasives to be used to clean interior
engine parts,
c) Machining of any description,
d) Replacement of standard engine
parts for performance parts.
15.22.1.3Other than Minimotards: Final drive must
be single speed via a dry centrifugal
clutch (adjustable allowable).
15.22.1.4Minimotards may have manual or
automatic gearboxes.
15.22.1.5Minimotards must be fitted with a hose
running from the crankcase breather into
a catch tank with a minimum capacity of
200cc.
15.22.1.6Fuel must not leak when machine is laid
on each side. Use of an O-Ring under cap
permitted.
15.22.2Minimoto Supers
15.22.2.1Junior riders (under 16 years) cannot
compete with Senior riders
15.22.2.2Seniors and Juniors Class 1: Basic
CAG (Chinese air cooled copy of Italian
original):
a) Capacity: Maximum 51cc,
b) Crankcase: Standard air-cooled
CAG only,
c) Crankshaft: Standard half circle
CAG only,
d) Connecting rod & piston: Chinese
made,
e) Seals: Bearings, Gaskets: Open,
f)Head/Barrel: Standard CAG
only, maximum two intake & one
exhaust port without modification,
must be cast only,
g) Coil: Standard CAG only,
h) Timing key allowed,
i) Flywheel: Standard without
modification,
j) Spark Plug: Open,
k) Clutch: Open,
l) Carburettor: Maximum 15mm bore
m) Air filter: Open,
n) Reed block: Standard CAG only,
o) Reeds: Material open,
15
p)
q)
r)
s)
ROAD RACING
Exhaust system: Open,
Tyres: Open,
Gear ratios: Open,
Machining: Porting, Machining
(including polishing) of Barrel/
head, Crankcase, Crankshaft,
Con-rod, Piston or flywheel is NOT
permitted,
t) Non-programmable ignition
systems must be used. No
combustion enhancers such as
NOS may be used and all bikes
must be naturally aspirated.
15.22.2.3Seniors and Juniors Class 2: Pro CAG.
a) Capacity: Up to 51cc,
b) Crankcase: Standard aircooled
CAG only,
c) Crankshaft: Open,
d) Connecting rod & piston: Chinese
made,
e) Seals: Bearings, Gaskets: Open,
f)Head/Barrel: Open,
g) Coil: Standard CAG only,
h) Timing keyway allowed,
i) Flywheel: Open,
j) Spark Plug: Open,
k) Clutch: Open,
l) Carburettor: Open,
m) Air filter: Open,
n) Reed block: Open,
o) Reeds: Material open,
p) Exhaust system: Open,
q) Tyres: Open,
r) Gear ratios: Open,
s) Chain: Open,
t) Machining: Open,
u) Non-programmable ignition
systems must be used. No
combustion enhancers such as
NOS may be used and all bikes
must be naturally aspirated.
15.22.2.4Seniors and Juniors Class 3: Elite
Aircooled.
a) Capacity: Maximum 51cc
aircooled only,
b) Crankcase: Open,
c) Crankshaft: Open,
d) Connecting rod & piston: Open,
e) Seals, Bearings, Gaskets: Open,
f)Head/Barrel: Open,
g) Coil: Open,
h) Timing key: Open,
i) Flywheel: Open,
j) Spark Plug: Open,
135
15
Road racing
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
q)
r)
s)
t)
u)
Clutch: Open,
Clutch Bell: Open,
Carburettor: Open,
Air filter: Open,
Reed block: Open,
Reeds: Material open,
Exhaust system: Open,
Tyres: Open,
Gear ratios: Open,
Machining: Open,
Non-programmable ignition
systems must be used. No
combustion enhancers such as
NOS may be used and all bikes
must be naturally aspirated.
15.22.2.5Seniors and Juniors Class 4: Basic
Chinese Watercooled:
a) Capacity: Maximum 51cc,
b) Crankcase: Chinese,
c) Crankshaft: Chinese,
d) Connecting rod & piston: Chinese
made,
e) Seals, Bearings, Gaskets: Open
f)Barrel / Head: Standard Chinese
for that model,
g) Coil: Standard Chinese,
h) Timing key: Standard Chinese,
i) Flywheel: Original Chinese,
j) Spark Plug: Open,
k) Clutch: Open,
l) Carburettor: Open,
m) Air filter: Open,
n) Reed block: Standard Chinese,
reed spacer accepted.
o) Reeds: Material open,
p) Exhaust system: Chinese made,
but can be modified to suit
application. Stinger/Muffler open,
q) Tyres: Open,
r) Gear ratios: Open,
s) Machining: Porting, Machining
(including polishing) of Barrel/
head, Crankcase, Crankshaft,
Con-rod, Piston or flywheel is NOT
permitted,
t) Non-programmable ignition
systems must be used. No
combustion enhancers such as
NOS may be used and all bikes
must be naturally aspirated.
15.22.2.6
Seniors and Juniors Class 5: Pro
Chinese Watercooled:
a) Capacity: Maximum 51cc,
b) Crankcase: Chinese made,
136
enjoy the ride
c) Crankshaft: Chinese made,
d) Connecting rod & piston: Chinese
made,
e) Seals, Bearings, Gaskets: Open,
f)Barrel: Chinese made,
g)Head: Open,
h) Coil: Open,
i) Timing key: Open,
j) Flywheel: Open,
k) Spark Plug: Open,
l) Clutch: Open,
m) Carburettor: Open,
n) Air filter: Open,
o) Reed block: Open,
p) Reed Material: Open,
q) Exhaust system: Open,
r) Tyres: Open,
s) Gear ratios: Open,
t) Machining: Open,
u) Non-programmable ignition
systems must be used. No
combustion enhancers such as
NOS may be used and all bikes
must be naturally aspirated.
15.22.2.7Seniors and Juniors Class 6: Elite
Open 40cc:
a) May be air or watercooled,
b) Origin open, (may be Chinese or
European made),
c) Capacity: Maximum 40cc,
d) Crankcase: Open,
e) Crankshaft: Open, maximum
39.2mm stroke,
f) Connecting rod & piston: Open,
g) Seals, Bearings, Gaskets: Open,
h)Head/Barrel: Open,
i) Coil: Open,
j) Timing key: Open,
k) Flywheel: Open,
l) Spark Plug: Open,
m) Clutch: Open,
n) Clutch Bell: Open,
o) Carburettor: Maximum 14mm.
Must be marked as 14mm or less
by OEM, or Carburetor must be
sized before commencement of
racing by the Clerk Of Course,
then marked and sealed,
p) Air filter: Open,
q) Reed block: Open,
r) Reeds: Material Open,
s) Exhaust system: Open,
t) Tyres: Open,
u) Gear ratios: Open,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
v) Chain: Open,
w) Machining: Open,
x) Non-programmable ignition
systems must be used. No
combustion enhancers such as
NOS may be used and all bikes
must be naturally aspirated.
15.22.2.8Seniors and Juniors Class 7: Elite
Open 50cc;
a) May be air or watercooled,
b) Origin open, (may be Chinese or
European made),
c) Capacity: Maximum 51cc,
d) Crankcase: Open,
e) Crankshaft: Open,
f) Connecting rod & piston: Open,
g) Seals, Bearings, Gaskets: Open,
h)Head/Barrel: Open,
i) Coil: Open,
j) Timing key: Open,
k) Flywheel: Open,
l) Spark Plug: Open,
m) Clutch: Open,
n) Clutch Bell: Open,
o) Carburettor: Open,
p) Air filter: Open,
q) Reed block: Open,
r) Reeds: Material Open,
s) Exhaust system: Open,
t) Tyres: Open,
u) Gear ratios: Open,
v) Chain: Open,
w) Machining: Open,
x) Non-programmable ignition
systems must be used. No
combustion enhancers such as
NOS may be used and all bikes
must be naturally aspirated.
15.22.2.9Seniors and Juniors Class 8: Maxi
Bikes:
a) Capacity: Up to 51 cc two stroke
or up to 110cc four stroke
aircooled,
b) Motor: Chinese,
c) Maximum 12’ wheels,
d) Gear box: CVT or locked in one
gear no manual changing of
gears,
e) All other parts open,
f) Tyres: Open,
g) No combustion enhancers such
as NOS,
15
ROAD RACING
15.22.3Minimotard
15.22.3.1Junior riders (under 16 years) cannot
compete with Senior riders.
15.22.3.2Class 5 (A & B): Minimotard 2 & 4 stk:
a) Must be Motard designed bike, no
road race type bikes allowed,
b) Age and capacity limitation,
Seniors - 4 stroke up to 160cc (auto or
manual) or 2 stroke up to 85cc (auto or
manual),
Juniors age 9 to under 13, 4 stroke up
to 125cc (auto or manual) or 2 stroke
85cc (auto or manual),
Juniors age 13 to under 16, 4 stroke up
to 140cc (auto or manual) or 2 stroke
85cc (auto or manual),
15.22.3.3Class 5 / A – Chinese 4 stroke Example Motovert, PitsterPro, Thumpstar, DHZ etc
a) Capacity: As mentioned above 4
stroke only,
b) Bike (frame), Engine, barrel
and head must be Chinese
manufacture,
c) Engine must be horizontal design,
d) Engine work unlimited (up to
capacity for specific classes),
e) Fuel must comply with 2011 GRC
15.5.01,
f) Engines may be air/oil cooled
only, (no watercooled),
g) Gear box maybe used,
h) Maximum wheel base: 1250mm,
i) Frames: To be open cradle design/
construction,
j) Maximum wheel size up to 12”
front and up to 12” rear,
k) Treaded or slick road tyres must
be used (opposed to 2011 GRC
15.20.1.1),
l) No combustion enhancers such
as NOS may be used and all bikes
must be naturally aspirated.
15.22.3.4Class 5 / B – Open 2 and 4 stroke
Example - Honda, Kawasaki, Yamaha,
KTM, BBR, Takegawa etc
a) Capacity: As mentioned above,
b) Bike and engine may be of any
country of origin, (outside of
China),
c) Engine may be horizontal or
vertical design,
137
15
Road racing
d) Engine work unlimited (up to
capacity for specific classes),
e) Fuel must comply with 2011 GRC
15.5.01,
f) Engines may be air/oil or
watercooled. The only coolant
permitted is water (2011 GRC
15.2.1.5),
g) Gear box maybe used,
h) Maximum wheel size up to 12”
front and up to 12” rear,
i) Treaded or slick road tyres must
be used (opposed to 2011 GRC
15.20.1.1),
j) No combustion enhancers such
as NOS may be used and all bikes
may be naturally aspirated or EFI.
15.23 ROAD BIKE FREESTYLE
15.23.0.1Any size machine is acceptable for Road
Bike Freestyle.
15.23.1 Road Bike FreestyleLicence Conditions
15.23.1.1No person may participate in Road Bike
Freestyle unless they:
a) Are at least 18 years of age,
b) Have a current MA Senior National
Competition licence endorsed for
Road Bike Freestyle by the relevant
RCB,
c) Wear the required protective clothing
as per GCR 15.4
15.23.1.2To gain a Road Bike Freestyle
endorsement, a rider must:
a) Have a MA Senior National
Competition licence,
b) Successfully complete the MA
competency assessment for Road
Bike Freestyle conducted by an
assessor approved by MA.
15.23.1.3A person with this endorsement can only
perform at MA approved events.
15.23.1.4The endorsing Assessor/Coach must:
a) Reach the requirements set by MA to
endorse Road Bike Freestyle,
b) Have a minimum Level 1 Coaching
Accreditation and Licence.
138
enjoy the ride
15.24 Competition Rules - ROAD
RACING
15.24.1 Road Racing - Qualifying
15.24.1.1Unless otherwise provided for in the
SR, qualifying for starting grid positions
must be held.
15.24.1.2For events consisting of more than
1 race, starting grid positions will be
determined by the following methods:
a) For the first, by qualifying time,
b) Subject to the SR, for a
subsequent race in the same
event, by qualifying order or
by the order of finishing in the
immediately preceding race.
15.24.1.3In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
15.24.1.4Subject to the SR, the Clerk of Course
may permit any competitor who does
not qualify to start.
15.24.2 Starting Grid Format - Solo
15.24.2.1The starting grid format for solo
machines will be as follows:
a) The fastest qualifying machine will
occupy pole position which will be
in the front row on the opposite
side of the track from the direction
of the first corner,
b) The remaining machines will
be arranged on the grid in
descending order of qualifying
times according to the following
pattern.
c) All machines must start within
their nominated grid position
parallel to track direction
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
1m
Pole
1m
2m
2nd
9m
15
3m
ROAD RACING
Direction of racing
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
FIG 15.23.2
11th
Starting Grid (solo)
Use 1st row dimensions
(shown) as a model for
each subsequent row.
12th
13th
14th
15th
16th
15.23.3 Starting Grid Format - Sidecars
15.23.3.1The starting grid format for sidecars will be as follows:
a) The fastest qualifying machine will occupy pole position which will be in the front row on the
opposite side of the track from the direction of the first corner,
b) The remaining machines will be arranged on the grid in descending order of qualifying times
according to the following pattern:
2m
Pole
10m
2m
FIG 15.23.3
Starting Grid (sidecars)
Use dimensions (shown)
as a model for each
subsequent row
2nd
3rd
8m
4th
5th
Direction of racing
6th
139
15
Road racing
15.24.4 Grid Positions - Minimoto
15.24.4.1There must be a maximum of 5 riders per
row with a minimum of 1 metre between
the riders; and
15.24.4.2There must be a minimum of 2 metres
between rows.
15.24.4.3No more than 30 riders may participate in
each race.
15.24.5 Starting - Minimoto
15.24.5.1Unless otherwise provided for in SR,
massed starts must be used.
15.24.5.2Unless otherwise provided for in SR,
qualifying for starting positions must be held.
15.24.5.3In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
15.24.6 Road Racing- Jump Starts
15.24.6.1Each machine must remain stationary
within its grid position until the start signal
is given.
15.24.6.2A jump start occurs when there is any
movement from the machine or the
machine is not in its nominated grid
position when the field is in the starters
control prior to the start signal being
shown.
15.24.7 Minimoto – False Starts
15.24 7.1Upon recommendation of the Clerk of
Course, a board showing “Stop & Go” as
well as the riding number will be shown at
the finish area to the rider who made the
false start.
15.24.7.2The rider making the false start must:
a) Go to the designated “Stop & Go”
penalty zone,
b) Bring their machine to a stop (the
engine must not be turned off),
c) Remain stationary for a full 5
seconds.
15.24.7.3The rider may then re-join the race.
15.24.7.4This procedure is under the strict control
of the designated Marshals.
a) If a rider fails to stop after being
shown the Stop & Go board 3 times,
the rider will be black flagged,
b) If more than 1 rider is to be
penalised, the riders will be signaled
on subsequent laps.
140
enjoy the ride
c) Where the Marshals have been
unable to carry out the “Stop & Go”
procedure before the end of the race,
the rider will incur a time penalty of
15 seconds.
15.24.8 Road Racing - Stopping and Re-running
15.24.8.1The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
and considers that such conduct has:
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member, or
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or more
of the other competitors in the event,
may declare the event void and order a
re-run.
15.24.8.2If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct, or
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
15.24.8.3A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an
event and order it to be re-run if it would
be dangerous for it to continue.
15.24.8.4In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down his or
her machine in the interests of
safety, or
iii) Left the course in the interests of
safety,
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from, or
v) Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event,
may not participate.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.24.8.5Where the Steward or Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger, the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed:
i) The stopped race will be
declared null and void,
ii) The race may be re-run,
iii) The re-run race will be for the
full race distance,
iv) The original grid positions will be
used,
v) The place of any machine
unable to take part in the re-run
race will be left vacant,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance, have been
completed:
i) The race may be re-started, but
only once,
ii) The restart must occur no more
than 30 minutes after the race
has been stopped,
iii) The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv) Positions on the grid for the restarted race will be determined
by the order of competitors at
the finish line of the last full lap
of the stopped race,
v) Only competitors who have
completed at least 75% of
the laps completed by the
leading competitor at the time
of stopping will be permitted to
participate in the re-started race,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer,
vii) The stopped race and any re-run
will be deemed to be parts of the
1 race,
viii) The winner will be the competitor
having the highest number of
laps at the finish,
15
Road racing
ix) Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps, the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x) If at least 75% of the scheduled
race distance is completed, full
points will be awarded,
xi) If less than 75% of the
scheduled race distance is
completed, half points will be
awarded.
15.24.9 Road Racing - Refueling
15.24.9.1During refueling, each machine must be
stationary with the engine stopped.
15.24.9.2Refueling will be deemed to have
commenced when the fuel tank has been
opened and completed when the tank is
closed.
15.24.9.3While refueling is being undertaken in pit
lane, 1 pit crew member must:
a) Be designated to attend to any fire
which may occur,
b) Stand near the machine and
overhead tower (if used),
c) Have a minimum 9kg fire
extinguisher suitable for
extinguishing inflammable liquid fires
ready to operate.
15.24.10 Road Racing - Refueling Devices
15.24.10.1When the SR allow for refueling in pit
lane during an event, the Scrutineer
of the meeting, or their nominee, prior
to that event must specifically approve
the refueling equipment. The inspection
procedure will be detailed in SR.
15.24.10.2Refueling may only be carried out by the
use of either:
a) An overhead tower, or
b) A refueling churn.
15.24.10.3Overhead tower refueling systems must
comply with the following:
a) Fuel to be stored in a single
container no more than 2 metres
above pit lane,
b) The container must not exceed 40
litres in capacity and must have a
closed top,
c) A filler cap must be fitted,
d) A breather pipe not exceeding 70mm
141
inside diameter must be fitted,
15
142
Road racing
e) The container may have a conical
bottom, with the overall height of the
container and cone not exceeding
800mm,
f) A flexible hose not exceeding 40mm
inside diameter and 2 metres in
length must be fitted to the bottom
of the container and equipped with a
“dead man” shut-off valve,
g) The container may be fitted with
tubing of not more than 120mm in
length and inside diameter of 25mm
beyond the shut off valve,
h) The container must be mounted on a
self supporting tower and must not be
held by or attached to any person,
i) Cistern type fuel cocks are not
permitted.
15.24.10.4The overhead tower, including reservoir
and delivery hose must:
a) Remain behind the pit wall, or
b) Be contained entirely within the pit
garage.
15.24.10.5Delivery hoses may be moved into the
pit lane from pit garages a maximum of 3
minutes prior to any pit stop and must be
held by the relevant attendant at all times
while in pit lane.
15.24.10.6Refueling churns must comply with the
following:
a) A maximum capacity of 40 litres,
b) Be designed to prevent fuel spillage
regardless of the angle at which the
churn is oriented,
c) May have a conical bottom, with the
overall height of the churn and cone
not exceeding 800mm,
d) Be fitted with a single flexible
delivery hose with minimum flexibility
between the churn and the fuel cock.
15.24.10.7All churns and associated equipment
must;
a) Remain behind the pit wall, or
b) Be contained entirely within the pit
garage.
15.24.10.8Churns may be moved into the pit lane
from pit garages a maximum of 3 minutes
prior to any pit stop and must be held by
the relevant attendant at all times while in
pit lane.
enjoy the ride
15.24.10.9Any refueling in pit lane or paddock area
not utilising the above procedures must:
a) Be under taken with the machine
either totally within a pit garage, or
b) In an area of the paddock specifically
designated for the purpose of
refueling.
15.25 Australian Superbike
championship
15.25.1 Australian Superbike Championship Allocation of Numbers
15.25.1.1In each class, riding numbers from 1 to 10
will be allocated to riders in the order they
finished the previous year’s Series.
15.25.2 Australian Superbike Championship Starting
15.25.2.1Each event:
a) Must use a clutch start,
b) Must be preceded by a sighting lap
and a warm-up lap.
15.25.2.2Any competitor who does not complete
the warm-up lap must start the event from
Pit Lane.
15.25.2.3Pole position will be on the side of the
track opposite to the direction taken by
the track in the first corner after the start.
15.25.3 Australian Superbike Championship Restriction on Tyres
15.25.3.1In Superbike events, where there is a
restriction on the number of tyres used,
hand cut slicks will be deemed to be slicks.
15.25.4 Australian Superbike Championship Points and Ties
15.25.4.1The competitor who obtains pole position
will receive 1 additional point in the
Championship.
15.25.4.2In the event of a tie, the competitor with
the greatest number of highest placings
will be awarded 1 additional point.
15.25.4.3Where a tie still exists, the competitor with
the highest placing in the round, which is
that competitor’s lowest scoring event in
the series, will be awarded 1 additional
point.
15.25.5 Australian Superbike Championship Race Distances
15.25.5.1The race distances will be according to
the Series SR.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.25.6Australian Superbike Championship Scrutineering
15.25.6.1Machines must be delivered to an area
nominated by the series Scrutineer at
the conclusion of each series race and
qualifying session.
15.25.6.2Machines may not be removed from that
area without the permission of the series
Scrutineer.
15.25.7Scoring
15.25.7.1 The results for each competitor in each
event will be determined by the allocation
to that competitor of points in accordance
with the following table:
15
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POINTS
25
20
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
Road racing
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15.25.7.2 If a tie on points occurs for any position
in an event which is conducted over more
than 1 race, the tying competitor who has
the higher finishing position in the final
race of the event will be awarded the
position.
15.25.7.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position in
a Series, the tying competitor who has the
greatest number of higher placing’s in the
Series will be awarded the position.
Casey Stoner, Phillip Island (Jeremy Gray)
143
enjoy the ride
16
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
An Overview
The following Rules governing Historic Road Racing
motorcycles are written to facilitate the organisation
of uniform and fair competition.
The express purpose of these Rules is to ensure
the motorcycles are in a condition, which is visually
compatible with the period of racing being portrayed.
These Rules are to be interpreted so as to ensure
that motorcycles are presented in the spirit of the
period. All machines should be prepared to a
high standard of cosmetic appearance.
16.1
Protective Clothing –
HISTORIC road racing
16.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Historic Road Racing
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
16.1.1Helmet
16.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full face
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
16.1.2Clothing
16.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather
or enclosed plastic foam at least
8mm thick:
i)Shoulders,
ii)Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint, &
iv)Knees.
144
16.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers or a
full kevlar suit except where suits are
fitted with integral back protection.
16.1.3 Footwear
16.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater durability.
but not constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
16.1.3.2 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear
ankle length boots.
16.1.4Gloves
16.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
16.1.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers
on sidecars.
16.1.5 Goggles and Visors
16.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
16.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
16.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
16.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
16.1.7 Footwear in pits
16.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
lane at all times.
16.2
Categories & ClassesHistoric Road Racing
16.2.0.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility,
machines are categorised as follows:
PERIOD
NAME
Period 1
Veteran
Period 2
Vintage
Period 3
Classic
Period 4
Post Classic
Period 5
Forgotten Era
Period 6
New Era
DATE RANGES
Up to 31st December
1919.
1st January 1920 to
31st December 1945.
1st January 1946 to
31st December 1962.
1st January 1963 to
31st December 1972.
1st January 1973 to
31st December 1982.
1st January 1983 to
31st December 1990.
16.2.1Classes
16.2.1.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility
there will be the following classes:
CLASS
Ultra lightweight
Lightweight
Junior
Solo
Solo
Solo
Senior
Unlimited
Solo
Solo
Sidecar
Sidecar
Period 2 Junior
Period 2 Unlimited
Period 3 Formula 700
Period 4 Formula 750
Period 5 Formula 750
Period 6 250
Production
Period 6 Formula 750
Period 6 Formula
1300 1000
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc
132cc to 250cc
263cc to 350cc
(excludes Period 6)
368cc to 500cc
526cc to 1300cc
(excludes Period 6)
Up to 1300cc
(excludes Period 6)
Up to 350cc
368cc to 1300cc
526cc to 700cc
526cc to 750cc
526cc to 750cc
250cc
526cc to 750cc
788cc to 1300cc
1000cc
16.2.1.2 Competitors are eligible to enter:
a) the capacity and Era class as shown
in the machine’s logbook and,
b) the next capacity class in that Era
16Historic ROAD RACING
c) P3 500 machines are not allowed
to compete in the Formula 700
class.
16.2.2 Log Books
16.2.2.1 Log books are mandatory for Historic
Road Racing competitions.
16.2.2.2 Log books must:
a) Be produced by the entrant at
Scrutineering,
b) Be available for presentation at any
other time during the race meeting,
c) Contain provision for Scrutineers to
record any alterations or changes to
machine.
16.2.2.3 International Competitors
a) Bona-fide international competitors
riding machines from countries other
than Australia may compete without
a log book providing prior approval
is granted by MA, and the machine
complies with a safety inspection,
b) Overseas competitors machines
must comply with either their
own competition rules or
those of Australia and not be a
combination of both to gain a
competitive advantage.
16.2.2.4 With the exception of machines covered
by GCR 16.2.2.3, machines that do not
hold a log book cannot compete.
16.2.2.5 Log book application forms are available
from MA, the MA website www.ma.org.au,
or from SCBs.
16.2.2.6 To assist in the issuing of a logbook
upon completion of the machine, before
commencing the building of a machine
that consists primarily of replicated
parts, plans and specifications must be
submitted to MA for interim approval.
Application forms for this purpose are
available from www.ma.org.au.
16.3
NOISE EMISSIONS-HISTORIC ROAD
RACING
16.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided
for in the SR or by the circuit hire
agreement
16.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10.2
16.3.0.3 The FIM guidelines for use of sound level
meters must be followed.
145
enjoy the ride
16Historic ROAD RACING
16.3.0.4 Provided noise emission levels are not
exceeded, exhaust systems may operate
without silencers.
16.4
Eligibility - Historic Road Racing
16.4.0.1 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest
wholly upon the rider or entrant of the
machine. Service and Parts Manual
publication dates are not proof of eligibility.
16.4.0.2 Entrants must enter their motorcycles
at historic meetings quoting the year of
manufacture.
16.4.0.3 The eligibility and dating of Historic
motorcycles shall be considered in terms
of major and minor components and the
period of the motorcycle shall be the
period of the latest major component.
16.4.0.4 For all historic competition, the year of the
manufacture of a motorcycle is defined as
the year of manufacture of the machine or
of its latest major component.
16.4.0.5 For the purpose of these rules “Year of
manufacture” is defined as the year in
which:
a) For a road based bike the machine
or its latest major component was
first generally available for sale and
delivery to the purchaser,
b) For a race bike the year in which
the machine or the latest major
component first appeared in open
competition.
16.4.0.6 The dating of replicated major components
is defined as the year of manufacture of
the original component being replicated.
16.4.0.7 Major components are:
a) All engine and gearbox external
castings,
b)Frames,
c)Swingarms,
d)Brakes,
e) Forks and fork yokes.
16.4.0.8 All other components shall be considered
as minor components.
16.4.0.9 Major components that were manufactured
outside a specific period, but which are
visually indistinguishable from period
components shall be eligible for that period.
16.4.0.10 Modifications to major components are
allowed, providing such modifications
are visually indistinguishable from
modifications proven to have been used in
the period.
146
16.4.0.11Components, whether major or minor,
prohibited from use in any period will
be deemed to be prohibited from use
in all earlier periods unless specifically
permitted under these Rules.
16.4.0.12Minor components may be modified or
updated, provided that they remain visually
compatible with the period being depicted.
16.4.0.13Components manufactured outside the
period are eligible, if permitted under
these Rules.
16.4.0.14Fairings, streamlinings and cosmetic
components must be based on patterns
known and used in the period.
16.4.0.15Worm drive hose clamps on oil lines are
permitted for periods 1,2 & 3 only.
16.4.0.16All machines, whether standard
or modified, must comply with the
specifications of the period.
16.4.0.17Everything that is not authorised and
prescribed for use under these Rules is
strictly forbidden.
16.4.1 Modification
16.4.1.1 The following parts must be removed from
any machine before it may be entered in a
competition:
a)Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Traffic indicators,
d) Reflectors,
e)Horns,
f) Rear vision mirrors,
g) Centre, rear and side stands, and
h) Registration plate and label holder.
16.4.1.2 Any sharp edges left by the removal of
these components must be protected by
a rolled edge or beading of a minimum
diameter of 3mm.
16.4.2
16.4.2.1
16.4.2.2
16.4.2.3
16.4.2.4
Capacities Engine, Frames and Parts
Cut Out Switch
Engine capacity must not exceed 1300cc.
Period 6 Only, Overbore limit of 5%
for engine reconditioning above the
Original Manufacturer’s capacity.
All machines must be fitted with a
functioning engine cut out switch which
must be either a lanyard type or handle
bar mounted.
Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fluids must be lockwired or
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
otherwise secured in the tightened position
in a manner approved by the scrutineer. All
high pressure oil lines to be secured by
a pressure type fitting on P4, P5 & P6
machines, Worm drive hose clips may be
used on P1, P2 & P 3 machines.
16.4.2.5 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
(a) The ground
(b) Tyres or other moving parts over
the full movement of the suspension
16.4.2.6 All machines must be fitted with an oil
catch tank of a minimum capacity of
500cc, to be emptied at the end of each
race.
16.4.2.7 The only liquid coolant permitted is water.
No additives allowed.
16.4.2.8 A self closing throttle must be fitted.
16.4.2.9 4 valve heads are prohibited in all
periods unless originally fitted by the
manufacturer, or were a proven period
modification.
16.4.2.10Front and rear brake caliper mounting
bolts to be lockwired in the tightned
position.
16.4.2.11Frame protection devices may be
added providing they do not protrude
more than 80mm from the bodywork
and are no more than 80mm in
diameter.
16.4.2.12Where the exhaust system or swing
arm does not shield the sprocket a
chain guard made of suitable material
must be fitted in such a way to prevent
trapping between the lower drive chain
and the final drive sprocket at the rear
wheel.
16.5
Requirements- Historic Road
Racing - Solo
16.5.1 Periods 1 and 2
16.5.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a
primary drive guard if so driven;
16.5.1.2 Round or Oval number plates.
16.5.1.3 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications wheel
rim widths must not exceed WM3.
16.5.2 Period 3
16.5.2.1 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications, wheel
rim dimensions of a minimum of 18”
(457mm) diameter, and maximum WM3
width on all wheels.
16Historic ROAD RACING
16.5.2.2 Oval number plates.
16.5.2.3 Front and Rear Brakes:
a) Any drum brake with a maximum
internal diameter of 230mm.
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.5.3 Period 4
16.5.3.1 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications, wheel
rim dimensions of a minimum of 18”
(457mm) diameter, and maximum WM4
width on all wheels.
16.5.3.2 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.5.3.3 Reed valves and crank case induction on
2-stroke engines, but only if the engine of
original manufacture was so fitted
16.5.3.4 All lateral covers/engine cases containing
oil and which could be in contact with the
ground during a crash, must be protected
by a second cover made from composite
materials, type carbon or Kevlar , or be
fitted with heavy duty crash resistant
end cases made from solid metal. Plates
and/or bars from aluminium or steel are
also permitted. All these devices must be
designed to be resistant against sudden
shocks and must be fixed properly and
securely. Bonding alone is not a suitable
method of mounting.
16.5.3.5 All high pressure oil lines to be secured
by a pressure type fitting, worm drive
clamps do not comply.
16.5.4 Period 5
16.5.4.1 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications,
a) For 125cc to 500cc machines, the
wheel rim must have:
i) A minimum diameter of 18”
(457mm), and
ii) A maximum width of 2.5”
(63.5mm) front and 4”
(101.6mm) rear.
b) For Unlimited class the wheel rim
must have:
i) Minimum diameters of 16”
(407mm) front and minimum of
17” (432mm) rear, and
ii) A maximum width of 3.5” (89 mm)
front and 5.00” (127mm) 4.5”
(114 mm) rear.
147
enjoy the ride
16Historic Road racing
148
16.5.4.2 Period forks:
a) Forks of a type manufactured in the
period up to a maximum diameter of
41mm,
b) Forks which replicate the type
manufactured in the period up to a
maximum diameter of 41mm.
16.5.4.3 Rectangular number plates.
16.5.4.4 Front and rear brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.5.4.5 All lateral covers/engine cases containing
oil and which could be in contact with the
ground during a crash, must be protected
by a second cover made from composite
materials, type carbon or Kevlar , or be fitted
with heavy duty crash resistant end cases
made from solid metal. Plates and/or bars
from aluminium or steel are also permitted.
All these devices must be designed to be
resistant against sudden shocks and must
be fixed properly and securely. Bonding
alone is not a suitable method of mounting.
16.5.4.6 All high pressure oil lines to be secured
by a pressure type fitting, worm drive
clamps do not comply.
16.5.5 Period 6
16.5.5.1 Period forks:
a) Conventional forks of a type
manufactured in the period,
b) Conventional forks which replicate
the type manufactured in the period.
See 16.6.6.5 for exception.
16.5.5.2 Rectangular number plates.
16.5.5.3 Front and rear brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.5.5.4 All lateral covers/engine cases containing
oil and which could be in contact with the
ground during a crash, must be protected
by a second cover made from composite
materials, type carbon or Kevlar, or be fitted
with heavy duty crash resistant end cases
made from solid metal. Plates and/or bars
from aluminium or steel are also permitted.
All these devices must be designed to be
resistant against sudden shocks and must
be fixed properly and securely. Bonding
alone is not a suitable method of mounting.
16.5.5.5 Formula 750/1000 Based Machines
To be eligible for a Formula class, machines
shall be of a make and model that was
generally available to the Australian public
during the period as supplied by the original
factory of manufacture for normal road use. It
is expected that machines will not be altered
significantly from the original specification;
accordingly all modifications will need to be
proven to be of the revalant period.
The following items must remain standard
to the original specification to comply with
Formula classification:
a) Frame (from steering head to rear of
seat support) (frame may be braced;
brackets for road-going equipment may
be removed),
b) Petrol tank (fillers & taps may be
removed/replaced. Fuel capacity may
be reduced or enlarged as long as
general appearance and dimensions
are not changed),
c) Engine castings,
d) Position of the cylinders and heads
relitive to the crank case,
e) Number of valves and ports in the
engine on both the intake and exhaust
side.
f) Bodywork and seat changes for
catch tray and provision of suitable
area for numbering are allowed
16.5.5.6 All high pressure oil lines to be secured
by a pressure type fitting, worm drive
clamps do not comply.
16.6
PROHIBITED USES - Historic
Road Racing - Solo
16.6.1 For all periods except period 5 & 6:
16.6.1.1 Slick or grooved slick tyres.
16.6.1.2 Shock absorbers with remote or external
reservoirs.
16.6.2 Periods 1 and 2
16.6.2.1 Reed valves on 2-strokes.
16.6.2.2 Gear boxes with more than 4 speeds.
16.6.2.3 Hydraulic & telescopic steering dampers.
16.6.3 Period 3
16.6.3.1 Direct crankcase induction other than
rotary disc valve on 2-strokes.
16.6.3.2 Reed valves on 2-strokes.
16.6.3.3 Non-motorcycle
engines
and
transmissions.
16.6.3.4 Disc brakes.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
16.6.4
16.6.4.1
16.6.4.2
16.6.4.3
16.6.4.4
16.6.4.5
16.6.4.6
16.6.4.7
Period 4
Accessory air assisted front forks.
Electronic fuel injection.
All power jet carburettors and all other
carburettors that are fitted with any form
of auxiliary/primary jet mounted so as to
feed into the air stream prior to the main
carburettor body.
Mono-shock rear ends.
The following machines or their major
components:
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD,
Mag wheels (Cast metal wheels).
Rear disc brakes, unless originally factory
fitted.
16.6.5 Period 5
16.6.5.1 Floating front and rear discs unless:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.6.5.2 The following machines or their major and
minor components:
a) Yamaha TZ250H,
b) Yamaha TZ250J,
c) 1981 Suzuki RG 500,
d) 1982 Suzuki RG 500.
16.6.5.3 Unless contained in the machine’s original
specifications, all anti-dive devices and
external fork damping.
16.6.5.4 Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti-dive
must be visually indistinguishable from
factory original.
16.6.5.5 Electronic fuel injection.
16.6.5.6 The use of carbon fibre and Kevlar
materials, and other materials presented
as having the appearance of carbon
fibre, with the exception of P5 2 stroke
machines.
16.6.6
16.6.6.1
16.6.6.2
16.6.6.3
16.6.6.4
Period 6
Radial brakes are prohibited.
Carbon fibre discs are prohibited.
Carbon fibre wheels are prohibited.
Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti-dive
must be visually indistinguishable from
factory original.
16.6.6.5 Inverted forks are excluded unless
originally fitted to the motorcycle
represented. Only original inverted forks
may be used.
16Historic ROAD RACING
16.6.6.6 Superchargers
and
Turbochargers
are prohibited unless originally fitted
equipment.
16.6.6.7 Fuel injection, where fuel is injected
directly into the combustion chambers
is not permitted. Manifold injection is
allowed provided it is the original system
supplied on the machine.
16.6.6.8 The following machines or their major
components:
Kawasaki ZXR 750 J
Yamaha FZR 1000 RU
Suzuki GSX-R1100 M
Yamaha TZ250B V-twin
Generally, machines or their major
components that were released for the
1991 model year are excluded.
16.7
Permitted uses - Historic
Road Racing - Solo
16.7.1 Periods 1 and 2
16.7.1.1 Methanol Fuel.
16.7.1.2 Amal GP, Monobloc and MK1 concentric
to 35mm (1 ⅜ inch).
16.7.1.3All period carburettors.
16.7.2 Period 3
16.7.2.1 Methanol Fuel.
16.7.2.2 The following carburettors:
a) All non-period Amal carburettors up
to 40mm, or
b) Dellorto SS1 and Dellorto concentric
non-pumper carburettors up to
40mm,
c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series
carburettors up to a nominal 30mm.
d) Mikuni VM round slide carburettors
up to 40mm,
e) Gardner Type C carburettors up to
40mm.
16.7.2.3 Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives
and electronic ignition, provided they are
concealed from view.
16.7.2.4 Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads.
16.7.2.5Reinforced gearbox castings.
16.7.3
16.7.3.1
16.7.3.2
16.7.3.3
Period 4
Mechanical fuel injection.
Methanol Fuel.
Keihin CR Special round slide carburettors
up to 33mm bore size.
149
16.7.3.4 Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers.
16
historic ROAD RACING
16.7.4 Period 5
16.7.4.1 The following machines or their major
components:
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD and LC.
16.7.4.2Spoked and mag-type (Cast metal)
wheels.
16.7.4.3 Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and
racing wets.
16.7.5 Period 6
16.7.5.1 Ride height adjuster including dog bones
and linkages.
16.7.5.2 Steering damper.
16.7.5.3 Tyre choice is open, but wheels must be
from or visually indistinguishable from
models available in the period. Maximum
rim width front = 3.5 inch, Maximum rim
width rear = 6 inch.
16.8
Requirements - Historic Road
Racing - sidecars & Cyclecars
16.8.0.1 Ground clearance of no less than 65mm
for the whole of the underside of the
machine (excluding wheels), measured
with the machine handlebars in the
straight ahead position, race ready with
rider and passenger on board,
16.8.0.2 Left Hand & Right Hand sidecars may
compete against each other in Historic
Road Racing.
16.8.1 Period 1&2
16.8.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a
primary drive guard if so driven.
16.8.1.2 Sidecars must:
a) Use a frame of a type which could be
ridden solo, with an outrigger sidecar
chassis of tubular steel construction,
b) Be bolted at a minimum of 4 points.
16.8.1.3 Wheel rim dimensions of a minimum of
18” (457mm) diameter, and maximum
WM4 width on all wheels.
16.8.1.4Oval number plates.
16.8.2 Period 3
16.8.2.1 The height to the top bearing of the
steering head must be at least 710mm
(28”) unladen.
16.8.2.2 Wheel rim diameters of at least:
a) Front
16” (406mm),
b) Rear 13” (330mm),
c) Sidecar 10” (254mm).
150
enjoy the ride
16.8.2.3 Wheel rim widths of no more than:
a) Front 3” (76mm),
b) Rear 4.5” (115mm),
c) Sidecar 4” (102mm).
16.8.2.4 Tyre outside diameters must be at least
22” (560mm) front and rear.
16.8.2.5 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.8.2.6 Front and rear Brakes:
a)Any drum brake with a maximum
internal diameter of 230mm or less,
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Sidecar wheel brake prohibited,
d) Linking of brakes is prohibited,
e) Front brakes are to be hand
controlled and rear brakes are to be
foot controlled.
16.8.2.7 The following carburettors are allowed:
a) All non-period Amal carburettors up
to 40mm, or
b) Dellorto SS1 and Dellorto concentric
non-pumper carburettors up to
40mm,
c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series
carburettors up to a nominal 30mm.
d) Mikuni VM round slide carburettors
up to 40mm,
e) Gardner Type C carburettors up to
40mm.
16.8.3 Period 4
16.8.3.1 Wheel rim diameters of be at least 10”
(254mm).
16.8.3.2 Wheel rim widths of no more than 6”
(153mm).
16.8.3.3 Moulded tread type tyres.
16.8.3.4 Front and rear brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Sidecar brake permitted,
d) Only mechanical brake bias
adjustment permitted,
e) Linking of front and rear brakes
prohibited,
f) Linking of rear and sidecar brakes
permitted.
g) Disc brakes manufactured in the
period or are an exact replica of
those manufactured in the period,
h) Front brakes must be hand
controlled. Rear and linked sidecar
brakes must be foot controlled.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
16.8.3.5 Front exit sidecar chassis configuration only.
16.8.3.6 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.8.4 Period 5
16.8.4.1 Wheel rim diameters to be no greater 13”
(330mm).
16.8.4.2 Wheel rim widths to be no greater than:
a) Front
7” (178mm),
9” (229mm),
b) Rear
c) Sidecar
8” (203mm).
16.8.4.3 Rectangular number plates.
16.8.4.4 Front, rear and sidecar brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Hydraulic bias adjusters permitted,
d) Linking of brakes permitted,
e) Must be fitted with an emergency
system operated by a handlebar
lever with a simple circuit operating
on either front or rear of the
motorcycle.
16.8.4.5 Front and/or rear sidecar exit
configuration.
16.8.4.6 Steering / front forks:
a) Leading or trailing forks, with front
wheel equally supported on both
sides,
b) A cycle car with 2 forward wheels
that was manufactured in the period
or is an exact replica of those
manufactured in the period.
16.8.4.7Sidecars must use a frame of circular or
non-circular tubular steel construction
with a maximum diameter of 102mm
(4”) at the broadest point, which was
manufactured in the period or is a replica
of a frame manufactured in the period.
16.8.4.8 Methanol Fuel
16.9prohibited uses - Historic Road
Racing -sidecars & Cyclecars
16.9.1 Period 3
16.9.1.1 Sidecar kneelers.
16.9.1.2 Non-motorcycle
engines
and
transmissions, except where originally
fitted.
16.9.1.3 Disc brakes.
16.9.2 Period 4
16.9.2.1 The following machines or their major
components:
16Historic Road racing
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD.
16.9.2.2 Electronic fuel injection.
16.9.2.3 Power jet carburettors.
16.9.3 Period 5
16.9.3.1 Liquid cooled 4-stroke motorcycle
engines.
16.9.3.2 Rear engine sidecars.
16.9.3.3 Steerable sidecar wheels.
16.9.3.4 Monocoque construction.
16.9.3.5 Banking sidecars.
16.9.3.6 Electronic fuel injection.
16.9.3.7 Floating front discs unless:
a) Manufactured during the period; or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
during the period.
16.9.3.8 The following machines or their major and
minor components:
a) Suzuki RG500 MKVI,
b) Yamaha TZ250H.
16.9.3.9 Unless contained in the machines original
specifications, all anti dive devices and
external fork damping.
16.9.3.10Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti dive
must be visually indistinguishable from
factory original.
16.10 Permitted uses - Historic Road
Racing - sidecars & Cyclecars
16.10.1 Period 3
16.10.1.1Methanol fuels.
16.10.1.2The following carburettors are allowed:
a)All non-period Amal carburettors up
to 40mm, or 38mm
b) Dellorto SSI and Dellorto concentric
non-pumper carburettors up to 40mm
38mm,
c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series
carburettors up to a nominal 30mm,
d) Mikuni VM round slide
carburettors up to 40mm,
e) Gardner Type C carburettors up to
40mm,
f) All period carburettors.
16.10.1.3Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives
and electronic ignition, provided they are
concealed from view.
16.10.1.4Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads.
151
16
enjoy the ride
historic ROAD RACING
16.10.1.5Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing
they meet existing dimensional criteria.
16.10.1.6Reinforced gearbox castings.
16.10.2 Period 4
16.10.2.1Methanol fuels.
16.10.2.2Mechanical fuel injection.
16.10.2.3Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing
they meet existing dimensional criteria.
16.10.2.4
Hydraulic brake master cylinders of
cylindrical appearance.
16.10.2.5Keihin CR Special round slide carburettors
up to 33mm bore size.
16.10.2.6Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers.
16.10.3 Period 5
16.10.3.1Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and
racing wets.
16.10.3.2
Motorcycle
engines
that
were
manufactured in the period.
16.10.3.3 Methanol Fuel
16.11
Fuel- Historic Road Racing
16.11.0.1Fuel for historic Road Racing must be:
a) Methanol (with the exception of
Period 5 & 6 solo machines).or,
b) Unleaded that is no more than 100
RON,
c) Which contains no additives other
than those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil,
d) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
16.11.0.2Leaded fuel, providing that:
a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers
approved by Environment Australia,
152
16.12
aUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD
RACing CHAMPIONSHIPS
16.12.0.1
The minimum number of entries to
constitute a class for an Australian Historic
Road Race Championship is:
a) 10 or more bona-fide entries for all
solo classes.
b) 6 or more bona-fide entries for
sidecar classes.
16.12.0.2A bona-fide entry is defined as a full entry
received quoting:
a) A current MA National or National 1
event licence for the rider,
b) An MA Historic Logbook number for
the machine entered
c) Current contact details for the entrant,
d) An entry fee paid, and
e) The entry not withdrawn prior to the
commencement of the race meeting.
16.12.1Format
16.12.1.1
The Australian Historic Road Race
Championship will be conducted as a
single meeting at a venue selected by the
Historic Road Race Commission.
16.12.1.2The Australian Championship shall consist of
no more than 3 races per period per class.
16.12.1.3Race distances will be determined by
the Historic Road Race Commission, in
consultation with the Promoter.
16.12.2Log Books
16.12.2.1
Machines entered in the Australian
Historic Road Race Championships must
have a log book issued by MA, or be
covered by GCR 16.2.2.3.
16.12.2.2Log book application forms are available
on www.ma.org.au or from SCBs.
16.12.2.3
Log book applications may not be
processed if lodged within 6 weeks of the
Championship
Bathurst 1958 (Mack Kelly)
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
17.1
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
Protective Clothing MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.1.0.1 Although MA approves materials, MA
does not endorse or guarantee specific
products or manufacturers. Riders
must rely on their own judgment in the
selection of helmets and apparel for
protection and durability.
17.1.0.2 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Motocross or Supercross
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing.
17.1.1Helmet
17.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 &
01.70 of the FIM Technical Rules
[see Appendix 1].
17.1.2Clothing
17.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of
similar durability.
17.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be noncombustible and be fitted with a lining,
17.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
17.1.3 Footwear
17.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least cover
¾ of the length of the lower leg, with
the rider in a racing position on the
machine.
17.1.4Gloves
17.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
17.1.5 Goggles and Visors
17.1.5.1 A competitor must, at the start of an
event, be wearing goggles or a similar
form of eye protection. It is strongly
recommended that the competitor wear
the eye protection at all times during the
event. Where the competitor removes
their eye protection during the course of
an event, they do so entirely at their own
risk. Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must comply with the following:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made
of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or Perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
17.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
17.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
17.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
17.1.7 Footwear in pits
17.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn at all times
in the pit area.
17.1.8 Junior Clothing
17.1.8.1 In addition to the general requirements for
clothing, Juniors must comply as follows:
a) Protective clothing must not be loose
or flapping,
b) Synthetic or rubber boots may be
worn as an alternative to leather for
competitors with smaller than a size
1 foot,
c) Commercially manufactured body
armour must be worn. Soft roost
protection is unacceptable.
17.2
Frames And Parts - MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.2.1Solo
17.2.1.1 Hand lever protectors:
a) Must be single mounted for
Motocross and Supercross,
b) May be double mounted on
machines in club and inter-club
natural terrain Motocross events.
17.2.1.2 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front
153
and rear wheels.
17Motocross and supercross
enjoy the ride
17.2.1.3 When the brake cam arm or lever is of the
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
17.2.1.4No machine may be fitted with scoop or
paddle tyres.
17.2.1.5The handlebars must be equipped with a
protection pad on the cross bar. Handlebars
without a cross member must be equipped
with a protection pad located in the middle
of the handlebars, covering the handlebar
clamps.
17.2.2Sidecar
17.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken
between the longitudinal centres of the
rear and sidecar wheels must be between
810mm and 1,200mm.
17.2.2.2 The minimum ground clearance must be
175mm unladen.
17.2.2.3 The maximum lean of the motorcycle at
saddle height must be 50mm.
17.2.2.4 There must be no less than 4 sidecar
attachment points.
17.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in
plain view, taken from a line drawn no further
rearwards than the lowest point of the front
down-tube to the forward most point of
the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no
further rearwards than a line drawn at right
angles to the machine from the rearmost
point of the rear tyre, must be:
a) A minimum of 760mm long adjacent
to the sidecar wheel,
b) A minimum of 300mm width, with at
least 25mm radius to all corners.
17.2.2.6 There must be no more than 50mm
between baseboard and motorcycle and
between baseboard and sidecar wheel. The
baseboard must be arranged to prevent the
passenger’s feet being trapped.
154
17.2.2.7 All handholds must be finished with a loop
of at least 100mm.
17.2.2.8 Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
17.2.2.9 Handholds on the sidecar:
a) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork,
b) Adjacent to the nose section of the
sidecar and less than 200mm from
the track surface must be at an angle
of at least 45° from the horizontal.
17.2.2.10The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 65° above
a horizontal line drawn through the rear
wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard
level on the inside.
17.2.2.11The sidecar mudguard must cover at least
135° of the periphery of the wheel and be
valanced to baseboard level on the inside.
17.2.2.12No machine may be fitted with scoop or
paddle tyres.
17.3 Noise emissions – MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.3.0.1 Motocross machines must comply with
noise emission tests as per GCR 12.10,
however the following table should be
substituted for 12.10.2.
CAPACITY
RPM
Up to 85cc
8,000
85cc to 125cc
7,000
Over 125cc up to 150cc
4-stroke
6,000
126cc to 250cc
5,000
251cc to 500cc
4,500
Over 500cc
4,000
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17.4
Fuel- MOTOCROSS AND
SUPERCROSS
17.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) Lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4 stroke
engines
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”
17.5
Senior Classes- MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.5.1 Machines Other Than Junior
17.5.1.1 The capacity classes for machines
a) Other than for Junior competitions,
b) Other than Australian
Championships are:
CLASS
Lite
Open
Under 19
CAPACITIES
Up to 250cc (2 or 4 stroke)
Wheel sizes (16” - 19” rear and 19” 21” front)
255 and over 4 stroke
250cc and over 2 stroke
(2 stroke permitted to ride 1 class
only)
Up to 250cc (2 or 4 stroke)
17.5.1.2 Sidecars.
17.5.1.3 Modern.
17.5.1.4 Pre 1985 - Note Frame and motor must be
manufactured prior to 31st December 1984.
17.6
17.6.1
17Motocross and supercross
Junior CLASSES- MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR
12.16.
17.6.2 80cc 4-Stroke Class
17.6.2.1 Machines in the 80cc 4-stroke classes
must remain standard with the
manufacturer’s specifications with the
exception of:
17.7
a) Exhaust system,
b)Gearing,
c) Carburettor jetting,
d) Plastics, and
e)Handlebars.
COMPETITOR GradingMOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.7.1 Senior Grades - Motocross and Supercross
17.7.1.1 The grades of competitors in Senior
classes are:
a) Pro Class,
b) Intermediate Class,
c)Clubman.
17.8competition Rules - all ages
and classes
17.8.1Starting
17.8.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
17.8.1.2 The order and position of each competitor
will be at the discretion of the Promoter
and will be determined on the day of
the event.
17.8.1.3 The starting grid for all events will:
a) Have not less than 1 metre space for
each solo motorcycle,
b) Be in 1 straight line,
c) Allow for no more than 40
competitors.
17.8.1.4 The maximum number of starters must be
specified in SR.
17.8.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
for solo events:
a) Individually backward falling devices,
with each gate a minimum of 500mm
and a maximum of 600mm in height,
must be used,
b) A rear barrier must be placed to
prevent riders from moving their
motorcycles no more than 600mm
back from the gate.
c) Preparation on the start gate is to
be confined to the area between the
rollback barrier and gate hinge and
no materials may be brought onto
the start area unless directed by the
starter, on the instructions from a key
official
d) No work is to be done in front of
the start gate (track proper) unless
directed of a key official.
155
17Motocross and supercross
enjoy the ride
17.8.1.6 Unless otherwise determined in the
SR, for sidecar events, the width of the
starting grid must permit a minimum of 15
machines in 1 row, with 2 metre space for
each machine.
17.8.1.7 Unless otherwise determined in the SR:
a) All competitors must be called to the
start line at least 2 minutes before
each start,
b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and
when the starter is ready, a 15
second sign will be held up for a full
15 seconds,
c) At the end of 15 seconds, a 5 second
sign will be displayed,
d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10
seconds after the 5 second sign is
shown.
17.8.1.8 Competitors may use up to 2 starting
blocks (one per side) up to a maximum
of 100mm high and must be able to start
in an event without additional aid while
sitting on the machine.
replaced providing this has been
approved by the Clerk of Course.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance has been
completed:
i The race may be restarted if
possible, but only once,
ii The restart must occur no more
than 1 hour after the race has
been stopped,
iii The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv Selection of grid positions for the
re-started race will be determined
by the order of competitors at the
finish line of the last full lap of the
stopped race,
vOnly competitors who have
completed at least 75% of
the laps completed by the
leading competitor at the time
of stopping will be permitted to
participate in the re-started race,
vi Machines may be repaired or
replaced providing this has been
approved by the Clerk of Course,
vii The stopped race and any rerun
will be deemed to be parts of 1
race,
viii The winner will be the competitor
having the highest number of
laps at the finish,
ix Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x If more than 15 laps of the
scheduled race distance is
completed full points will be
awarded,
xi If less than 75% of the scheduled
race distance is completed half
points will be awarded.
17.8.2 No Jump Signals
17.8.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Motocross
events to indicate immediate danger,
17.8.2.2 When yellow flags are waved, competitors
must not:
a) Jump,
b) Overtake other competitors.
17.8.2.3 During the first lap of practice, yellow flags
will be displayed stationary indicating
there will be no jumping.
17.8.3 Stopping and Rerunning of Events
where electronic timing is used.
17.8.3.1 Where the Steward or the Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed.
i The stopped race will be declared
null and void,
ii The race may be rerun,
iii The rerun race will be for the full
race distance,
iv The original grid positions will be
used,
v The place of any machine unable
to take part in the rerun race will
be left vacant,
viMachines may be repaired or
156
17.8.4Finishing
17.8.4.1 The finish line must be:
a) Marked with a flexible post at each
side of the track, and
b) Clearly visible to the judge.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17.9competition Rules - Supercross
17.9.1 Supercross Licence Conditions
17.9.1.1 No person may compete in a Supercross
race unless they:
a) Are at least 12 years of age,
b) Have a current national competition
licence which is endorsed under the
following rules.
17.9.1.2 To be endorsed as a Supercross
competitor, a person must:
a) Use a solo machine with a capacity
of at least 80cc;
b) Attend a Supercross training school
conducted by an MA accredited coach,
c) At the conclusion of the Supercross
training school, be able to
competently display to the MA
accredited coach the following:
i) Jump a double jump, which is:
8 metres for 85cc riders,
10 metres for 150/250cc riders,
ii) Jump a tabletop, which is:
8-10 metres for 85cc riders,
10-12 metres for 150/250cc riders,
iii) Ride through stutters at a
competitive speed in a straight line,
iv) A sound knowledge of
Supercross Rules and safety
issues as examined by a
multiple-choice questionnaire.
17.9.1.3 The coach conducting the assessment
under the preceding GCR may endorse
the licence of a person as a Supercross
competitor. A decision to:
a) Endorse the licence,
b) Refuse an endorsement, or
c) Grant an endorsement conditionally,
will have the same force and effect as if it
was a decision by an SCB under GCR 3.1
17.9.1.4 A person who:
a) Has entered a Supercross competition,
b) Has paid the entry fee for the
relevant meeting,
c) Is required to submit to an
assessment under these Rules, and
d) Fails to be endorsed as a Supercross
competitor at the meeting.
is entitled to a refund of the fee.
17.9.1.5 Once endorsed for Supercross, a person
retains that endorsement unless:
17Motocross and supercross
a) They fail to participate in a
Supercross event each year,
b) During the course of a Supercross
meeting, the Steward or Clerk of
Course determines otherwise.
17.9.2 No Jump Signals
17.9.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Supercross
events to indicate immediate danger.
17.9.2.2 When yellow flags are waved competitors
must not:
a)Jump,
b) Overtake other competitors,
at the set of jumps where the yellow flags
are waved.
17.9.2.3 The penalties for breaching this GCR are:
a) First offence, relegation of 3 places
and up to a $500 fine,
b) Subsequent offences in the same
year, exclusion and $500 fine.
17.9.3Warm Up Lap
17.9.3.1 During the first lap of any practice yellow
flags are to displayed stationary to
indicate there will be no jumping.
17.10competition Rules - FREESTYLE
Motocross
17.10.1 Freestyle Motocross Licence
Conditions
17.10.1.1No person may participate in Freestyle
Motocross unless they:
a) Are at least 16 years of age, and
b) Have a current MA Senior National
competition licence which is
endorsed under the following Rules.
17.10.1.2To be endorsed as a Freestyle Motocross
competitor, a person must use a solo
machine with a capacity of at least 125cc.
17.10.1.3To gain a Freestyle Motocross
endorsement a rider must:
a) Attend a Freestyle Motocross Training
School conducted by an accredited
Freestyle Motocross Assessor,
b) Successfully complete the MA
competency assessment.
17.10.1.5The Endorsing Assessor must:
a) Be identified and approved by
the MA Motocross Commission to
endorse Freestyle Motocross,
b) Obtain a Permit from the RCB in
which the assessment is taking
157
place.
17
17.11competition Rules - FAST 50s
17.11.1 Fast 50s - Protective Equipment
17.11.1.1As per GCR 16.1 except 16.1.3 which is
replaced by:
17.11.1.2Footwear which must be:
a) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material; and
b) Of a length that must at least cover
the ankle, with the rider in a racing
position on the machine.
17.11.2 Fast 50s - Classes of Competition
17.11.2.1Senior Classes- 16 years of age and over:
a) Stock 50cc,
b) Limited 50cc,
c) Mod 88cc,
d) Mod 110cc,
e) 110 Big Wheel Mid Size,
f) Super Mod,
g) 125cc,
h) Open Outlaw,
i)Women,
j) Vets over 30 years of age,
k) Seniors. Pro Class,
l) Seniors. Amateur Class.
17.11.2.2Junior Classes-. 12 to under 16 years:
a) Stock 50cc.
b) Limited 50cc.
c) Mod 88cc.
158
enjoy the ride
motocross and supercross
d) Mod 110cc.
17.11.3 Fast 50s - Approved Modifications
17.11.3.1The following may be modified:
a) Cosmetic changes, including but not
limited to:
i)Colour,
ii) Handle bars,
iii)Graphics,
iv) Foot pegs,
v) Gear levers,
vi) Heavy duty rims,
b) Air filters may be replaced with aftermarket products,
c) Heavy duty springs and front and
rear shock absorbers,
d) Gearing, limited to sprockets,
e) Exhaust pipes,
f) After market camshaft and timing
chain.
g) Stock 50cc machines in both senior
and junior classes may strengthen
the frame / chassis.
h) All machines, except those in Stock
50cc class in either senior or junior
class, may use:
i) After-market frames / chassis,
ii) After-market forks,
iii) Rear shocks,
iv) Heavy duty clutches,
17Motocross and supercross
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
v) CDI units,
vi) After market close ratio gearbox.
17.11.3.2Modifications to limited specific classes of machines as per table on following page, unless
otherwise specified in the SR:
CLASS
FRONT
WHEEL
(inches)
REAR
WHEEL
(inches)
Stock 50cc Snr
Stock 50cc Jnr
Limited 50cc to 90cc Snr
Limited 50cc to 90cc Jnr
Mod 88cc - Snr
Mod 88cc - Jnr
Mod 110cc Snr
Mod 110cc Jnr
110cc Big Wheel Mid Size
Super Mod
125cc
Open Outlaw
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
12
12
14
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
HEAD INCL
PORTING
AND
GRINDING
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Women / Vets
Seniors. Pro Class
Seniors. Amateur Class
14
Open
Open
12
Open
Open
Y
Y
Y
17.11.4 Fast 50s - Capacity Tolerances
17.11.4.1The actual engine capacity of a machine
competing in a capacity class may not
exceed the prescribed capacity.
17.11.5 Fast 50s - Competition Rules
17.11.5.1All machines must be an open cradle
frame unless specified in SR; and
17.11.5.2All entrants and competitors declare that
by entering an event, that their machine
/ machines are suitable for the class in
which they are entered.
17.11.5.3All entrants and competitors declare that
they have satisfied themselves as to the
suitability of their machine for the purpose
of racing.
17.11.5.4GCR 12.8.4 (side stands) does not apply
to this discipline.
17.11.5.5GCR 17.6.2 (80cc 4-Stroke Class) does
not apply to this discipline.
17.11.5.6GCR 12.16.0.3 does not apply to this
discipline.
17.11.6 Fast 50s - Starting
17.11.6.1GCR 17.8.1.3 c does not apply to this
discipline as there can be no more than 20
competitors on the track at any time. This
BARREL
AND
INNER
ROTOR
AUTO/
MAN
std 50cc
std 50cc
90cc
90cc
88cc
88cc
110cc
110cc
110cc
124cc
125cc
150cc
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Either
Either
STD
OEM
CRANK
CASE
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
150cc
125cc
125cc
Y
Y
Y
Either
Either
Either
N
N
N
CARBURETTOR
number may be lower than 20 depending
on the track conditions.
17.11.6.2Starting as per 17.8.1, excluding 17.8.1.3 c.
17.12 AUSTRALIAN Motocross
CHAMPIONSHIPS
17.12.1 Senior Championship Classes
CLASS
Pro-Lites
Pro-Open
Under 19
CAPACITY
2-STROKE
up to 250cc
255cc to 450cc
up to 250cc
CAPACITY
4-STROKE
up to 250cc
255cc to 450cc
up to 250cc
17.12.1.1The under 19 Australian Motocross
Championship will be for riders from
15 years to under 19 years. A rider’s
age on 1st January will determine their
age for the Championship. 15 year olds
may participate provided they meet the
following criteria:
a) Satisfy their SCB of their
competence,
b) State legislation will override these
rules where applicable.
17.12.2 Riders who turn 15 before the first round
of the Under 19 Australian Motocross
Championship may place an entry for
159
motocross and supercross
enjoy the ride
the series provided they meet the criteria
above. If they do they will be deemed to
have moved up an age group.
17.12.3 15 year olds will compete with an
endorsed MA National Junior licence.
Riders who turn sixteen during the series
can continue in other relevant competition
as a junior, they are competing in the
Championship as Juniors.
17.12.4.2The duration of each race will be specified
in SR.
17.12.4.3The races must be conducted on the
same day with a minimum of 15 and a
maximum of 40 competitors in each race.
17.12.4.4Each competitor may compete on a
substitute machine, provided that the
competitor must notify the Clerk of Course
before commencement of the race in
which the substitution is to be made.
17
17.12.2Format
17.12.2.1The Championship format will be
determined by the Motocross Commission
and published in SR.
17.12.3 Practice and Qualifying
17.12.3.1As directed in the SR, any heats and
qualifiers are to be held on the day of the
meeting.
17.12.3.2Timed practice for any event may be held
either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday
morning.
17.12.3.3All grid positions will be determined by
qualifying times.
17.12.3.4No competitor may enter the track
for practicing on any of the 8 days
immediately preceding the event other
than the official press day..
17.12.3.5The 10 competitors leading the
Championship prior to each subsequent
round will qualify for the round.
17.12.3.6The remaining 30 competitors shall lodge
an Expression of Interest for the series as
per the SR.
17.12.3.7U19 Championship
All competitors eligible for the U19
Championship in their first year of senior
national competition must compete in the
U19 years Championship. Exception may
be granted by the MX Commission where
a rider has been senior at State level for
a period of time and can demonstrate
his or her ability at State open events, or
where exceptional circumstance (ie rider
size) is more suited to the Open class.
On having moved to Pro-Lite or Pro-Open
events except as a wildcard entry then a
competitor will no longer be eligible for the
U19 years Championship series. This rule
will be effective from January 1, 2009.
17.12.4 The Event
17.12.4.1For each class, a round will consist of 2
races.
160
17.12.5 Allocation of Numbers
17.12.5.1The No 1 number plate in each class will
be allocated to the winner of the previous
year’s Championship.
a) The recipient of this number can
choose not to use No.1, but instead
use their career number. No.1, or
that competitor’s career number will
not be used by any other competitor
in that class.
b) For the first round of each
Championship the previous years
Champion will carry a numberplate
with red background and white
figures.
c) The leader of each championship
after the first round will use the
number plate with red background &
white figures.
17.12.5.2Pro Lite and Pro Open numbers after
No.1 will be allocated as career numbers
by the MX Commission to a maximum of
20 riders using the following method:
a) A competitor’s overall Championship
results from the previous
year’s Motocross & Supercross
Championships will be used to
decide the order in which they
pick their career number, which is
determined by:
b) Aggregated Championship points
awarded in both competitions and ,
c) Aggregating them as a percentage
as calculated by the Motocross
Commission of MA.
d) Numbers 2 to 10 can only be chosen
as career numbers by competitors
who finished in the top ten of either
Lites or Open Championships.
The first three from the U19
Championship may also choose a 2
to 10 number if available.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17Motocross and supercross
e) Competitors who do not fit the above
criteria may make an application to
the Motoctoss Commission of MA
for special consideration for a career
number. The criteria for this would
be recognised International riders,
previous Champions, etc.
17.12.5.3If 2 or more competitors aggregate the
same number of points, preference will be
given to:
a) Competitor who competed in the
most championship events, then
b) The competitor who achieved the
highest number of points at the
last championship round they both
competed at.
17.12.5.4For competitors to retain their career
number they must compete in at least one
round each year of either the MX or SX
Championships, and score a minimum of
50 points in total of both Championships
combined. Exemptions to be considered
for injury, or international competitors.
17.12.5.5No competitor may compete unless
wearing the machine identification number
on their back in contrasting colours and
with a minimum size of 125mm height and
20mm width of stroke.
17.12.6 Scoring for Each Race
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POINTS
25
22
20
18
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
17.13 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS
CHAMPIONSHIPS
17.13.1Format
17.13.1.1The format of the championships will be:
CLASSES
Under 80cc
Sidecars
80cc and over
FORMAT
7 minutes + 1 lap
7 minutes + 1 lap
10 minutes + 1 lap
17.13.1.2 At least 5 practice laps must be offered to
riders prior to the commencement of racing.
17.13.1.3There will be a minimum of 5 legs per
class.
17.13.1.4If heats and finals are required:
a) Heats will be 3 legs per class, with
heats to be mixed, and
b) Finals will be 3 legs per class.
17.13.2 Allocation of Numbers
17.13.2.1A competitor’s racing number will be
determined as follows:
a) The first digit will be the first digit of
the postcode for the competitor’s
state of residency, except the
Northern Territory, which will be 1,
b) The remainder of the number will be
at the discretion of the RCB.
17.13.3Venues
17.13.3.1Venues used for Australian Junior
Motocross Championships will be closed
to competitors for a minimum of 21 days
prior to the event.
17.13.4 Interstate Challenge
17.13.4.1 Format - Each state is to choose a team
of eight (8) junior competitors from a
minimum of four (4) different classes to
compete for the Interstate Cup Challenge.
Each competitor must be entered
for the Australian Junior Motocross
Championship, prior to the closing date.
Team members must be named and the
Race Secretary be informed by the end of
practice.
17.13.4.2 Scoring - Each competitor will be scored
as per GCR 12.14.0.1 within their own
class. At the end of the Australian Junior
Motocross Championship the highest
point scoring six (6) team members from
each state, will have their final placing rescored using 12.14.01 (table) to give an
overall score. The State with the highest
overall team score will be deemed the 161
17
motocross and supercross
enjoy the ride
winner of the Interstate Cup Challenge.
17.13.4.3 Awards - A Perpetual Trophy will be
awarded to the winning State, with
each member of the team receiving a
participation memento.
pick their career number, which is
determined by:
b) Aggregated Championship points
awarded in both competitions and,
c) Aggregating them as a percentage
as calculated by the Motocross
Commission of MA.
d) Numbers 2 to 10 can only be chosen
as career numbers by competitors
who finished in the top ten of either
Lites or Open Championships.
The first three from the U19
Championship may also choose a 2
to 10 number if available.
e) Competitors who do not fit the above
criteria may make an application to
the Motocross Commission of MA
for special consideration for a career
number. The criteria for this would
be recognised International riders,
previous Champions, etc.
17.14.3.3If 2 or more competitors aggregate the
same number of points, preference will be
given to:
a) Competitor who competed in the
most championship events, then
b) The competitor who achieved the
highest number of points at the
last championship round they both
competed at.
17.14.3.4For competitors to retain their career
number they must compete in at least one
round each year of either the MX or SX
Championships, and score a minimum of
50 points in total of both Championships
combined. Exemptions to be considered
for injury, or international competitors.
17.14.3.5No competitor may compete unless
wearing the machine identification number
on their back in contrasting colours and
with a minimum size of 125mm height and
20mm width of stroke
17.13.5 Practice and Qualifying
17.13.5.1 All grid positions will be determined
by practice/qualifying times. Timed
qualifying would be from the second
practice session.
17.14AUSTRALIAN
CHAMPIONSHIP
SUPERCROSS
17.14.1 Championship Classes
CLASS
SX-Lites
SX-Open
CAPACITY
2-STROKE
up to 250cc
255cc to 450cc
CAPACITY
4-STROKE
up to 250cc
255cc to 450cc
17.14.2Format
17.14.2.1The format for both classes of the
championships will be as determined
by the Motocross and Supercross
Commission and published in SR.
17.14.3 Allocation of Numbers
17.14.3.1The No 1 number plate in each class will
be allocated to the winner of the previous
year’s Championship.
a) The recipient of this number can
choose not to use No.1, but instead
use their career number. No.1, or
that competitor’s career number will
not be used by any other competitor
in that class.
b) For the first round of each
Championship the previous year’s
Champion will carry a number plate
with red background and white
figures.
c) The leader of each championship
after the first round will use the
number plate with red background &
white figures.
17.14.3.2Pro Lite and Pro Open numbers after
No.1 will be allocated as career numbers
by the MX Commission to a maximum of
20 riders using the following method:
a) A competitor’s overall Championship
results from the previous
year’s Motocross & Supercross
Championships will be used to
decide the order in which they
162
17Motocross and supercross
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17.14.4Track flags and signals for the ASXC
FLAG SIGNAL
Yellow flag held stationary
Yellow flag waved
White flag with red cross
Red flag displayed
MEANING, AND REQUIREMENT OF COMPETITOR
Minor danger, show caution, overtaking forbidden
No jump signal, immediate danger, show caution, jumping forbidden,
overtaking forbidden
Medics on track, extreme incident, competitors to show extreme caution,
prepare to stop, jumping forbidden, overtaking forbidden - riders are
expected to be in first gear, standing on the pegs and riding at walking pace
Race, qualifying or practice stopped, slow down and immediately proceed
to the start, pits or any area indicated by the officials. All other relevant flags
and signals as per GCR 12.13.0.2
17.14.5 Grid Positions.
17.14.5.1Grid selection will be determined by
qualifying times.
17.14.5.2Conditions of qualifying must be stipulated
in the SR
17.14.6 Practice & Timed Qualifying
17.14.6.1 Practice for championship events must be:
a) Outdoor events - minimum 8 minutes
for first session and minimum 10
minutes for second session,
17.14.6.2If the track is altered during the course of
the meeting, at least 1 inspection lap must
be offered to all qualified competitors.
17.14.7 Points Allocation
17.14.7.1For events which have a minimum of
10 start gates points will be allocated in
accordance with the previous GCR.
17.14.7.2For events which have fewer than 10
start gates, points will be allocated to
finishers in the Final and Last Chance
Qualifier on a descending basis.
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POINTS
25
22
20
18
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
17.14.7.3If a tie on points occurs for any position
in the championship, the tying competitor
who has the greatest number of higher
placings will be the awarded the position.
Aust Junior MX Champion Kajx COMMUNICATION
163
enjoy the ride
18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & POST CLASSIC MOTOCROSS
& DIRT TRACK
AN OVERVIEW
Classic Motocross and Dirt Track applies to events
Pre 60 Class up to and including the Pre 78 Class.
Post Classic Motocross and Dirt Track applies
to Evolution, pre 85 and the pre 90 classes. The
Classic and Post Classic divisions will be run
separately at the Australian Championships
however consideration will be given to submissions
to run both events under special circumstance.
These events will be described at the national
Championships as The Australian Classic
Motocross Championships and the Post Classic
Australian Championships.
18.1
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING - CLASSIC
MX & DIRT TRACK
18.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete under this Chapter unless
wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
18.1.1Helmet
18.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association
of Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]
18.1.2Clothing
18.1.2.1Trousers of leather or synthetic
material of similar durability.
18.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining,
18.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural
or synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
164
18.1.2.4 Dirt track riders must wear a
commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers
the back area between the collar line
and the base of the spine.
18.1.3 Footwear
18.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type for
Motocross and of Dirt Track type
for Dirt Track,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material,
and
c) Of a length that must at least
cover ¾ of the length of the lower
leg, with the rider in a racing
position on the machine.
18.1.4Gloves
18.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
18.1.5 Goggles and Visors
18.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/
or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are
not used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
18.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
18.1.6.1Hair longer than shoulder length must
be confined in the helmet or jacket.
18.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
18.1.7 Footwear in pits
18.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the
pit area at all times.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
18
18.2ELIGIBILITY
18.2.1 Eligible Machines
18.2.1.1Only machines conforming to the
following requirements will be
accepted.
18.2.1.2 The onus of proof of eligibility shall
rest wholly upon the rider or entrant
of the machine. Service and Parts
Manual publication dates are not proof
of eligibility.
18.2.2Classes
18.2.2.1 The following classes shall be
recognized:
Classic MX and Dirt Track
Pre 60 solo all powers
Pre 65 solo 250cc
Pre 65 solo 263cc – over
Pre 70 solo 250cc
Pre 70 solo 263cc – over
Pre 75 solo 125cc
Pre 75 solo 250cc
Pre 75 solo 263cc – over
Pre 75 solo 4-stroke all powers
Pre 78 solo 125cc
Pre 78 solo 250cc
Pre 78 solo 263cc- over
Pre 68 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 75 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 75 Slider Class up to 250cc (DT
only)
Pre 75 Slider Class 263cc – over (DT
only)
Pre 75 Age Group Racing 125 – 250 –
263cc plus
g) under 30
h) 30 – 39
i) 40 – 49
j) 50 – 59
k) 60 – plus
l) 70 – plus “super senior class”
Post Classic MX and Dirt Track
Pre 85 solo 125cc
Pre 85 solo 250cc
Pre 85 solo 263cc – over
Pre 90 solo 125cc
Pre 90 solo 250cc
Pre 90 solo 263cc – over
Evolution solo 125cc
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
Evolution solo 250cc
Evolution solo 263cc – over
Pre 85 sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 90 Slider Class up to 250cc
Pre 90 Slider Class 263cc – over
Evolution Age Group Racing 125 – 250
– 263cc plus
f) under 30
g) 30 – 39
h) 40 – 49
i) 50 – 59
j) 60 – plus
18.2.3 Age Groups
18.2.3.1 Age is determined as at the date of the
meeting or 1st round for series events.
18.2.3.2 Age grouping applies to competition
Pre-1975 in the Classis Class and
Evolution in the Post Classic Class.
18.2.3.3 Age groups are:
a) Under 30,
b) 30 – 39,
c) 40 – 49,
d) 50 – 59,
e) 60 – plus
f) 70 plus pre 75 only
18.2.3.5 Super Senior class Pre-1975.
a) All powers,
b) Rider age 70 plus,
c) Australian Championship will be
awarded regardless of number of
entrants.
18.3
FUEL - CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
18.3.1 Fuel for CMX & CDT racing must be:
a) Methanol, or,
b) Unleaded fuel that is no more than
100 RON and meets rule 12.9.5.1,
c)Which contains no additives other
than those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating
oil, or,
d) Be a brand of fuel homologated
by MA that is compatible with
the “Fuel Quality Standards Act
2000”, or,
e) Leaded fuel provided that the
fuel is purchased from suppliers
approved by Environmental
Australia.
165
18
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
18.4MACHINE
AND
CLASS
IDENTIFICATION - CLASSIC MX & DIRT
TRACK
18.4.01 Number plates shall be either oval
or rectangular and in the following
colours:
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc
126cc to 250cc
251cc and over
BACKGROUND
COLOUR
Black
Dark Green
Canary Yellow
FIGURE
COLOUR
White
White
Black
18.4.02 Class Identification
18.4.02.1A letter will be:
a) Used to identify the class of the
machine,
b) Placed on the left side of all 3 race
plates,
c) 50mm high, and in upper case,
d) The same colour as the race
number.
18.4.02.2Identification letters for each class are:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
Pre-1960
Pre-1965
Pre-1970
Pre-1975
Pre-1978
Evolution
Pre-1985
Pre-1990
“A”.
“N”.
“H”.
“X”.
“Z”.
“E”.
“Y”
”W”
18.5 TABLES
OF
MACHINES
AND
COMPONENTS
8.5.1
Acceptable Machines and Components
- Pre 60.
18.5.1.1 Acceptable for the pre 60 class are
machines and components built up
to and including the 1959 model. The
only exception to this GCR is where
the model remains unaltered after this
date.
18.5.1.2frames of any manufacture are
acceptable within the suspension
criteria and considerate of the era.
18.5.1.3 Front wheel travel will not exceed
178mm (7 inches) rear wheel travel
will be limited to 102mm (4 inches)
measured at the axle. Rear shock
absorbers will be in the original
position using the original mounting
points.
166 18.5.1.4 Plastic and fibreglass is not permitted
enjoy the ride
18.5.1.5 Engines and gearboxes must remain
externally unchanged.
18.5.1.6 Period carburettors or Amal Mk1
Concentric.
18.5.1.7 Exhaust may be modified but must
follow the original lines and be fitted
with an effective muffler.
18.5.1.8 Folding footrests must be fitted
18.5.1.9 Countershaft sprocket covers will be
fitted.
18.5.2 Acceptable Machines and Components
- Pre 65.
18.5.2.1 Acceptable for the pre 65 class are
machines and components built up
to and including the 1964 model. The
only exception to this rule is where
the model remains unaltered after this
date.
18.5.2.2Frames of any manufacture are
acceptable within the suspension
criteria and considerate of the era.
18.5.2.3 Front wheel travel will not exceed
178mm (7 inches) rear wheel travel
will be limited to 102mm (4 inches)
measured at the axle. Rear shock
absorbers will be in the original
position using the original mounting
points.
18.5.2.4 Engines and gearboxes must remain
externally unchanged.
18.5.2.5 Carburettors; any type of pre 75 round
slide may be used.
18.5.2.6 Exhaust may be modified but must
follow the original lines and be fitted
with an effective muffler.
18.5.2.7 Folding footrests must be fitted.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
18
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
18.5.2.8 Countershaft sprocket covers will be
fitted.
18.5.3 Acceptable Machines and Components
- Pre 70
18.5.3.1 Acceptable for the pre 70 class are
machines and components built up
to and including the 1969 model. The
only exception to this rule is where
the model remains unaltered after this
date.
18.5.3.2 Front wheel travel will not exceed
178mm (7 inches) rear wheel travel
will be limited to 102mm (4 inches)
measured at the axle. Rear shock
absorbers will be in the original
position using the original mounting
points.
18.5.3.3 Engines and gearboxes must remain
externally unchanged.
18.5.3.4 Carburettors; any type of pre 75 round
slide may be used.
18.5.3.5 No reed valves permitted.
18.5.3.6 Exhaust may be modified but must
follow the original lines and be fitted
with an effective muffler.
18.5.3.7 Folding footrests must be fitted.
18.5.3.8 Countershaft sprocket covers will be
fitted.
18.5.3.9 Yamaha XS1 and XS650 engines are
eligible.
18.5.3.10Acceptable follow on models pre 70
a) AJS Stormer 250,
b) Greeves griffon models,
c) Yamaha AT1, DT1, CT1, RT1 pre
reed block.
18.5.4 Acceptable Machines and Components
- Pre 75.
18.5.4.1 Acceptable for the pre 75 class are
machines and components built up
to and including the 1974 model. The
only exception to this rule is where
the model remains unaltered after this
date.
18.5.4.2 Front wheel travel will not exceed
178mm (7 inches) rear wheel travel
will be limited to 102mm (4 inches)
measured at the axle. Rear shock
absorbers will be in the original
position using the original mounting
points.
18.5.4.3 Engines and gearboxes must remain
externally unchanged.
18.5.4.4 Carburettors; any type of pre 75 round
slide may be used.
18.5.4.5 XS1 and XS650 engines are eligible.
18.5.4.6 Exhaust may be modified but must
follow the original lines and be fitted
with an effective muffler.
18.5.4.7 Folding footrests must be fitted.
18.5.4.8 Countershaft sprocket covers will be
fitted.
18.5.4.9 Acceptable follow on models pre 75
a)Honda CR125M1, XL250K1,
XL350K1, MT250 and MT125,
b) Yamaha YZ360B, DT250B,
c) Suzuki TS400 (all).
18.5.5 Acceptable Machines and Components
- Pre 78.
18.5.5.1 Acceptable for the pre 78 classes are
machines and components that are
limited to the 1975, 1976, 1977 models
alone. The only exception to this rule
is where the model remains unaltered
after this date.
18.5.5.2 Front wheel travel will not exceed
229mm (9 inches) rear wheel travel
will be limited to 229mm (9 inches)
measured at the axle. Rear shock
absorbers will be in the original
position using the original mounting
points.
18.5.5.3 Engines and gearboxes must remain
externally unchanged.
18.5.5.4 Carburettors; any type of pre 78 round
slide may be used.
18.5.5.5 Exhaust may be modified but must
follow the original lines and be fitted
with an effective muffler.
18.5.5.6 Folding footrests must be fitted.
18.5.5.7 Countershaft sprocket covers will be
fitted.
18.5.5.8 Acceptable follow on models pre 78
a) CZ 125 1978, CZ400 1978,
b) Montessa VB (must comply to
suspension limits),
c) Yamaha TT500 1978.
18.5.6 Acceptable Machines and Components
-Evolution Class.
18.5.6.1 Bikes will be OEM (original equipment
manufacture).
167
18.5.6.2 Modifications
converting
later
equipment to comply will not be
allowed.
18.5.6.3 All components will be of the period
the machine was manufactured:
a) No linkage suspension,
b) No disk brakes,
c) air cooled motors.
18.5.6.4 Carburettors; period flat slide
carburettors and any round slide
carburettor may be used
18.5.6.5 Engines and gearboxes must remain
externally unchanged.
18.5.6.6 Exhaust may be modified but must
follow the original lines and be fitted
with an effective muffler.
18.5.6.7 Folding footrests must be fitted.
18.5.6.8 Countershaft sprocket covers will be
fitted.
18.5.6.9 The handlebars must be equipped
with a protection pad on the cross bar.
Handlebars not fitted with a cross bar
must be equipped with a protection pad
located in the middle of the handlebars
covering the handlebar clamps.
18.5.7 Acceptable Machines and Components
- Pre 85.
18.5.7.1 Acceptable for the pre85 class are
machines and components built up
to and including the 1984 model. The
only exception to this rule is where
the model remains unaltered after this
date.
18.5.7.2 Carburettors; period flat slide
carburettors and any round slide
carburettor may be used.
18.5.7.3 Engines and gearboxes must remain
externally unchanged.
18.5.7.4 Exhaust may be modified but must
follow the original lines and be fitted
with an effective muffler.
18.5.7.5 Folding footrests must be fitted.
18.5.7.6 Countershaft sprocket covers will be
fitted.
18.5.7.7 The handlebars must be equipped
with a protection pad on the cross bar.
Handlebars not fitted with a cross bar
must be equipped with a protection pad
located in the middle of the handlebars
covering the handlebar clamps.
18.5.8
Acceptable Machines and Components
- Pre 90.
18.5.8.1 Acceptable for the pre90 class are
machines and components built up
to and including the 1989 model. The
only exception to this rule is where
the model remains unaltered after this
date.
18.5.8.2 Carburettors; period flat slide
carburettors and any round slide
carburettor may be used.
18.5.8.3 Engines and gearboxes must remain
externally unchanged.
18.5.8.4 Exhaust may be modified but must
follow the original lines and be fitted
with an effective muffler.
18.5.8.5 Folding footrests must be fitted.
18.5.8.6 Countershaft sprocket covers will be
fitted.
18.5.8.7 The handlebars must be equipped
with a protection pad on the cross bar.
Handlebars not fitted with a cross bar
must be equipped with a protection pad
located in the middle of the handlebars
covering the handlebar clamps.
18.6 FRAMES & PARTS - SIDECARS CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
18.6.01For the Pre-1975 classes, all
performance parts except frames
must be manufactured before 31st
December 1974 and comply with the
following:
a)Wheel track measurement, taken
between the longitudinal centres
of the rear and sidecar wheels
must be between 810mm and
1100mm,
b) The minimum ground clearance
must be 175mm unladen,
c) The maximum lean of the
motorcycle at saddle height must
be 50mm,
d) The dimensions of the sidecar
baseboard in plain view, taken
from a line drawn no further
rearwards than the lowest point of
the front down-tube to the forward
most point of the sidecar wheel
tyre and terminating no further
rearwards than a line drawn at
right angles to the machine from
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
18
the rearmost point of the rear tyre,
must be:
i) At least 760mm long adjacent
to the sidecar wheel,
ii) At least 300mm wide with
at least 25mm radius to all
corners.
e) There must be no more than
50mm between baseboard
and motorcycle and between
baseboard and sidecar wheel. The
baseboard must be arranged so
as not to allow the passenger’s
feet to be trapped,
f) There must be no less than 4
sidecar attachment points,
g) Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s
feet are not permitted,
h)Handholds:
i) Must be finished with a loop of
at least 100mm,
ii) Must not project beyond a
line taken with the outer edge
of the sidecar mudguard or
bodywork,
iii) Adjacent to the nose section
of the sidecar and less than
200mm from the track surface
must be at an angle of at least
45° from the horizontal.
i) The rear end of the rear wheel
mudguard must terminate not
more than 65° above a horizontal
line drawn through the rear wheel
axle and be valanced to baseboard
level on the inside,
j) The sidecar mudguard must cover
at least 135° of the periphery of
the wheel and be valanced to
baseboard level on the inside,
k) No machine may be fitted with
scoop or paddle tyres,
l) Suspension travel must not
exceed:
i) 152mm (6”) measured at the
front axle,
ii) 102mm (4”) at the rear axle.
m) Rear tyre width must not exceed
135mm (5.3”),
n)Brakes:
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
18.6.02
18.7
18.7.01
18.7.02
18.7.03
i) Front - single caliper, single
disc may be fitted provided
they were manufactured
before 31st December 1974,
ii) Rear - rear disc brakes may be
used provided they were fitted
as standard equipment for
that particular combination.
Pre-1985 is for sidecars constructed
with motors manufactured before 31st
December 1984.
ENGINES - SIDECARS - CLASSIC MX &
DIRT TRACK
For the Pre-1975 class, all performance
parts must be manufactured before
31st December 1974 and comply with
the following:
a) Only round-slide carburettors
manufactured within the relevant
period may be used,
b) Engine capacity must be:
i) Up to 1300cc,
ii)Within the tolerances in GCR
12.4.
Pre-1968 will be for sidecars
constructed from road going frames
and all major components are those
commercially available within the
period.
The following table sets out the
machines and components which
eligibility scrutineers may use as
a guide in determining eligibility.
Entrants must prove eligibility of
machines not listed below.
MAKE
Wasp
Hagon
Yamaha
Honda
Norton
Westlake
Triumph
CCM
MODEL(S)
All up to and including RT2, RT8
and RT14
All up to 31st December 1974
XS 650 all models
Any K series
All 750, 850 to Mk2 only
All up to 850cc and 31st December
1974
All up to T150
All BSA B50 based models
18.8
FRAME & PARTS SLIDER CLASS
18.8.01 The frame must:
a) Have a conventional swing arm
rear suspension with twin shock
absorbers,
169
18
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
b) Have a front wheel diameter of 23”,
c) Have a rear wheel diameter of 19”,
d) Have rear tyres with a maximum
tread pattern depth of 8mm,
e) Not be fitted with leading-link front
forks.
18.8.02 Engine Specifications - Solo.
18.8.02.1The engine must:
a)Be a single cylinder,
b) When four stroke be 2- valve push
rod operation,
c)Have a single spark plug,
d)Be vertical in the chassis,
e) Be fitted with a round slide
carburettor,
f) Be a period two stroke compatible
with class entered.
18.8.03 Gearbox - Classic Long Track
18.8.03.1The gearbox must have at least 2 gears.
18.8.04 Frames - Sidecars
18.8.04.1 Conventional type frames as used prior
to 31st December 1976 must be used.
18.8.05 Engine Specifications - Sidecars
18.8.05.1 Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
Aaron Maynard, Glenn O’Brien, Jesse Headland, Darrin Treloar,
Grant Bond, Glenn Cox (Chris Horne)
170
enjoy the ride
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19SPEEDWAY
19.1
Protective Clothing –
SPEEDWAY
19.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Speedway or Track
competition on a Speedway machine
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
19.1.1Helmet
19.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
19.1.2Clothing
19.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability,
19.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a safety
strap must be fitted and secured at the
neck,
19.1.2.3 When jackets and trousers are worn,
provision must be made to securely attach
the jacket to the trousers by press studs,
buttons, laces, Velcro or zippers. The
trousers, and jacket must be attached
while competing.
19.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather or
enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick
at the:
a)Shoulders,
b)Elbows,
c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and
d)Knees.
19.1.2.5 Alternative Solo & Sidecar clothing can
be:
a) Trousers of leather or synthetic
material of similar durability
b) Trousers of other than leather must
be non-combustible and fitted with a
lining
c) A jersey made of close knit fabric of
natural or synthetic fibre, which must
be a snug fit and provide protection
against abrasion to the body and
arms
d) Full body armor must be worn under
clothing.
19.1.2.6 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine.
19.1.3 Footwear
19.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must be:
a) Constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability but must not be
constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position, and
c) For solo competitors, in the case of
the left foot, have a steel skid and be
made with a curved front extending at
least 50mm over the toe of the boot.
19.1.4Gloves
19.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other
material of similar or greater durability and
having the following properties:
a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm,
b) Be fire retardant,
c) Be resistant to abrasion,
d) Have perspiration absorbing
171
qualities,
19 SPeedwaY
e) Be medically non-toxic and nonallergenic.
19.1.5 Goggles and Visors
19.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
19.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
enjoy the ride
19.1.7 Footwear in pits
19.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
19.1.7.2 Mechanics must be dressed in pit uniforms
for a specific rider, team, dealer team,
factory team or dress in clean overalls. A
promoter may specify pit attire.
19.2frames and Parts - Speedway
19.2.1General
19.2.1.1 Titanium may not be used in the
construction of the frame, the front forks,
the handlebars, the swingarms or the
wheel axles of any machine.
19.2.1.2 Handlebars must:
a) Be fitted to the unsprung part of the
front suspension,
b) Be securely plugged so as to present
a flush or rounded end,
c) Have a width of not more than
900mm nor less than 700mm, and
d) Have handlebar grips attached to
the ends with a maximum length of
150mm.
19.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
19.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jersey.
19.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
Fig 19.2 Plan and side view- 500 solo speedway
machine
172
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.2.1.3 Clutch levers must:
a) Have ball ends with a minimum
diameter of 19mm,
b) Measure no more than 200mm from
the fulcrum to the extremity of the
ball.
19.2.1.4 Throttle controls and mechanical
carburettor linkages must:
a) Be self closing,
b) Be enclosed so as to prevent
jamming.
19.2.1.5 There must be a kill switch which must:
a) Cut out the ignition,
b) Operate on the primary circuit,
c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must:
i) Have a total extended length not
exceeding 500mm,
ii) Be attached around the rider’s
right wrist when the machine is
in motion,
iii) Not be secured to the handlebar
unless by a readily torn material.
19.2.1.6 Stops or other devices must be fitted to
ensure a minimum clearance of 30mm
between the handlebars and any other
part of the machine when on full lock.
19.2.1.7 Steering must be:
a)Direct,
b) Through the front wheel,
c) By a classic telescopic fork, leading
link, earles, or girder type.
19.2.1.8 Light alloys may not be used for wheel
axles.
19.2.1.9 The front wheel must be fitted with a
knockout spindle or an approved clamp to
fasten on the fork tips.
19.2.1.10Brakes may not be fitted.
19.2.1.11For any cast or welded wheel, the gaps
between the spokes must be filled in.
19.2.1.12Machines need not carry number plates.
19.2.1.13FIM homologated dirt deflectors must be
fitted to all solo Speedway machines with
the exceptions of 125cc Junior machines,
and 500cc upright engined machines
when used in classic Speedway events.
19speedway
Fig 19.2.1.13 Dirt deflector detail
19.2.2 500 Solo
19.2.2.1 Rear chain guards must:
a) Be fitted to the back end of the rear
assembly of machines,
b) Provide protection where the rear
chain enters onto the rear wheel
sprocket.
19.2.2.2 Exhaust systems must not extend beyond
the outer circumference of the rear wheel
rim and tyre.
19.2.2.3 The gap between the silencers and the
tyre must not exceed 60mm.
19.2.2.4 Exhaust gases must be discharged from
the system horizontally and parallel to the
centre line of the machine.
Fig 19.2.2.5 500 Solo exhaust details
173
enjoy the ride
19speedway
174
19.2.2.5 The exhaust pipe must be fixed to the
cylinder head and frame with a minimum
of 3 clips, 1 of which must be attached to
the cylinder head.
19.2.2.6 The silencer must be attached to the
frame with at least 1 clip. A second
moveable coupling must be fitted from the
first third of the silencer to the frame with
steel cable of at least 3mm or strong steel
spring.
19.2.2.7 The diameter of the exhaust pipe must not
exceed 50mm or an equivalent area and
must remain constant up to the silencer.
19.2.2.8 The outlet area of the silencer must
remain constant over a length of 50mm,
must not exceed 45mm, or an equivalent
area, and must not be perforated.
19.2.2.9 The outside shell of the silencer must
form 1 unit. The end of the pipe must be
cut at right angles.
19.2.2.10Where turbo or similar types of approved
silencers are fitted:
a) The silencer must be mounted in a
position to discharge the exhaust
fumes at a minimum deflection
of 15° from the centre line of the
machine and a maximum of 30° to
the ground,
b) The silencer must not be altered in
shape or modified in any way, other
than a welded transition section to
allow clamping to the exhaust pipe,
c) The maximum internal outlet
diameter must be 47mm and must
remain as manufactured.
19.2.2.11Machines must be fitted with a front
mudguards that extend at least 5° ahead
of a vertical line running through the
centre of the front wheel axle and at least
5° under the top edge of the mud-shield
protecting the front of the engine.
19.2.2.12The rear mudguard must extend at least
5° behind a vertical line running through
the centre of the rear axle.
19.2.2.13Rear tyre requirements are as follows:
a) Subsequent modification of tyres is
not permitted,
b) The overall width must not exceed
100mm,
c) The tyre must be mounted and
inflated to 14 psi at Scrutineering,
Fig 19.2.2.13 Solo Tyre details
d) The tread depth must not exceed
8mm measured at right angles to the
face of the tread,
e) All blocks in the same circumference
must be of the same depth,
f) The space between the blocks must
not exceed 9.5mm across the tyre or
13mm in a circumferential direction,
g) The space between the blocks must
not exceed 22mm. The space across
C in the relevant diagram must not
extend completely across the tyre
measured at right angles to the wall
of the tyre, unless broken by a block.
19.2.2.14The front tyre may be of any size or type
but limited to an overall width of 80mm.
19.2.2.15Tyres may not be treated by chemicals,
tyre warmers or other means which tend to
alter the shape, minimum shore hardness,
construction or other characteristics.
19.2.2.16The minimum weight, without fuel, is
77kg.
19.2.2.17Footrests:
a) Must be on the right hand side of
the machine and must not exceed
320mm in length measured from the
centre line of the motorcycle,
b) Must have metal protection at the
end of at least 8mm radius,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
c) May be folding and, if so, must
be fitted with a device which
automatically returns them to the
normal position.
19.2.2.18Rear suspension is prohibited.
19.2.2.19A single gear only is permitted.
Fig 19.2.3 Sidecar Dimensions
19.2.3Sidecar
19.2.3.1 The overall width must not exceed
1500mm.
19.2.3.2 The length from the leading edge of
the front tyre to the outside of the rear
mudguard must not exceed 2600mm.
19.2.3.3 Overall height must not exceed 1200mm.
19.2.3.4 The wheel base taken at axle height from
the centre of the front axle to the centre
of the rear axle must measure between
1280mm and 1800mm.
19.2.3.5 The wheel track, taken between the
tracks left by the centre lines of the rear
motorcycle wheel and the sidecar wheel,
must measure between 500mm and
1100mm.
19 speedway
19.2.3.6 The centre lines of the tracks made by the
front and rear wheels of the motorcycle
when the machine is proceeding directly
forward must be no further apart than 75mm.
19.2.3.7 The width of the kneeling pad on the
offside of the machine must not exceed
400mm.
19.2.3.8 The tubing used in the construction of the
main frame of a sidecar motorcycle must
have a minimum wall thickness of 1.5mm.
19.2.3.9 The sidecar must be on the left of the
motorcycle and, if not an integral part
of the chassis, must be fixed to the
motorcycle in at least 4 places.
19.2.3.10The sidecar wheel must be staggered
inwards. If the sidecar wheel is mounted
by a plate on both sides, the diameter of
the axle must exceed 12mm.
19.2.3.11The sidecar frame must have a continuous
bar along the exterior of the sidecar wheel.
19.2.3.12The streamlining:
a) Must not be in front of a vertical line
drawn through the leading edge of
the front tyre,
b) Must not to the rear of a vertical line
drawn through the exterior edge of
the rear rim,
c) May come into contact with the
ground with the rear wheel raised
300mm from the ground.
19.2.3.13In all handlebar positions, there must
be a space of at least 30mm between
the streamlining and the ends of the
handlebars, including any attachments.
19.2.3.14Aero panels, side panels and similar
attachments may be used provided they are:
a) Constructed of metal, fibreglass or
polycarbonate material,
b) Free of sharp or protruding edges, and
c) Not dangerous to the rider or other
competitors.
19.2.3.15Horizontal wings and aerodynamic friction
assisting devices are prohibited.
19.2.3.16Fuel tanks must be of a material approved
by the Australian Standards Association
for fuel containers.
19.2.3.17Drive must only be transmitted through the
rear wheel of the motorcycle.
175
19speedway
enjoy the ride
19.2.3.18Tyres may be cut or grooved and of any
size or type provided:
a) Solo 2 ply and 4 ply 76mm (3”)
tyres may not be used on rear rims
exceeding 127mm (5”) in width,
b) The rear wheel rim width must not
exceed 175mm (7”),
c) Knobby tyres may not be used.
19.2.3.19The area inside a spoked wheel must
be covered by a disc or shield so as to
prevent a rider’s or passenger’s feet
or hands coming into contact with the
spoked area.
19.2.3.20Any space between the sidecar body and
the rear or sidecar wheel of the motorcycle
greater than 76mm must be decked so as
to prevent the passenger’s hands or feet
entering between the chassis bars.
19.2.3.21Any open area between the footrests, the
continuous bar and the right hand side to
the direction of travel must be filled in with
a suitable material so as to stop a rider or
passenger from trapping their feet.
19.2.3.22Where the sidecar wheel is mounted with
a bracket on 1 side only, the axle diameter
must be a least 20mm.
19.2.3.23Stub axles must have a minimum diameter
at the base plate of 40mm.
19.2.3.24The sidecar wheel must be covered by a
non-rotating shield which must:
a) Be constructed of sheet metal,
fibreglass or similar material and be
flat or nearly so,
b) Be securely fitted to the sidecar,
Fully valanced rear mudguard filled in to level of
support strut
Support
strut
Rear mudguard
170 mm from track
170 mm
20mm
Rear Guard & Flap Assembly details [side view]
c) Incorporate a 25mm horizontal crash
bar surrounding the outer side of the
sidecar wheel at floor level,
176
d) Cover at least the outward facing
spoked area, and,
e) If trials tyres are fitted, cover the tyre
area as well.
19.2.3.25The sidecar wheel must be either spoked,
molded type mag, or other approved
wheel. Riveted type mag wheels are not
permitted.
19.2.3.26The fitting of a front mudguard is not
compulsory.
19.2.3.27Rear mudguards:
a) Must be valanced on both sides
down to axle level, to a maximum of
170mm from ground level
b) Must be fitted with a 1 piece flexible
mud flap without any slots, which:
i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm
and be of a reinforced belting
type rubber,
ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard,
iii) Ends no more than 20 mm
above ground level,
iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the
mudguard and projects forward by
a minimum of 75 mm on each side,
v) Is a consistent width from top to
bottom,
vi) And/or be fitted with an FIM
homologated dirt deflector,
c) May be incorporated into the
passenger’s seat molding,
19.2.3.28Promoters may require additional
specifications for the protection of
spectators.
19.2.3.29
Footrests must
Min 150%
be on the right
of A
hand side to
A
the direction
of travel and
Mudguard and
rear flap shall be a
linked by a
minimum of 150%
continuous bar.
of rear tyre width
19.2.3.30
All
exterior
Rear flap
barwork and
tubework
ends must be
20 mm
plugged
or
Rear Guard &
capped so as
Flap Assembly details
to present a
[rear view]
flush or convex
end.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.2.3.31A suitable handhold must be provided
for the passenger on the offside of the
machine and near the front.
19.2.3.32Exhaust fumes must be discharged
towards the rear of the machine. Exhaust
fumes must not be discharged so as to
raise dust, foul the tyres or inconvenience
the passenger or any other rider or
passenger.
19.2.3.33The exhaust must be attached to the
machine at a minimum of 3 locations, 2 on
the frame, (1 to the rear), in addition to the
1 on the cylinder head.
19.2.4 Junior - 125cc Solo
19.2.4.1 Wheelbase must not exceed 1375mm.
19.2.4.2 Rear rim diameter must not exceed 17”
(432mm).
19.2.4.3 Rear tyres must:
a) Have Trial or Speedway pattern
tread tyres,
b) Not exceed 90mm x 432mm (3.5” x
17”),
c) Not be modified.
19.2.4.4 Front rim diameter must not exceed
482mm (19”).
19.2.4.5 Front tyres must:
a) Have Trial pattern or Speedway
tread,
b) Have a diameter not exceeding 19”
(482mm),
c) Not be modified.
19.2.4.6 Exhaust mounts:
a) The exhaust must have at least 3
mounts to the motorcycle.
19.2.5 Junior - Sidecar
19.2.5.1 Overall length from the leading edge of
the front tyre to the outside edge of the
rear mudguard must not exceed 2100mm.
19.2.5.2 Overall width must not exceed 1250mm.
19.2.5.3 Wheelbase, taken at axle height and from
the centre of the front axle to the centre
of the rear axle, must measure between
1,500mm and 1,200mm.
19.2.5.4 Stub axles must have a minimum diameter
at the base plate of 25mm.
19.2.5.5 Wheel track, taken between the tracks left
by the centre lines of the rear motorcycle
wheel and the sidecar wheel, must
measure between 800mm and 600mm.
19 speedway
19.2.5.6 The width of the kneeling pad on the off
side of the motorcycle must not exceed
300mm.
19.2.5.7 The sidecar wheel must be covered by a
non-rotating shield which must:
a) Be fitted securely to the sidecar,
b) Incorporate a 20mm horizontal crash
bar surrounding the outer side of the
sidecar wheel at floor level,
c) Cover at least the outward facing
spoked area, and
d) If trials tyres are fitted, the tyres.
19.2.5.8 Rear mudguards:
a) Must be valanced on both sides
down to axle level,
b) Must be fitted with a 1 piece flexible
mud flap without any slots, which:
i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm
and be of a reinforced belting
type rubber,
ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard,
iii) Ends no more than 20 mm
above ground level,
iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the mudguard and projects forward by a
minimum of 75 mm on each side,
19.2.5.9 Front and rear rim diameter for the
motorcycle must not exceed 19” (482mm).
19.2.5.10Rear rim width for the motorcycle must
not exceed 102mm and trial or Speedway
pattern tread tyres must be fitted.
19.2.5.11Hand holds and footrests must comply
with the requirements for Senior
Speedway sidecars.
19.2.5.12Sidecar wheels and tyres:
a) Knobby tyres are not permitted,
b) Cutting or grooving tyres is permitted,
c) The sidecar wheel must be either
spoked, moulded type mag, or other
approved type wheel. Riveted type
mag wheels are not permitted.
19.3engines – Speedway
19.3.1General
19.3.1.1 Primary chain guard protection must be
provided by:
a) Fully enclosing the chain with a steel
guard, or
177
enjoy the ride
19speedway
Fig 19.3.1.1 Chain guard details
b) If a plastic, fibreglass or part open
chain guard is used, a steel bolt
of not less than 10mm minimum
diameter, placed outside the bottom
rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket.
This bolt, if damaged, must be
replaced.
19.3.1.2 Mechanical carburettor linkages must be:
a) Enclosed by a suitable material, or
b) Fully enclosed by a box.
19.3.1.3Noise emissions must not exceed 98dB(A)
when measured as per GCR 12.10.
19.3.2 500 Solo
19.3.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 500cc.
19.3.2.2 Engines must be:
a) Single cylinder,
b) 4- stroke,
c) 4 valves maximum,
d) Fitted with 1 carburettor of 34mm +/0.1mm diameter, and
e) 1 spark plug.
19.3.2.3 2-valve engines may use a carburettor of
36mm +/- 0.1mm diameter.
19.3.2.4 The carburettor measurements must:
a) Remain constant over a distance of
no less than 25mm on the engine
178
side and 5mm on the air intake side,
b) Be taken from the edges of the
throttle valve or throttle butterfly.
19.3.2.5 The fuel output section of the carburettor
must be of circular shape.
19.3.2.6 Direct injection must comply with the
above carburettor sizes.
19.3.2.7Supercharging and turbocharging are not
permitted.
19.3.3Sidecar
19.3.3.1 An event may be restricted to machines of
a capacity of no more than 500cc, which
will be known as a 500cc class event.
19.3.3.2 For a machine competing in a 500cc class
event, the engine must comply as follows:
a) Where electronic fuel injection is
installed, it must be of a standard
production type,
b) The engine may not be turbocharged
or supercharged.
19.3.3.3 For a machine competing in any event
other than a 500cc class event, the engine
must comply as follows:
a) The engine capacity must not exceed
1,045cc,
b) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
Fig 19.3.2.4 Carburettor dimensions
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19 c) On liquid cooled engines an overflow
pipe must be used to direct any
overflow of coolant away from the
rider and passenger.
d) Titanium may be used if fitted as OEM.
19.4
Engines - Junior speedway
19.4.1 125cc Solo
19.4.1.1 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the
gearshift lever must be removed and the
machine must remain in 1 gear while
racing.
19.4.1.2 The engine capacity must not exceed
125cc with a +1mm tolerance of the bore
diameter.
19.4.1.3 A single cylinder, 4-stroke engine, fitted
with 1 carburettor, of a mass produced
type must be used.
19.4.1.4 The cylinder head must be as follows:
a) 2-, 3- or 4-valve cylinder heads
can be fitted, but 3- and 4-valve
heads must retain manufacturers
specifications,
b) The action of the valves must be
controlled by valve springs,
c) The cylinder head may be ported
and, if damaged in use, bearing
journals may be bored and bearings
replaced with either roller or bronze
bearings,
d) For 2-valve heads, maximum valve
19.5
speedway
size must be:
i) Exhaust - 25mm, and
ii) Inlet - 30mm.
19.4.1.5 Carburettors no bigger than 24mm can be
fitted.
19.4.1.6 Inlet manifold must be round for entire
length.
19.4.1.7 Early model crankcases may be used with
late model heads but the compression
ratio must not exceed 9.7:1.
19.4.1.8 Any type of ignition system may be used.
19.4.1.9 Later model parts, or parts of different
manufacture, may be installed.
19.4.1.10The “Shupa” brand junior Speedway
machine is approved for competition in the
Junior 125 Solo class when the machine
is fitted with the 2- or 3-valve head.
19.4.2 Junior - Sidecar
19.4.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 250cc.
Motors must be 4 stroke only.
19.4.2.2 Machines must be fitted with an unmodified
4 stroke production engine and may be
fitted with an operating gearbox. OEM
engine electrics must also be used.
19.4.2.3 Junior sidecar competitors on junior
sidecar machines are: allowed to compete
on senior tracks to a maximum length of
450 metres. Rider and passenger must be
aged 14 to 16 years of age. Riders must
be assessed by an accredited coach prior
to competition.
Rider identification - speedway
19.5.0.1 Speedway competitors must:
a) Wear helmet colours, as prescribed in the program for the competition, selected from the
following table , and subject to the following sub-Rules:
RACE
Scratch
4 Riders
Scratch
6 Riders
Handicap
RED
BLUE
WHITE
YELLOW
YELLOW
& BLACK
GREEN
ORANGE
BLACK
BLACK &
WHITE.





X
X
X
X







X
X









NOTE: In table19.5.0.1  means available, X means unavailable.
b) At all race meetings, wear racing numbers as allocated to the competitor by the RCB as
follows:
i) A number worn on a competitor’s back which must:
Measure 230mm x 230mm,
For solo riders, be black, with a white background,
For sidecar riders, be black with a yellow background,
Have a maximum background area of 300mm2.
179
19 ii) A number worn on a competitor’s
front must:
Measure at least 100mm x
80mm,
For solo riders, be black, with
a white background,
For sidecar riders, be black
with a yellow background,
Be worn on the left breast.
c) Not have advertising on
clothing within 25mm of number
backgrounds.
19.5.0.2 The helmet colour of each competitor
must be clearly visible to the Referee, the
Judge and the Timekeeper throughout
each event.
19.5.0.3 A competitor who has a helmet of the
specified colour for an event may wear
the helmet in that event without a helmet
cover.
19.6fuel - SPEEDWAY
19.6.0.1 Fuel must:
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON; and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines; and
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
19.6.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition, and
250cc and 350cc Junior machines, the
following fuels are permitted:
a) Commercially available Methanol, or
b) Unleaded fuel which complies with
GCR 19.6.0.1.
19.7
enjoy the ride
speedway
Classes- Junior Speedway
19.7.0.1 Junior - age groups and capacities - solo
and sidecar;
AGE GROUP
7 to U9 years
9 to U16 years
13 to U16 years
14 to U16 years
11 to U16 years
9 to U16 years
CLASSES AND CAPACITY
125cc Single 4-stroke Solo
125cc Single 4-stroke Solo
250cc solo
350cc solo
250cc 4-stroke Sidecar
250cc 4-stroke Sidecar Passenger
19.8250cc INTERMEDIATE SPEEDWAY
19.8.0.1 This class is for club-level competition
only and will be conducted under the
requirements of this chapter.
180
19.8.0.2 Promoters intending to conduct competition
for 250cc intermediate class must:
a) Obtain approval from the Speedway
Commission, in addition to obtaining
approval from the SCB,
b) Provide the Commission with a
report on the merits of the class.
The report should include statements
from riders and officials and
engineering personnel.
19.8.1Engines
19.8.1.1 4-stroke single cylinder engine up to
250cc.
19.8.1.2 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the
gearshift lever must be removed and the
machine must remain in 1 gear ratio while
racing.
19.8.2 Frames and Parts
19.8.2.1GCRs 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 apply:
19.8.3 Speedway Classes
CLASS
Junior
Senior
AGES
13 years to under 16 years
16 years and over
19.9250/350cc SOLO SPEEDWAY
19.9.0.1 Competition for 250cc and 350cc machines
is allowed under Speedway Rules.
19.9.0.2 Riders must be assessed by an accredited
coach prior to competition.
19.9.0.3 Riders using these machines must be:
minimum age 250cc 13 years to under
16 years, minimum age 350cc 14 years
to under 16 years.
19.9.0.4 Other special conditions will apply to
the use of these machines and these
conditions will be made available from MA
upon request.
19.9.0.5 Tracks must be no more than 450 metres
in length, and licenced by MA or the
relevant SCB.
19.9.0.6 Engines must be OEM 250cc and 350cc
and carburetors are free.
19.10
CLASSIC SPEEDWAY
19.10.1 Eligibility - solo
19.10.1.1Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
19.10.1.2Competitors must be aged at least 30
years at the date of the competition.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.10.2 Frame - Classic Speedway
19.10.2.1The frame must:
a) Have a front wheel diameter of 23”
(594mm),
b) Have a rear wheel diameter of 19”
(482mm),
c) Have rear tyres with a maximum tread
pattern depth of 8mm,
d) Not be fitted leading-link front forks.
19.10.3 Engine Specifications - Solo
19.10.3.1The engine must:
a) Be single cylinder,
b) Be 2- valve with push rod operation,
c) Have a single spark plug,
d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc
+/ 2% tolerance,
e) Be vertical in the chassis,
f) Be fitted with a round slide
carburettor of 38mm maximum bore,
g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross
flow cylinder head.
19.10.4 Eligibility-Classic and Post Classic
Sidecars.
19.10.4.1 For the Classic Class - British, European
& American and Classic Class - Japanese
Sidecar riders must be aged 30 years or
over at the date of competition, Sidecar
passengers must be 16 years or over at
the date of competition,
19.10.4.2 Machines and all parts used in their
construction are to be commercially
available in their selected era ONLY Sidecar
rider must be aged 30 years or over at the
date of competition.
19.10.4.3 All machines must comply with GCR
19.2.1.5 (Kill Switch).
19.10.4.3Maximum standard engine capacity of
1020cc and no reconditioning tolerance
is allowed.
19.10.4.4Only machines of the type raced on
Australian Speedways in the selected
era, will be eligible.
19.10.5 Classic Class - British, European &
American Sidecars Eligibility – Sidecars
Classic Machines
19.10.5.1This class will cover machines using original
factory motorcycle frames and standard forks
.i.e.: One made by a recognised motorcycle
manufacturer.
a) Motors will be four stroke 2 valves per
19speedway
b)
c)
a)
b)
c)
cylinder, air cooled and a maximum of
two cylinders, manufactured and raced
prior to Dec 31st 1974,
Rules and regulations covering this
class as per SCB 1975 rule book
appendix J,
Riders of machines in this class must
be at least 30 years of age at the date of
competition.
A conventional type frame as used prior to
31 December 1980 must be used;
Engines must have been manufactured
before December 1980;
Only machines raced in that era, or
replicas of machines raced in the era
will be eligible.
19.10.6 Classic Class - Japanese Sidecars Engine
Specifications - Sidecars Post Classic
machines
19.10.6.1This class will cover machines with factory
motorcycle frames and standard forks i.e.
One made by a recognised motorcycle
manufacturer:
a) Motors will be Japanese 2 stroke and
4 Stroke SOHC multi cylinder engines
with a maximum of 2 valves per cylinder,
b) Engines must be manufactured and
raced prior to Dec 31st 1974,
c) Rules and regulations covering this
class as per SCB 1975 rule book
appendix J,
d) Riders of machines in this class must
be at least 30 years of age at the date of
competition.
a) A conventional type frame, or Nash
type underslung frame as prior to
December 1990 to be used;
b) Engines must have been manufactured
before December 1990
c) Only machines raced in that era, or
replicas of machines raced in the era
will be eligible.
Eligibility of the above machines is the
responsibility of the rider or entrant.
19.10.6.1Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
19.10.7 Post Classic Class Sidecars
19.10.7.1This class will cover machines using
original factory frames and standard forks
i.e. one made by a recognised motorcycle
181
19 speedway
manufacturer:
a) Motors will be 2 stroke and 4 Stroke 2
valve DOHC multi cylinder air cooled
engines,
b) Rules and regulations covering this
class as per MA rule book.
19.10.8 Evolution Class Sidecars
19.10.8.1Low Line and custom frames fitted with 2
valve DOHC multi cylinder air cooled engines:
a) Rules and regulations covering this
class as per MA rule book.
19.11
Competition Rules - Speedway
19.11.1General
19.11.1.1Competitions may be solo events or team
events.
19.11.2 Change of Machines
19.11.2.1Subject to the SR, a competitor may
compete on a machine other than that
described in the competitor’s entry
application but:
a) Must inform a key official of any
change, and
b) May not, in any heat or final, use the
machine on which another rider has
qualified for the same heat or final.
19.11.3 Identification of Machines
19.11.3.1All machines must have the competitor’s
name displayed on the rear mudguard,
seat or valance, in letters with a minimum
height of 25mm.
19.11.3.2All sidecars must have the competitor’s
race number on the side wing of the
machine. The number must be 150mm
(min.) high with a contrasting background.
19.11.4 Log Books
19.11.4.1Each competitor must possess a
prescribed log book which must:
a) Be produced by the competitor at
Scrutineering,
b) Be available for production at any
other time during the meeting,
c) Contain provision for the following
entries:
i) The meeting date and place,
ii) The Scrutineer’s report as to any
defects or faults in the machine,
iii) Any penalties imposed by the
Referee.
182
enjoy the ride
19.11.4.2A competitor must correct any machine
defects noted in the log book before being
permitted to compete on that machine
again.
19.11.5Competitors
19.11.5.1A competitor who has entered for a
meeting may practice on a machine on
the track before the commencement of
the meeting where the competitor has:
a) Not ridden on the track previously,
b) Had an accident, which has
damaged the machine so as to
require major repairs to the frame.
19.11.5.2The Referee may require any:
a) Newly licensed competitor,
b) A competitor whose abilities are not
known to the Referee,
to submit to such test as the Referee
considers proves that the competitor is
able to perform safely in competition.
19.11.6Juniors
19.11.6.1Where a Junior track is situated on the
infield of a Senior track, Junior Speedway
event may be conducted in conjunction
with a Senior meeting.
19.11.6.2Demonstrations, Coaching and Practice
a) A Junior licence holder who has
turned 15 years of age and who
in the opinion of an MA accredited
coach is capable of handling a 500cc
solo Speedway machine may give a
demonstration during a break in the
Senior program. Only one rider in this
category is allowed on the track at
one time,
b) A Junior licence holder who
has turned 12 years of age and
9 months will be allowed to be
coached/practice on a 250cc solo
Speedway machine. Only one
rider in this category is allowed on
the track at 1 time,
c) A Junior licence holder who
has turned 13 years of age and
9 months will be allowed to be
coached/practice on a 350cc solo
Speedway machine. Only one
rider in this category is allowed on
the track at 1 time.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.11.7 Late Arrival
19.11.7.1The Referee may refuse permission to
compete to a competitor who arrives at
the venue for a meeting later than the
arrival time prescribed in the SR.
19.11.8 Sidecar Passenger
19.11.8.1In the event that the nominated sidecar
passenger is unable to continue during the
meeting, they may be replaced providing
the new passenger signs the relevant
forms and is authorised by the Clerk of
Course and Referee prior to taking part.
19.11.9Starting
19.11.9.1Competitors must be ready for the start
when called upon to do so by the relevant
official.
a) The Referee may sound a 2 minute
warning signal in the pit area,
b) At the order of the Clerk of Course,
competitors must leave the pit area
together and proceed by the shortest
practical route to the starting tapes
and there stop under the control of
the starting Marshal,
c) Any competitor not ready to start at
the expiration of 2 minutes after the
signal will be excluded from the race,
d) A competitor so excluded may be
replaced by a reserve,
e) Unless otherwise directed by the
Referee, the time between the finish
of 1 race and the start of the next will
not exceed 5 minutes.
19.11.9.2Competitors who are members of the
same team or pair may exchange their
starting positions.
19.11.9.3Standing starts, operated by the Referee,
are to be used.
19.11.9.4For other than handicap starts:
a) Competitors must form up in the
prescribed order behind the tapes,
b) Once all competitors are correctly
positioned and stationary, a green
light or flag is shown,
c) The starting Marshal then leaves the
area of the tapes,
d) After a pause of not less than 2
seconds, the Referee then releases
the gate to start the race,
19speedway
e) The first competitor whose machine
touches 1 or more of the tapes
during the pause before the gate is
raised will be excluded and the event
will be restarted.
19.11.9.5For handicap starts in Speedway:
a) Competitors must form up at their
handicap marks on indication by red
light or red flag,
b) Once all competitors are correctly
positioned and stationary, the
red light is extinguished or flag
withdrawn to indicate that a start is
imminent,
c) After a pause, the Referee then
shows a green light or flag to start
the race,
d) The first competitor whose machine
crosses the applicable starting line
in the pause before the green light
or flag is shown will be excluded and
the event will be restarted,
e) A machine is deemed to have
crossed the starting line when its
rear wheel axle passes over the line.
19.11.9.6A race may be re-started if, in the opinion
of the Referee:
a) Any aspect of the start is unfair or
incorrect,
b) The actions of any competitor have
given that competitor an unfair
advantage over another.
19.11.9.7A competitor may not receive outside
assistance after the showing of the green
light or flag, or, in handicap events, the
red light or flag, other than if:
a) The engine has stalled,
b) The assistance is from authorised
pushers,
c) The assistance is given before
the machine reaches the 30 metre
marker.
19.11.9.8For the purposes of the preceding subRule:
a) A marker must be placed on the
track 30 metres from the starting
line,
b) A machine will be deemed to have
reached the 30 metre marker when
the front wheel axle passes it.
19.11.9.9A competitor will be excluded if, in the
opinion of the Referee:
183
19 speedway
a) The competitor’s machine is not
moving under its own power at the
30 metre marker,
b) The competitor fails to ride directly
and without delay from the pits to the
starting line,
c) The competitor touches the tapes or
crosses the applicable starting line at
the start.
19.11.9.10
A competitor excluded under the
preceding Rule in:
a) Individual contests; may be replaced
by a reserve,
b) Teams contests; may be replaced by
a track reserve,
c) Test and teams matches; may be
replaced by a team reserve,
must leave the track without delay and
return to the pits as soon as the race
finishes or is stopped.
19.11.10 Leaving the Course
19.11.10.1A rider whose machine crosses the inner
edge of the track with 2 wheels must be
excluded unless, in the opinion of the
Referee, the action was taken in the
interest of safety of other riders or the
rider was forced off course by another
rider.
19.11.10.2When tracks do not have an outer
fence and are marked by other means,
a competitor will be excluded if 1 wheel
crosses the outer marker.
19.11.10.3A rider who returns to the track and
continues to race when not entitled to
shall be excluded.
19.11.11Retirements
19.11.11.1A competitor who, in the opinion of the
Timekeeper:
a) Has not completed the race distance
within 3 minutes of the start,
b) Has not started the last lap before the
winner has crossed the finish line;
will be deemed to have retired from the
race.
19.11.11.2If the chequered flag has not been shown
after the race distance has been completed
by the leading competitor, it will be deemed
to have been shown and that competitor
will be declared the winner.
184
enjoy the ride
19.11.12Reserves
19.11.12.1The Referee may direct a reserve to
replace a competitor who has failed to
start in an event.
19.11.12.2Reserves will be used in rotation.
19.11.12.3A reserve is not entitled to any points
towards any subsequent race but must
be paid any prize monies to which the
reserve would have been entitled if the
reserve had been an original competitor.
19.11.12.4A reserve who replaces an excluded
competitor in pairs or team races may
use:
a) The reserve’s original start position,
b) The competitor’s original start
position.
19.11.13Re-runs
19.11.13.1 When a chequered flag is displayed
before the race distance has been
completed by the leading competitor, the
Referee must order a re-run.
19.11.13.2In a re-run:
a) Competitors must start from their
original starting positions, and
b) Reserves must occupy the position
of the replaced competitors.
19.11.13.3 Any competitor who has failed to start in
or been excluded from any race may not
compete in the re-run.
19.11.13.4Any competitor who has retired from
any race may not compete in the re-run
unless, in the opinion of the Referee, the
competitor retired in the interests of safety
or after being fouled.
19.11.14Scoring
19.11.14.1 In every heat, unless otherwise prescribed
by the SR:
a) The winner receives 3 points,
b) The second receives 2 points,
c) The third receives 1 point.
d) The forth receives 0 points
e) 0 for last place is better than M,R,F,T,E
and N where:
O= For last place,
M= Excluded for 2 minute rule,
R= Retired from the race,
F= Fall but not excluded,
T= Excluded for false start,
E= Excluded,
N= No start.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.11.14.2 In individual events, ties will be resolved
by a run-off between the tied competitors.
19.11.14.3 Alternatively, in individual events ties may
be resolved as follows:
a) The competitor who attains the
highest number of firsts in the heats
will be the winner,
b) If there is still a tie, the competitor who
attains the highest number of seconds
in the heats will be the winner,
c) If there is still a tie, the competitor
who receives the highest number of
thirds in the heats will be the winner,
d) If there is still a tie, an “O” for the last place
is better than M,R,F,T,E or N, where:
M= Excluded for 2 minute rule,
R= Retired from the race,
F= Fall but not excluded,
T= Excluded for false start,
E= Excluded,
N= No start.
19.11.14.4 In team events, ties will be resolved by a
run-off with 1 competitor from each team.
19.11.14.5All competitors taking part in a run-off in
the event of tied scores must be paid prize
money for the run-off.
19.11.15 Dead Heats
19.11.15.1In the event of a dead heat between
2 or more competitors, the combined
points will be shared between the tied
competitors.
19.11.16 Flags and Signals
19.11.16.1The dimensions of flags must be 600 x 600 mm.
19.11.16.2All control lights:
a) Must be visible to all competitors,
b) May only be operated by the Referee
or the Referee’s nominee.
19.11.16.3 In addition to, or in substitution for the
flags and lights applicable to other
disciplines the following signals apply:
a) Start - Green or National flag,
b) Race stoppage - Red flag,
c) Last lap - Yellow flag with black
diagonal cross 50mm wide.
d) Exclusion- Black flag, light or disc,
indicating competitor’s number or
helmet colour.
19speedway
19.11.17 Pit Control
19.11.17.1 No persons may be or remain in the pits
during a meeting other than:
a)Competitors,
b) Competitors’ mechanics,
c) Police, fire or medical staff,
d) Officials,
e) Others authorised by the Clerk of
Course or pit Marshal
19.11.17.2 The pits will be under the control of the
Clerk of Course who will be assisted by a
Pit Marshal:
a) The Pit Marshal may shall report
to the Clerk of Course any person
who breaches any rule or disobeys
any instruction given by the Clerk of
Course or pit Marshal,
b) The Pit Marshal may shall direct any
person as to that person’s mode of
dress or behavior,
c) The Pit Marshal may eject any
person who, in their opinion
is behaving in an unsafe or
unsatisfactory manner.
19.11.17.3Mechanics must not enter the racing area
unless authorised to do so by the Clerk of
Course for the purposes of:
a) Push starting the competitor’s
machine,
b) Attending to the accident damaged
machine of the relevant competitor.
19.11.17.4A mechanic may not attend any riders’
briefing without the permission of the
Referee.
19.11.17.5 It is recommended that mechanics be
dressed in pit uniform for a specific rider,
team, factory team, or dress in clean
overalls. A promoter may specify pit attire.
19.11.18Payments
19.11.18.1Prize monies and traveling expenses
must be prescribed in the SR.
19.11.18.2All traveling monies must be paid in cash
unless the competitor otherwise agrees.
19.11.18.3A competitor will be deemed to have
qualified for starting money if, after
receiving the starting signal, the
competitor moves forward under power
from the starting position.
19.11.18.4In races other than handicaps, a
competitor who defeats a competitor of a
higher grade is entitled to prize monies at
185
the level of the defeated rider.
19 speedway
19.11.19 Referee - Speedway
19.11.19.1 In Speedway, the functions and authority
of Steward and Clerk of Course, as
described in chapter 2 will be exercised
by the Referee.
19.11.19.2The Clerk of Course shall be responsible
to the Referee:
a) For the conduct of the meeting and
its administration in accordance with
these regulations and the official
program,
b) To put into effect all instructions
given by the Referee received
verbally or in writing, directly or by
telephone,
c) Ensure that all the necessary
officials, riders and spectators
are informed without delay of the
Referee’s decision,
d) To prevent any person from
communicating directly with the
Referee, including communicating
by telephone, during the meeting
without the Referee’s permission,
e) Must ensure that protests are in
order and accompanied by the
appropriate fees before passing
them to the Referee.
f) The Clerk of Course may fine or
reprimand a competitor, mechanic
or official in the pit area. The Clerk
of Course must notify the referee of
any penalties handed out during the
meeting.
19.12 Australian Speedway
Championships
19.12.1 Applications to Conduct
19.12.1.1Applications for the conduct of Australian
Championships must be received by MA
by February 1st in the preceding year.
19.12.1.2The permit fees for Australian Speedway
Championship events be set and released
by November 30th of the previous year.
19.12.2 Dates for Conduct
19.12.2.1Unless otherwise determined by the
Commission, the Australian 500cc Solo
Championships must be run in January or
February of each year and the Australian
Sidecar Championships at the Easter
weekend in each year.
186
enjoy the ride
19.12.3 Selection Committee
19.12.3.1The selection committee will be the
Commission which must;
a) Forward the competitor and reserve
selections to MA,
b) MA will notify the competitors and
the Promoter of the selections.
19.12.4 Selection and Qualification
19.12.4.1To qualify for selection for an Australian
championship event, a competitor must
apply in writing no less than 30 days prior
to the event, and:
a) Be the current Australian Champion,
or
b) Be the best performing competitor in
the State championship of the State
which issued the competitors licence,
held a minimum of 30 days prior to
the Australian Championship, or
c) Competitors who are not Australian
citizens may nominate to compete
in the Australian Speedway
Championships and may be
considered by the Speedway
Commission for inclusion.
d) Medallions and points will be
awarded in Australian Speedway
Championships where there are:
Senior & U21 Solo - 16 starters
Senior Sidecar - 16 starters Junior
250/350 Solo - 13 starters Junior
Sidecar - 12 starters Junior 125
Solo - 16 starters.
19.12.4.2Any State unable to conduct a
championship of 12 entries or more
prior to the close of entries in the SR
for an Australian championship may
nominate 1 competitor for the Speedway
Commission’s approval to represent that
State. The nominated competitor may be
the competitor selected in the Australian
Championship. If the State Championship
is held between the close of entries
in the SR and the relevant Australian
Championship the State title holder may
not be eligible for selection.
19.12.4.3The team for a State will be selected by
that State’s Speedway sub-committee.
19.12.4.4The selected competitors must notify
the Promoter of their acceptance of the
conditions and the anticipated time of
arrival at the track concerned.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.12.5 Alternate Qualification
19.12.5.1A Promoter may run qualifying and, if so:
a) The Promoter must obtain the
permission of MA,
b) The Australian Champion
automatically qualifies for the
Australian Championship meeting,
c) Current State Champions are
automatically seeded into qualifying
meeting in the event they are
overlooked for a direct transfer into
the Championship,
d) After nominations have closed the
Promoter and the Commission will
decide on a race format (to be put to
the Board for its consideration),
e) If more competitors have nominated
for the meeting than positions are
available, the Commission may select
to compete those competitors its
considers appropriate based on merit.
19.12.6Practice
19.12.6.1Practice must be conducted for all
Australian Championships.
19.12.6.2Practice times and format must
be stipulated in the SR for each
Championship.
19.12.7 Examination before an Event
19.12.7.1Before an event, the Promoter must set a
time and place, giving reasonable notice
to every competitor, for:
a) Identification and examination of
licences,
b) Examination of motorcycles,
c) Noise testing,
d) Checking of helmets and protective
clothing, and
e) Such other examinations as are
necessary.
19.12.7.2The Referee may forbid:
a) Any competitor who does not comply
with the Rules mentioned above, or
19speedway
b) Any competitor who can be a danger
to other participants or to spectators
from participating in any practice or
event at the meeting.
19.12.8 Carburettor Examination
19.12.8.1All solo machine carburettors must be
checked, measured and sealed before
the meeting.
19.12.8.2The carburettor seal must be secured to
the cylinder head by wire and official seal.
19.12.8.3During the meeting carburettors may
not be measured, but the seals may be
checked.
19.12.8.4Every machine at the end of the meeting
must have the seal of the carburettor
checked by the machine examiner as the
competitors come out for the last 4 rides.
19.12.9 Twenty Two Race Format
19.12.9.1There will be 20 heats and an A & B final.
19.12.9.2The 3 competitors who accumulate the
most points during the course of the heats
will compete in the A final. There will be a
B Final made up of the riders who finish
4th to 7th. The winner of the B Final will
go to the A Final.
19.12.9.3Starting positions will be offered to the
riders in descending order of points
accumulated in the heats. In the case
of riders for the final being tied on
points, gate choice will be determined
by countback, where 0 is better than
M,R,F,T,E and N where :
M= Excluded for 2 minute rule,
R= Retired from the race,
F= Fall but not excluded,
T= Excluded for false start,
E= excluded,
N= No start.
19.12.9.4In case of riders being tied on points for
the A & B Final:
a) All final places will be determined by
countback.
187
19 speedway
enjoy the ride
19.12 .9.5There must be 16 competitors with the heat format according to the following table:
HEAT NUMBER
HELMET COLOUR
Red(Inside)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
5
10
15
13
14
11
4
6
12
8
13
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
7
2
16
9
1
9
3
5
Blue
White
Compeditor’s Starting Numbers
2
3
7
6
11
9
14
16
1
5
10
2
15
7
8
12
16
1
5
15
9
3
4
10
Interval
12
14
13
8
3
10
6
4
8
15
2
7
12
13
14
11
Yellow/Black(Outside)
4
8
12
13
9
6
3
16
11
2
14
7
1
11
5
15
10
16
6
4
19.12.10 Twelve Race Format
19.12.10.1As an alternative to the preceding GCR there may be a 12 race format of 3 laps, with 18 competitors
plus reserves, according to the following table:
HEAT NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
188
HELMET COLOUR
Red
(Inside)
Blue
1
7
13
3
16
4
18
5
14
2
8
14
17
12
6
15
10
9
White
Yellow/Black
Competitor’s Starting Numbers
3
4
9
10
15
16
1
15
5
2
11
18
7
12
17
11
13
6
19.12.10.2The above format must be used where
the track is over 450 metres in length and
is licensed for 6 competitors.
19.12.10.3 In races 10 and 11, the highest 12 point
scorers in heats 1 to 9 must participate as
follows:
a) Race 10: Competitors finishing in
1st, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th & 12th places,
b) Race11: Competitors finishing
in 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th & 11th
Green
White/Black
(Outside)
5
11
17
8
9
14
2
16
3
6
12
18
10
13
7
1
4
8
places,
c) Final: The highest 6 point scorers.
19.12.10.4Any vacancies for races 10 and 11 must
be filled from those competitors who were
placed 13th or lower after heats 1 to 9 in
descending order of point scores.
19.12.10.5Any vacancies for the Final must be filled
from those competitors who were placed
7th or lower after races 10 and 11 in
descending order of point scores.
19speedway
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.12.10.6Starting positions for races 10 and 11
must be balloted in the presence of the
Referee or Clerk of Course.
19.12.10.7Starting positions for the Final will be
offered to the 6 competitors in descending
order of points accumulated in the heats.
In the case of competitors for the Final
being tied on points, gate choice will be
determined by countback.
19.12.10.8In the case of competitors being tied on
points at the conclusion of heats:
a) Finalists will be determined by run off,
b) Other places will be determined by
countback.
19.12.10.9The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings. After completion of the series
if any of the 4 point scorers are tied the
respective positions shall be decided by a
run-off.
19.12.10.10 13 Rider Format:
Heat Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
11
12
13
Helmet Colour
B
W
2
4
3
5
4
6
5
7
6
8
7
9
8
10
9
11
10
12
11
13
12
1
13
2
1
3
Y
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19.12.11Prizemoney
19.12.11.1
Prizemoney for reserve riders will be
determined by the Promoter and the
selection committee and the amount will
be included in the SR.
19.12.11.2 Prizemoney will be as follows:
PLACING
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Fifth
Sixth
Seventh
Eighth
$AUD
$3.000
$2,500
$2,000
$1,700
$1,500
$1,300
$1,200
$1.050
PLACING
Ninth
Tenth
Eleventh
Twelfth
Thirteenth
Fourteenth
Fifteenth
Sixteenth
$AUD
$1,000
$900
$800
$750
$700
$700
$700
$700
19.13 Australian Teams
Championships - SPEEDWAY
19.13.1Qualifying
19.13.1.1Teams championships will consist of qualifying
rounds run in each State and 1 final.
19.13.1.27 Teams will take part in each meeting.
19.13.1.31 team from each state will qualify. Should
a State not have qualified competitors,
or decide not to nominate a team, the
extra team required will be selected by
the Commission based on performance
during any qualifying rounds.
19.13.1.4The Commission must send the names of
the 7 qualifying teams to the Promoter of
the event as well as the RCB.
19.13.1.5For championship qualifying rounds,
the SCB must, within 48 hours after the
meeting, send the results to MA and to the
SCB organising the final.
19.13.2Practice
19.13.2.1Practice for a meeting must not be earlier
than 2 days before the meeting.
19.13.2.2All competitors must report at the time
stipulated in the SR.
19.13.2.3Competitors will be divided into groups of
4 as listed in the SR.
19.13.2.4Competitors from the host State will
practice last.
19.13.2.5Competitors not ready to take their turn
must fall back and wait until the next
group has finished its practice.
19.13.2.6Competitors will practice in the same
order for free practice and starting gate
practice.
19.13.2.7Between each group there must be an
interval for track preparation.
19.13.2.8The format for practice will be as
determined by SR.
19.13.2.9Practice will be organised in 2 sessions:
a) Free practice:
i) 12 minutes for each group’s
session, divided into:
ii) 1 session of 12 minutes per
group,
iii) 2 sessions of 6 minutes each
per group, same order followed
twice, or
iv) 4 sessions of 3 minutes each
per group, same order followed
4 times,
v) Competitors testing more than 1
189
19 speedway
enjoy the ride
machine may bring them on to
the track in the same outing, but
may not bring extra fuel on to
the track,
vi) Competitors with mechanical
trouble may be allowed extra
time for practice,
vii) Competitors may not practice
starts in the starting area.
19.13.3 Twenty One Heat Format – Teams
HEAT NO.
Red (Inside)
190
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
5
9
13
3
7
13
1
7
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
3
5
13
1
11
5
7
3
9
11
b) Practice with the starting gate in
operation:
i) No more than 4 competitors at a
time may practice,
ii) Each competitor may have 2
practice starts and full laps,
iii) Green lights will be used to
familiarise competitors with
starting procedures.
HELMET COLOURS
White
Competitor’s Starting Numbers
3
7
11
1
5
9
11
5
3
13
1
Interval
9
11
7
9
3
13
1
13
5
7
Blue
Yellow/Black (Outside)
2
6
10
14
4
8
14
2
8
10
12
4
8
12
2
6
10
12
6
4
14
2
4
6
14
2
12
6
8
4
10
12
10
12
8
10
4
14
2
14
6
8
Jason Aldridge & Cal Campbell190
19speedway
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.13.4Heat Format - Teams
19.13.4.1There must be 14 heats with 3 Teams per heat according to the following table:
HEAT
HELMET COLOURS
Red
Blue
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
3
9
5
13
7
11
10
6
14
12
8
4
2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
10
6
14
12
8
4
2
1
3
9
5
13
7
11
White
Yellow
Competitors Starting Numbers
7
2
1
4
3
10
9
6
5
14
11
8
13
12
Interval
2
7
4
1
10
3
6
9
14
5
8
11
12
13
19.13.4.2The above format must be used where
the track is over 400 metres in length and
is licensed for more than 4 competitors.
19.13.4.3Heats must be as follows:
a) There must be 7 teams with each
team having 6 heats and each team
meeting all teams twice,
b) Between each heat there must be
either another event or a 4 minute
break,
c) Competitors cannot change gate
position.
19.13.5Ties
19.13.5.1A tie for 1st, 2nd or 3rd places will be
resolved by 1 heat with 1 rider from each
tied team taking part.
19.13.6Finals
19.13.6.1If 1 or both competitors of a team who
qualify for the final cannot participate
they may be replaced by competitors
nominated by the selection committee.
Green
Black &White
9
5
13
11
7
3
1
8
2
4
10
6
12
14
8
2
4
10
6
12
14
9
5
13
11
7
3
1
19.13.6.2If a qualified team is not present, its place
in the final will be taken by the team which
has scored the next highest number of
points in the previous meeting.
19.13.6.3Inability to take part in the final must be
notified to the RCB as soon as possible.
19.13.6.4When competitors of the same team finish
1st, and 2nd or 2nd and 3rd in a heat, the
competitor finishing 2nd or 3rd respectively
will be awarded a bonus point, entitling
that competitor to remuneration, but the
point will not be counted towards the heat
or in the Finals.
19.14 Test Matches- SPEEDWAY
19.14.1 Definition
19.14.1.1A test match is an International event
between 2 or more countries appointed
by their respective FMNs.
191
enjoy the ride
19speedway
19.14.2Format
19.14.2.1There must be 18 heats in a format according to the following table:
HEAT NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Red
1
3
5
3
5
1
5
1
3
HOME TEAM
Blue
White
2
1
4
3
6
5
4
1
6
3
2
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
Interval
1
2
1
3
4
3
5
6
5
3
4
1
5
6
3
1
2
5
5
6
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
Competitors Nos. 7 & 8 or No. 7 of each team are the reserves.
19.14.3Bonus Points
19.14.3.1Bonus points are allotted for prize money
only with an additional bonus point
for a competitor who finishes 2nd or 3rd
immediately behind their team mate.
19.14.4 Starting Positions
19.14.4.1The captains of each team will toss for
starting positions in the first heat, the choice
being positions 1 and 3 or positions 2 and 4,
counting from the inside of the track.
19.14.4.2The team that selects positions 1 and 3 in
the first heat must take positions 2 and 4
in the second heat, and so on alternately
throughout the meeting.
19.14.4.3The relative positions of the 2 competitors
of each team in each heat may be
changed.
19.14.5Reserves
19.14.5.1A competitor who has been unable to
commence or complete an event due
to an accident, and who has not been
excluded, may be replaced by a reserve.
The event will be deemed to be a new
event with the reserve as a competitor.
19.14.5.2A reserve may not ride in more than 6
events.
19.14.5.3Only 1 reserve may participate in each
event.
192
19.15
Yellow &Black
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
world championship selection SPEEDWAY
19.15.1 Open Solo Eligibility and Qualifying
19.15.1.1The placings from the Australian
Speedway Championships will dictate the
following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider
who has not already achieved World
Championship qualification for the
following year will be qualifier 1.
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2.
c) The riders who will occupy the
third and any additional positions
(where applicable) will be chosen
by the Speedway Commission of
Motorcycling Australia.
d) Should a rider who qualifies choose
to forfeit his or her right to participate
in the subsequent rounds, again
the Commission will choose the
replacement riders/s.
19.15.1.2.World Championship selection - Under 21
Solo and Sidecar
The placings from the Australian
Speedway Championship will dictate the
following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider
will be qualifier 1.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2.
c) The riders who will occupy the third
and any additional positions (where
applicable) will be chosen by the
Speedway Commission of Motorcycling Australia.
d) Should a rider who qualifies choose
to forfiet his or her right to participate
in the subsequent rounds, again the
Commission will choose the replacement rider/s.
19.15.1.3. World Cup
The riders for the FIM World Cup teams
will be chosen by the MA Speedway
Commission in consultation with the
Australian Speedway Manager. To be
eligible for selection in the World Cup
Teams, both Senior & Junior, effective for
the 2011 events, riders must participate in
the Australian Senior Solo or the Under
21 Championships for that year. Rule
19.15.1.5 will be taken into account. In
addition Team selection will be based
on current form, previous achievements,
suitability to the venue and willingness
to represent Australia. Note: Australian
GP riders are exempt from this
requirement.
19speedway
19.15.1.4.FIM Gold Trophy Selection - Under 16
solo.
The placings from the Australian
Championship will dictate the following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider
will be qualifier 1,
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2,
c) The riders who will occupy the
third and any additional positions
(where applicable) will be chosen
by the Speedway Commission of
Motorcycling Australia,
d) Should a rider who qualifies choose
to forfeit his or her right to participate
in the subsequent event, again
the Commission will choose the
replacement rider/s.
19.15.1.5.Inability to compete - (Applies to Open,
U21 and Gold Trophy events)
Riders who are unable to compete
in the National Championship due to
exceptional circumstances, but have
previously shown strong support for
Australian Speedway may be considered
for selection. This avenue is only open
where the rider in question has informed
MA in writing prior to the event, stating the
reasons for non participation.
19.15.1.6The Australian Speedway Team Manager
to be selected by the MA Speedway
Commission in consultation with the MA
Board. The appointment will be reviewed
annually and advertised in Australia and
the United Kingdom.
193
enjoy the ride
20
20.1
DIRT TRACK
Protective Clothing - DIRT TRACK
20.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Dirt Track competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
20.1.1Helmet
20.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
20.1.2 Minimum requirements of Protective
Clothing:
194
Rider responsibility: It is the
responsibility of the rider to select a
helmet and apparel that will provide
appropriate protection. Although
MA approves materials, MA does
not endorse or guarantee specific
products or manufacturers. Riders
must rely on their own judgment in the
selection of helmets and apparel for
protection and durability.
20.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of
similar durability.
20.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining,
20.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
20.1.2.4 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a
full kevlar suit.
20.1.2.5 In the case of competitors wearing apparel
as described in 20.1.2.1 and 20.1.2.2 and
20.1.2.3:
a) Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back or a leather or similar
jacket with in-built back protection
or a jacket and commercially
manufactured back protector,
b) Protection of the back must be
continuous and cover all of the back
area between the collar and the base
of the spine,
c) Where the armour is not constructed
as a one-piece suit type, knee and
elbow guards must be used in Dirt
Track.
20.1.3 Footwear
20.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motorcycle
Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least overlap
the trousers with the rider in a racing
position on the machine.
20.1.4Gloves
20.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
20.1.4.2 Fingerless gloves may be worn by
passengers on sidecars.
20.1.5 Goggles and Visors
20.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
20.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
20.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
20.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
20.1.7 Footwear in pits
20.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
20.2
Frames and Parts - DIRT TRACK
20.2.1 Senior - Solo
20.2.1.1 For Dirt Track competition a machine:
a) May be constructed as either a slider
type or Motocross type,
b) Must have a gearbox with a minimum
of 2 gear ratios,
c) Must have rear suspension,
d) Must have a minimum of 1 2 working
brakes,
e) Carbon fibre or carbon composite
brake discs and/or carriers are not
permitted,
f) Aluminum or Titanium brake discs
are not permitted.
20.2.1.2 Tyres
a) The rear tyre must be a maximum
width of 150mm when measured at a
point on the tyre located at 90º to the
where the tyre contacts the ground
and at a pressure inflated to 14psi.
(9.6KPa),
b) Tyre pressure may be adjusted after
measurement.
20.2.1.3If hand protectors are used, they must be of
a shatterproof material.
20.2.2 Senior - Sidecar
20.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken between
the longitudinal centres of the rear and
sidecar wheels must be between 810mm
and 1,100mm.
20.2.2.2 Ground clearance must be at least 75mm
unladen.
20.2.2.3 The lean of the motorcycle at saddle
height must be no more than 50mm.
20Dirt Track
20.2.2.4 When multiple tyres on 1 wheel are used,
the maximum collective width of the tyres
must not exceed 280mm.
20.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard
in plan view, taken from a line drawn no
further rearwards than the lowest point
of the front down tubes to the forward
most point of the sidecar wheel tyre and
terminating no further rearwards than a
line drawn at right angles to the machine
from the rearmost point of the rear tyre,
must be:
a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the
sidecar wheel,
b) At least 300mm wide, having at least
25mm radius to all corners.
20.2.2.6 The leading edge of the sidecar floor must
be protected by a nose cone or a rail of at
least 50mm height.
20.2.2.7 The drive must be transmitted to the
track through the rear wheel of the
motorcycle.
20.2.2.8 1 efficient rear wheel brake must be fitted.
20.2.2.9 Safety chains must be fitted to all
machines equipped with girder type front
forks.
20.2.2.10A passenger must be carried in a suitably
constructed sidecar.
20.2.2.11There must be no less than 4 sidecar
mounting points.
20.2.2.12There must be no more than 50mm
between baseboard and motorcycle
and baseboard and sidecar wheel. The
baseboard must be arranged to prevent
the passenger’s feet being trapped.
20.2.2.13Handholds on the sidecar:
a) Must be finished with a loop of at
least 100mm,
b) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork,
c) Adjacent to the nose section of the
sidecar and less than 200mm from
the track surface must be at an angle
of at least 45° from the horizontal,
20.2.2.14A suitable passenger handhold must be
provided on the off side of the rear wheel.
20.2.2.15Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
195
enjoy the ride
20 Dirt Track
20.2.2.16The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 45° above
a horizontal line drawn through the rear
wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard
level on the inside and to axle level on the
outside, with the suspension depressed.
20.2.2.17The sidecar mudguard must cover at least
180° of the periphery of the wheel and
be valanced to baseboard level on both
sides.
20.2.2.18All footrests, brake levers, and gear levers
on the opposite side of the motorcycle to
the sidecar must be folding, or be shielded
by a continuous bar of 12mm minimum
diameter.
20.2.2.19Any open area between the footrests,
the continuous bar and the offside of the
motorcycle must be filled in with a suitable
material.
20.3
20.3.1
20.3.2
20.4 NOISE EMISSIONS - DIRT TRACK
Noise emissions must not exceed 96db(A)
unless a lower limit is provided for in SR.
Noise emission levels will be measured
as shown at 12.10.2.
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”,
20.5.0.2 In addition, for Senior and Classic
competition, commercially manufactured
Methanol may be used.
20.5.0.3 Environmental Protection - An absorbent
mat that measures 500x500mm
minimum must be placed underneath the
engine/gearbox and fuel tank of any solo
or sidecar while parked in the pit, paddock
or work area.
20.6
20.7
Classes
Under 19
Pro Lites
Machine & rider identification
- dirt track
196
Pro Open
250 Slider
MX Open
Unlimited Open
Women’s Open
1100cc Dirt
Track Sidecar
Quads Pro 450
Fuel - DIRT TRACK
20.5.0.1 Fuel for all Dirt Track machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) lubricating oil for 2-stk engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4
stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
Classes - DIRT TRACK
20.7.0.1 The capacity classes for senior machines
are:
20.4.0.1 Number plates and numbers shall comply
with GCR 12.6 No Junior or Senior may
compete without back numbers, the
machine identification number on their
back must be in contrasting colours and
with a minimum size of 125mm height
and 20mm width of stroke.
20.5
Junior CLASSES - DIRT TRACK
20.6.0.1 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.17.
20.6.0.2 Type of tyre to be used in Junior Dirt
Track competition must be stipulated in
the Supplementary Regulations
20.6.0.3 Motocross knobby tyres on the rear of any
machine over 85cc 2-stroke and 150cc
4-stroke are not allowed.
Quads Open
Quads Open
Women
Capacities
150 2 stroke/250 4 stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke & 200cc
to 250cc 4 stroke
250cc 2 stroke & 450cc 4 stroke
Up to 250cc
500cc 2 stroke & over 460cc
4 stroke
Unlimited
Unlimited
Up to 1100cc
up to 350cc 2 stroke & 450cc 4
stroke
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc
4 stroke
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc
4 stroke
Riders are eligible to enter one class
above capacity of the machine entered for
Senior riders only.
20.7.0.2 Machines competing in any 1,100cc
sidecar event:
a) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
b) On liquid-cooled engines, an
overflow pipe must direct any
overflow of coolant away from the
rider and passenger.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
20.7.0.3 The capacity classes for junior machines are:
Classes
50cc Demo
50cc Auto
65cc
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard Wheel
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard Wheel
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Big Wheel
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard Wheel
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Big Wheel
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard & Big Wheel, Junior
Girls
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Slider
85cc 4-Stroke Modified
Capacities
4-U9 YRS
7-U9 YRS
7-U9 YRS, 9–U
13 YRS
9-U11 YRS
11-U13 YRS
11-U13 YRS
13-U16 YRS
13-U16 YRS
11-U16 YRS
13-U16 YRS
7-U10 YRS, 10U14 YRS
9-U13 YRS
Rider & Pass,
13-U16 YRS
Rider & Pass
13-U16 YRS
13-U16 YRS
85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke
sidecars
85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke
sidecars
100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc 2-Stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke & 200cc
to 250cc 4-Stroke, Junior Girls
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc
13-U16 YRS
to 250cc 4-Stroke
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke
13-U16 YRS
Note: the 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke classes
may be combined at the discretion of the RCB if
numbers are insignificant for separate classes.
20.7.0.4 85cc 4 stroke modified. OEM Frame, 2
valve cylinder head, standard gearbox
and number of gears to be retained.
20.8
Competition Rules - DIRT TRACK
20.8.1Entries
20.8.1.1 No machine may be entered more than
once in a class.
20.8.1.2 Any machine, which is entered in more
than 1 class, must display the allocated
riding number for that class on all 3 number
plates when being used in each class.
20.8.2 Practice and Qualifying
20.8.2.1 Practice and qualifying shall be as
prescribed in SR.
20.8.3Starts
20.8.3.1 The method of starting will be prescribed
in SR.
20.8.3.2 Starting positions will be prescribed in SR.
20 Dirt Track
20.8.3.3 Unless otherwise determined in the SR’s
all Competitors must be called to the start
line at least 2 minutes before each start,.
20.8.3.4 Classes must mirror those set down in the
MOMs for track and dirt track competition
in open and championship events.
20.9 AUSTRALIAN Senior AND Junior
DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIPs
FORMAT
20.9.1 Preferred Championships Dates
20.9.1.1 The Australian Junior Dirt Track
Championship shall be conducted in the
July school holidays. The Senior Dirt
Track Championship shall be conducted
on the June long weekend.
20.9.2 Solo Format where there are more than
12 entries per class
20.9.2.1 The championship comprises:
a) 4 qualifying heats,
b) A 1 race repercharge,
c) A 1 race final comprising 6 laps.
20.9.3 Solo Format where there are 12 or less
entries per class
20.9.3.1 The championship comprises 5 races.
20.9.3.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 5 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.4Heats and Final
20.9.4.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 12.
20.9.4.2 The right to compete in the final will be
filled by:
a) The 10 competitors accumulating the
highest number of points during the
course of heats,
b) The first 2 placings of the
repercharge.
20.9.4.3 The repercharge will be contested by
competitors who finish in 11th to 22nd
inclusive during the course of heats.
20.9.4.4 The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.4.5 Grid positions will be pre drawn and listed
in the program for heats and/or rounds.
Riders choice for grid positions in the
finals will apply. Top points scorer has first
choice and so on as per point score result.
If electronic timing is used, qualifying time
197
20
enjoy the ride
dirt track
will determine the choice of grid position
for the first heat only, thereafter the grid
positions are determined by the finishing
position in the previous race.
20.9.5Sidecar Format where there are more
than 6 entries per class
20.9.5.1 The Championship comprises:
a) 4 rounds of heats,
b) A 1 race repercharge,
c) A 1 race final.
20.9.6Sidecar Format where there are 6
entries or fewer per class
20.9.6.1 The Championship comprises 5 races.
20.9.6.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 5 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.7 Heats and Final
20.9.7.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 6.
20.9.7.2 The right to compete in the final will be
filled by:
a) The 5 competitors accumulating the
highest number of points during the
course of heats;
b) The winner of the repercharge.
20.9.7.3 The repercharge will be contested by
competitors who finish in 6th to 11th places
inclusive during the course of heats.
20.9.7.4 The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.8Scoring
20.9.8.1 All races will be scored using the scoring
system in GCR 12.14.
20.9.8.2 Race Distance. All races will be a
minimum of 4 laps excluding finals that
will be 6 laps.
20.9.8.3 Venues for Australian Senior and Junior
Dirt Track Championship will be closed to
competitors for a minimum of 7 days prior
to the event.
Casey Stoner (Jeremy Gray)198
198
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
21Track
21.1
Protective Clothing - TRACK
MACHINES
21.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete on a Track machine in any Track
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
21.1.1Helmet
21.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
21.1.2 Minimum requirements of Protective
Clothing:
21.1.2.1
21.1.2.2
21.1.2.3
21.1.2.4
Rider responsibility: It is the
responsibility of the rider to select a
helmet and apparel that will provide
appropriate protection. Although
MA approves materials, MA does
not endorse or guarantee specific
products or manufacturers. Riders
must rely on their own judgment in the
selection of helmets and apparel for
protection and durability.
A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability which meets
FIM requirements in Art 65.07 and 65.08,
Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a safety
strap must be fitted and secured at the
neck,
In the case of jackets and trousers,
provision must be made to attach the rear
of the jacket securely to the trousers,
The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather or
enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick
at the:
a)Shoulders,
b)Elbows,
c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and
d)Knees.
21.1.2.5 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine:
a) Where the armour is not constructed
as a one-piece suit type, knee and
elbow guards must be used.
21.1.3Footwear
21.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must be:
a) Of recognised Motorcycle type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, of
similar or greater durability but must
not be constructed of rubber,
c) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
d) For solo track slider competitors, in
the case of the left foot, have a steel
skid and be made with a curved front
extending at least 50mm over the toe
of the boot.
21.1.4Gloves
21.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other
material of similar or greater durability and
having the following properties:
a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm,
b) Be fire retardant,
c) Be resistant to abrasion,
d) Have perspiration absorbing qualities,
e) Be medically non-toxic and non199
allergenic.
21 track
21.1.5 Goggles and Visors
21.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
21.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
21.1.6Hair and Jewellery
21.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jersey,
21.1.6.2Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
21.2
Protective Clothing Motocross or Enduro machines
21.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete on any Motocross or Enduro
type machine in any Track competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
21.2.1Helmet
21.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
21.2.2Clothing
21.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of
similar durability,
200
enjoy the ride
21.2.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be noncombustible and be fitted with a lining,
21.2.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
21.2.2.4 Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back or a leather or similar jacket
with in-built back protection or a jacket
and commercially manufactured back
protector,
21.2.2.5 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a
full kevlar suit.
21.2.2.6 In the case of competitors wearing apparel
as described in 21.1.2.1 and 21.1.2.2 and
21.1.2.3:
a) Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back,
b) Protection of the back must be
continuous and cover all of the back
area between the collar and the base
of the spine.
21.2.2.7 No Junior or Senior may compete
without back numbers, the machine
identification number on their back
must be in contrasting colours and with
a minimum size of 125mm height and
20mm width of stroke.
21.2.3Footwear
21.2.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Be of a length that must at least
overlap the trousers with the rider in
a racing position on the machine.
21.2.4Gloves
21.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
21.2.5Goggles and Visors
21.2.5.1 Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet
visors and “tear-offs” may be worn
provided:
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
21.2.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
21.2.6Hair and Jewellery
21.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
21.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
21.2.7Footwear in pits
21.2.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
21.3frames and parts - track
21.3.0.1 Brakes must not be fitted to track slider
type machines of 500cc. All other solo
classes must be fitted with at least 1
effective brake.
21.3.0.2 Rear suspension and swingarm must be
fitted.
21.3.0.3 Must have a minimum of 2 gears.
21.3.0.4 Minimum weight of 85 kg.
21.3.0.5 For long track only, the rear wheel rim must
have a maximum width of 100 mm, be 19”
or 22” in diameter, as defined in the SR.
21.3.0.6 If hand protectors are used, they must be
of a shatterproof material.
21.3.1Sidecar
21.3.1.1 The wheel track must be between 635mm
and 1,000mm measured between the
longitudinal centres of the rear and
sidecar wheels.
21 track
21.3.1.2 The ground clearance must be at least
75mm unladen.
21.3.1.3 The stagger at the top of the sidecar
wheel must be:
a) Inwards, no more than 300mm.
b) Outwards, nil.
21.3.1.4 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in
plan view, taken from a line drawn no further
rearwards than the lowest point of the front
down tubes to the forward-most point of the
sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no further
rearwards than a line drawn at right angles to
the machine from the rearmost point of the
rear tyre, must be:
a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the
sidecar wheel,
b) At least 300mm wide, having at least
25mm radius to all corners.
21.3.1.5 All edges of the sidecar floor, not
otherwise protected, must be protected
by a nose cone or a rail of at least 50mm
height.
21.3.1.6 There must be no more than 50mm
between the baseboard and motorcycle
and the baseboard and sidecar wheel. The
baseboard must be arranged so as not to
allow the passenger’s feet to be trapped.
21.3.1.7 The drive must be transmitted to the track
through the rear wheel of the motorcycle.
21.3.1.8 Safety chains must be fitted to all
machines equipped with girder type front
forks.
21.3.1.9 A passenger must be carried in a suitably
constructed sidecar.
21.3.1.10The sidecar must be attached to the left
hand side of the motorcycle.
21.3.1.11There must be no less than 4 sidecar
mounting points.
21.3.1.12 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
21.3.1.13Handholds:
a) Must be finished with a loop of at
least 100mm,
b) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork,
c) Adjacent to the nose section of
the sidecar and less than 200mm
from the track surface must be at
a minimum angle of 45° from the
201
horizontal.
21 enjoy the ride
track
21.3.1.14A suitable passenger handhold must be
provided on the off-side of the rear wheel.
21.3.1.15 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 45° above
a horizontal line drawn through the rear
wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard
level on the inside and to axle level on the
outside, with the suspension depressed.
21.3.1.16 The sidecar mudguard, if fitted, must
cover at least 180° of the periphery of the
wheel and be valanced to baseboard level
on both sides.
21.3.1.17A sidecar wheel disc may be fitted instead
of a sidecar mudguard.
21.3.1.18The rear wheel sprocket must have an
approved guard, being either:
a) A fully enclosed steel chain guard, or
b) If a plastic or part open chain guard
is used, a steel bolt of not less than
10mm minimum diameter placed
outside the bottom rear quadrant
of the clutch sprocket. This bolt, if
damaged, must be replaced.
21.3.1.19Where Harley-type forks are used, an
approved bolt must be fitted to lock the
triple clamp.
21.3.1.20There must be a kill switch which must:
a) Cut out the ignition,
b) Operate on the primary circuit,
c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must:
i) Have a total extended length not
exceeding 500mm,
ii) Be attached around the rider’s
right wrist when the machine is
in motion,
iii) Not be secured to the handlebar
unless by a readily torn material.
21.4engines - Track
21.4.1General
21.4.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
98dB(A) when measured as per GCR
12.10
21.4.2 Classes & Capacities
Classes
Under 19
Pro Lites
Pro Open
250 Slider
MX Open
500cc Long
Track Slider
Women’s Open
1100cc Dirt
Track Sidecar
1100cc Long
Track Sidecar
Quads 450
Quads Open
Quads Open
Women
TRACK
Capacities
150 2 stroke/250 4 stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke & 200cc
to 250cc 4 stroke
250cc 2 stroke & 450cc 4 stroke
Up to 250cc
500cc 2 stroke & Over 460cc
4 sroke
500cc 4 stroke
Unlimited
Up to 1100cc
Up to 1100cc
up to 350cc 2 stroke & 450cc 4
stroke
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc 4
stroke
Up to 550cc 2 stroke & 700cc 4
stroke
21.4.2.1 Riders are eligible to enter one class
above capacity of the machine entered for
Senior riders only.
21.4.3Sidecar
21.4.3.1 For a machine competing in any event,
the engine must comply as follows:
a) The engine capacity must not
exceed 1,100cc,
b) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
c) On liquid cooled engines, an
overflow pipe must be used to direct
any overflow of coolant away from
the rider and passenger.
21.5fuel - TRACK
202
21.5.0.1 Fuel must be:
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON; and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) Lubricating oil for 2-stroke
engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for
4-stroke engines
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
21.5.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition the
following fuels are permitted:
a) Commercially available Methanol, or
b) Unleaded fuel which complies with
GCR 20.5
21.5.0.3 Environmental Protection - An absorbent
mat that measures 500x500mm
minimum must be placed underneath the
engine/gearbox and fuel tank of any solo
or sidecar while parked in the pit, paddock
or work area.
21.6track - Junior
21.6.0.1 50cc machines are to comply with GCR
12.17.
21.6.0.2 Motocross knobby tyres on the rear of any
machine over 85cc 2 stroke and 150cc
4-stroke are not allowed.
21.6.1 The capacity classes for junior
machines are:
Classes
50cc Demo
50cc Auto
65cc
85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke
sidecars
85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke
sidecars
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard Wheel
85cc 2-Stk & 150cc 4-Stk, Std Wheel
85cc 2-Stk & 150cc 4-Stk, Std Wheel
85cc 2-Stk & 150cc 4-Stk, Big Wheel
85cc 2-Stk & 150cc 4-Stk, Big Wheel
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard & Big Wheel, Girls
85cc 2-Stk & 150cc 4-Stk, Slider
85cc 4-Stroke Modified
Ages
4-U9 YRS
7-U9 YRS
7-U9 YRS, 9–U
13 YRS
9-U13 YRS
Rider & Pass
13-U16 YRS
Rider & Pass
9-U11 YRS
11-U13 YRS,
13-U16 YRS
11-U13 YRS
13-U16 YRS
11–U16 YRS
13-U16 YRS
7-U10 YRS, 10U14 YRS
13-U16 YRS
13-U16 YRS
100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc 2-Stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke & 200cc
to 250cc 4-Stroke, Girls
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc
13–U16 YRS
to 250cc 4-Stroke
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke
13-U16 YRS
Note: the 85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke classes
may be combined at the discretion of the RCB if
numbers are insignificant for separate classes
21track
21.6.1.1 85cc 4 stroke modified. OEM Frame, 2
valve cylinder head, standard gearbox
and number of gears to be retained.
21.7
21.7.1
CLASSIC TRACK
Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
21.7.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30
years at the date of the competition.
21.7.1Frame and Parts - Classic Track
21.7.1.1 The frame:
a) Must have conventional swingarm
rear suspension with twin shock
absorbers,
b) Must have a front wheel diameter of
23” (594mm),
c) Must have a rear wheel diameter of
19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as
specified in the SR,
d) Must have rear tyres with a
maximum tread pattern depth of
8mm,
e) Must not be fitted leading-link front
forks.
21.7.2 Engine Specifications - Classic Track
21.7.2.1 The engine must be:
a) Single cylinder,
b) 2 valve, push rod operated,
c) Single spark plug,
d) Of a maximum capacity of 500cc
with a 2% tolerance,
e) Vertical in the chassis,
f) Fitted with a round slide carburettor
of 38mm maximum bore,
g) Must not be fitted with a centre port
cross flow cylinder head.
21.7.3 Gearbox - Classic Track
21.7.3.1The gearbox must have at least 2 gears.
21.8competition Rules - track
21.8.1Starts
21.8.1.1 All starts, other than handicap starts will
be single row.
21.8.1.2 Grid positions will be pre-drawn and listed
in the program for heats and/or rounds.
21.8.1.3 Riders choice for grid positions in the
finals will apply, top scorer has first choice
down through points score.
21.8.1.4 If electronic timing is used; qualifying time
will determine the choice of grid position 203
21 enjoy the ride
track
for the first heat only, the grid positions
thereafter will be determined by finishing
position in the previous race.
21.8.1.5 The first competitor who touches the tapes
after the displaying of the green light
and before the tapes are raised will be
excluded and the event will be re-started.
21.8.1.6 Unless otherwise determined in the SR’s
all Competitors must be called to the start
line at least 2 minutes before each start..
21.8.1.7 Classes must mirror those set down in the
MoMs for Track and Dirt Track competition
in open and championship events.
21.8.2 Stewards and Clerks - Track
21.8.2.1 A minimum of 1 Steward and 2 Clerks of
204
Course is required at all track meetings
where the track length distance exceeds
500 metres.
21.9
AUSTRALIAN SENIOR AND JUNIOR
TRACK CHAMPIONSHIPS
21.9.1.1 The Australian Senior Track Championship
will be conducted as a single meeting
at a venue selected by the Dirt Track
Commission.
21.9.1.2 Venues for Australian Senior and Junior
Track Championship will be closed to
competitors for a minimum of 7 days prior
to the event.
2011 Junior Dirt Track Champions
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
22QUADS
22.1
Protective Clothing – QUADS
22.1.0.1 Protective clothing and requirements
are as provided in the discipline specific
sections of the GCRs, clothing for Hill
Climb, Motokhana, Drifting and non-speed
related bitumen events must be as per
GCR 20.1. In addition all quad competitors
must wear commercially manufactured
body armor. Soft roost protection alone
is unacceptable.
22.2.
FOOTWEAR IN PITS
22.3
Frames and Parts - Quads
22.2.0.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
22.3.0.1 A quad must have:
a) 4 wheels,
b) A wheel at each corner of the machine,
c) The front wheels which are used
for steering and the rear wheels for
driving,
d) A maximum overall width, including
the rear tyres of 1400mm for
Speedway and 1300mm for all
other Quads,
e) A seat for 1 person,
f) The rider straddling the seat,
g) A chain guard as per GCR 12.8.8,
h) A frame [Nerf Bar] between the front
and rear wheels which must:
i) Be of closed loop design,
ii) Not extend beyond a point of the
widest dimensions of the vehicle,
measured with a straight edge
touching the outside of the front
and rear tyres,
iii) Be constructed to prevent the
riders feet from going below
the bars (material webbing is
acceptable),
iv) Be bolted or welded to the
frame,
v) Be close enough to the front
and rear wheels to prevent
locking together of competitors’
machines,
vi) Have no sharp, protruding tubing
either open ended or capped,
vii)Heel guards are compulsory
on all quad machines.
i) A self closing throttle,
j) An engine cut-out switch, of lanyard
type attached to the rider’s body,
k) Effective brakes on all wheels,
l) Handlebars, rubber hand grips,
handlebar levers and number plates,
m) Noise emissions of no more than
94/96 dB(A) as measured in GCR
12.10. depending on the discipline,
n) No sharp or protruding extremities,
o) Glass, mirrors and headlights
removed.
22.3.0.2 Mudguards which:
a) Must be fitted over the rear wheels,
b) May be fitted over the front wheels.
22.3.0.3 All Junior quads must retain OEM engine
cases and frames, see 22.4.1.4 for
exceptions.
22.3.0.4 Reducing the capacity of larger machines
or changing engines to suit the class
capacity is not permitted:
22.3.1 Tyres- Quads
22.3.1.1 Rear tyres may be prescribed in the SR.
22.4
22.4.1
Engines - quads
Capacities - Quads
Note: From January 1, 2013 the Senior
Pro Class will be titled Pro 450 where
capacity will be limited to 450cc 4
stroke or 350cc 2 stroke with no
oversizing tolerance. Where the class
name ‘Pro450’ is used, these capacities
and no oversizing tolerance apply.
205
enjoy the ride
22quads
22.4.1.1 The maximum engine capacity for a
2-stroke engined quad shall not exceed
550cc, and be no more than 2 cylinders.
22.4.1.2 The maximum capacity for a 4-stroke
engined quad shall not exceed 700cc
for Stadium Classes, Dirt Track Classes,
Motorcross and Club Level Racing and
850cc for Enduro/Cross Country, Desert
Classes and Sand Drags classes and be
no more than 2 cylinders.
22.4.1.3 The actual engine capacity of a machine
competing in a capacity class is not
to exceed the prescribed capacity for
that class by more than 5% with the
exception of the 450cc 4 stroke class
and the 350cc 2 stroke class where no
engine displacement increase tolerance
is allowed.
22.4.1.4 Where in Junior competition, the words
OEM standard or Limited are used, all
quads must be OEM machines with
no modifications. OEM type engine
replacement is accepted (or other
standard parts). Any engine or part
must be a direct bolt in replacement
with identical engine mounting points
and using standard OEM frame engine
mounts.
22.4.1.5 Where in Junior competition “Limited”
is used, all machines must comply
with, or be equivalent to SVIA standard,
category Y-10+ATV where, the maximum
unrestricted speed must be 48kph or less.
All quads must be standard quads built
and strictly be in OEM specification as per
22.4.1.4.
22.4.1.6 Where in junior competition ‘Comp’ is
used, modifications are allowed. Quads
can be either OEM ‘race ready’ type
machines or Limited machines modified
for competition use.
22.5.
RIDER AND MACHINE IDENTIFICATION
- QUADS
22.5.1 Number plates are to:
a) Display numbers in contrasting Black
on White colours with a minimum
size of 125mm height and 20mm
width of stroke,
b) Be mounted centrally at the front and
rear of the machine,
c) Not necessary for racing where
helmet colours are worn, such as
speedway.
206
22.5.2For all MX competitions and any other
event that the Supplementary Regulations
specifically select this rule, no competitor
may compete unless wearing the machine
identification number on his or her back in
contrasting colours and with a minimum
size of 125mm height and 20mm width of
stroke.
22.6
Fuel - quads
22.6.1
Fuel for all machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) Lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4 stroke
engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”
22.7
Classes and age groups quads
22.7.1
Quads - Motocross and Club Level
Racing
JUNIOR CLASS(ES)
50cc Limited
50cc Limited
90cc 2-stroke Limited
110cc 4-stroke Limited
90cc 2-stroke Comp
125cc 4-stroke Comp
200cc 2-stroke Comp
300cc 4-stroke Comp
SENIOR CLASS(ES)
Open
Pro
Intermediate
Clubmen
Women
Production
Vets 35+
Masters 45+
Jumbos
RACING
No suspension
With suspension
Race Together
Race Together
Race Together
RACING
Skill Based
Skill Based
Skill Based
22.7.1.1Pro
Australian Championship Class.
Championship status can only be
awarded if 8 or more riders start in the
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
event. Race duration for Championships 15 minutes plus 1 lap. Riders entering this
class cannot enter any other race class
at the same event. Event promoters can
only offer either Pro or Open (either one
class per event).
22.7.1.2Open
Riders entering this class cannot enter any
other race class at the same event. Race
duration for Championship is 12 minutes
plus 1 lap. Event promoters can only offer
either Pro or Open (either one class per
event).
22.7.1.3Intermediate
Australian
Championship
Class.
Championship status can only be awarded
if 8 or more riders start in the event. This is
a skill based class for experienced riders.
Race duration for Championship is 12
minutes plus 1 lap.
22.7.1.4 Clubmen
This is a skill-based class. Recommended
race duration - 4 laps.
22.7.1.5Women
Australian
Championship
Class.
Championship status can only be awarded
if 8 or more riders start in the event. Race
duration for Championships - 10 minutes
plus 1 lap.
22.7.1.6Production
Standard, OEM as available through
Australian Dealer network. Machines must
satisfy 22.3.0.1
Rider’s choice of:
a) Tyres to same specified dimensions
as OEM fitment.
b) Handle bar grip replacements to
OEM style.
c) Lubricants and fluids
d) Decals and sign writing
e) Drive chain and gearing changes
allowed
Recommended race duration - 5 laps.
22.7.1.7Vets
Australian Championship Class.
Championship status can only be
awarded if 8 or more riders start in
the event. Age group 35+ years. Race
duration for Championships either 4 laps
or over 8 minutes in time.
22quads
22.7.1.8Masters
Australian
Championship
Class.
Championship status can only be awarded
if 8 or more riders start in the event. Age
group 45+ years. Entrants can only enter
either Vets or Masters in any event. Race
duration for Championships either 3 laps
or over 6 minutes in time.
22.7.1.9 Jumbos.
90cc 2 stroke and 125cc 4 stroke
Sub-Classes:
a)Jumbo:
i) Frame OEM
ii)Engine cases OEM or OEM
type (must be direct bolt on in
replacement utilising standard
engine mounts)
b)Outlaw
i) Sub class not scored
ii) Change of engine type allowed
iii) Jumbo class engine capacity limit
only.
Sub classes run together and may be
scored separately if minimum of 3 riders
in each class.
Recommended race duration - 3 laps.
22.7.1.10Juniors
Australian Championship Class
Championship status can only be
awarded if 8 or more riders start.
22.7.2 Quads - Stadium Classes (Arena
Cross)
Open engine capacities as per 22.4.1.1
and 22.4.1.2
22.7.3
Quads- Dirt Track and Track Classes
Open engine capacity as per 22.4.1.1 and
22.4.1.2
207
22 enjoy the ride
quads
22.7.4
Quads - Speedway
CLASS(ES)
Open (Senior)
451cc to 700cc 4 stroke
351cc to 550cc 2 stroke
Pro450 (Senior)
450cc 4 stroke
350cc 2 stroke
Junior 12 to U1615 years
300cc 4 stroke Comp
200cc 2 stroke Comp
Junior 9 to U13 years
125cc 4 stroke Comp
90cc 2 stroke Comp
Junior 7 to U10 years
110cc 4 stroke Limited
90cc 2 stroke Limited
Junior 9 to U12 years
110cc 4 stroke Limited
90cc 2 stroke Limited
Junior 7 to U9 years
50cc auto & semi auto
Limited
Junior 5 to U9 years
50cc auto & semi auto
Limited
22.7.5
RACING
Race together
22.7.6.3 Junior competitors in the following age
groups may compete in the corresponding
classes:
AGE RANGE
5 to under 9 years
Race together
Race together
Race together
Race together
Race together
Competition class
Non competition class
Quads - Enduro/Cross Country, Desert Classes
7 to under 9 years
7 to under 10 yrs
9 to under 13 yrs
9 to under 13 yrs
12 to under 16 yrs
22.7.7
ENDURO/CROSS COUNTRY, DESERT ONLY
Up to 850cc 2WD/4WD
Women Up to 850cc 2WD/4WD
22.7.6 Junior Age Groups
22.7.6.1 Subject to the next sub rule and GCR
12.16.0.1, no person who:
a) Has attained the age of 16 years, or
b) Is unable to right their machine may
compete in any junior competition.
c) No person who: When standing on
the machine has less than 75mm
clearance between the machine
seat and the seat of their pants may
compete in any junior competition.
Raised footboards or footrests are
also allowed in “Limited” junior
classes.
22.6.6.2 No junior who has attained the age of 9
years may participate on a 50cc machine.
208
CLASS(ES)
50cc non-competition miniLimited
50cc Auto or Semi Auto
Limited
up 60cc to 90cc 2-stroke and
110cc 4-stroke Limited
up 60cc to 90cc 2-stroke and
110cc 4-stroke Limited
up 60cc to 90cc 2-stroke and
85cc to 125cc 4-stroke Comp
up to 200cc 2-stroke and 300cc
4-stroke - Comp
Quads - Sand Drags classes (off road)
Pro450
Up to 850cc
Outlaw (see specifications)
Note: Pro450 and Up to 850cc may be run
and scored together
Outlaw (experimental) specs.
Displacement not limited but machine
must be fitted with a motorcycle based
engine. Nerf bars should be fitted to cover
any exposed foot pegs. They should
be able to catch the foot from hitting the
ground if it slips forward or back, and
surround the end of the foot peg to protect
the racer from a potential puncture injury
in the event of a roll over. A closed loop
design with no open ended tubing must be
used.
22.7.8
Quads - Hill Climb classes
Pro450
Up to 850cc
22.8
Competition Rules - quads
22.8.1Starting
22.8.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
22.8.1.2 The order and position of each competitor
will be at the discretion of the Promoter and
will be determined on the day of the event.
22.8.1.3 The starting grid for all MX and DT events
will:
a) Have not less than 2 metre space for
each quad,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
b) Be in a straight line,
c) Allow for no more than 20
competitors.
22.8.1.4 The maximum number of starters must be
specified in SR.
22.8.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR:
a) All competitors must be called to the
start line at least 2 minutes before
each start,
b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and
when the starter is ready, the starter
will hold up a 30 15 second sign for a
22quads
full 15 seconds,
c) At the end of 15 seconds a 5 second
sign will be displayed,
d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10
seconds after the 5 second sign is
shown.
22.8.2Finishing
22.8.2.1 The finish line must be:
a) Marked with a flexible post at each
side of the track,
b) Clearly visible to the judge.
209
enjoy the ride
23Moto-Trials
23.1
Protective Clothing – MotoTRIALS
23.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Trials competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
23.1.1Helmet
23.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
23.1.2Clothing
23.1.2.1 Trousers and a shirt.
23.1.3 Footwear
23.1.3.1 Calf length boots constructed of leather or
similar durable material.
23.1.4 Footwear in pits
23.1.4.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
23.2
Classes and grades – MOTOTRIALS
23.2.1Classes
23.2.1.1 Classes in Moto-Trials are:
a) Open solo- which may be subdivided into Expert, A, B, C and
Clubman grades,
b) Open sidecar- which may be
subdivided into A & B grades,
c) Juniors - which can be subdivided
into Junior 7 to 12, open Junior
and Junior women, under 16 years,
210
d) Veteran-Aged 40 to 49 years
Veteran-Aged 50 to 59 years
Veteran-Aged 60 years and over
All competitors within each
of these classes will compete
without handicap, Veteran- for
competitors 40 years of age and over
and will use the Venables handicap
system. (This handicap system is
based on a formula devised by the
late Ralph Venables, in that the
riders’ age is subtracted from 70.
The number remaining is added to
the riders points lost, as a handicap),
e) Classic - for machines manufactured
before 1965 and excluding machines
manufactured in Spain,
f) Post Classic (Twin Shock) - for
machines manufactured before
1986. The machines may not be
fitted with disc brakes or monoshocks,
g) Open Women, which can be
subdivided into A and B grades,
h) Masters - for competitors of 35 years
of age and over. No handicapping
system will apply,
i) Youth - for competitors aged
between 16 and Under 21 years at
the first day of the event. This class
will compete using the Masters lines.
j) Air cooled mono shock,
23.2.2Junior
23.2.2.1 The following age groups and capacity
classes subject to GCR 12.16.0.1
may compete on courses for junior
competitions:
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
CLASS
Junior 7 - 12 years
Junior 13 to 15 years
Open
Junior Women 7 to 15
years
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc 200cc
13 to 15 years Open
Capacity
Up to 125cc Open Capacity
- Women Only
23.2.3 Identification Plates
23.2.3.1 Identification plates must:
a) Measure 200mm x 150mm +/-10%,
b) Have the rider’s name displayed on
the identification plate, using lettering
25mm high minimum.
23.2.3.2 Identification plates may include reference to:
a) Where a rider completed the
Australian Moto-Trials Championship
in the first 10 places in the previous
year, that rider’s place in the
Championship, and
b) The rider’s club or sponsor, providing
the background colour of the plate
remains prominent and clearly
visible.
23.2.4 Rider and Grade Identification
23.2.4.1 The following grades will have the
following identification plates:
CLASS/GRADE
Open Solo A grade and
experts
Youth, Masters, B
grade, Women
Veterans, Post Classic,
Open Junior, Air cooled
Mono shock, C grade
Masters
Youth
C grade & Veterans
Juniors, Clubman & Post
Classic
Junior Women, Juniors
7-12, Clubman
Sidecars - A grade
Sidecars - B grade
Classic
23.3
PLATE BACKGROUND
COLOUR
Red
Yellow
Blue Yellow
Yellow
Blue
White
White
Red
Yellow
Black
FRAMES & PARTS - mOTO-TRIALS
23.3.1 Tyre Types
23.3.1.1 With the exception of mini-bikes and and
the sidecar tyres of sidecars, tyres must
be of a Trials Universal pattern on all
machines.
23moto-trials
23.3.2 Ignition cut-out switch
23.3.2.1 All machines must be fitted with an
effective ignition cut-out switch operating
on the primary circuit and attached to the
handlebars.
23.3.3 Designs and Dimensions
23.3.3.1 When brake cam arms or
of open or hooked type,
actuating rod or cable
secured so as to prevent
dislodgement.
levers are
the brake
must be
accidental
23.4fuel- moto -trials
23.4.0.1 Fuel for machines other than Classic
competition must:
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON,
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
23.4.0.2 Fuel for Classic Moto-Trials must be:
a) As per GCR 23.4.0.1, or
b) Leaded fuel, providing that:
i) The fuel is purchased from
suppliers approved by
Environment Australia,
23.5
Classic Trials
23.5.0.1 The eligibility and dating of Classic
Motorcycles shall be considered in terms
of major and minor components and the
period of the motorcycle shall be the
period of the latest major component.
23.5.0.2 Major components are:
a) All engine and gearbox external
castings,
b)Frames,
c)Brakes,
d) Wheel hubs,
e) Forks, and
f)Carburettors.
23.5.0.3 Mk1 Amal Concentric carburettors may be
used. No Japanese or Italian carburettors
on British machines.
211
enjoy the ride
23moto-trials
23.5.0.4 Major components that were manufactured
outside the period, but which are visually
indistinguishable from period components
shall be eligible for that period.
23.5.0.5 All other components shall be considered
as minor components.
23.5.0.6 Minor components may be modified
or updated provided that they remain
visually compatible with the period being
depicted.
23.5.0.7 For the purposes of determining eligibility
machines are categorised as follows:
a) Pre-1965:
i) Manufactured before 31st
December 1964,
b) Pre-1965 heavyweight solo:
i) Non-unit construction engines
with an original capacity of over
250cc, or
ii) Unit construction engines with
an original capacity of over
350cc.
c) Pre-1965 lightweight solo:
i) Non-unit construction engines
with an original capacity of
250cc or less,
ii) Unit construction engines with
an original capacity of 350cc or
less.
d) Post Classic (Twin Shock):
i) For models designed and first
manufactured between 1st
January 1965 to 31st December
1986,
ii) Disc brake models are not
eligible,
iii) Pre-1965 machines that have
been modified so as to provide
a ground clearance or chassis
performance more in keeping
with this era shall compete as
specials in this Post Classic
category.
23.6
Sidecar - Moto-trials
23.6.1 Designs and Dimensions
23.6.1.1 There must be a platform and nose cone
or platform and front plates with the
following dimensions:
a) Overall length must be at least
775mm,
212
23.6.1.2
23.6.1.3
23.6.1.4
23.6.1.5
23.6.1.6
23.6.1.7
23.6.1.8
23.7
b) The wheel track must be at least
750mm,
c) The nose cone or front plate must
be at least 200mm wide and 200mm
high at the rear. The nose cone
must taper to at least 100mm at the
front,
d) The width from the rear of the nose
cone to the rear of the sidecar must
be at least 200mm,
e) The inner sideboard of the platform
must be either 130mm high or
there must be a gap of no more
than 50mm between the sideboard
and any adjacent point on the
motorcycle.
The sidecar and machine wheels, if
exposed, must be valanced on the inside.
Passenger grab rails, handles and straps
may be fitted.
Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited.
An effective cut out switch must be
attached to the handlebars.
Identification plates are required (refer
GCR 12.6).
Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front
and rear wheels.
When brake cam arms or lever are of
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
Competition Rules – Moto-trials
23.7.1General
23.7.1.1 The result of a Moto-Trial or any class of
Moto-Trial is decided on the total number
of points lost, the winner being the
competitor who loses the least number of
points.
23.7.1.2 In the hearing and determination of any
protest or appeal arising out of a MotoTrial, video evidence may not be used.
23.7.1.3 In the event of a tie in points, the tie is to
be broken as follows:
a) The competitor who completes the
greatest number of sections without
loss of points wins,
b) If the tie continues, the competitor
wins who completes the greatest
number of sections with the loss of 1
point, 2 points, 3 points and so on,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
c) If there is still a tie, a ride-off must
take place, starting from the 1st
section at a severity level decided by
the Clerk of Course and continuing
in numerical order until the tie is
broken.
23.7.1.4 Meetings may be held in the following
categories:
a)Trials,
b) No-Stop Trials,
c) Super Trials.
23.7.1.5 Unless otherwise stipulated in SR all
meetings will run using the trials rules
described in GCR 23.7
23.7.2Courses
23.7.2.1 Observed sections:
a) Must be clearly named or numbered,
b) Must have a clearly marked start and
finish,
c) Must have clearly marked
boundaries,
d) Must be preceded by an observed
area of the route where the
competitors are controlled,
e) Must, wherever possible, be
bounded by natural obstacles,
although artificial boundaries may
be used to define the lateral limits of
sections,
f) May be reduced in places by the
use of gates at a minimum width of
1200mm for solos and 2000mm for
sidecars.
23.7.2.2 A machine is deemed to be in an observed
section from the time the front axle passes
the “Section Begins” gate until the front
axle passes the “Section Ends” gate.
23.7.2.3 Passage through section must be
indicated by gates which consist of:
a) 2 arrows pointing inwards,
b) An arrow and a natural obstacle or
boundary,
c) Coloured rectangles, red for right
and white for left may be used to
indicate section outer boundaries.
23.7.2.4 The available width between 2 successive
gates may be limited by means of tape
which must be:
a) Placed no more than 500mm above
the ground,
23moto-trials
b) Not inside the line of markers on the
same side.
23.7.2.5 Where a section is marked by stakes they
must be:
a) Of flexible material,
b) Connected by tape placed no more
than 500mm above the ground,
c) Coloured Red for right and White for
left.
23.7.2.6 The Promoter:
a) May modify the design of a section
between the passage of the last
competitor on 1 lap and the first
competitor on the following lap, and
b) Must give adequate notice to
competitors of these modifications
provided that such modification will
not justify a supplementary time
allowance for the modified section to
be inspected.
23.7.3 Penalties - Competitions
23.7.3.1 The following terms have the following
respective meanings:
a) Footing occurs when:
i) Any part of the body of the
rider touches the ground and or
obstacle (tree, rock etc),
ii) Any part of the machine other
than the:
Footrests,
Wheels,
Tyres,
Engine casing,
Frame,
Protection plates under the
engine,
Sidecar body,
touches the ground or an obstacle
without stopping progress of the machine,
iii) Sliding a foot along the ground is
deemed to be footing more than
twice,
b) Stopping occurs when the machine
fails to maintain forward progress
relative to the direction of the course,
c) Dismounting occurs when the rider
has both feet on the ground, on the
same side of or behind the machine.
213
23 enjoy the ride
moto-trials
23.7.3.2 The penalties on the following table apply:
INFRINGEMENT
Footing once
Footing twice
Footing more than twice
Stopping without footing
Stopping whilst footing once
Footing twice whilst stopped
Footing more than twice whilst stopped
Moving backwards without footing
Moving backwards whilst footing
Moving either wheel sideways whilst stopped, without footing
The machine crosses a boundary with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground
The machine passes the wrong side of a boundary or grade marker for a riders own
grade with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground.
The machine jumps over a boundary or marker for a riders own grade with both
wheels to avoid part of a course.
Breaking a boundary tape or dislodging a boundary marker
Riding over or riding on or dislodging a grade marker for a riders own grade.
Missing a gate or riding through a gate in the wrong direction, for a riders own grade.
Rider does not have both hands on the handlebar when he foots, whilst stationery
Engine stopping whilst rider stationary and rider footing or leaning
Engine stopping whilst stationary (Side cars only)
Crossing machine tracks whilst moving forward
The handlebar of the motorcycle touches the ground
Dismounting from the machine with both feet on the ground, on the same side or
behind the machine
Any part of sidecar passenger touching ground or other obstacle
INFRINGEMENT
Practising on course prior to event
For disorderly conduct towards an official
Rider or Minder arguing with an official
Not vacating a section after failure
Handing in scorecard after finish time (per minute)*
Handing in scorecard more than 30 minutes after finish time*
Losing a scorecard (per section)
Rider or Minder altering a section
Missing a section
Refusing to attempt a section
Minder obstructing or conversing with observer regarding scoring
Late to Scrutineering (per minute)
* Or as detailed in the SR
214
23.7.3.3 The greatest penalty incurred in a section
is the only one to be taken into account for
each competitor.
23.7.3.4 A competitor who receives the maximum
5 point penalty in a section must vacate
that section either:
POINTS LOST
NOSUPER
TRIALS
STOP
TRIALS
TRIALS
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
0
5
0
1
5
5
2
5
5
3
5
5
5
5
0
5
5
5
0
5
0
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
POINTS LOST
ALL TRIALS
Exclusion
100
10
10
1
Exclusion
5
5
5
5
5
1
a) At the first available opportunity, or
b) As directed by an official.
23.7.3.5 A time allowance of 90 seconds is
allowed for each rider to complete each
section. Each rider who fails to complete
a section within the ninety second time
allowance will be deemed to have failed
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
that section. The time will start when the
rider passes the section beginning line.
The decision of the observer in charge of
this time measurement shall be deemed
a statement of fact.
Note: This rule will be applied to the National
Championships, and to all State
Championship rounds. Subject to
inclusion in the SR, any promoter may
choose to apply this rule to other open
events.
23.7.3.6 Where necessary, for Moto-Trials,
organisers may include a time limit to
complete the first lap. This instruction
should be included and defined in the
SR.
23.7.4 Minder - Moto-trials
23.7.4.1 Each competitor in an event may have
a Minder who, for the purposes of these
Rules, will be a competitor.
23.7.4.2 A Minder must be identified as such in
accordance with the requirements of the
SR.
23moto-trials
23.8
AUSTRALIAN MOTO-TRIALS
CHAMPIONSHIPS
23.8.1 Use of Course
23.8.1.1 For
the
Australian
Moto-Trials
Championships, only those competing for
the championships may use the course
during the period of competition.
23.8.2 Preferred championship Date
23.8.2.1 It is recommended that the Australian
Moto-Trials Championship be conducted
by 31st August in each year.
23.8.3Standards
23.8.3.1 Promoters must ensure that the standards
of sections must provide for all levels of
competitor in each class.
23.8.3.2 Riders of any nationality may be awarded an
Australian Championship. The Moto-Trials
Commission recommends that the Promoter
provides a trophy for the best Australian
should an Australian not win the title.
23.8.4Handicap
23.8.4.1 The Venables handicap GCR 23.2.1.1(d)
must be used for the Veteran’s class.
215
enjoy the ride
24SUPERMOTO
24.1
Protective Clothing –
SUPERMOTO
24.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Supermoto competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
24.1.1Helmet
24.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
24.1.2Clothing
24.1.2.1 A 1-piece leather suit or jacket and
trousers constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater durability,
which meets FIM requirements,
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather
or enclosed plastic foam at least
8mm thick:
i)Shoulders,
ii)Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint,
and
iv)Knees.
24.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine.
216
24.1.3 Footwear
24.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability. but not constructed of
rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
24.1.3.2 Motocross boots are approved.
24.1.4Gloves
24.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
24.1.5 Goggles and Visors
24.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
24.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
24.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
24.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
24.1.7 Footwear in pits
24.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
24.2
Frames and parts- supermoto
24.2.1Tyres
24.2.1.1 Knobby tyres are not permitted.
24.2.1.2 Additional cuts and/or grooves may be
made to tyres.
24.2.2Rims
24.2.2.1 Rims must be up to 17” in S1, S2 and S3
classes.
24.2.2.2 Rims other than 17” may be used in S4,
S5, S6 classes.
24.2.2.3 Any rim size can be used in S7/S8 classes.
24.2.3Brakes
24.2.3.1 A pin or locknut must be fitted to the brake
pad fixture. The safety wire used on the
brake caliper bolts must be visible.
24.2.4Hand Protectors
24.2.4.1 If hand protectors are used, they must be
of a shatter proof material.
24.3
Engines- supermoto
24.3.1General
24.3.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked
or otherwise secured in the tightened
position in a manner approved by the
Scrutineer.
24.3.1.2 Lock wiring used on oil and water filler
caps and drain plugs must be visible.
24.3.1.3 Where flexible oil lines other than those
supplied as standard equipment by the
original machine manufacturer are used,
they must incorporate high pressure hose
secured by high pressure connections.
Worm drive hose clamps may not be used.
24.3.1.4 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
a) The ground,
b) Tyres or other moving parts over the
full movement of the suspension.
24.3.1.5 Only single or twin cylinder engines may
be used.
24.3.1.6 On all engines, an oil catch tank of 500cc
minimum, properly fastened, or a closed
breather system must be installed.
24.3.1.7 The only liquid coolant permitted is
water.
24.3.1.8 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic
fluid levels must be maintained within
manufacturers’ specifications.
24.3.1.9 A self-closing throttle must be fitted.
24supermoto
24.3.1.10A non-return valve must be fitted to the
tank breather pipe which must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 350cc.
24.4
NOISE EMISSIONS - SUPERMOTO
24.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
94/96db(a) unless a lower limit is provided
for in SR
24.5fuel- supermoto
24.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines must:
a) Be unleaded; and
b) Be no more than 100 RON.
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
24.6capacity classes - supermoto
CLASS
S1
S2
S3
S4 Clubman
S5 Clubman
S6 Clubman
S7 Junior
S8 Junior
S9 Junior
S910 Women’s
Quad Pro Open
Quad Unlimited
Open
CAPACITY
Over 250cc 2-stroke
Over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke
Up to 250cc 2-stroke
Up to 450cc 4-stroke
125cc to 200cc 2-stroke
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
Open Class
250cc 2-stroke
Up to 450cc 4-stroke
125cc 2-stroke
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
13-15 years, up to 125cc 2-stroke
13-15 years, up to 250cc 4-stroke
9-13 years, 85cc 2-stroke/150cc
4-stroke
Senior unlimited
450cc 4-stroke
Unlimited
24.7competition Rules - supermoto
24.7.0.1 Senior classes of the same capacity may
be combined if provided for in SR.
24.7.1Starting
24.7.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
24.7.1.2 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR,
qualifying for starting grid positions must
be held.
217
24supermoto
24.7.1.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
24.7.2 Grid Positions
24.7.2.1 There must be a maximum of 4 riders per
row with a minimum of 1 metre between
riders.
24.7.2.2 There must be a minimum of 4 metres
between rows.
218
24.7.3 Stopping and Re-Running
24.7.3.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
and considers that such conduct has:
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member,
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or
more of the other competitors in the
event,
may declare the event void and order a rerun.
24.7.3.2 If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct,
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
24.7.3.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an
event and order it to be re-run if it would
be dangerous for it to continue.
24.7.3.4 In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down their
machine in the interests of
safety, or
iii) Left the course in the interests of
safety,
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from, or
enjoy the ride
v) Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event,
may not participate.
24.7.3.5 Where the Steward or Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed:
i) The stopped race will be
declared null and void,
ii) The race may be re-run,
iii) The re-run race will be for the
full race distance,
iv) The original grid positions will be
used,
v) The place of any machine
unable to take part in the re-run
race will be left vacant,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance, have been
completed:
i) The race may be re-started, but
only once,
ii) The restart must occur no more
than 30 minutes after the race
has been stopped,
iii) The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv) Positions on the grid for the restarted race will be determined
by the order of competitors at
the finish line of the last full lap
of the stopped race,
v) Only competitors who have
completed at least 75% of
the laps completed by the
leading competitor at the time
of stopping will be permitted to
participate in the re-started race,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer,
vii) The stopped race and any re-run
will be deemed to be parts of the
1 race,
MQ MOMS Ad [outlined].ind
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
viii) The winner will be the competitor
having the highest number of
laps at the finish,
ix) Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x) If at least 75% of the scheduled
race distance is completed full
points will be awarded,
xi) If less than 75% of the
scheduled race distance is
completed half points will be
awarded.
24supermoto
24.7.4 Jump Start
24.7.4.1 If the front wheel spindle of the motorcycle
crosses the line which marks the front of
that riders’ starting position on the grid
before the red light goes out, this will be
considered as a jump start.
24.7.4.2 Upon the recommendation of the Clerk
of Course, a board reading “Jump Start”
together with the rider’s number will be
displayed at the start/finish line to a rider
who committed the jumped start.
24.7.4.3 The penalty for a jump start is a mandatory
15 seconds to be added to the infringing
rider(s) time(s).
24.8
AUSTRALIAN SUPERMOTO
CHAMPIONSHIP
24.8.0.1 The Australian Supermoto
Championships are to be conducted
annually.
24.8.0.2 The method of conducting this
Championship will be listed in the SR for
the Event(s).
219
MQ MOMS Ad [outlined].indd 1
30/09/2009 3:28:29 PM
24 25
25.1
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
Protective Clothing - enduro
& reliability trials
25.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Enduro or Reliability Trial
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
25.1.1Helmet
25.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
25.1.2Clothing
25.1.2.1 Trousers of:
a)Leather,
b) Nylon lined Motocross type,
c) Padded denim Motocross type,
d) Reinforced padded nylon,
e) Padded waterproof waxed cotton
when worn so that no part of the body is
uncovered when the competitor is in the
normal racing position.
25.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining.
25.1.2.3 A riding top of:
a) Leather, or
b) Close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre; or
c) Waxed cotton
which leaves no part of the body uncovered
when the competitor is in the normal riding
position
25.1.2.4 Or a 1 piece suit of leather, reinforced
nylon, or waxed cotton
220
enjoy the ride
supermoto
25.1.3 Footwear
25.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least cover
¾ of the length of the lower leg, with
the rider in a racing position on the
machine.
25.1.4Gloves
25.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
25.1.5 Goggles and Visors
25.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, and/or helmet visors
must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
25.1.5.2 Tear-offs on goggles are not permitted for
Enduro events.
25.1.5.3 A competitor must, at the start of the event
and each special test, be wearing goggles
or a similar form of eye protection. It is
strongly recommended that the competitor
wear the eye protection at all times during
the event. Where the competitor removes
their eye protection during the course of
an event, they do so entirely at their own
risk.
25.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
25.1.6.1 It is recommended that hair longer than
shoulder length be confined in the helmet
or jacket. Where the competitor chooses
not to confine their hair as described, they
do so entirely at their own risk.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25.1.6.2 It is recommended that body jewellery is
removed or securely covered with tape
prior to competition. Where the competitor
chooses not to remove or securely cover
jewellery with tape, they do so entirely at
their own risk.
25.1.7 Footwear in pits
25.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in any fuel
control area, pit area, start area, work
area or Parc Fermé at all times.
25.1.8 Junior Clothing
25.1.8.1 In addition to the general requirements for
clothing, Juniors must comply as follows:
a) Protective clothing must not be loose
or flapping,
b) Commercially manufactured body
armour must be worn. Soft roost
protection is unacceptable.
25.2 Frames And Parts - enduro &
reliability trials
25.2.1 Solo Classes
25.2.1.1 The classes for solo are to be determined
by the RCB.
25.2.1.2 Hand lever protectors may be single or
double mounted.
25.2.1.3 If hand lever protectors are fitted, they
must be of shatterproof material.
25.2.1.4 All machines must be fitted with an
effective ignition cut-off switch located on
the handlebars.
25
enduro and reliability trials
25.2.1.5 Where road authority registration is
required, the rear mudguard must be of an
Enduro style, equipped with a rear-facing
tail light clearly visible to following road
users. The must be sufficient space below
the rear light to mount the numberplate.
25.2.1.6 The handlebars must be equipped
with a protection pad on the cross bar.
Handlebars without a cross member must
be equipped with a protection pad located
in the middle of the handlebars, covering
the handlebar clamps. Except for “Safari”
type events where navigation equipment
is mounted above the handlebar clamps
and/or cross bars.
25.3
NOISE EMISSIONS - ENDURO &
RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 94dB(A)
unless a lower limit is provided for in the
SR or by the circuit hire agreement.
25.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10
25.4fuel- enduro & reliability
trials
25.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must:
a) Be unleaded; and
b) Be no more than 100 RON.
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines.
221
25
enduro and reliability trials
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
25.4.0.2 For Enduro events, it is recommended that
fuel containers do not exceed 10 litres and
are fitted with a suitable pouring spout.
25.5
Competition Rules- enduro &
reliability trials
25.5.1Courses
25.5.1.1 Courses must be clearly marked.
25.5.1.2 Each course must:
a) Have time check points which must:
i) Have a digital clock showing
hours minutes and seconds at
the control table,
ii) Have a check list showing arrival
time of each competitor in the
time check,
iii) Be placed at the entrance to
the parc fermé for the start and
finish of each day of the event,
iv) Be placed at intermediate points
selected by the Promoter and
indicated on the itinerary,
v) Preferably be no less than 5 nor
more than 35 kilometres apart,
vi) Be indicated by:
White flags placed 200
metres, and
Yellow flags placed 20
metres
before the control table, and
Green flags placed 2 metres
after the control table,
Flags placed on both
sides of the course so as
to be clearly visible to the
competitors.
25.5.1.3 Each course may:
a) Have route check points which:
i) Need not be marked on the
route card,
ii) Must be indicated by blue flags
placed on either side of the
course 200 metres before the
route check,
iii) Have a check list of the progress
of each competitor.
222
enjoy the ride
b) Have time check points with no
service which:
i) Will display a white flag with
a black cross on both sides of
the track 70 metres before the
control table.
ii) GCR 25.4.11(b), (d) and (f) do
not apply.
25.5.1.4 For multi-day events each course may
have:
a) A final service area before the final
time check point,
b) Before the final service area, a prefinish Time Check, which is a no
service time check.
After which competitors have 15 minutes
to reach the final time check.
25.5.1.5 The area between the yellow and green
flags is considered parc fermé concerning
access.
25.5.2 Enduro Flags
25.5.2.1 For Enduros, flags will have the following
meanings:
a) White flags displayed on pegs- Entry
to fuel control: Time check 200
metres,
b) Yellow flags displayed on pegs- Time
check 20 metres,
c) Blue flags displayed on pegs- Route
check approximately 200 metres,
d) White flag with Black Cross
displayed on pegs - No service time
check approximately 70 metres,
e) Green Flag displayed on pegs - Exit
from Time Check.
25.5.3Entries
25.5.3.1 After the closing date for entries:
a) A competitor may apply in writing to
the Race Secretary for permission to
change machines, and be entered in
the relevant class,
b) A team may apply in writing to the
Race Secretary for permission:
i) For a team member to change
machines and be entered in the
relevant class,
ii) To substitute 1 entered team
member for another.
25.5.3.2 The Race Secretary may grant permission
subject to such conditions as he or she
thinks fit or may refuse permission.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25.5.3.3 A competitor who is substituted may not
compete without the permission of the
Race Secretary.
25.5.3.4 No team or competitor may change the
capacity of an entered machine.
25.5.3.5Applications must be delivered to the
Race Secretary before the preliminary
machine examination.
25.5.4 The Starting Area
25.5.4.1 The starting area may:
a) Contain a Parc Fermé to which all
access and egress is controlled
and which connects directly to the
working area,
b) Contain a working area from which
there is only 1 exit to the starting
enclosure and where machine
maintenance may be carried out,
c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1
end of which is the starting line and
in which the competitors await the
starting signal,
d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise
regulated as to access so as to
prevent the entry of unauthorised
persons,
e) Be in the charge of officials who are
clearly identified,
f) Have its entrance and exit clearly
marked.
25.5.4.2 No competitor or person other than:
a) The Steward,
b) The Clerk of Course, or
c) Any other official in charge thereof,
may enter the starting area unless
authorised by a relevant official or
otherwise for purposes permitted under
these Rules.
25.5.4.3 The SR may prescribe the time for
delivery of machines into the starting area
before the start of an event and thereafter
machines must:
a) Remain in the starting area until the
start,
b) Be returned at the end of each day
for detention overnight,
c) Be released in time for the start of
the next day,
d) Be in the open air and not covered in
any manner.
25
enduro and reliability trials
25.5.5 Preliminary Examination
25.5.5.1 Before each event, there must be a
preliminary examination of competing
machines.
25.5.5.2At the preliminary examination, each
machine may be tested for noise
and marked if it does not exceed the
prescribed noise emission levels.
25.5.5.3At the conclusion of the preliminary
examination each machine must be
delivered into the parc fermé. No
motorcycle may enter parc fermé without a
stand approved at machine examination.
25.5.5.4 An event commences at the conclusion of
the preliminary examination.
25.5.6 Starting Order and Numbers
25.5.6.1 The starting order of groups or classes
will be as determined by the SR.
25.5.6.2 The starting numbers of riders will be
determined by a draw for each class.
25.5.7 Starting Procedures
25.5.7.1 The start signal for each competitor must
be given as nearly as practicable to that
competitor’s scheduled starting time.
25.5.7.2 It is not permitted to start the engine in:
a) The parc fermé, working area, or
b) The starting area before the starting
signal is given.
25.5.7.3 Within 1 minute of the signal being given,
the competitor must:
a) Start the engine at the starting line
using the machine’s kick starter or
starter motor,
b) Cross a second line 20 metres from
the starting line under engine power.
25.5.7.4 A competitor who arrives at the starting
line more than 1 minute late for that
competitor’s allocated starting time:
a) Will lose 60 points for every minute
late,
b) Must be allocated a new start time
which must be the indicated time of
arrival at the starting line ignoring
seconds,
c) Must comply with standard starting
procedures,
25.5.7.5 If the competitor is more than 60 minutes
late, they will be excluded for the day.
223
25 enduro and reliability trials
25.5.7.6 On each day of the event, competitors
may enter the parc fermé 15 minutes
before their starting times and move their
machines by hand to the entry to the work
area.
25.5.7.7 Competitors may have 10 minutes before
their starting times to carry out machine
preparation.
25.5.8 Event Procedures
25.5.8.1 For Enduros, the total time for the day of
competition must not exceed 71/2 hours,
including the 15 minutes at the final time
check.
25.5.8.2 Competitors must at all times during the
event:
a) Remain on the course,
b) Follow the competition direction.
25.5.8.3 At the beginning or end of a lap, a section
or day, the Clerk of Course, due to
weather or other conditions, may:
a) Declare a section of the course to be
impassable and in that event:
i) That section will cease to be part
of the course, and
ii) Any penalties incurred in that
section will not be taken into
account in scoring for the event.
b) Change the time schedule for the
section to a slower schedule.
25.5.8.4 Each competitor must be allocated a
starting time and a time for each section
between time checks.
25.5.8.5The recorded arrival time for each
competitor in a section is the starting time
for that competitor in the next section.
25.5.8.6 During an event the competitor must have
all marked parts on the motorcycle at all
times when on the course. [Except in the
case of Rule 25.5.11 i) vi)]
25.5.8.7 During an event, a competitor must not
stop between the yellow flags and the
control table.
25.5.8.8 A competitor may pass the final time
check at the entrance to the Parc Fermé
early, without penalty.
25.5.8.9 When the machine is placed in the Parc
Fermé it must be completely equipped
with all the marked parts.
25.5.8.10At the end of any event there may be a final
examination at which any of the machines
may be impounded for examination.
224
enjoy the ride
25.5.8.11If a competitor can convince the Jury he
was delayed by abnormal circumstances
outside his control, (e.g. providing
assistance to an injured competitor),
an allowance may be granted. Alleged
baulking by another competitor is not an
abnormal circumstance.
25.5.8.12When the case of a rider is under
discussion he may continue in the event
until the jury makes the final decision.
25.5.9Restarts
25.5.9.1 A competitor who retires, or is excluded
from an event for a day:
a) For multi-day events, may restart in
the competition on following days
from the rear of the field,
b) For single day events, or if the
competitor is excluded or retires for a
second time from a multi-day event,
may not continue on the course.
25.5.9.2 To be eligible to restart, a competitor must
deliver the machine to the parc fermé at
least 60 minutes before the amended
start time.
25.5.10 Time Cards, Route Cards and Itinerary
25.5.10.1Each competitor must stop at all time
checkpoints and route checkpoints.
25.5.10.2Time cards must be issued and route
cards may be issued:
a) For the first day, at the preliminary
examination,
b) For all other days, as competitors
leave the parc fermé at the end of
the previous day.
25.5.10.3Time cards:
a) Must be presented at each control
table, or, on demand, to an official,
b) Must be handed in at the end of
each day to the final control official,
c) Must not be altered or obliterated by
any competitor,
d) Must not be exchanged between
competitors,
e) Must, in the event of loss, be
replaced by the official in charge of
the next time control,
f) May show the prescribed running
time for each section.
25.5.10.4Route cards:
a) Must be presented at all route
checks,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
b) Must be handed in at the end of
each day to the final control official,
c) Must not be altered or obliterated by
any competitor,
d) Must not be exchanged between
competitors,
e) Must, in the event of loss, be
replaced by the official in charge of
the next time control.
25.5.10.5Itineraries:
a) Must be issued at the preliminary
examination or displayed prominently
in the starting area,
b) Must clearly indicate all competition
distances and show the prescribed
running time for each section,
c) Must contain samples of signs or
indicators used for course markings,
d) Are, for all purposes connected with the
competition, deemed to be accurate.
25.5.11 Maintenance, Repair, Alteration and
Refueling
25.5.11.1A machine may be cleaned, altered,
repaired or refueled during an event as
follows:
a) Subject to sub-Rule b), assistance is
not permitted during the course of an
event,
b) A competitor may receive assistance
for the following:
i)Refueling,
ii) Removing, replacing and
replenishing:
Coolant,
Engine and gearbox lubricating oils and removal
and replacement of oil filters.
iii) Removing air from the braking
circuit,
iv) Inflating tubes and tyres.
v) Cleaning number plates and
plastic parts of the motorcycle
with the aid of a sponge or cloth.
c) No work on the machine may take
place:
i) In any tent, vehicle or other
enclosed place,
ii) In the parc fermé,
iii) In the Time Check area.
25
enduro and reliability trials
d) The rider is allowed to change any
unmarked parts anywhere on the
course but may receive spare parts
and tools only in the servicing areas.
e) A competitor may not receive or use
the following tools:
i) Any form of welding equipment
other than for repairs to the
exhaust system,
ii) Pressure cleaning apparatus,
iii) Electrical and air powered tools
operated by remote connection.
f) A competitor may, for the purposes
of carrying out alterations or repairs,
receive spare parts:
i) In the working area in the
starting area,
ii) Between the white and yellow
flags adjacent to a time check
point.
g) A competitor may leave used parts
where the alterations or repairs were
carried out.
i) A rider wishing to repair or replace
the silencer of his machine can
do so at the end of the day, after
the last time check and before
entering the Parc Fermé. The work
must be carried out under the
supervision of an official.
ii) The rider will be allowed an extra
time of 60 minutes for this work.
iii) The same applies to riders who for
any reason have been told by the
Clerk of the Course to have their
machines noise tested.
iv) The rider may request as many
noise tests as he wishes during
the 60 minutes allowance.
v) After 60 minutes have elapsed, the
rider will be required to present his
machine to the noise control test
official for testing. If the noise level
is above the required standard, the
rider will be disqualified (or other
penalties given as provided for in
the GCRs).
vi) If the silencer is changed during
the day, the rider must present
it to be noted at the next time
check point. At the end of the
day, a noise control test will be
225
carried out during the 60 minutes
25 enduro and reliability trials
allowance. If the test is passed,
the silencer will be marked with
the official paint. If not, the rider
may be disqualified (or other
penalties given as provided for in
the GCRs.)
j) The engine must be stopped during
refueling,
k) The rider must dismount from the
motorcycle during refueling,
l) An environmental mat or other
effective device is required to
be used when refueling. The
minimum dimensions of the mat
or other effective devices must
be at least 500mm x 500mm. The
penalty for non compliance may be
discretionary,
m) No fuel may be carried other than
in a tank or container permanently
attached to the machine,
n) Unless otherwise stated in the SR,
replacement of any fluids except
water or coolant is only permitted in
the work area and at a Time Check
between the white and yellow flags
where service is permitted,
o) There must be at least 1 refueling
depot every 50 km.,
p) Tyres may only be changed:
i) At the final service area,
ii) In the work area at the start.
25.5.12Assistance
25.5.12.1All outside assistance is forbidden, other
than the normal assistance given at the
Official Time Checks.
25.5.12.2The term “outside assistance” refers to
the act involved when any person, other
than the rider or an official performing
his duties, comes into contact with the
motorcycle.
25.5.12.3No machine may be moved otherwise
than by:
a) Its engine, or
b) The actions of its rider.
25.5.12.4No competitor may be accompanied
anywhere on the course.
25.5.12.5The term “accompanied” refers to the
act of riding in company for the purpose
of receiving assistance, with any person
other than a registered official of the event
in the course of their duties.
226
enjoy the ride
25.5.12.6In any replenishment area, the chain can
be lubricated but only the rider is allowed
to do this work.
25.5.13 Inspection and Marking
25.5.13.1At any time check a relevant official:
a) Must record the time as displayed on
the clock when the competitor’s time
card is presented,
b) May inspect any machine,
c) May mark any part,
d) May direct the alteration of any
machine which does not comply with
any requirement of these Rules or
the SR,
e) May direct the administration of any
noise or other test,
f) May report any competitor or
machine to the jury or a key official.
25.5.13.2Any competitor required to submit to a
noise test under the preceding Rule:
a) May request further tests during
the 30 minutes next after the
completion of the initial test,
b) May be required, at the expiration of
that time, to submit to a further test,
c) May not continue in the event if,
at the expiration of that time, the
machine does not comply with the
prescribed noise emission levels.
25.5.14 Timed Tests
25.5.14.1Timed tests must be as follows:
a) Average speed must not exceed 50
km/h.
b) Competitors may inspect test
courses on foot but not by wheeled
vehicle,
c) Be safe and of a reasonable degree
of difficulty,
d) For multi-day events, be marked
not less than 48 hours before the
scheduled start time for the test,
e) A rider who leaves the test course
and gains an advantage may incur
penalties as in GCR 4.3.2.
25.5.15 Cross Tests and Enduro Tests
25.5.15.1Cross tests and Enduro tests must be as
follows:
a) Cross test courses must:
i) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres
in length,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
ii) Be specially prepared for the
test,
iii) Have safety zones at all bends
and other places of potential
danger to spectators, with
a minimum width of 1 metre
to which spectators have no
access,
iv) Start within 1 kilometre of a
time check point,
v) Have the start and finish line in
the same vicinity.
b) Enduro test courses must:
i) Be readily accessible to a 4
wheel drive vehicle,
ii) Be on a section of the course
between 2 time checks,
iii) Be between 2 3 and 10 5
kilometres in length,
iv) Be untimed during the first lap
and timed during subsequent
laps,
v) For multi-day events, an enduro
test which is ridden on previous
days and repeated in the same
direction on future days may be
timed on the first lap of these
days.
c) Each competitor must:
i) Start with the engine running,
ii) Come to a stop at the start line,
as directed by an official, and
start within 10 seconds after
being directed by the official,
iii) The riders start time will be the
moment the front wheel moves
past the recording device or
at the expiration of the 10
seconds.
d) More than 1 test may be run on the
same course in each day,
e) Tests must have flying finishes
with each competitor’s time being
recorded at the point of crossing the
finish line,
f) Competitors may inspect special
test courses on foot,
g) As each competitor finishes they
must resume the principal course
without stopping.
25
enduro and reliability trials
25.5.16 Final Test
25.5.16.1 At the end of an event there may be
a final test which must be a closed
circuit with a minimum of 5 laps and
a maximum of 10 laps covering a
total distance of between 10 and 18
kilometers.
25.5.16.2Before the start of the test all machines
must be delivered to a parc fermé.
25.5.16.3Prior to competition, there will be a
voluntary escorted preliminary lap of
the course.
25.5.16.4Tests will be divided into groups based
on classes.
25.5.16.5 Should a competitor finish the road test
late, the competitor may be transferred
to another group.
25.5.16.6Restart competitors must not compete
in a test with competitors who are still in
the competition. They may compete in
a separate test. if 1 is scheduled by the
organisers
25.5.16.7 For multi-day events, massed starts
must be used with grid positions
determined by placings at the end of
the previous day.
25.5.16.8For 1 day events, grid positions must be
allocated by the Promoter.
25.5.16.9At the conclusion of the prescribed
number of laps by the leading rider, the
chequered flag will be shown. From the
time the race winner takes the chequered
flag 5 minutes will be allowed for other
riders to complete the lap they are on,
after which the test is over
25.5.17 Finish of Event
25.5.17.1All finishing machines may be
impounded for 30 minutes.
25.5.17.2For each machine an event finishes:
a) If there is a final examination, at
the conclusion of the examination
of the machine,
b) If there is no final examination, at
the moment the machine arrives at
the final time check.
25.5.17.3A rider is considered to have finished the
enduro when he has passed the final Time
Check of the event. Failure to complete
the final Speed Test (if applicable) will
incur the maximum penalty as per Rule
227
25.5.18
25 enduro and reliability trials
25.5.18Penalties
25.5.18.1Penalty points are incurred as follows:
PENALTY
Late arrival at the start line
Not crossing the 20m line under
power within time
Early and late arrival at a time check
Stopping between yellow flags and
control table at time check
Starting of engine in starting area
prior to start signal
Starting the engine in the parc fermé
or work area
Uncompleted day for a competitor
Special tests - for each 1/100 sec
Final test – for each uncompleted lap
plus the time of the slowest completed
test time in the same class
Individuals who restart – per day plus
points for completed special tests
POINTS
60 points per
minute
10 points
60 points per
minute
60 points
60 points
120 points
7,200 points
1/100 point
60 points
7200 points
25.5.19 Classification of Individuals & Teams
25.5.19.1For individual classification, the time
obtained each day will be added for each
rider in each class and in each category.
The rider with the total lowest time will be
placed first and so on.
25.5.19.2For individuals, daily penalty points will be
accumulated.
25.5.19.3For teams:
a) For the team classification, the times
obtained by each team rider will be
added together to form the daily time of
the team. The team with the total lowest
time will be placed first and so on,
b) Daily penalty points will be
accumulated.
25.5.19.4Where a competitor is a member of a
team:
a) The team will incur 7,200 penalty
points for each day of the event that
that rider does not complete.
b) If the competitor is permitted to
restart after exclusion for a day, the
team will incur 7,200 points for the
day the competitor was excluded
plus 7,200 for each following day.
25.5.20 Exclusion from an Event
25.5.20.1A competitor is liable to be excluded from
an event for any of the following acts
during the event:
228
enjoy the ride
a) Competing on a machine with an
engine capacity different from that
stated on the entry form,
b) Receiving spare parts or tools
anywhere on the course except the
service areas. (i.e. The Working Area
and at Time Checks between the
white and yellow flags),
c) Replacing any marked part without
authorisation,
d) Failing to have all marked parts on
the motorcycle at all times when on
the course. [ Except in the case of
Rule 25.5.11 i) vi)]
e) Placing the motorcycle in the Parc
Fermé without all the marked parts.
f) Without authorisation, entering the
parc fermé other than to collect or
deliver the machine,
g) In the parc fermé:
i) Touching any other competitor’s
machine,
ii) Touching his or her machine
other than for purposes of
collection or delivery,
h) Smoking in the parc fermé, working
area, or between the white and
yellow flags,
i) Placing the machine in the parc
fermé more than 2 hours after the
competitor’s scheduled finishing
time,
j) Without authorisation, placing the
machine in any tent, vehicle or other
enclosed place,
k) Carrying fuel on a machine other
than in a permanently attached tank
or container,
l) Not stopping the engine during
refueling,
m) Without authorisation:
i) Communicating with
accompanying persons,
ii) Being accompanied by another
competitor,
iii) Accompanying another
competitor.
n) Not observing traffic regulations,
o) Knowingly failing to hand in time
cards at the finish of each day,
p) Altering a time card or route card or
using another rider’s card,
q) Practicing on the special test course,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
r) Inspecting the special test course
other than on foot,
s) Riding against the direction of the
course,
t) Competing on a machine the engine
of which exceeds the maximum
capacity of the entered class.
25.5.21 Exclusion for a Day
25.5.21.1A competitor is liable to be excluded for
the day from an event if, during that day,
they do any of the following:
a) Failing to pass a noise control test,
b) Refueling outside refueling areas,
c) Failing to deposit the machine in the
parc fermé forthwith after the final
check-in of the day,
d) Entering the parc fermé with the
engine running,
e) Receiving outside assistance other
than for purposes of:
i)Refueling,
ii) Removing, replacing and
replenishing:
Coolant,
Brake fluids,
Engine and gearbox lubricating
oils. and removal and replacement of oil filters.
iii) Inflating tubes and tyres.
enduro and reliability trials
25.5.21.2A competitor liable to the penalties
prescribed in the 2 preceding Rules may
apply to the Steward for a reduction in
penalty. The Steward, on being satisfied
that penalties were incurred in exceptional
circumstances, may:
a) Determine that no penalty should be
imposed,
b) Impose a lesser penalty.
25.5.22 Explanation of Results
25.5.22.1A competitor may, no more than 24 hours
after the publication of the results of
any day’s run, request from the Clerk of
Course an explanation of those results.
25.6
COMPETITION RULES - jUNIOR
ENDURO
25.6.1.1 These rules are additional to and/or
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other enduro rules apply in this form of the
discipline unless modified by SCB by laws
or by the event SR.
25.6.2 Frames and Parts - Junior Enduro
25.6.2.1 Junior Solo wheel sizes:
CLASS
50cc Demo
50cc Auto
65cc
85cc 2- &
150 cc 4-stroke
85cc Big Wheel
100cc
125cc - 200cc
2-stroke
250cc 4-stroke
FRONT
10” (254mm)
10”or 12”
(254 or 305mm)
14” to 15”
(356 to 381mm)
15” to 17”
(381 to 432mm)
18” to 21”
(457 to 534mm)
18” to 21”
(457 to 534mm)
17” to 21”
(432 to 534mm)
17” to 21”
(432 to 534mm)
REAR
10” (254mm)
12” (305mm)
14” (356mm)
16” to 19”
(407mm to 482mm)
f) Arriving more than 60 minutes late
for:
i) The start,
ii) A time check.
g) Moving the machine otherwise than
by:
i) Its engine, or
ii) The actions of the competitor.
h) Riding off the course or against the
course direction,
i) Failing to get the time card and/or
control check list marked at a time
check,
j) Missing a time check or a route
check,
k) Changing tyres other than:
i) At the final service area, or
ii) In the working area in the start
area.
l) Receiving or using prohibited tools.
25
25.6.2.2 Solo handlebars must be securely
plugged and have the following widths.
CLASS
80cc
80cc 4-stroke
100cc
200cc 2-stroke and 250cc 4-stroke
WIDTH (mm)
800
800
850
850
229
25 enjoy the ride
enduro and reliability trials
25.6.3 Engines - Junior Enduro
25.6.3.1 Maximum capacity of motorcycles for
Junior Enduro is 200cc 2-Stroke and
250cc 4-Stroke.
25.6.4 Enduro Courses- Junior
25.6.4.1 Enduro courses for Juniors should
have time checks no less than 5km
and no more than 20km apart.
25.6.4.2 Enduro courses for Juniors must have
1 refueling stop every 35km.
25.6.4.3 For Junior Enduros the total time for
the day of competition must not exceed
4 hours, including the 15 minutes at
the final time check.
25.6.5 Junior Event Procedures
25.6.5.1 Junior riders may receive assistance
starting their machine at the special
test start line.
25.6.5.2 Junior riders may be given a new start
time should they stall their machine on
the start line.
25.6.5.3 Junior competitors may receive parts
anywhere on the course.
25.6.5.4 Junior competitors may receive outside
assistance anywhere on the course.
25.7 AUSTRALIAN 4 DAY ENDURO
CHAMPIONSHIPS
25.7.1 Description of A4DE
25.7.1.1 The Australian Enduro Championships
will be a 4 day event known as the
Australian 4 Day Enduro (A4DE).
The A4DE will determine both the
Australian Team’s and the Australian
Individual Championships.
25.7.2 A4DE Entries
25.7.2.1 The number of entries, both as to
maximum and minimum numbers, will
be as specified in the SR.
25.7.2.2 The closing date for entries will be 14
days before the event.
25.7.2.3 Priority will be given to teams over
individuals.
25.7.2.4 Each team entering for the event may
nominate a manager.
25.7.2.5 Team manager’s names must be
submitted to the Promoter no later than
the end of the preliminary examination.
25.7.2.6 The team manager is responsible for
representing the team.
230
25.7.3 A4DE Jury
25.7.3.1 Each State which has entered a
Trophy Team or a Junior Trophy Team
may nominate a representative for the
Jury, subject to GCR 2.5.11.3.
25.7.4 A4DE Solo Classes
CLASS
Enduro 1
CAPACITY
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke & 150cc to
250cc 4 stroke
Enduro 2
175cc to 250cc 2-stroke & 275cc to
450cc 4-stroke
Enduro 3
290cc to 500cc 2 stroke & 475cc to
650cc 4 stroke
25.7.5
25.7.5.1
A4DE Veteran Class
Riders must have turned 35 years before
1st January in the year of competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.7.6 A4DE Masters Class
Riders must have turned 45 years of age
before the 1st January in the year of
competition. Machines may be of any
capacity.
25.7.7 A4DE Women’s Class
25.7.7.1Women may ride machines of any
capacity.
25.7.7.2 To constitute a class, the number of
contestants entered and competing will
be 6.
25.7.7.3 Should there be insufficient numbers in
this class, each competitor will compete
in the appropriate capacity class
25.7.8 Change of Machine
25.7.8.1 After the closing date for entries:
a) A competitor may apply in writing
to the jury for permission to change
machines,
b) A team may apply in writing to the
jury for permission:
i) For a team member to change
machines or to ride the entered
machine in a class different from
the 1 for which it was entered,
ii) To substitute 1 entered team
member for another.
c) Applications must be delivered to
the Clerk of the Course before the
preliminary machine examination,
d) The jury may grant permission
subject to such conditions as it thinks
fit or may refuse permission,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
e) No team or competitor may change
the capacity of an entered machine.
25.7.9 Eligibility
25.7.9.1 Only solo machines are eligible for the
A4DE.
25.7.9.2 All machines entered in the A4DE must
have:
a) Working commercially available
headlight and tail light, visible to
other road users, either:
i) Permanently wired to illuminate,
or
ii) Able to be switched on or off
by a single switch mounted
on the handlebar or headlight
assembly.
b) A working brake light, visible to other
road users, operated by the brake
pedal or handlebar brake lever,
c) Other requirements as specified in
the SR to comply with road traffic
laws of the host State.
25.7.9.3 No motorcycle may enter the A4DE parc
fermé without a fixed stand approved at
machine examination.
25.7.9.4 Where a stand breaks during 1 of the days
of competition, the competitor has until the
end of the next day’s competition to repair
or replace the stand. In the meantime,
the machine will be allowed into the parc
fermé without a stand under conditions
decided by the Clerk of Course. Failure
to repair of replace the stand within the
prescribed time will result in exclusion for
the event.
25.7.10Cancellation
25.7.10.1MA may, if it considers that there are
insufficient entries for an A4DE, cancel
the event.
25.7.10.2In the event of a cancellation under this
Rule, entry fees must be refunded.
25.8
THE COURSE – A4DE
25.8.1 Requirements of Course
25.8.1.1 The course must consist of roads that are
passable in all kinds of weather.
25.8.1.2 The total distance to be covered will be no
less than 600 km nor more than 1,000 km
with no more than 3 laps each day.
25.8.1.3 The course must be marked with a
different colour for each day and must
have numbers on the markers indicating
the day the colour is used.
25
enduro and reliability trials
25.8.1.4 A draft of the proposed SR for the event,
together with samples of all marking signs
to be used in the event, must be delivered
to the Enduro Commission not less than 4
months before the date of the event.
25.8.1.5 The starting order must be established
to allow the Trophy, Junior Trophy and
selected seeded riders to start first
25.8.1.6 Riders not in Trophy Teams may be
seeded. The seeded position of riders must
be approved by the Enduro Commission.
25.8.1.7 At the end of each day the course must:
a) Have a final service area before the
final time check point,
b) Have before the final service area, a
pre-finish time check point,
i) Which is a no service time check,
ii) After which competitors have 15
minutes to reach the final time
check.
25.8.1.8 The starting area must:
a) Contain a parc fermé to which all
access and egress is controlled
and which connects directly to the
working area,
b) Contain a working area from which
there is only 1 exit to the starting
enclosure and where machine
maintenance may be carried out,
c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1
end of which is the starting line and
in which the competitors await the
starting signal,
d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise
regulated as to access so as to
prevent the entry of unauthorised
persons,
e) Be in the charge of officials who are
clearly identified,
f) Have its entrance and exit clearly
marked.
25.8.2 Completion of Course
25.8.2.1 Subject to the following sub-Rules, each
competitor must complete all 4 runs.
25.8.2.2 A competitor who is excluded for 1 day:
a) May restart on the next following day,
but
b) If excluded for a further 1 day, may
not restart.
25.8.2.3 For a team to be classified as finishing, at
231
least 1 rider must complete the course.
25 enjoy the ride
enduro and reliability trials
25.8.2.4 If the event is stopped prematurely by the
jury it cannot be re-run.
25.8.2.5 If the event is stopped before the majority
of riders have completed half the total
distance the event will be declared null
and void.
25.8.2.6 If the event is stopped at a later stage
the jury will decide whether the event is
void or declare such results and awards
as they consider justified according to the
circumstances.
25.8.3 Tests of Course
25.8.3.1 On each of the first 3 days there must be
at least 4 special tests which must consist
of at least 1 Enduro test and 1 cross test:
a) At the end of the final day there must
be a final test,or
b) There must be a shortened final day
with at least 3 timed tests.
25.9Preliminary Examination - A4DE
25.9.1 Preliminary Examination - Marking of Parts
25.9.1.1 At the preliminary examination, the
following parts will be marked with paint or
non removable sticker with competitor’s
numbers as follows:
a) Main section of the frame on the
right hand side of steering head - 1
b) Hub of each wheel - 2
c) Right side of crankcase - 1
d) Exhaust system - 1
25.9.1.2 The markings on wheel hubs, crankcase
and exhaust system must be heat
resistant.
25.9.1.3Other than for the purpose of repairs and
maintenance authorised under these
Rules, no competitor may, during an
event, without authorisation replace or
change, or cause or permit to be replaced
or changed, any part marked at the
preliminary examination.
25.9.1.4 The rider will sign an agreement certifying
that the parts have been properly marked.
This declaration must indicate the frame
number.
25.9.1.5 The use of an environmental mat, or
other effective device, is obligatory at the
place where assistance and refueling is
authorised by the organiser.
232
25.10 Publication of Results - A4DE
25.10.1 Publications of Results Requirements
25.10.1.1Subject to the following Rule, the results
of each day of the competition must be
published as soon as possible after the
completion of the day.
25.10.1.2 If it is impracticable to publish in accordance
with the preceding Rule, the results
must be published before the evening
jury meeting and competitors must be
informed not later than the time for
resumption of the next day.
25.11 A4DE Awards
25.11.1 A4DE Awards – The Challenge Trophy
25.11.1.1The Trophy is an Australian Championship
competition for State teams, and other
national invited teams.
25.11.1.2Subject to the following 2 Rules, each
SCB may enter 1 team comprising 6
competitors whose licences must have
been issued by that SCB.
25.11.1.3MNSW may enter, in addition to its own
team, an ACT team which comprises
a team of competitors in which each
competitor:
a) Must hold a licence issued by
MNSW;
b) Must have a licence, which names
an ACT Club.
25.11.1.4An SCB, which includes in its team a
competitor:
a) Who has previously held a licence
issued in Australia; and
b) Who is competing under Chapter 3;
must have been the issuing SCB for that
previous Australian licence.
25.11.1.5The 6 motorcycles of each team must belong
to at least 3 different capacity classes.
25.11.1.6The winning team will be awarded the
Challenge Trophy.
25.11.1.7Each member of the winning team will be
awarded a souvenir trophy.
25.11.1.8The second and third placed teams will
receive special awards.
25.11.1.9The results of the Challenge Trophy will
be established in the following order:
a) The team with the highest number of
riders finishing the event.
b) The team with the lowest number of
points.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25.11.1.10Ties will be resolved in the following
manner:
a) The score of the rider with the highest
number of points will be deducted
from the team’s total points.
b) If a tie still exists, the scores of the
2 riders with the highest number
of points will be deducted from the
team’s total points.
25.11.1.11Riders nominated in the Veterans,
Masters and Women’s class are not
eligible for the Trophy Team.
25.11.2 A4DE Awards – The Junior Trophy
25.11.2.1The Junior Trophy is an Australian
Championship for State Teams, and other
invited national teams.
25.11.2.2Subject to the following 2 Rules, each
SCB may enter 1 team comprising 4
competitors whose licences must have
been issued by that SCB.
25.11.2.3MNSW may enter, in addition to its own
team, an ACT team which comprises
a team of competitors in which each
competitor:
a) Must hold a licence issued by
MNSW;
b) Must have a licence, which names
an ACT Club.
25.11.2.4An SCB, which includes in its team a
competitor:
a) Who has previously held a licence
issued in Australia; and
b) Who is competing under Chapter 3.
must have been the issuing SCB for that
previous Australian licence.
25.11.2.5Each competitor must be under the age of
23 years as at January 1 in the year of the
event
25.11.2.6A rider nominated for a Trophy Team
cannot also be a member of a Junior
Trophy Team.
25.11.2.7The 4 motorcycles in each team must be
at least of 2 different classes.
25.11.2.8Results will be determined as for the
Trophy Teams.
25.11.2.9Each member of the winning team will be
awarded a souvenir trophy.
25.11.2.10 The second and third placed teams will
receive special awards.
25.11.2.11 Riders nominated in the Women’s class are not
eligible for the Junior Trophy Team.
25
enduro and reliability trials
25.11.3 A4DE Awards – The Club Team Awards
25.11.3.1The Club Team Awards are a competition
into which each SCB may enter 1 or more
teams.
25.11.3.2A Club Team:
a) Must be nominated by a
motorcycling club affiliated to the
SCB;
b) Must consist of three riders each of
whom must have their competition
licence issued through the
nominating club.
25.11.3.3No competitor may be a member of more
than one club team.
25.11.3.4Competitors in the Trophy, Junior Trophy
or Motorcycle Trade team events are
ineligible for this competition.
25.11.3.5Results will be determined as for the
Trophy Teams.
25.11.3.6The first three club teams will receive
special awards.
25.11.4 A4DE Awards – The Trade Team Awards
25.11.4.1The Trade Team Awards are a competition in
which any trader within the motorcycle trade
may enter a team consisting of 3 riders.
25.11.4.2A competitor may not be a member of
more than 1 Trade Team
25.11.4.3A competitor in a Club team is ineligible
for this competition.
25.11.4.4Results will be determined as for the
Trophy Teams.
25.11.4.5The 3 best teams will receive special
awards.
25.11.4.6Riders nominated as Veterans, Masters
and Women’s classes are eligible.
25.11.5 A4DE Awards – The Individual Riders
Medals
25.11.5.1The Souvenir Gold Medal will be awarded
to all riders whose total number of points
do not exceed 110% of the number of
points achieved by the first rider of that
class.
25.11.5.2The Souvenir Silver Medal will be awarded
to all riders whose total number of points
do not exceed 140% of the number of
points achieved by the first rider of that
class.
25.11.5.3The Souvenir Bronze Medal will be
awarded to all riders who complete the
233
A4DE within the allotted time.
25 enjoy the ride
enduro and reliability trials
25.12 CROSS COUNTRY
25.12.0.1These rules are additional to and/or
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other Enduro rules apply in this form of
the discipline unless modified by SCB
bylaws or the event SR.
25.12.0.2Cross Country is an off road, natural
terrain, continuous multi-lap event with
each lap being between 10kms and
20kms in length. The rider or team in
each class completing the most laps in
the least elapsed time will be declared
the winner of the class.
25.12.0.3Cross Country events may be run over:
a) A specified number of laps, or
b) A specified length of time.
25.12.0.4Cross Country events must:
a) Start with riders lined up in single
rows,
b) Have a maximum of 40 riders per
row,
c) Start only 1 row at a time,
d) Have a minimum of 1 minute
between rows starting.
25.12.0.5Prior to competition there will may
be an escorted preliminary lap of the
course.
25.12.0.6Outside mechanical assistance is
permitted in areas designated by the
organiser (including receiving tools and
parts).
25.12.1 Cross Country Pony Express
25.12.1.1Pony Express is a form of Cross Country
racing in which usually riders participate
under the following conditions:
a) 2 riders and 2 machines,
b) 2 riders and 1 machine,
c) Iron man Class - 1 rider and 1
machine.
25.13 sprint
25.13.0.1These rules are additional to and/or
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other enduro rules apply in this form of
the discipline unless modified by SCB
by-laws or the event SR.
25.13.0.2Sprint is an off road, natural terrain
event consisting of a number of heats of
a short course. Each heat is set along
the lines of an Enduro Special Test. The
rider in each class with the least total
elapsed time will be declared the winner
of the class.
234
25.13.0.3Sprint heats will adhere to Enduro rules
for Timed tests (GCR 25.5.14)
25.13.0.4The Clerk of Course will confirm the
number of heats to be run on the day
as soon as practical after the end of the
first heat.
25.13.0.5To be considered a finisher, riders must
start all heats and complete at least
75% of the heats.
25.13.0.6A rider who does not complete a heat
will be awarded the slowest heat time in
their class plus 100 seconds.
25.13.0.7In National and Open Competitions a
rider is only permitted to enter 1 class
of the event.
25.13.0.8Multiple entry of 1 machine in the same
class
is not permitted.
25.13.0.9Full mechanical assistance is permitted
in
areas designated by the organiser.
25.13.0.10 A Cross Country Sprint may include a
timed
enduro loop between each heat.
25.13.0.11Prior to competition there will be an
escorted
preliminary lap of the sprint
25.14 Australian Off Road
Championships
25.14.1 Description of AOR Championships
25.14.1.1 The Australian Off Road Championships
will be decided over a series of events
from the enduro discipline. These may
include Enduro, Sprint, Cross Country
and Enduro Sprint. The number of
rounds will be prescribed in the Series
Supplementary Regulations.
25.14.2 Australian Off Road Championship Entries
25.14.2.1For a Championship to be awarded there
must be a minimum of 10 entries in each
class for each round of the Championship
25.14.3 Australian Off Road Championship classes
SENIOR CLASSES
CAPACITY
Class E1
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke &
150cc to 250cc 4 stroke
Class E2
175cc to 250cc 2 stroke &
275cc to 450cc 4 stroke
Class E3
290cc to 500cc 2 stroke &
475cc to 650cc 4 stroke
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
JUNIOR CLASSES
CAPACITY
Class J1
9-11yrs
85cc 2 stroke
Up to 150cc 4 stroke
(Standard Wheels only)
Class J2
12-15yrs
85cc 2 stroke
Up to 150cc 4 stroke
Class J3
13-14 yrs
125cc - 200cc 2-stroke
150cc - 250cc 4-stroke
Class J4
15 yrs
125cc - 200cc 2-stroke
150cc - 250cc 4-stroke
25.14.4 Australian Off Road Championship Veterans Class.
25.14.4.1Riders must have turned 35 years before
1 January in the year of competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.14.5 Australian Off Road Championship Masters Class
25.14.5.1Riders must have turned 45 years before
1 January in the year of the competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.14.6Australian Off Road Championship -
Womens Class
25.14.6.1Women may ride machines of any
capacity.
25
enduro and reliability trials
25.14.6.2To constitute a class, there must be a
minimum of 6 competitors entered and
competing in the Womens class.
25.14.6.3Should there be insufficient numbers in
this class, the riders will be included in the
appropriate capacity class.
25.14.7Validity of Championships
25.14.7.1For a Championship to be awarded in
a class there must be a valid field in at
least 75% of the rounds in that class (a
minimum of 10 competitors for each
class except the Womens class which
must have a minimum of 6 otherwise
the total of all rounds will not constitute a
Championship.
25.14.8 Australian Off Road Eligibility
25.14.8.1Only solo machines are eligible for the
Australian Off Road Championships.
25.14.8.2All machines must comply with GCRs
25.2.1.2 to 25.2.1.6.
25.14.8.3The use of an environment mat, or
other effective device is obligatory at the
place where assistance and refueling is
authorised by the organiser.
25.14.9 Australian Off Road Awards
25.14.9.1Winners and place getters will receive MA
medallions as per GCR 13.3.1
25.14.9.2Other awards and/or prize money will be
awarded as detailed in the Event SR.
Chris Hollis Ballards Yamaha Off Road
235
enjoy the ride
26MINIKHANA
26.1INTRODUCTION
The following Minikhana Rules are written to facilitate
the organisation of uniform, safe and fair competitions.
The express purpose of Minikhana motorcycling is the
development of riding skills and techniques for junior
competitors by providing an organised competition,
where skill, rather than speed is the determining
factor.
26.2
Protective Clothing - minikhana
26.2.0.1No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Minikhana competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
26.2.1Helmet
26.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
26.2.2Clothing
26.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or a non-combustible
synthetic material.
26.2.2.2 A long sleeved shirt or jersey which must
be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre,
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
26.2.2.3 For Minicross, mini Enduro and Reliability
events commercially manufactured body
armour must be worn.
26.2.3 Footwear
26.2.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
b) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of
the length of the lower leg, with the rider
in a racing position on the machine.
236
26.2.4Gloves
26.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
26.2.5 Goggles and Visors
26.2.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
26.2.6 Hair and Jewellery
26.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
26.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
26.2.7 Footwear in pits
26.2.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area or any competition area at all times.
26.3
Frames and parts - MINIKHANA
26.3.0.1 All machines must remain standard with
the manufacturer’s specifications with the
exception of:
a) Exhaust system,
b)Gearing,
c) Carburettor jetting,
d)Plastics,
e)Handlebars.
26.3.0.2 With the exception of rear shock
absorber(s), all motorcycles shall comply
with the manufacturer’s specifications.
26.3.0.3 Efficient brakes must be fitted as per
manufacturer’s specifications.
26.3.0.4 When the brake arm or lever is of the
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26.3.0.5 An ignition cut out switch, operating on
the primary circuit must be fitted to the
handlebars in an accessible position.
26.3.0.6 Handlebar pads must be fitted over
crossbar or handlebar mounting clamp.
26.3.0.7 Handlebar ends must be securely plugged.
26.3.0.8 Handlebar lever protectors, where fitted,
must be single mounted.
26.3.0.9 All glass and plastic lenses shall be either
removed or covered with a fabric backed tape.
26.3.0.10Front and rear mudguards to be fitted.
26.3.0.11 Wheel sizes:
CLASS
FRONT
REAR
Miniwheel
14”
12”
Standard Wheel
17”
14”
Big Wheel
19”
16”
26.4engines - MINIKHANA
26.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
95dB(A) as measured in GCR 12.10
26.4.0.2 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.10
26.4.0.3 The maximum capacity of any engine
in Minikhana is 100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke .
26.5
Classes & categories GRADES minikhana
26.5.0.1 No 50cc rider shall exceed the age of 11 yrs.
26.5.0.2 Riders in the Mini Wheel grades shall be a
minimum age of 7 years and under 16 years.
26.5.0.3 Riders in the 85cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
small wheel grades shall be a minimum age
of 9 years.
26.5.0.4 Riders in the Junior Big Wheel
85cc/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
grades class shall be a minimum age of
12 years.
26.5.0.5 All Junior Big Wheel 85cc/100cc 2-stroke
or 150cc 4-stroke riders aged between 12
years and 15 years must ride in the Junior
Combined grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke grades
category.
26.5.0.6 All senior riders can only ride in either
the Senior Combined grade 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke small wheel
and big wheel class. or Senior A grade
85cc/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
categories,
26.5.0.7 Combining riders of the 85cc 2-stroke
or 150cc 4-stroke small wheel and
26minikhana
Junior Big Wheel 85cc/100cc 2-stroke
or 150cc 4-stroke classes with the
same grade is permitted only for club
competition when there are insifficient
riders to constitute a grade(s) or a
reasonable level of competition.
26.5.1Grading
26.5.1.1 Senior competitors can only compete in
either the Senior A or Combined class
Grade 85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
categories.
26.5.1.2 The Junior Big Wheel class A grade shall be
the premier grade class and shall compete
in be the final event of the meeting unless
directed otherwise by the Clerk of the
Course.
26.5.1.3 Competitors will be graded within the
following classes:
(a) 50cc demo
(b) 50cc auto
(c) Mini Wheel
(d)65cc
(e) 85cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke Small Wheel
(f) Junior Big Wheel 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
(g) Senior Combined 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
Small Wheel and Big Wheel.
Classes (a) and (g) will not be graded.
All other competitors will commence
in C grade of the relevant class with
the exceptions indicated in Rules
26.5.1.13, 26.5.14 and 26.5.15.
shall be graded according to ability into 1
of the following classes for their age group
and machine capacity.
a
A Grade
b
B Grade
c
C Grade
d
Mini Wheel
e
f
Junior Combined
Big Wheel
Senior Combined
g
Senior A
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
(Aged 7 to U16) Subject to all
other rules machines prescribed in
12.16.1.1.a and correct wheel size
for 65 cc prescribed in 12.17.3 are
permitted to be used in this grade
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke (Aged 12 to U16),
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke
237
26 minikhana
26.5.1.4 Grading of competitors is utilised instead
of grouping. Age differences of more than
4 years is acceptable.
26.5.1.5 A competitor may change their grading
by making formal application through the
competitors club.
26.5.1.6 A competitor who successfully requests to
be upgraded within the competitor’s age
group shall not be down graded whilst
eligible for that age group.
26.5.1.7 A competitor may be instructed to move up
a grade temporarily by granted a temporary
grading change for any particular competition
with the approval of the SCB Grading Officer in
the case of an interclub or Championship
meeting, or by the Club grading Officer
for a closed to club meeting to ensure
each grade event has the required number
of starters. Such temporary grading changes
shall be effective for only that meeting. Points
earned during temporary grading changes
shall be accredited to the competitor’s
accumulated tally for the competitor’s official
grade. The minimum number of riders to
constitute a grade shall be four.
26.5.1.8 A competitor who elects to ride in a higher grade
must continue in that class for future events.
26.5.1.9 All competitors may be upgraded within
the competitor’s age group by successful
completion of Championship events or
accrual of 21 points in the competitors
accumulated tally.
26.5.1.10Grading books will be available on all
competition days.
26.5.1.11Grading changes will not occur at
Championship events.
26.5.1.12After each interclub or Championship
meeting competitors will be upgraded
within the competitors class as follows:
(a) Riders who place 1st or 2nd
overall in C grade will be
upgraded to B grade within
that class,
(b) Riders who place 1st overall in
B grade will be up graded to A
grade within that Class,
(c) Riders who place 3rd overall
in C grade or B grade will
recieve 9 grading points,
(d) Riders who place 2nd overall
in B grade will recieve 12
grading points,
(e) Once a rider accumulates 21
grading points they will be
moved up one grade within
that class. Once upgraded
238
enjoy the ride
they will commence in the new
grade with 0 grading points.
Riders who place 1st or 2nd in C grade at
interclub or State events will be upgraded
to B Grade. Riders who place 1st in B
grade at interclub or State events will be
upgraded to A Grade.
26.5.1.13When a rider goes from 80cc Mini Wheel
to a 65cc the rider will drop may be
dropped a maximum of 1 grade and if a
the rider goes from 80cc Mini Wheel to
any Junior 85cc 2-stroke or 85/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke the rider will
commence in C grade. may be dropped
a maximum of 2 grades. Any 60cc rider
going to Mini Wheel class 80cc must ride
at the equivalent grade.
26.5.1.14 When a rider who has ridden in the 85/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke Small Wheel class
grade goes to Junior combined Big Wheel
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke class, they
must ride at the equivalent grade.
26.5.1.15When a rider who has ridden in any an
automatic 50cc class machine and goes
up to any other class the rider will
commence the new class in C grade. a
geared 60cc or 80cc machine the rider may
be dropped a maximum of 2 grades.
26.5.2 Rider and Machine Identification
26.5.2.1 All competitors must wear an approved
riding vest or jersey with club and rider
number identification as an outer garment.
26.5.3 Minikhana Number Plates
26.5.3.1 The background and figure colour on the
front and side number plates (the size
of which will be as per manufacturer’s
specification) for each grade within a
class, except for the Senior Combined
and demonstration class, will be as
follows: is the official grading colour.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
CLASS/GRADE
A Grade
B Grade
C Grade
Non Competitive
Mini Wheel Grade
Junior Combined
Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
Senior Combined
Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
Senior A Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
26minikhana
BACKGROUND
FIGURE
COLOUR
COLOUR
Yellow
Black
Red
White
White
Black
Green
White
Background & number colours
to be in accordance with the
appropriate grading of the rider.
Background & number colours
to be in accordance with the
appropriate grading of the rider.
Black
White
Yellow
Black
26.5.3.2 For the Senior combined class and
demonstration class the colours will
be as follows:
CLASS
Demonstration
Senior Combined
BACKGROUND
COLOUR
Green
Black
FIGURE
COLOUR
White
White
26.6competition Rules - MINIKHANA
26.6.0.1 A machine may only be ridden by 1 rider during a
meeting and may not be substituted for another.
26.6.0.2 Placings can only be achieved by the
correct completion of an event.
26.6.1Scoring
26.6.1.1 For open, interclub or Championship
meetings events, points will be awarded
as listed below:
a) Club, the club amassing the highest
score using the table below most
number of places will be the winning
Championship Club;
b) Club points are allocated to the club
for which the rider nominates when
entering the meeting. The points
are only allocated for finishing 1st,
2nd or 3rd overall in a grade for that
particular meeting,
c) Individual, the competitors amassing the
highest point score in each grade class
shall be the Championship winner of that
grade for that particular meeting. class
d) Individual points set out in the table
below are allocated to a competitor
for finishing 1st, 2nd or 3rd in an
individual event.
PLACING
CLUB POINTS
1st
2nd
3rd
3 points
2 points
1 point
INDIVIDUAL
POINTS
17 points
12 points
9 points
26.6.1.2 For other than Trials, ties for 1st or 2nd will
be resolved by a run-off between the tied
competitors. Trials will be resolved by a
count back. Competitors tied for 3rd will
each be awarded 3rd place.
26.6.1.3 For all other events the method of scoring
will be as prescribed in SR.
26.6.2 Starting Procedure
26.6.2.1 All starts shall be from the right hand end of the
Start/Finish line facing towards the course.
26.6.2.2 All starts shall be flag starts.
26.6.2.3 Minicross starts may be by mechanical means.
26.6.2.4 Footing areas shall be on the start/finish
line side of marker 1 and on the opposite
side for all other markers.
26.6.2.5 Unless otherwise stated, only the left foot
may be used when footing permitted.
26.6.2.6 Start and finish of an event is deemed to
be when:
a) The front axle crosses the start line, and
b) The front axle crosses the finish line.
26.6.2.7 Competitors are to stop competing and
remain stationary when shown the Black
Flag except in the case of minicross
where the competitor must stop
competing and return to the starting
area in a safe manner following the
direction of the track. The Marshall will
display the Black Flag until acknowlegded
by the Event Controller.
26.6.2.8 Competitors must be informed of faults when
reported by either the flag Marshal or an official.
26.6.2.9 A minimum of 4 lanes will be available per
each event area. Competitors to draw for
lanes.
26.6.2.10The number of heats will be maximised to
ensure maximum amount of competitors
compete in the final while not unduly
increase the total number of heats.
26.6.2.11Use the following table to calculate
239
numbers of riders in heats.
26 Total no of Riders
NUMBER IN HEATS
26.6.2.12The official of the event shall advise each
competitor of successful completion of the
course.
26.6.2.13Competitors must complete the course to
win the event:
a) If all competitors in a final fault, 1
re-run must occur and if the re-run
is unsuccessfully completed the last
competitor to fault shall be declared
the winner,
b) If there are insufficient competitors for
more than 1 heat then the heat will be
deemed to be the final. There will be
no re-runs if all riders fault. Only riders
successfully completing the course
can place in the event. Riders must
complete the course to gain a place.
4
5
6
+4
+3 +2
+2 +2 +2
7
+3 +2 +2
8
+2 +2 +2 +2
9
+3 +2 +2 +2
10
+3 +3 +2 +2
11
+3 +3 +3 +2
12
+3 +3 +3 +3
13
+4 +3 +3 +3
14
+4 +4 +3 +3
15
+4 +4 +4 +3
16
+4 +4 +4 +4
17
+2 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
18
+3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
19
+4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
20
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3
21
+4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
22
+4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
23
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
24
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
25
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
26
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
27
+4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
28
+4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3
29
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
30
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
31
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
32
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
33
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
34
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
35
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
25mm P.V.C. pipe
36
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
Witch’s hat
37
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
38
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
39
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 3+
40
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
26.6.3Fault
26.6.3.1 Fault, as defined by elimination faults for
each event:
a) Competitors making more than 2
false starts in an event shall be
eliminated,
b) Only successful completion of
an event will allow competitors to
progress to the next round,
c) Allowing front axle to cross into the
footing area of a marker already
completed will be deemed to have
not followed the course procedure,
d) Only competitors having been equally
placed in their heat/semi finals may
compete against each other in a final.
(i.e. 1st v 1st, 2nd v 2nd, etc).
26.6.4 Flags and Signals
26.6.4.1 Competitors who do not obey flag signals
will be excluded from the event.
26.6.5
Witch’s Hats (diagram)
V- Slot to accept
150 mm rubber ring
Witch’s Hat
760mm
450mm - 500mm
240
enjoy the ride
minikhana
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26minikhana
26.7courses - minikhana
F= 4m
E= 1.83m E= 1.83m
26.7.2 Orange Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.2.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used.
3
A
2
1
B
D= 3m
26.7.4 Orange Course Elimination
26.7.4.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers or tapes,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Removing both hands from handlebars,
d) Not straddling machine,
e) Failing to follow course procedure,
f) Crossing the start / finish line before course is
completed,
g) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously
rounded marker.
26.7.5 Looping (see Orange Diagram for details)
26.7.6 Looping Course and Procedure
26.7.6.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the
Orange event with the exception that footing is not permitted.
26.7.6.2 Competitors who stall their machine may restart provided that
neither foot makes contact with the ground.
26.7.6.3 Competitors will also be eliminated if either foot makes any
contact with the ground.
A
C= 2.7m
26.7.3 Orange Course Procedure
26.7.3.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone
markers to his / her left circles marker 5, returns to pass
marker 1 and then continues to pass marker 1.
26.7.3.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker
per circuit until after circling marker 1 the competitor then
continues to cross the finish line.
26.7.3.3 Unlimited footing with the left foot is permitted.
26.7.3.4 In case of machine stalling, the competitor may restart the
engine ensuring only the left foot makes contact with the ground.
26.7.3.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.3.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the
winner of that round of events.
4
C= 2.7m
Note: There shall be 500mm between event areas.
G= 16.5m
G = 16.5 metres.
A
C= 2.7m
C = 2.7 metres
There shall
be 500mm
between
event
areas
5
C= 2.7m
F = 4 metres.
B= Footing
area for
marker 1
A
NOTE:
A = Footing area for marker 2, 3, 4, 5. D = 3.0 metres.
B = Footing area for marker 1.
A= Footing
area for
marker 2,3,4,5
C= 2.7m
26.7.1Basic Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.1.1 The basic course layout for 1 competitor will cover an area of
4 metres by 16.5 metres.
26.7.1.2 The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked with
lane tape or rope.
26.7.1.3 Traffic cones (witches hats) will be used as the required markers
placed along the centre line of the course at 2.7 metre spacings.
Start
Finish
Basic Course
not drawn to scale
Flag
Marshall
5
4
3
2
1
Finish
Marshall
Finish
Start
Orange
not drawn to scale
241
enjoy the ride
26minikhana
26.7.6.4 Finishing order will be achieved as in the Orange event.
26.7.7 Ring Return Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.7.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in
the centre of the traffic cone and rubber rings.
26.7.7.2 Plumber’s rings approximately 150 mm inside diameter to be used.
26.7.7.3 The pole to be inserted in the traffic cone as per Witch’s Hat
diagram.
26.7.7.4 Rubber rings to be placed on poles at markers 2, 3, 4, & 5 on the
side furthermost from the start / finish line.
26.7.8 Ring Return Procedure
26.7.8.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone
markers to their left circles marker 5, picking up the ring and
returns to pass marker 1 and places ring over marker 1 pole
and then continues to pass marker 4 repeating the process of
retrieving the rings.
26.7.8.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker per
circuit until after circling marker 2.
26.7.8.3 After the final ring is placed over marker 1 pole they then
complete an extra circuit around marker 5 before crossing the
finish line.
26.7.8.4 Footing with the left foot is permitted in the footing areas only.
26.7.8.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.8.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the
winner of that round of the event.
3
2
1
Finish
Marshall
Start
Finish
Ring Return
not drawn to scale
F= 4m
E= 1.83m E= 1.83m
A= Footing
area for
marker 2,3,4,5
B= Footing
area for
marker 1
A
NOTE:
There shall
be 500mm
between
event
areas
5
A
4
G= 16.5m
C= 2.7m
A
3
C= 2.7m
A
2
C= 2.7m
1
B
D= 3m
26.7.11Bending Procedure
26.7.11.1Competitors start at the start line and passes marker 1 on
competitors left side, then changes direction to pass marker 2 on
competitors right side, marker 3 on competitors left side, marker
4 on competitors right side and circles marker 5 on competitors
left side and returns to the finish line passing the markers in the
same manner, i.e. markers 4 and 2 on competitor’s right side and
242
markers 3 and 1 on competitors left.
4
C= 2.7m
26.7.10Bending Course (see Basic Diagram for details)
26.7.10.1Basic course with traffic cones only to be used.
5
C= 2.7m
26.7.9 Ring Return Elimination
26.7.9.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be
touched by the hand during removal or placement of the
ring over the pole,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure,
g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed,
h) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously
rounded marker,
i) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground,
j) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting to pick up ring.
Flag
Marshall
Start
Finish
Basic Course
not drawn to scale
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26 minikhana
26.7.11.2Crossing the finishing line after passing marker 1.
26.7.11.3The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.11.4The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner
of that round of the event.
Flag
Marshall
Footing area
LEFT foot
only
26.7.12Bending Elimination
26.7.12.1Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers or tapes,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing outside footing area behind marker 5,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure.
5
4
3
26.7.13 Ring Bending Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.13.1This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the
centre of the traffic cone and 3 rubber rings. Rubber rings will be
placed on the pole in marker 5, 1 per time by an official.
26.7.14 Ring Bending Procedure
26.7.14.1Competitors will ride the course in the same manner as in the
Bending event with the exception that when circling marker 5 the
competitor removes thee rubber ring from the pole (official will place
next rubber ring on marker 5 pole) and then proceeds to marker 1
as in the Bending event.
26.7.14.2Competitor will circle marker 1 and place rubber ring over the pole
in marker 1 and will then continue the event until all 3 rubber rings
have been placed over marker 1 when the competitor will cross the
finishing line.
26.7.14.3The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.14.4The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will
be the winner of that round of the event.
26.7.16 Slow Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.16.1The course will be a lane 500mm wide by 16.5 metres long.
1
Footing area
LEFT foot only
on return
Finish
Marshall
Start
Finish
Bending
not drawn to scale
Finish
500mm
wide
16.5 metres
26.7.15 Ring Bending Elimination
26.7.15.1Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be touched
by the hand during removal or placement of the ring over the
pole,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure,
g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed,
h) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground,
i) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting pt pick up
ring.
2
Start
Slow Ride
243
enjoy the ride
26minikhana
26.7.17 Slow Course Procedure
26.7.17.1Competitor will start with the machine’s front axle on the start line.
26.7.17.2At the start order the competitor has a maximum of 3 seconds to enter the event area (front axle
passes start line) and ensure their feet are not in contact with the ground.
26.7.17.3Forward motion does not have to be maintained.
26.7.17.4Event is complete when front axle passes finish line.
26.7.17.5The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the
course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.17.6The competitor who had the highest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of the event.
26.7.18 Slow Course Elimination
26.7.18.1Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Slow start (feet in contact with ground after 3 seconds),
b) Touching tapes,
c)Footing.
26.7.19 Clover Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.19.1Competitors will ride passing through the 6 markers placed in a triangle to form a clover pattern.
26.7.19.2Car tyres or a marker of similar dimensions will be used as course markers.
26.7.20 Clover Procedure
26.7.20.1Competitors will start from start line and circles marker 1 on their left side then circle marker 2 on
their right then circle marker 3 on their right and exit through the start finish line markers.
26.7.20.2Competitors may foot providing that both feet do not touch the ground at the same time and there
shall be no determining factors as to when the left or right footing commences or ceases other than
the requirement that the left foot may touch for left turns and right foot for right turns.
26.7.20.3The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the
course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.20.4The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of the event.
26.7.21 Clover Elimination
26.7.21.1Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching a marker,
b) Both feet making contact with the ground at the same time,
c) Failure to follow the course procedure,
d) Riding outside the course boundary.
26.7.22No Footing Clover Course
(see
Diagram for details)
26.7.22.1This uses the same course and riding
procedure as the Clover event with the
exception that footing is not permitted.
2 metres
26.7.22.2Competitors will also be eliminated if
either foot makes any contact with the
ground.
26.7.22.3Finishing order will be achieved as in the
Clover event.
7.5 metres to 7.65 metres
7.5 metres to 7.65 metres
2 metres
5.65 metres
5.65 metres
2 metres
5.65 metres
5.65 metres
6.5 metres to 6.65 metres
Start & Finish
2 metres
Clover
244
6.5 metres to 6.65 metres
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26 26.7.23 Start and Park Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.23.1The basic course layout will cover an area of 6 metres by 20
metres.
26.7.23.2The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked
with lane tape or rope.
26.7.23.3Witch’s Hats will be used as the required markers placed
along the centre line of the course at 4 metre spacings.
6 metres
4 metres
4 metres
4 metres
Stop
Box
4 metres
Start
2m
wide
4 metres
26.7.24 Start and Park Procedure
26.7.24.1Four or more competitors will start at the start line and
proceed to pass the markers, marker 1 to the competitors’
left, marker 2 to the competitors’ right and circle marker 3 to
their left and return passing marker 2 to their right and then
proceeds to the stopping area, where the competitor will stop
their machine, turn off the engine and place the machine on
its stand, then run to the finishing line.
26.7.24.2Competitors whose machine has no stand may have an
assistant appointed by the Clerk of Course to hold the
machine.
minikhana
Start and Park
not drawn to scale
26.7.25 Start and Park Elimination
26.7.25.1Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching a marker,
b)Footing,
c)Bumping,
d) Failure to follow the course procedure,
e) Riding outside the course boundary,
f) Stopping and parking machine outside of stopping area,
g) Failure to turn engine off,
h) Machine failing to remain on stand.
26.7.26 O Ring Relay Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.26.1This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Start and Park event with the exception that
competitors will be in teams.
26.7.26.2An O ring, as used in the Ring events, shall be carried by
each competitor in turn whilst riding the course.
6 metres
26.7.26.3Competitors cannot start their leg of the relay until the
previous competitor has successfully completed the
Imaginary line through
course and passed on the O ring.
centre of witch’s hat
50 metres
1m
wide
Stop
Box
2 metres
long
26.7.27 Acceleration and Braking Course
26.7.27.1This event is conducted on an out and back course.
26.7.27.2A marker is placed 50 metres from the start finish line.
26.7.27.3Competitors will leave start line circle the marker and
return to the stop box.
26.7.27.4Competitor’s machine must be completely in the confines
of the stop box.
26.7.27.5Footing with left foot is only permitted at the marker on the
side opposite to the start line and in the stop box.
26.7.27.6The competitor who successfully completes the course
with the lowest elapsed time will be the winner.
26.7.27.7The nature of this type of event precludes it being used as
a run-off event.
Start
Acceleration & Braking
not drawn to scale
245
26minikhana
26.7.28Acceleration and Braking Course
Elimination Penalties
26.7.28.1Penalties will be awarded against
competitors Competitors will be
eliminated from the event for the
following:
a) Footing with right foot - (+ 5
seconds),
b) Footing outside the area behind
marker - (+ 5 seconds),
c) Touching the marker - (+ 5 seconds),
d) Bike not stopping within stopping box
(i. e. Both axles must be wholly within
the stopping Box) (+ 5 seconds),
e) With machine correctly in stopping
box, left foot only footing is permitted
either in or out of the stopping box
without elimination penalty,
f) Remove both hands from
handlebar,
g) Not straddling machine,
h) Failure to follow course procedure (+ 1 minute).
26.7.28.2The event has only been completed once
the penciller has indicated to the rider that
the bike can leave the box.
246
26.7.29 Minicross Course
26.7.29.1Minicross introduces competitors to
Motocross style riding and helps to
develop competitors riding skills and
balance.
26.7.29.2The event shall be conducted over a
course with obstacles and tight corners:
a) No level straight will be longer than
20 metres,
b) Jumps, chicanes, berms etc must be
positioned so that speeds are kept
low,
c) The recommended maximum
separation between obstacles, which
significantly reduce speed, is 33
metres,
d) There shall be no double, triple, or
reverse canyon jumps. A jump is
defined as being greater than 500mm
in vertical height,
e) There will be no man-made stutter
jumps,
f) The width of the track must allow
safe overtaking,
enjoy the ride
g) Tyre barriers shall be used where
different sections of the track are in
close proximity to each other,
h) The first 9 metres of the track will be
divided into 4 2metre wide lanes.
26.7.30 Minicross Procedure
26.7.30.1A maximum of 4 competitors will complete
the course at once.
26.7.30.2Competitors will be encouraged to pass
each other when it is safe to do so.
26.7.30.3When passing, competitors must not
make contact with the other competitors.
26.7.30.4Competitors must ensure that at all times
they do not obstruct another competitor
from successfully completing the course.
26.7.30.5In the case of a competitor falling the
event will be stopped if it is deemed that
the track is unsafe for the competition
to continue.. The Competitor responsible
for the fall shall be excluded from the
rerun subject to Clerk of Course approval.
26.7.30.6Competitors who hit the tyre barriers or
leave the course proper may re-enter the
course at the closest safe point to where
they left the course ensuring that no
advantage is gained.
26.7.31 Minicross Practice
26.7.31.1For practice, a maximum of 12
competitors may participate on the track
under a stationary yellow flag.
26.7.31.2Any competitor passing will be excluded,
however in the case of a competitor falling
or stopping due to mechanical failure, the
yellow flag shall be waved, but passing
may be permitted provided the course
marshall indicates it is safe.
26.7.32 Minicross Elimination
26.7.32.1Competitors will be eliminated from the
event for the following:
a) Crossing the lane markers during the
first 9 metres of the event,
b) Failure to follow the course proper,
c) Causing another competitor to fault,
d) Failure to re-enter course correctly,
e) Passing while yellow flag is
displayed.
26.7.33 Minicross Footing and No Footing
26.7.33.1Minicross can be conducted as either
a footing or no-footing event. In NoFooting Minicross any competitors will be
eliminated if footing occurs.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26.7.34 Mini Trials Course
26.7.34.1Where possible this event is to be
conducted over natural terrain.
26.7.34.2Artificial boundaries and obstacles may
be used.
26.7.34.3The course will be marked in red on the
right hand side and in white on the left
hand side by either markers or tape.
26.7.34.4Minimum size of markers to be no less
than 100mm wide.
26.7.34.5Tapes and markers to be clearly visible.
26.7.35Procedure
26.7.35.1The start and finish of each Observed
section is to be clearly defined.
26.7.35.2Artificial boundaries may be used to
define the lateral limits.
26.7.35.3A machine will be deemed to be in an
Observed Section when the front axle
passes the “Section Begin” marker and
until it passes the “Section End” marker.
26.7.36Failure
26.7.36.1A failure is considered to have occurred
when:
a) The machine ceases to move in
a forward direction, relative to the
course, with the competitor footing,
b) The competitor dismounts the
machine,
c) The machine crosses a boundary,
d) The machine passes the wrong side
of a boundary marker prior to the
front axle passes the “Section Ends”
sign,
e) The competitor or the machine
receives outside assistance,
f) The competitor breaks the tape or
dislodges the tape anchors.
26.7.37 Mini Trials Footing
26.7.37.1Footing will be deemed to have occurred
if any part of the body of the competitor
touches the ground or any part of the
competitor leans on an obstacle (tree,
wall, etc).
26.7.37.2Footing outside the lateral limits of a
section does not constitute a failure (i.e.
1 point loss footing penalty only).
26.7.38 Mini Trials Marking
26.7.38.1Method of marking will be as listed:
26 FAULT
Clean
Footing once
Footing twice
Footing more than twice
Failure
Not attempting a section
minikhana
POINTS
0
1
2
3
5
10
26.7.39 Mini Enduro Course
26.7.39.1This event is conducted over varying
distances of rough terrain.
26.7.39.2Competitors learn the benefits of well
maintained and reliable machinery and
the ability to pace themselves.
26.7.40 Mini Enduro Procedure
26.7.40.1Competitors have a predetermined time
to complete the course.
26.7.40.2The competitor whose time is closest to
the predetermined time will be the winner.
26.7.40.3The natural terrain course is to be well
defined with directional arrows and
adequately staffed by Marshals.
26.7.40.4Special sections may be added.
26.7.40.5Points will be lost for failure to observe
signs and completion of special sections.
26.7.40.6Competitors are rewarded for their skill in
completing the penalty areas.
26.7.40.7A number of penalty areas and
checkpoints should be included.
26.7.40.8Each grade is to attempt to complete a
preset number of laps in a reasonable
time.
26.7.40.9In Mini Enduro with Special Penalty
sections the competitor with the least
points lost will be the winner.
26.7.41 Hill Climb Course
26.7.41.1The course for this event will be a hill
which can be readily negotiable by the
competitors.
26.7.42 Hill Climb Procedure
26.7.42.1To increase the skill level a series of turns
and obstacles will be included.
26.7.42.2The competitor whose elapsed time to
successfully complete the event is closest
to the predetermined time shall be the
winner.
26.7.42.3Only 1 competitor will ride the event at a
time.
247
26 minikhana
26.7.43 Figure 8 Course
26.7.43.1This event is conducted on an out and
back course.
26.7.43.2Markers are placed 20 & 50 meters
from the start finish line.
26.7.43.3Competitors will leave start line circle
the markers in a Figure 8 course and
return to the stop box.
26.7.43.4Competitors machine must be
completely in the confines of the stop
box.
26.7.43.5Footing with left foot is only permitted
at the left turn 50m marker on the side
of the start line.
26.7.43.6Footing with the right foot is only
permitted at the right turn 20m marker
on the side or the start line.
26.7.43.7Footing with left foot is only permitted
in the stop box.
26.7.43.8The competitor who successfully
completes the course with the lowest
elapsed time will be the winner.
26.7.43.9The nature of this type of event
precludes it being used as a run-off
event.
enjoy the ride
26.7.44 Figure 8 Course Elimination
26.7.44.1Competitors will be eliminated for the
following
a) Footing with right foot during
left turn at 50m marker,
b) Footing outside the area
behind 50m marker,
c) Footing with left foot during
right turn at 20m marker,
d) Footing outside the area
behind 20m marker,
e) Touching the marker,
f) Bike not stopping within
stopping box (i.e. Both axles
must be wholly within the
stopping box),
g)With machine correctly in
stopping box, left foot only
footing is permitted either in
or out of the stopping box
without elimination,
h) Failure to follow course
procedure.
26.7.44.2The event has only been completed
once the penciller has indicated to the
rider that the bike can leave the box.
www.playbytherules.net.au248
Figure 8
248
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
27
27.1
27
alternative competition
ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION
Alternative Activities
27.1.0.1 Promoters may seek to conduct
activities which are outside mainstream
motorcycle sport. Such alternative forms
of competition may include, but are not
limited to:
a) Sand drags,
b) Hill climbs,
c) Other motorcycle activities.
27.1.1 Administration of Rules
27.1.1.1 These rules are to be administered in
accordance with GCR 2.1.1.
27.1.2 The Licensing and Powers of Officials
27.1.2.1 Key Officials are required to be at least
Level 3.
27.1.2.2 The
powers,
authorities
and
responsibilities of officials controlling
these activities are those in GCR 2.5.
27.1.3 The Appointment of Officials
27.1.3.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of
officials.
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or
a new rule added, you can have your say
by working through your Club to propose
amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your
SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at
the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when
the proposer includes the new wording for an
existing rule, or where a new rule should sit
in the structure of this book, and includes a
rationale on why the rule should be changed
or added.
There’s a form to register your interest in rule
changes on page 41.
27.2Venues - alternative
activities
27.2.0.1 Venues must be inspected and licensed in
accordance with GCR 4.1.
27.3
Permits - aLTERNATIVE
ACTIVITIES
27.3.0.1 An application for a permit must be in the
prescribed form to the RCB and must:
a) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee and draft SR,
b) Be submitted at least 2 months
before the date set for the meeting,
c) Be accompanied by evidence that
the RCB’s requirements regarding
officials, indemnity forms and safety
will be met,
d) Identify the proposed venue,
e) Include details of all ancillary
activities.
27.4
Supplementary RegulationsaLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.4.0.1 Promoters must include comprehensive
details of the proposed competition in SR.
27.4.0.2 SCBs must submit the SR to MA for
approval.
27.5
Licensing of Competitors aLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.5.0.1 All competitors must be licensed in
accordance with Chapter 3.
27.6
Technical Specifications aLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.6.0.1 The technical specifications must be
approved by MA and be included in the SR.
It’s YOUR SPORT-
we welcome your input
249
enjoy the ride
28 recreational motorcycle activity
28
RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY
28.0.1Purpose
28.0.1.1 The purpose of these rules is to regulate
and control recreational motorcycle
activity which seeks to be sanctioned by
MA.
a) The by laws are made under
paragraph 2 of the Constitution,
b) The by laws, and any determination
made under them, and in accordance
with them, bind all Controlling Bodies
and all participants in recreational
activity,
c) The by laws are to be interpreted
with the intent that recreational
activity be safe.
28.1
RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
28.2
CONTROLLING BODIESrecreational activities
28.1.0.1 Recreational activity must not:
a) Be competitive,
b) Involve starts or finishes as defined
in Chapter 12,
c) Be scored or timed,
d) Have any results which may or may
not be published.
28.2.0.1 SCBs are responsible for
administration of these by laws.
28.3
the
OFFICIALS – recreational
activities
28.3.0.1 Officials controlling recreational activity
are required to be licensed, in accordance
with GCR 2.5.
28.3.0.2 The
powers,
authorities
and
responsibilities of officials controlling
recreational activity are those in GCR 2.5.
28.3.1 The Appointment of Officials
28.3.1.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of
officials.
28.4VENUES – recreational
activities
250
28.4.0.1 Venues for recreational activities must be
inspected and licensed in accordance with
GCR 4.1
28.5
THE PROMOTION AND CONDUCT
OF RECREATIONAL ACTIVITY
28.5.0.1 Subject to these by laws, recreational
activity may be promoted or conducted
by:
a) An SCB,
b) A club,
c) An affiliated Promoter.
28.6
PERMITS – recreational
activities
28.6.0.1 No recreational activity may be promoted
or conducted without a Recreational
Permit.
28.6.0.2 An application for a recreational permit
must be in the prescribed form to the SCB
and must:
a) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
b) Be submitted at least 14 days before
the date set for the meeting,
c) Be accompanied by evidence that
the SCB’s requirements regarding
officials, indemnity forms and safety
will be met,
d) Identify the proposed venue,
e) Provide evidence the club is insured
to the satisfaction of the SCB.
28.6.0.3 If a meeting does not take place, any fee
paid for the permit must be repaid unless
in the opinion of the SCB the meeting did
not take place because of the conduct of
the permit holder. In that event, the SCB
may withhold the refund wholly or in part
at its discretion.
28.6.0.4 GCR 4.2.4 applies regarding forfeiture of
a permit.
28.7ENTRIES
28.7.0.1 A Promoter may invite entries from any
person who holds:
a) A Recreational Licence.
b) A Competition Licence.
28.8
LICENSING OF PARTICIPANTS
28.8.0.1 A person may not participate in any
recreational activity unless licensed under
these Rules.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
28recreational motorcycle activity
28.8.0.2 Persons being issued with a Recreational
Licence do not need to be a financial
member of a club.
28.8.0.3 An application for a Recreational Licence
must:
a) Be to the SCB to which their club is
affiliated,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
d) If the applicant is a minor, be
accompanied by the written
authorisation of at least 1 of the
applicant’s parents or the legal
guardian of the applicant.
28.8.0.4 An application may be lodged with:
a) The club secretary, or
b) The SCB, or
c) The Promoter.
28.8.0.5 If the application is lodged with the club
secretary or Promoter and:
a) The club secretary or Promoter
ensures the form is correctly filled in,
b) The prescribed fee is paid and the
applicant must be issued with the
top copy of the application form
which may be issued as proof of
being licence for no more than 14
days from the date the application is
countersigned by the club secretary
or Promoter,
c) Relevant officials are satisfied the
applicant can competently control
their motorcycle.
28.8.0.6 Applications lodged with the club
secretaries or Promoter are to be sent to
the SCB with the prescribed fee within 48
hours of them being counter signed by the
club secretary or Promoter.
28.8.0.7 On receipt of an application for the issue
or renewal of a Recreational Licence the
SCB may:
a) Delay the issue or renewal for no
more than 14 days,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence,
c) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions as it thinks fit.
28.8.0.8 An applicant who is aggrieved by a
decision of the SCB under the previous
by law may appeal to the appellate body
of that SCB.
28.8.0.9 An SCB which issues an Annual
Recreational Licence must, within 1
month of issue, notify MA which must
enter the information on a register of
licensed recreational riders maintained
for that purpose and kept at the registered
office of MA.
28.8.0.10An Annual Recreational Licence continues
in force for 12 months from date of issue.
28.8.0.11A recreational licensee must produce
the licence on demand to any key official
during any meeting.
251
29
national team selection policy
29
NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY
The purpose of these Rules are to maintain and improve
best possible results in all International competitions.
29.1.1 Process of Selection
29.1.1.1 All athletes wishing to be considered for
selection must:
a) Sign the MA Code of Conduct
[Appendix 3] at the time of entering
the relevant National Championship.
29.1.1.2 Selected Riders
a) Riders selected in National Teams in
all disciplines must sign a contract
with MA,
b) Riders should not sign either
document unless they have a full
and clear understanding of all terms
and conditions. Riders may wish to
contact the following for clarification.
i) Their legal advisor
ii) Motorcycling Australia
(03 9684 0500)
iii) ANZSLA Sports Law Referral
Service (1800 804 031).
29.1.1.3 The Code of Conduct will be attached
to all entry forms for each event. Both
documents will be posted on the MA
website at www.ma.org.au.
252
enjoy the ride
29.1.2 General Selection Policy
29.1.2.1 Each discipline selection committee may,
at its discretion, apply specific objective
criteria according to the requirements of
the particular discipline.
29.1.2.2 In general terms, each committee will
make selections with regard to but not
restricted by:
a) A rider’s fitness subject to a medical
examination by a medical practitioner
appointed or approved by MA,
b) Results attained in the relevant
National Championship of the
selection year in question,
c) Results attained in International
and World championships of the
year prior to and during the year of
selection,
d) The Rider’s behaviour as outlined
in the code of conduct in relation to
previous selections and dealings
with administrators,
e) The rider’s ability to adapt to a team
oriented environment,
f) The Riders record in relation to any
appearances before any State or
National tribunal,
g) The availability of the rider to
compete in the relevant World
Championship,
h) The willingness of the rider to sign
the Riders contract with MA,
i) Whether a rider has incurred a
previous ban by failing a drug test
conducted in accordance with the
Anti Doping Policy of MA,
j) The potential of a rider to represent
Australia on a long-term basis,
k) The availability of machinery to a
potential candidate.
29.1.2.3 Riders must be Australian citizens to
qualify for selection.
29.1.3 Other Criteria
29.1.3.1 Each relevant discipline may contain
specific criteria not set down in the policy
above. This information will be available
on the MA website: www.ma.org.au.
29.1.4 Application of Criteria
29.1.4.3 Each selection committee will apply the
principles of natural justice to the policy
as well as to each individual selection.
29.1.4.4 The committee shall also be conscious
and apply equal weight under the criteria
to the consideration of each selection.
29.1.4.5 The committee should also be prepared
to provide feedback either written or
verbal to rider who has missed selection
and may wish to query the reasons
behind their non-selection so that their
future opportunities may be enhanced.
29.1.5Appeals
29.1.5.1 The sole ground for any appeal in relation
to the non-selection of a competitor will be
that this selection policy was not followed
or implemented in a just or fair manner.
29.1.5.2 In the first instance, any complaint will be
referred to the Tribunal of MA.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
29
29.1.5.3 The appeal must:
a) Be in writing and signed by the
appellant,
b) Be lodged within 21 days of the
original decision with the Tribunal,
and
c) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee.
29.1.5.4 In some instances, the fee may be
refunded in part or whole if the appeal is
upheld.
29.1.5.5 Other requirements for the appeal appear
in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport under
the heading “Appellate Bodies” [Chapter 5]
29.1.5.6 Only 1 further avenue of appeal exists, to
the National Sport Dispute Centre.
29.1.5.7 Riders should seek legal advice prior to
any further appeal action.
29.1.6Injuries/Misadventure
29.1.6.1 The relevant selection committee shall
have at its absolute discretion, the right to
replace any rider, as long as at all times it
complies with the selection policy of MA.
29.1.6.2 Selected riders must be willing to undergo
a medical examination to determine their
fitness to compete.
national team selection policy
29.1.6.3 In case of bereavement, machine
problems
or
other
extenuating
circumstances, the selection committee
will make a determination on a case by
case basis.
29.1.7 Removal from National Squad
29.1.7.1 A Team Manager may, at their discretion,
remove a team member from the squad if:
a) The member breaches or fails to
comply with the Riders’ contract and
Code of Conduct,
b) By reason of injury, the member
is unable to complete team
requirements,
c) The member breaches or fails to
comply with the requirements of the
Anti Doping Policy of MA,
d) Fails to comply with a reasonable
direction of the team Manager that
is given in accordance with the role
description of Team Managers.
29.1.7.2 The decision to remove a team member
must be ratified by the CEO of MA.
253
app1
enjoy the ride
helmet approvals & fitting
appendix 1 HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING
30.1.1 APPROVAL LABELS FOR HELMETS
30.1.1.1 Helmets must carry one of the following approval labels, as listed in Rule 01.70 of the FIM Technical Rules.
ECE 22 - 05 ‘P’,‘NP’ or ‘J’ [Label affixed inside the helmet]
SNELL M2010 [Label affixed inside the helmet]
JIS T 8133: 2007 [Label affixed inside the helmet]
Standards Association of Australia AS1698
a)Europe
b)USA
c)Japan
d)Australia
30.1.2
International Helmet Standards
Refer also www.fim.ch
30.1.2.1 ECE 22 - 05 ‘P’, ‘NP’ or ‘J’ [EUROPE]
The ECE mark consists of a circle surrounding the letter E followed by the
distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval, as follows:
E1
E6
Germany
Belgium
E2
E7
France
Hungary
E3
E8
E11
E16
E21
United Kingdom
Norway
Portugal
E12
E17
E22
E26
E31
Slovenia
Bosnia &
Herzegovinia
not assigned
Australia
E27
E32
Austria
Finland
Russian
Federation
Slovakia
Latvia
E37
E46
Turkey
Ukraine
E36
E45
0008. 031
E4
E9
Netherlands
Spain
E5
E10
Sweden
Yugoslavia
E13
E18
E23
Italy
Czech
Republic
Luxembourg
Denmark
Greece
E14
E19
E24
Switzerland
Roumania
Ireland
E15
E20
E25
not assigned
Poland
Croatia
E28
E33
Bielo Russia
not assigned
E29
E34
Estonia
Bulgaria
E30
E35
not assigned
not assigned
E40
E47
Macedonia
South Africa
E43
E48
Japan
New Zealand
E44
E49
not assigned
not assigned
Below the letter E the approval number should always begin with 05. Below the approval number is
the serial production number [Label is on retention system or comfort interior]
30.1.2.2 [AUSTRALIA] AS 1698 [Label affixed to the helmet]
OR
OR
254
E4
051039
CERTIFIED PRODUCT
Compliance of this product with
AS/NZS 1698:2006
is monitored by TÜV Rheinland.
ID. : 61666 - www.tuv.com
OR
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 1
helmet approvals & fitting
Helmet fitting guide
1. 2. 3. 4
5. 6
7. 8. 9
10. 11 Start by measuring the size required at the crown of the head.
Put helmet on and connect the strap, then tighten as required.
Check that there is no side to side movement [image 3]
With your head tilted forwards, try to pull the helmet off from the back [see images 4a-c].
Check that you can see clearly over your shoulders.
Make sure you can breathe easily in the helmet and that no part of the helmet covers your nose or
mouth.
Never wind a scarf around the helmet so that it may obstructs air from entering your helmet.
Never have a scarf trapped under the strap.
Make sure you can open the visor with one gloved hand.
Satisfy yourself the back of your helmet is designed to protect your neck.
Always buy the best helmet you can afford.
3
4a
4b
4c
255
app 2
enjoy the ride
model supp regs
appendix 2 MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
These model Supplementary Regulations are available online at www.ma.org.au
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
[INSERT EVENT NAME]
[INSERT DAY & DATE]
[INSERT VENUE]
[INSERT PROMOTER /
CLUB LOGO HERE]
SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
EVENT:_______________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Meeting Name]
DATE:________________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Meeting Day and Date ]
VENUE:_______________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Venue Name]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Venue Location]
TRACK LICENCE NUMBER:_____________________ MA PERMIT / IMN NUMBER__________________
EVENT CONTACT_______________________________________________________________________
[Insert Contact Name]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
[Insert address for correspondence & Contact Number]
EVENT KEY OFFICIALS
Steward [RCB Appointment]_______________________________________________________________
Clerk of Course ________________________________________________________________________
Race Secretary ________________________________________________________________________
1. ANNOUNCEMENT
The [Insert Club or Promoter here], hereafter called the Promoter will conduct [Insert Meeting Name] for [Insert
type of categories] at the [Insert venue name and location], on [Insert meeting day and date].
2. JURISDICTION
2.1 The abovementioned meeting has been authorised by [Insert RCB] which has issued the Motorcycling Australia
2.2 Permit Number [Insert Permit Number] and is open to holders of current Motorcycling Australia [Insert licence
category] Licences.
The meeting will be held in accordance with the current General Competition Rules (GCR’s) contained in the
Manual of Motorcycle Sport, these Supplementary Regulations, and any final instructions approved by [Insert
RCB]. By entering this meeting all parties agree to comply with these rules, regulations, by-laws and instructions.
3. EVENT OFFICIALS
The following officials will be overseeing the meeting:
Steward [MA Appointment]_________________
Clerk of Course __________________________
Race Secretary _________________________
Scrutineer ______________________________
[Other] ______________________________
256
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
4. ENTRIES
4.1
Entries are now open and close last mail
[Insert closing day & date]. Late entries
will not be accepted.
4.2
In the case of postponement or
abandonment of the meeting, all or any
part of the entry fee may be retained
by the [Club or Promoter - whichever is
applicable], if such retention is approved
by [Insert RCB].
4.3
Only entries received on the official entry
form that is accompanied by the correct
fee will be accepted.
4.4
Entry fees will only be refunded if a rider
informs [Insert Promoter/Club], in writing,
10 days before the event. A medical
certificate is required if a rider withdraws
less than 10 days before the event.
5. ENTRY FEE
5.1
[Insert entry fee for each category].
5.2
Payment by [Insert acceptable payment
methods] only. Any fees for dishonoured
cheques will be the responsibility of the
entrant.
5.3
Cheques and Money Orders are to be
made payable to the [Insert club or
promoter name – whichever is applicable].
5.4
Please include a self addressed stamped
envelope for confirmation of entry, the
issuing of entry passes and any final
instructions.
6. ENTRY PASSES
[Insert details of the number of passes
issued for each entry].
7. INSURANCE
7.1
National Personal Accident Scheme
provides basic cover for death and
permanent disability.
7.2
Ambulance Insurance is compulsory for
licensees.
It is strongly recommended that
competitors give consideration to taking
out weekly benefits insurance.
8. MEDICAL SERVICES
[Insert details of what type or types of
medical services shall be in attendance at
the meeting and at what times they will be
available].
[Note
to
Promoters:
Australian
Championships require civil ambulances
to be in attendance at all times ie,
ambulance to transport injured to hospital]
app 2
model supp regs
9. SCRUTINEERING
9.1
Scrutineering will begin at [Insert time]
9.2
Machines entered in the competition must
have successfully passed a machine
examination prior to taking part in
practice, qualifying or racing. An MA decal
will be placed on the front number plate
to indicate that it has been successfully
examined.
9.3
Current competition licences and full riding
gear must be presented at scrutineering.
Eligibility checks can take place at any
time during the meeting. Machines which
suffer accident damage in practice or race
sessions must be re-examined before
participating again.
9.4
In addition to supervising the pulling down
and checking of machines after official
protests have been received by the Clerk
of Course in accordance with the GCRs,
the Steward can order that any machine
be measured and if this occurs the
Scrutineer will supervise a team member
to pull down any machine that has taken
part in the event. Failure to comply with
this regulation will result in this matter
being referred to the Clerk of Course for
further action.
9.5
Machines will not be sealed for later
checking after the event. All machines that
are to be pulled down and scrutineered
will take place at the circuit before the
machine is released by the Scrutineer.
A member of the rider’s team must be
available at all times to carry out the strip
down under the control of the Scrutineer.
Failure to comply with this regulation will
result in this matter being referred to the
Clerk of Course for further action.
10. CLASSES OF COMPETITION
[Insert details of each class of competition]
11. ENTRIES TO CONSTITUTE A CLASS
11.1 o constitute a class for the purpose of
gaining Championship status, the number
of contestants entered and competing in
each class shall be
[Insert details for each class of
competition] [Refer to GCR’s for details of
classes]
11.2
Should there be insufficient entries in
any class of competition, the decision to
run or cancel the class, or to combine
events and re-distribute any awards and/ 257
app 2
or prizemoney, will be at the discretion
of the [club or promoter - whichever
is applicable], subject to [Insert RCB]
approval.
12. STARTS
[Insert details of start procedure as per
GCR’s]
13. RACE FORMAT
[Insert details of the race format for each
class of competition. Include details for
heats, Semi-finals, finals & or rounds of
competition – whichever is applicable].
14. EVENT SCHEDULE
[Insert details of timetable for meeting
– including time that gates open,
scrutineering times, when riders briefing
shall occur, practice time, time racing
commences and racing schedule and/or
order of events].
For the purposes of drug and alcohol
testing, the commencement of the
meeting will be deemed to be [insert time
– usually same as start of scrutineering]
with the completion of the meeting for the
participant being when the participant has
vacated the venue.
15. AWARDS AND PRIZEMONEY
[Insert details of awards and/or
prizemoney for each class of competition].
16. GST
The Goods and Services Tax affects the
payment of prizemoney. If you do not
provide an ABN or declare the sport is
a hobby, the Promoter must withhold
46.5% of prizemoney over $50.00 which
is otherwise payable to you. Please tick
one of the boxes on the entry form and
if appropriate provide your ABN to ensure
the full amount of prize money is paid to
you.
17. PRESENTATIONS
[Location and time they shall be conducted
(If applicable)]
18. MACHINES AND RIDERS
18.1
All machines entered must comply with
the current GCRs for [Insert Discipline]
competition.
18.2
Multiple entry of the one machine in
the same class of competition is not
permitted.
258
enjoy the ride
model supp regs
18.3
[Insert details of any other restrictions
such as whether change of machine is
allowed during competition etc.]
19. RIDING NUMBERS
Wherever possible, competitors will be
allocated their registered riding number or
their preferred riding number. All others
will be allocated numbers at the [Club’s
or Promoter’s - whichever is applicable]
discretion.
All number plates on all machines MUST
comply with the GCRs and must not
contain any decals or advertising other
than the required MA decal.
20. GRID POSITIONS
[Insert details on how grid positions shall
be determined or allocated – refer to
GCRs for details]
21. RIDERS’ BRIEFING
A riders’ briefing will be held prior to the
commencement of racing, which ALL
competitors MUST attend. Details will be
included in the final instructions.
22. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
[Insert details of the circuit – including
its type of construction, length and the
direction of racing]
23. TRACK INSPECTION
All competitors will be given the
opportunity to walk and inspect the track
prior to any on track participation. This
inspection must be done on foot and
competitors are reminded that service
vehicles may be in operation on the circuit
at this time.
23.1 TRACK DISSATISFACTION
Competitors who are not satisfied with
any aspects of the track can present
these concerns to the Clerk of Course If
those concerns cannot be resolved, the
competitor will be invited to withdraw from
the meeting.
24. FACILITIES
[Type of facilities that are available at the
venue (If applicable)]
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 2
25. NOISE
[Insert details of any noise restrictions that
apply to the meeting at the venue].
Noise testing may take place at any time
at the discretion of the Chief Scrutineer or
the Clerk of Course. Refer to GCR 12.10
for details.
26. TYRES
[Identify any restrictions on the use of
various types of tyres (If applicable)]
27. ANTI-DOPING POLICY
27.1
All competitors and officials are advised
that drug testing may take place in
accordance with MA’s Anti-Doping Policy,
as carried out by the Australian Sports
Anti-Doping Authority. Refer to GCR 11
for details.
27.2
If any doubts exist over banned substances
it is recommended competitors contact
the Drugs in Sport Hotline, ph: 1800 020
506. When drug testing takes place, the
payment of prizemoney may be delayed
at [Insert RCB] discretion until the results
of the tests are known.
model supp regs
28. DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING
All competitors and officials are advised
that random drug and alcohol testing may
take place during the competition. Refer
to GCR 11.27 for details on the Safety
Policy – Drug and Alcohol testing.
29. CODE OF CONDUCT
All competitors, officials and parents
are reminded of MA’s Code of Conduct
contained within MA’s Member Protection
Regulations, found at www.ma.org.
au or Appendix 3 of the GCR, which is
a guide to appropriate behaviour at all
motorcycle race meetings. This Code of
Conduct applies to this Meeting and will
be enforced.
30. ADMISSION CHARGES
[Cost of entry to the venue per person i.e.:
Adult, Child, Pensioner etc. - If applicable]
31. DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC INFORMATION
[Any discipline specific issues that are
applicable]
Ken Wooton
259
app 2
enjoy the ride
model supp regs
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
[INSERT EVENT NAME]
[INSERT DAY & DATE]
[INSERT VENUE]
[INSERT PROMOTER /
CLUB LOGO HERE]
ENTRY FORM
Entries Close:
Send to:
[Insert closing date of entries]
[Insert contact name]
[Insert address]
[Insert City/Town, Postcode, State]
[Insert number and/or fax]
Office Use Only:
Allocated Rider No:
RIDER DETAILS
Rider’s First Name: ________________________ Rider’s Surname: ________________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________
City/town: ________________________________ State: _____________________ Postcode: ____________
Tel: ________________________________ Mob: _______________________________________________
Date of birth: ________________________ E-mail: ______________________________________________
Next of Kin: ____________________________________________ Next of Kin Tel: ____________________
MA Lic. No.: ______________________________ Expiry Date: ________________ Grade: _____________
1st Preferred number plate: ___________2nd Preferred number plate: ___________
PASSENGER DETAILS (SIDECAR ONLY)
Passenger’s First Name: ____________________ Passenger’s Surname: ____________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________
City/town: ________________________________ State: _____________________ Postcode: ____________
Tel: ________________________________ Mob: _______________________________________________
Date of birth: ________________________ E-mail: ______________________________________________
Next of Kin: ____________________________________________ Next of Kin Tel:_____________________
MA Lic. No.: ______________________________ Expiry Date: __________________ Grade: ____________
QUOTING AN AUSTRALIAN BUSINESS NUMBER (ABN) FOR PRIZEMONEY
The Goods and Services Tax (GST) affects the payment of prizemoney. If you do not provide an ABN or declare the sport is
a hobby, we must by law withhold 46.5% of prizemoney over $50 which is otherwise payable to you. Please tick one of the
boxes below and if appropriate provide your ABN to ensure the full amount of prizemoney is paid to you.
I am a professional rider and my ABN is:
is the reason I am not quoting an ABN
Motorcycle sport is my hobby, which
Must be completed by all competitors/entrants
I/we are completely aware of the mechanical and electrical specification of the motorcycle which I/we have entered in
this event and guarantee that this motorcycle conforms with all rules stated in the GCR’s of MA and these Supplementary
Regulations.
Rider’s Name: _____________________ Signature:________________________ Date:__________________
Entrant’s Name: ____________________ Signature: _______________________ Date:__________________
260
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 2
model supp regs
RIDER MACHINE DETAILS
1st Bike - Make/Model & Capacity_________________ 2nd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: ______________
3rd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity:_______________ 4th Bike – Make/Model & Capacity:_______________
Classes
Machine Details and Capacity
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
Rider Age
Entry Fee
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
Total Entry Fee
ENTRY FEES:
PAYMENT
Cheque,
Credit card
Money order)
Make Payment to: ___________________________________ ABN:__________________________________
[Promoter Insert Name and Address]
Card type:
MasterCard
Visa
[Insert ABN]
Bankcard
Credit card:
Expiry Date:
/
Total Amount: $_____________
Name of card holder: _______________________ Signature:______________________________________
Office Use Only
Date Received:
Money Received:
[Promoter Insert Info as
required]
[Promoter Insert Info as
required]
261
app 2
enjoy the ride
model supp regs
Checklist for creating supplementary Regulations
Announcement and Jurisdiction
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
Name of Promoter
Name or title of competition
Persons eligible to compete
Types of vehicles eligible
Date
Permit, class of and number
Track licence number
Authority granting the permit
A statement that competition is held under MA
Rules
Entries
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
Date of opening of entries.
Where entries to be sent.
Date and time of closing entries.
Amount of entry fee.
Conditions as to return of fee.
Minimum and maximum number of entries.
Teams, composition of.
Teams, how and when may be entered.
Substitution of riders.
Transfer of entries.
Awards
□□ Special awards and condition attached thereto.
□□ Period of holding special awards if not won
outright.
□□ Other awards
Who are the Officials
□□
□□
□□
□□
Stewards of the meeting.
Clerk of the Course.
Race Secretary.
Other officials.
Event Description [Speed Meeting]
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
262 □□
Place and time of start, paddock, weighing out
Riders and Vehicles
The Course
Method of starting
Direction or danger signs
Flag signals
Length of course
Nature of course
Returning to start
Practicing
Replenishment
Observation.
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
Method of timing
Number of runs
Handicapping
Assessment of performance.
General
Advertisement
Promoters’ Liability
Description [Reliability Trial]
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
Place and time of start
Riders and vehicles
The course.
Starting order
Route marking
Nature of course
Length of course
Itinerary
Route cards
Practising
Meal stops
Observation
Balking
Non‑stop section
Definition of a stop and a failure
Footing and failure on hills
Involuntary delays
Checks
Position of rider or passenger on vehicle
Speed
Time checks
Method of control
Time allowances
Time arrangements
Other tests
Assessment of performance
Bonus marks
Penalties
Method of allotting awards
General
Outside assistance
Advertisements
Retirement
Promoters’ liability
Alcohol and drug testing
Indicate that that alcohol and drug testing may
take place at the meeting
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3
member protection policy
appendix 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
1.
PURPOSE OF THIS MEMBER
PROTECTION POLICY
•
This Member Protection Policy aims to ensure the
core values, good reputation and positive behaviours
and attitudes of MA are maintained. It assists us in
ensuring that everyone involved in our sport is treated
with respect and dignity, is safe and protected from
abuse. This policy also ensures that everyone in our
sport is aware of their legal and ethical rights and
responsibilities. The policy also reflects our support
for the principles and values that are the essence of
Australian sport - of fairness, respect, responsibility and
safety.
Any person or organisation, who or which is a
member of, or affiliated to, MA, or a member,
•
Any other person or organisation who, or which
agrees in writing or otherwise to be bound by this
policy, and
•
Parents, guardians, spectators and sponsors to
the extent that is possible.
The policy contains the procedures that support our
commitment to eliminating discrimination, harassment,
child abuse and other forms of inappropriate behaviour
from our sport. As part of this commitment, MA will take
disciplinary action against any person or organisation
bound by this policy if they breach it.
3.
This policy has been endorsed by the Board of the
MA and has been incorporated into our regulations
in accordance with clause 71 of the MA Constitution.
The policy starts on January 1, 2007 and will operate
until replaced. This policy and/or its attachments may
be amended from time to time by a resolution of the
Board in accordance with the Constitution. Copies of
this policy and its attachments can also be obtained
from our office, or website at www.ma.org.au.
2.WHO THIS MEMBER PROTECTION
POLICY APPLIES TO:
This policy applies to the following organisations and
individuals:
•
MA,
•
Members,
•
Persons appointed or sitting on Boards,
Committees and sub-committees of MA and
members,
•
Employees, officials and volunteers appointed or
elected by MA or members,
•
Support personnel such as Managers,
physiotherapists, psychologists, masseurs, sport
trainers),
•
Coaches (including assistant coaches) who:
•
Are appointed and/or employed by MA or
members (whether paid or unpaid), or
•
Have an agreement (whether or not in writing)
with MA or a member,
•
Riders who enter or participate in any activity or
event (including camps and training sessions)
which are held or sanctioned by MA or a member,
This policy will continue to apply to a person even after
they have stopped their membership, association or
employment with MA if disciplinary action relating to
an allegation of child abuse against that person has
commenced.
CODE OF CONDUCT
MA requires every individual and organisation bound
by this policy to:
1.
Be ethical, fair and honest in all their dealings
with other people and MA,
2.
Treat all persons with respect and courtesy and
have proper regard for their dignity, rights and
obligations,
3.
Always place the safety and welfare of children
above other considerations,
4.
Comply with MA’s Constitution, rules and policies
including this policy,
5.
Operate within the rules and spirit of the sport,
6.
Comply with all relevant Australian laws (Federal
and State), particularly anti-discrimination and
child protection laws,
7.
Be responsible & accountable for their conduct,
and
8.
Abide by the Code of Conduct outlined in
Attachment A of this policy.
4.
ORGANISATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES
MA must:
1.
Adopt, implement and comply with this policy,
2.
Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this
policy and the consequences for breaching it,
3.
Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all
times,
4.
Promptly deal with any breaches of, or complaints
made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive,
fair, timely and confidential manner;
5.
Apply this policy consistently without fear or
favour,
6.
Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed
under this policy,
263
app 3
7.
Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or
accessible to the persons to whom this policy
applies,
8.
Appoint or have access to appropriately-trained
people to receive and handle complaints and
allegations and display the names and contact
details in a way that is readily accessible, and
9.
Monitor and review this policy at least annually.
Members must:
1.
Adopt, implement and comply with this policy,
2.
Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this
policy and the consequences for breaching it,
3.
Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all
times,
4.
Promptly deal with any breaches of or complaints
made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive,
fair, timely and confidential manner,
5.
Apply this policy consistently without fear or
favour,
6.
Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed
under this policy,
7.
Comply with their respective State-specific child
protection requirements (See Attachment C), and
8.
Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or
accessible to the persons to whom this policy
applies.
5.
INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES
1.
Making themselves aware of the policy and
complying with the standards of conduct outlined
in this policy,
2.
Consenting to a National Police check if the
individual holds or applies for a role that involves
direct and unsupervised contact with people
under the age of 18 years,
3.
Complying with all other requirements of this
policy,
4.
Co-operating in providing a discrimination, child
abuse and harassment free sporting environment,
5.
Being aware of State-specific child protection
requirements, and
6.
Understanding the possible consequences of
breaching this policy.
Individuals bound by this policy are responsible for:
6.
6.1 264
enjoy the ride
member protection policy
POLICY POSITION STATEMENTS
Child Protection Policy
Every person and organisation bound by this policy
must always place the safety and welfare of children
above all other considerations.
MA acknowledges that its staff and volunteers provide
a valuable contribution to the positive experiences of its
junior participants. MA aims to ensure this continues
and to protect the safety and welfare of its junior
participants. Several measures will be used to achieve
this such as:
1.
2.
Prohibiting any form of abuse against children,
Providing opportunities for our juniors to
contribute to and provide feedback on our
program development,
3. Carefully selecting and screening people whose
role requires them to have direct and unsupervised
contact with children. (See Clause 7),
4. Ensuring our Codes of Conduct, particularly for
roles associated with junior sport, are promoted,
enforced and reviewed,
5. Providing procedures for raising concerns or
complaints (See Clause 10), and
6. Providing education and/or information to those
involved in our sport on child abuse and child
protection.
MA requires that any child who is abused or anyone
who reasonably suspects that a child has been or is
being abused by someone within its sport, to report
it immediately to the Police or relevant Government
agency and the Member Protection Information Officer
(“MPIO”). Descriptions of the sorts of activity which
may be abuse are in the definitions at Clause 13.
All allegations of child abuse will be dealt with promptly,
seriously, sensitively and confidentially. A person will
not be victimised for reporting an allegation of child
abuse and the privacy of all persons concerned will be
respected. MA’s procedures for handling allegations of
child abuse are outlined in Clause 9.1.
If anyone bound by this policy reasonably suspects
that a child is being abused by their parent/s, they
are advised to contact the relevant Government
department for Youth, Family and Community Services
in their State or Territory.
6.2
Taking Images of Children
Images of children can be used inappropriately or
illegally. MA requires that individuals and associations,
wherever possible, obtain permission from a child’s
parent/guardian before taking an image of a child that is
not their own and ensure that the parent knows the way
the image will be used. MA will only use appropriate
images of a child, relevant to our sport and ensure that
the child is suitably clothed in a manner that promotes
the sport, displays its successes, etc. MA also requires
the privacy of others to be respected and disallows
the use of camera phones, videos and cameras inside
changing areas, showers and toilets.
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
If MA uses an image of a child it will not name or identify
him/her or use both the first name and surname of the
child unless it has first, wherever possible, obtained
consent to do so from the parent/guardian. MA will
not display personal information such as residential
address, email address or telephone numbers
without gaining consent from the parent/guardian.
MA acknowledges that information about individual’s
hobbies, likes/dislikes, school, etc can be used as
grooming tools by paedophiles or other persons. As
such, MA will take reasonable care when publishing
such information in a public forum.
MA requires its members, member associations and
clubs to do likewise.
6.3
Anti-Discrimination and Harassment
Policy
MA aims to provide a sport environment where all
those involved in its activities are treated with dignity
and respect, and without harassment or discrimination.
MA recognises that all those involved in its activities
cannot enjoy themselves, perform to their best, or be
effective or fully productive if they are being treated
unfairly, discriminated against or harassed because
of their age, disability , family responsibilities, gender
identity, homosexuality or sexual orientation, irrelevant
medical or criminal record, marital status, political
belief, pregnancy or breastfeeding, race, religion, sex,
social origin and/or Trade Union membership/activity.
MA prohibits all forms of harassment and discrimination
based on personal characteristics listed in the
definitions.
Discrimination and harassment are
extremely distressing, offensive, humiliating and/
or threatening and create an uncomfortable and
unpleasant environment. In most circumstances
discrimination and harassment are against the law.
Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which
could be regarded as harassment or discrimination are
provided in the Definitions at Clause 13.
If any person feels they are being harassed or
discriminated against by another person or organisation
bound by this policy, please refer to Clause 16 of the
MA constitution.
6.4
Sexual Relationships Policy
MA takes the position that sexual relationships between
coaches and adult athletes that they coach should be
avoided. MA takes the view that such relationships,
while not necessarily constituting unlawful harassment,
can have harmful effects on the individual athlete
involved, on other athletes and coaches, and on the
sport’s public image.
Such relationships tend to be intentionally or
unintentionally exploitative because there is usually
app 3
member protection policy
a disparity between coaches and athletes in terms of
authority, power, maturity, status and dependence.
MA’s policy position is similar to other organisations
who disallow professionals such as teachers, doctors
and counsellors to have sexual relationships with their
clients or students.
Should a sexual relationship develop between an
athlete and coach, MA will investigate whether any
action against the coach is necessary. Factors that may
be relevant to consider are the age and maturity of the
athlete relative to the coach, the financial or emotional
dependence of the athlete on the coach, and the
likelihood of the relationship having any adverse impact
on the athlete and/or other athletes. If it is determined
that the sexual relationship is inappropriate, action
may be taken to stop the coaching relationship with
the athlete. Action may include transfer, a request for
resignation or dismissal from coaching duties.
If an athlete attempts to initiate an intimate sexual
relationship, the coach must take personal responsibility
for discouraging such approaches, explaining the
ethical basis for such action. The coach may wish to
approach MA or a MPIO if they feel harassed.
The law is always the minimum standard for behaviour
within MA and therefore sex with a child is a criminal
offence.
6.5Pregnancy
Everyone bound by this policy must treat pregnant
women with dignity and respect and any unreasonable
barriers to participation by them in our sport should be
removed. MA will not tolerate any discrimination or
harassment against pregnant women.
Motorcycling is a dangerous sport in which serious
physical injury and even death are inherent risks.
Pregnant women should be aware that their own health
and wellbeing, and that of their unborn children, should
be of utmost importance when making decisions about
the way they participate in motorcycle sport.
MA recommends that pregnant women wanting to
participate in motorcycle sport consult with medical
professionals, make themselves aware of the facts
about pregnancy in motorcycle sport, and ensure that
they make informed decisions about participation. MA
strongly recommends that a pregnant woman consult
closely with her doctor should she decide to continue to
participate whilst pregnant.
MA will only require pregnant women to sign a
disclaimer if we require other participants to sign one
in similar circumstances. MA will not require women to
undertake a pregnancy test.
265
app 3
6.6
Gender Identity Policy
MA is committed to providing an inclusive sporting
environment where transgender or transsexual people
involved in its activities are able to contribute and
participate. MA expects everyone who is bound by this
policy to treat people who identify as transgender or
transsexual fairly and with dignity and respect. This
includes acting with sensitivity and respect where a
person is undergoing gender transition. We will not
tolerate any unlawful discrimination or harassment
against a person who identifies as transgender or
transsexual or who is thought to be transgender or
transsexual.
Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which
could be regarded as transgender or transsexual
discrimination or harassment are provided in the
Definitions at Clause 13.
If any person feels they are being harassed or
discriminated against by another person or organisation
bound by this policy, please refer to our complaints
procedure outlined in Clause 10 of this policy. This will
explain what to do about the behaviour and how MA will
deal with the problem.
MA recognises that the exclusion of transgender
or transsexual people from participation in sporting
events has significant implications for their health, wellbeing and involvement in community life. In general
MA will facilitate transgender or transsexual persons
participating in our sport of the sex with which they
identify.
MA also recognises there is debate over whether
a male to female transgender person obtains any
physical advantage over other female participants. This
debate is reflected in the divergent discrimination laws
across the country. If issues of performance advantage
arise, MA will seek advice on the application of those
laws in the particular circumstances.
MA is aware that the International Olympic Committee
(IOC) has established criteria for selection and
participation in the Olympic Games. Where a
transgender or transsexual person intends competing
at an elite level, we will encourage them to obtain
advice about the IOC’s criteria which may differ from
the position taken by MA.
MA notes that drug testing procedures and prohibitions
also apply to people who identify as transgender or
transsexual. A person receiving treatment involving a
prohibited substance or method, as described on the
WADA prohibited list, should apply for a therapeutic
use exemption.
6.7
266
enjoy the ride
member protection policy
Alcohol Policy
MA recommends that every person and organisation
bound by this policy adhere to strict guidelines
regarding the responsible service and consumption of
alcohol in accordance with all local, state and territory
or federal laws, regulations and codes. Responsible
service of alcohol should comply with individual
licencing requirements and should protect the safety
and wellbeing of all members.
6.8 Smoking Policy
The following policies should be applied to sporting and
social events:
•
There is to be no smoking in the pit area, grand
standards and/or high volume spectator areas
•
Buildings shall remain smoke-free zones
•
Members and affiliated Clubs should adhere to all
applicable smoking laws, regulations and codes
in relation to designated outdoor smoking areas
to protect the safety and wellbeing of participants.
6.9
Cyber Bullying/Safety
Bullying and harassment in all forms is regarded as
unacceptable in motorcycle sport. Given the emergence
of new telephone and internet social networks, the
opportunity for unwanted and improper comments and
statements has dramatically increased. Messages or
statements made in these ways using these means
of communication are largely instantaneous, and
can easily be abused. Others may also manipulate
a person by encouraging a statement to be made on
twitter or facebook, for example, when the writer may
be upset or vulnerable. Bullying has the potential to
cause great anxiety and distress to the person who has
been the target of any comments or statements. In
some cases, bullying is regarded as a criminal offence
punishable by imprisonment, amongst other things.
Frustration at an official, riders, team member, coach,
or sporting body should never be communicated on
social network channels, but rather by way of reasoned
and logical verbal and written statements and where
appropriate, complaints, to the relevant controlling club,
league or peak sporting body.
6.10
Social Networking Websites Policy
MA acknowledges the emergence of new technology
and communication mediums (new media), and
wishes to enable such new media to be used to
benefit the sport and its participants, and to applaud
achievements. This can occur due to the immediate
nature of communication to a wise audience using
channels such as facebook, twitter, and SMS.
However, participants need to be very mindful of a few
key matters that could lead to inappropriate use of new
media, at times unintended, and at other times without
a proper understanding that once comments are made
or published, they are in public for a long time, and hard
to take back (retract).
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Caution recommendations:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Do not include personal information of yourself or
others in social media channels;
Do not use offensive, provocative or hateful
language;
Use your best judgment – do not publish
something that makes you the slightest bit
uncomfortable, and never write/publish if you are
feeling emotional or upset (or are intoxicated);
Never post a photo of a child or young person
without permission from the child’s parent or
guardian (see taking images of children policy)
Always ask for an adults permission before
posting their pictures on a social networking
forum;
Never comment on rumours, do not deny or
affirm them or speculate about rumours; and
Always use social network forums to add value
and promote the sport in a positive way.
app 3
4.
member protection policy
Carry out the functions assigned to MPIOS
throughout this policy.
9.
CHILD ABUSE PROCEDURES
An allegation of child abuse is a very serious matter
and must be handled with a high degree of sensitivity.
The following is a basic outline of the key processes
to follow. More information can be obtained from the
relevant State or Territory Government agency.
1.
Any complaints, concerns or allegations of child
abuse should be made or referred to a MPIO who
should obtain and clarify basic details (if possible)
but should not elicit detailed information about
the abuse. The initial response of the person that
receives the complaint from the child (or person
on behalf of the child) is crucial to the well-being
of the child. It is important for the person receiving
the information to:
•
Listen to, be supportive and do not dispute
what the child says,
•
Reassure the child that what has occurred
is not the fault of the child,
MA will implement screening procedures for people
who currently occupy or who apply for any work (paid
or voluntary) that involves direct and unsupervised
contact with people under the age of 18 years.
•
Ensure the child is safe,
•
Screening under this policy is not a replacement for
any other procedure required by law. The requirements
under the law of each State and Territory are set out in
Attachment C and MA and member organisations must
comply with these requirements. If State or Territory
legislation sets an equivalent or higher standard of
screening, the requirement to screen people need not
be followed.
Be honest with the child and explain that
other people may need to be told in order to
stop what is happening, and
•
Ensure that what the child says is quite clear
but do not elicit detailed information about
the abuse. You should avoid suggestive or
leading questions.
•
7.
MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY SCREENING
Under this policy MA and Members are required
to comply with the screening process as set out in
Attachment C(1) or the Working with Children Check
(WWCC) laws in the relevant State or Territory as set
out in Attachment C(2).
8.
MEMBER PROTECTION INFORMATION
OFFICERS (MPIOS)
MA and members shall be responsible for appointing
such number of MPIOs as they consider appropriate. It
is the role of a MPIO to:
1. Provide a point of contact for persons wishing to
make a complaint under this policy,
2. Inform complainants of the options and
procedures for resolution of complaints under
this policy;
3. Refer complaints or allegations of breaches of
this policy to the organisation which appointed
him/her; and
2.
Any individual or organisation to which this policy
applies, should immediately report any incident of
a serious or a criminal nature to the police and
other appropriate authority. If the allegation is of a
criminal nature, report the incident immediately to
the police. If the allegation involves a child at risk
of harm you may need to report to both the police
and the relevant government agency.
3. The MPIO should assess the risks and take
interim action to ensure the child’s/children’s
safety. Some options could include redeployment
of the alleged offender to a non-child related
position, supervision of the alleged offender or
removal/suspension from their duties until the
allegations are finally determined. The support
needs of the person against whom the complaint
is made should also be addressed.
4.
Any further investigation by MA into allegations
of a more serious or criminal nature should only
be carried out upon advice from the Police and
relevant Government agency.
267
app 3
5. For allegations of a less serious nature (e.g.
verbal abuse) and independent person with
appropriate expertise shall be appointed to
make contact and meet with each of the people
involved to obtain details of the allegation. Strict
confidentiality, impartiality, fairness and due
process must be maintained at all times.
6. If disciplinary action is to be taken, follow the
procedures outlined in Clause 12 of this policy.
10. COMPLAINTS PROCEDURE
MA aims to provide an easy to use, confidential and
trustworthy procedure for complaints based on the
principles of natural justice. Any person may report
a complaint (complainant) about a person/s or
organisation bound by this policy if they reasonably
believe that a person/s or a sporting organisation has
breached this policy. A complaint should be reported to
a MPIO.
A complaint may be reported as an informal or formal
complaint. The complainant decides whether the
complaint will be dealt with informally or formally unless
the MPIO considers that the complaint falls outside the
parameters of this policy and would be better dealt with
another way.
All complaints will be dealt with promptly, seriously,
sensitively and confidentially.
10.1 Informal
Procedure
Complaint
Resolution
If a complainant makes an approach to MA, a full
member, a club or a person within these organisations,
it is desirable that the complainant also seeks the
advice of a MPIO who will:
1.
Listen to the complainant in an empathetic,
supportive manner;
2. Inform the complainant about their possible
options;
3. Act as a support person for the complainant,
including supporting them through any mediation
process if the complainant wishes;
4. Keep the matter confidential;
5. Inform the relevant government authority, if
required by law; and
6. Consult by seeking advice from the relevant state
or territory authority that administers the relevant
law.
A complainant may seek to try and resolve the complaint
by mediation in accordance with Clause 10.3.
268
enjoy the ride
member protection policy
If, following this information complaint procedure, the
complaint is not resolved informally, the complainant
may make a formal complaint to the CEO of MA.
Nothing in this policy prevents the complainant taking
action under State or Federal legislation. It is not
necessary to provide a written complaint under this
clause.
10.2
Vexatious Complaints & Victimisation
MA aims to ensure our complaints procedure has
integrity and is free of unfair repercussions or
victimisation. If at any point in the complaint process
the MPIO considers that a complainant has knowingly
made an untrue complaint or the complaint is vexatious
or malicious, the matter may be referred to the Board
or a judicial committee appointed by the Board for
appropriate action which may include disciplinary
action against the complainant.
MA will also take all necessary steps to make sure
that people involved in a complaint are not victimised
by anyone for coming forward with a complaint or for
helping to sort it out. Disciplinary measures will be
imposed on anyone who victimises another person for
making a complaint.
10.3 Mediation
MA aims to sort out complaints with the minimum of
fuss wherever possible. In many cases, complaints
can be sorted out by agreement between the people
involved with no need for disciplinary action. The
people involved in a formal complaint - the complainant
and the person complained about (respondent) - may
also seek the assistance of a neutral third person or a
mediator. Lawyers are not able to negotiate on behalf
of the complainant and/or respondent.
Mediation may occur either before or after an
investigation of a complaint. If a complainant wishes
to try and resolve the complaint with the assistance
of a mediator, the MPIO will, in consultation with the
complainant, arrange for a mediator to mediate the
complaint.
10.4 Tribunals
A hearings tribunal may be formed to hear a formal
complaint that has been referred by MPIO, or an alleged
breach of the policy. MA’s tribunal hearings procedure
is outlined in clause 16 of the MA constitution and in
Chapter 6 of these GCRs.
11.BREACHES OF THIS MEMBER
PROTECTION POLICY
It is a breach of this policy for any person or organisation
to which this policy applies, to have been found to have:
1.
Done anything contrary to this policy,
2.
Breached the code of conduct,
3.
Brought MA into disrepute,
4.
Failed to follow MA policies and procedures for
the protection, safety and welfare of children,
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3
member protection policy
5.
Appointed or continued to appoint a person to
a role that involves working with children and
young people contrary to this policy,
harm; giving a child alcohol or drugs; giving bad
nutritional advice; or training that exceeds the child’s
development or maturity).
6.
Discriminated against or harassed any person,
7.
Victimised another person for reporting a
complaint,
8.
Engaged in a sexually inappropriate relationship
with a person that the person supervises, or has
influence, authority or power over,
9.
Disclosed to any unauthorised person or
organisation any MA information that is of a
private, confidential or privileged nature,
Sexual abuse by adults or other children where a
child is encouraged or forced to watch or engage in
sexual activity or where a child is subject to any other
inappropriate conduct of a sexual nature (e.g. sexual
intercourse, masturbation, oral sex, pornography
including child pornography or inappropriate touching
or conversations).
10. Made a complaint they knew to be untrue,
vexatious, malicious or improper,
11. Failed to comply with a penalty imposed after
a finding that the individual or organisation has
breached this policy, or
12. Failed to comply with a direction given to the
individual or organisation during the discipline
process.
12.
FORMS OF DISCIPLINE
If an individual or organisation to which this policy
applies breaches this policy, 1 or more forms of discipline
may be imposed. These may include making a verbal
or written apology, paying a fine, being suspended
or de-registered or having a person’s appointment or
employment terminated. More information on the range
of disciplinary measures and the factors that will be
considered before imposing discipline is included in the
MA Constitution and these GCRs.
13.DEFINITIONS
This Clause sets out the meaning of words used in this
policy and its attachments without limiting the ordinary
and natural meaning of the words. State/Territory
specific definitions and more detail on some of the
words in this dictionary can be sourced from the relevant
State/Territory child protection commissions or Equal
Opportunity and Anti-discrimination Commissions.
Abuse is a form of harassment and includes physical
abuse, emotional abuse, sexual abuse, neglect,
and abuse of power. Examples of abusive behaviour
include bullying, humiliation, verbal abuse and insults.
Emotional abuse by ill-treating a child (e.g. humiliation,
taunting, sarcasm, yelling, negative criticism, name
calling, ignoring or placing unrealistic expectations on
a child).
Neglect (e.g. failing to give food, water, shelter or
clothing or to protect a child from danger or foreseeable
risk of harm or injury).
Complaint means a complaint made under clause 10
of this policy.
Complainant means the person making a complaint.
Constitution means the Constitution of MA in force
from time to time.
Discrimination means treating or proposing to treat
someone less favourably than someone else because
of a particular characteristic in the same or similar
circumstances in certain areas of public life (this is
direct discrimination). The law also covers indirect
discrimination. This is imposing or intending to impose
an unreasonable requirement, condition or practice that
is the same for everyone, but which has an unequal
or disproportional effect on individuals or groups with
particular characteristics. The characteristics covered
by discrimination law across Australia are:
•
Age,
•
Disability,
•
Family/carer responsibilities,
•
Gender identity/transgender status,
•
Homosexuality and sexual orientation,
•
Irrelevant medical record,
•
Irrelevant criminal record,
•
Physical features,
Child abuse relates to children at risk of harm (usually
by adults, sometimes by other children) and often by
those they know and trust. It can take many forms.
Children may be harmed by both verbal and physical
actions and by people failing to provide them with basic
care. Child abuse may include:
•
Political belief/activity,
•
Pregnancy and breastfeeding,
•
Race,
•
Religious belief/activity,
•
Sex or gender,
Physical abuse by hurting a child or a child’s
development (e.g. hitting, shaking or other physical
•
Social origin,
•
Trade Union membership/activity,
Child means a person who is under the age of 18 years
269
app 3
•
Some States & Territories include additional
characteristics.
Discrimination is not permitted in the areas of
employment (including volunteer and unpaid
employment); the provision of goods and services; the
selection or otherwise of any person for competition or a
team (domestic or international); the entry or otherwise
of any rider or other person to any competition;
obtaining or retaining membership of an organisation
(including the rights and privileges of membership).
Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or
encouraging another person to engage in discrimination
may also be discriminatory conduct.
Harassment is any type of behaviour that the other
person does not want and does not return and
that is offensive, abusive, belittling, intimidating or
threatening – whether this is face-to-face, indirectly or
via communication technologies such as mobile phone
and computers. The behaviour is unwelcome and of
a type that a reasonable person would recognise as
being unwelcome and likely to cause the recipient to
feel offended, humiliated or intimidated.
Unlawful harassment includes the above but is
either sexual or targets a person because of their
race, sex, pregnancy, marital status, sexuality or
other characteristic (see characteristic list under
discrimination).
It does not matter whether the harassment was
intended; the focus is on the impact of the behaviour.
The basic rule is if someone else finds it harassing then
it could be harassment. Harassment may be a single
incident or repeated. It may be explicit or implicit,
verbal or non-verbal.
Discrimination and harassment are not permitted in
the areas of employment (including volunteer and
unpaid employment); the provision of goods and
services including access to sporting facilities; when
providing education and accommodation; the selection
or otherwise of any person for competition or a team
(domestic or international); the entry or otherwise of
any rider or other person to any competition; obtaining
or retaining membership of clubs and organisations
(including the rights and privileges of membership).
Some exceptions to State and Federal antidiscrimination law apply: examples include:
270
enjoy the ride
member protection policy
•
Holding a competitive sporting activity for females
only who are 12 years of age or over where
strength, stamina or physique is relevant; or
•
Not selecting a participant if the person’s disability
means he or she is not reasonably capable of
performing the actions reasonably required for
that sporting activity.
Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or
encouraging another person to engage in discrimination
or harassment may also be against the law.
Whether or not the behaviour is harassment is
determined from the point of view of the person
receiving the harassment. The basic rule is if someone
else finds it harassing then it could be harassment.
Harassment may be a single incident or repeated. It
may be explicit or implicit, verbal or non-verbal.
It is also a breach of discrimination law to victimise
a person who is involved in making a complaint of
discrimination or harassment. For example, a rider is
ostracised by her male coach for complaining about his
sexist behaviour to another club official or for supporting
another rider who has made such a complaint.
Public acts of racial hatred which are reasonably
likely in the circumstances to offend, insult, humiliate
or intimidate are also prohibited. This applies to
spectators, participants or any other person who
engages in such an act in public. Some state and
territories also prohibit public acts that vilify on other
grounds such as homosexuality, gender identify, hiv/
aids, religion and disability - see vilification.
Junior means a person under the age of eighteen (18)
years who is participating in an activity of MA.
Mediator means a person appointed to mediate
complaints made under this policy. It is preferable that
the mediator has relevant skills, qualifications and/or
training in mediation.
Member means any member recognised as such
under the MA constitution.
Member protection is a term used by the Australian
sport industry to describe the practices and procedures
that protect members – both individual members such
as riders, coaches and officials, and the member
organisations such as clubs, full members, other
affiliated associations and the national body. Member
protection involves:
•
Protecting those that are involved in sport
activities from harassment, abuse, discrimination
and other forms of inappropriate behaviour
•
Adopting appropriate measures to ensure the
right people are involved in an organisation,
particularly in relation to those involved with
juniors, and
•
Providing education.
Member Protection Information Officer (MPIO)
means a person appointed under Clause 8.1 Of this
policy trained to be the first point of contact for a
person reporting a complaint under, or a breach of,
this policy. The MPIO provides confidential information
and moral support to the person with the concern or
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
who is alleging harassment or a breach of this policy.
They help the complainant deal with any emotions they
may have about what has happened and operate as a
sounding board as the complainant decides what they
want to do. The MPIO may accompany the complainant
in anything they decide to do, if it feels appropriate and
they are happy to do it.
Natural justice incorporates the following principles:
•
A person who is the subject of a complaint must
be fully informed of the allegations against them,
•
A person who is the subject of a complaint
must be given full opportunity to respond to the
allegations and raise any matters in their own
defence,
•
All parties need to be heard and all relevant
submissions considered,
•
Irrelevant matters should not be taken into
account,
•
No person may judge their own case,
•
The decision maker/s must be unbiased, fair &
just,
•
The penalties imposed must not outweigh the
‘crime’.
Police check means a national criminal history record
check conducted as a prudent pre-employment or preengagement background check on a person.
Policy and this policy mean this Member Protection
Policy.
Respondent means the person who is being
complained about.
Sexual harassment means unwanted, unwelcome or
uninvited behaviour of a sexual nature which makes
a person feel humiliated, intimidated or offended.
Sexual harassment can take many different forms
and may include unwanted physical contact, verbal
comments, jokes, propositions, display of pornographic
or offensive material or other behaviour that creates a
sexually hostile environment.
app 3
member protection policy
•
•
•
•
Sexual penetration of child under the age of 16
Indecent act with child under the age of 16
Sexual relationship with child under the age of 16
Sexual offences against people with impaired
mental functioning,
•
Abduction and detention,
•
Procuring sexual penetration by threats or fraud,
•
Procuring sexual penetration of child under the
age of 16,
•
Bestiality,
•
Soliciting acts of sexual penetration or indecent
acts,
•
Promoting or engaging in acts of child prostitution,
•
Obtaining benefits from child prostitution,
•
Possession of child pornography,
•
Publishing child pornography & indecent articles.
Transgender is a general term applied to individuals
and behaviours that differ from the gender role
commonly, but not always, assigned at birth. It does not
imply any specific form of sexual orientation.
Victimisation means subjecting a person or
threatening to subject a person to any detriment or
unfair treatment because that person has or intends
to pursue their rights to make a complaint under
government legislation (e.g. Anti-discrimination) or
under this policy, or for supporting another person to
make a complaint.
Vilification involves a person or organisation doing
public acts to incite hatred towards, serious contempt
for, or severe ridicule of a person or group of persons
having any of the attributes or characteristics within the
meaning of discrimination. Public acts that may amount
to vilification include any form of communication to the
public and any conduct observable by the public.
Young people/person means people in the 13 – 18
year age group.
Sexual harassment is not behaviour based on mutual
attraction, friendship and respect. If the interaction is
between consenting adults, it is not sexual harassment.
Sexual offence means a criminal offence involving
sexual activity or acts of indecency including but not
limited to (due to differences under State/Territory
legislation):
•
Rape,
•
ndecent assault,
•
Sexual assault,
•
Assault with intent to have sexual intercourse,
•
Incest,
271
app 3
member protection policy
enjoy the ride
Attachment A - Code of conduct
As a member of MA or a person required to comply with MA’s member protection policy you must meet the
following requirements in regard to your conduct during any activity held or sanctioned by MA or a member and
in any role you hold within those organisations.
1.
Respect the rights, dignity and worth of others,
2.
Be fair, considerate and honest in all dealing with others,
3.
Be professional in, and accept responsibility for, your actions,
4.
Make a commitment to providing quality service,
5.
Be aware of, and maintain an uncompromising adhesion to, MA’s standards, rules, regulations and policies,
6.
Operate within the rules of the sport including national and international guidelines which govern MA,
7.
Do not use your involvement with MA or a member to promote your own beliefs, behaviours or practices
where these are inconsistent with those of MA,
8.
Demonstrate a high degree of individual responsibility especially when dealing with any person under 18
years of age, as your words and actions are an example,
9.
Avoid unaccompanied and unobserved activities with any person under 18 years of age, wherever possible,
10. Refrain from any form of harassment of others,
11. Refrain from any behaviour that may bring MA or a member into disrepute,
12. Provide a safe environment for the conduct of the activity,
13. Show concern and caution towards others who may be sick or injured,
14. Be a positive role model,
15. Understand the repercussions if you breach, or are aware of any breaches of, this code of behaviour.
272
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3
member protection policy
Attachment B - Member protection declaration
MA has a duty of care to its members and to the general public who interact with its employees, volunteers, members
and others involved with its activities. As part of this duty of care and as a requirement of MA’s member protection
policy, MA must enquire into the background of those applying for, undertaking or remaining in any work (paid or
voluntary) that involved direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years.
I __________________________________________ (name) of _____________________________________
___________________________________________ (Address) Born ____________________ Sincerely declare:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
I do not have any criminal charge pending before the courts.
I do not have any criminal convictions or findings of guilt for sexual offences, offences related to children or
acts of violence.
I have not had any disciplinary proceedings brought against me by an employer, sporting organisation or
similar body involving child abuse, sexual misconduct or harassment, acts of violence, intimidation or other
forms of harassment.
I have never been sanctioned for an anti-doping rule violation under any anti-doping policy applicable to me.
I have never participated in, facilitated or encouraged any practice prohibited by the world anti-doping agency
code or any other anti-doping policy applicable to me.
To my knowledge there is no other matter that MA may consider to constitute a risk to its members, employees,
volunteers, athletes or reputation by engaging me.
I will notify the CEO of the organisation(s) engaging me immediately upon becoming aware that any of the
matters set out in clauses 1 to 6 above has changed for whatever reason.
Declared in the State/Territory of___________ on _________________ (Date)____________________ signature
Parent/guardian consent (in respect of person under the age of 18 years)
I have read and understood the declaration provided by my child. I confirm and warrant that the contents of the
declaration provided by my child are true and correct in every particular.
Name:__________________________Signature: ________________________________Date: _______________
273
app 3
enjoy the ride
member protection policy
ATTACHMENT C - CHILD PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
SCREENING/WORKING
CHECK REQUIREMENTS
WITH
CHILDREN
BACKGROUND
Child protection is about keeping children safe from
harm/abuse. Child abuse is illegal, and all states and
territories have their own systems and laws that cover
screening and/or the reporting and investigation of
cases of child abuse.
Working with Children Check (WWCC) laws aim to
prevent people who pose a risk from working with
children as paid employees or volunteers. In New
South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia, Victoria
Northern Territory and South Australian laws require
individuals involved in areas such as sport and
recreation to undertake a check to determine their
suitability to work (in a paid or volunteer capacity) with
children. This is done by checking certain criminal
history and other matters. In some states this also
involves reviewing relevant findings from disciplinary
proceedings. There are also requirements placed on
organisations.
The Australian Capital Territory and Tasmania
are currently reviewing their screening laws. New
requirements and amendments will be added to this
policy as they are introduced. There is no current
screening process or formal legislation, however,
individual employers or sporting organisations may
require police checks at their discretion.
Please be aware that state and territory WWCC
requirements may also apply to individuals who
visit states with screening laws. For example, if a
state association or club takes players U18 into New
South Wales for training camps, competition or other
activities, those travelling with the teams must comply
with NSW law.
The state WWCC requirements apply regardless of
MA’s Member Protection Policy or any similar policy
adopted by a member organisation.
The MA Member Protection Declaration is provided
at Attachment B.
C(1) - SCREENING REQUIREMENTS
For States/Territories without Working With Children
Checks such as ACT and Tasmania
This attachment sets out the screening process for
people in MA who work, coach, supervise or have
regular unsupervised contact with people under the
age of 18 years.
MA will, and also requires state associations and clubs to:
1.
Identify positions (paid or voluntary) that involve
working, coaching, supervising or regular
unsupervised contact with people under the age
of 18 years.
2.
Obtain a completed Member Protection
Declaration (MPD) (Attachment B) from all
people who are identified in the above step and
keep it in a secure place.
3.
Provide an opportunity for a person to give
an explanation if a MPD is not provided or it
reveals that the person does not satisfactorily
meet any of the clauses in the MPD. MA (or
the state association or club) will then make an
assessment as to whether the person may be
unsuitable to work with people under the age
of 18 years. If unsatisfied, it will not appoint the
person to the role/position.
4.
Where possible, check a person’s referees
(verbal or written) about his/her suitability for the
role.
5.
Ask the people identified in step 1 (including
people applying for a position and people who
currently occupy a position that involves direct
and unsupervised contact with people under
the age of 18 years) to sign a consent form for a
national police check.
6.
Request (or ask the person to request) a national
‘Part Exclusion’ police check from the relevant
police jurisdiction. This check excludes irrelevant
records. If the police check indicates a relevant
offence, MA (or the member organisation) will
provide an opportunity for the person to give an
explanation, and then it will make an assessment
as to whether the person may pose a risk to or
be unsuitable to work with people under the age
of 18 years. If MA (or the member organisation)
remains unsatisfied then it will not appoint the
person to the role.
7.
Make an assessment as to whether the person
may be unsuitable to work with people under the
age of 18 years if the person does not agree to a
The following attachments provide:
274
•
summary information on state and territory
WWCC requirements and where to obtain more
information and relevant forms
•
our Member Protection Declaration (for all states/
territories except NSW who must complete a
Prohibited Employment Declaration provided by
the NSW Commission for Children and Young
People)
•
our screening requirements for people residing in
ACT and Tasmania
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
national police check after explaining why it is a
requirement under MA’s policy. If unsatisfied, MA
(or the member organisation) will:
(a) in the case of an existing employee/
volunteer, transfer the person to another
role which does not require them to work
directly and unsupervised with people
under the age of 18 years. If this is not
possible, then end the appointment; or
(b) in the case of someone applying for the
position/role, not appoint them.
8.
Decide whether to offer the person the position
taking into account the result of the police check
and any other information MA (or the member
organisation) has available to it. Where it is
not practical to complete the police check prior
to the person commencing in the position, MA
(or the member organisation) will complete the
check as soon as possible, and if necessary, act
immediately on the outcome. 9.
Protect the privacy of any person who is checked
and maintain confidentiality of any information
obtained through the checking process.
10. Return information collected during screening
(such as a completed MPD form, police records
and referee reports) to the relevant person if
that person is not appointed to the position, or
otherwise destroy such records within 28 days
of the date of the decision or the expiry of any
appeal period, unless within that time the person
requests that the documents be returned to him/
her. For appointed persons, information will be
kept on file in a secure location.
Where a national police check is obtained under this
member protection policy, another organisation which
is also required to screen may obtain a copy of the
national police check provided that the consent of the
relevant person is obtained and the national police
check was performed in the immediately preceding two
years.
C(2) – WORKING WITH CHILDREN CHILD
PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
The following information was updated in April 2011. It
is subject to change at any time.
1.QUEENSLAND
A person will need a Working with Children Check, also
known as the blue card, if they propose to work in a paid
or voluntary capacity or to carry on a business in a childrelated area regulated by the Commission for Children
and Young People and Child Guardian Act 2000. Once
a person is checked and approved they are issued
with a “blue card.” Volunteers and paid employees
app 3
member protection policy
employed in sporting organisations generally fall under
the ‘churches, clubs and associations’ category of
regulated employment. Volunteers and paid employees
employed in private businesses may fall under the
‘sport and active recreation’ category of regulated
employment. The check is a detailed national criminal
history check including charges and investigations
relating to children.
People such as those with previous convictions
involving children are disqualified from applying for
or renewing a blue card (refer to website below for
details).
A blue card remains current for two years. Existing card
holders will be notified by the Queensland Commission
for Children and Young People and Child Guardian
before their card expires.
In addition to obligations regarding the blue card,
employers must develop and implement a written child
protection risk management strategy and review it each
year.
For more information on the blue card, including current
forms: www.ccypg.qld.gov.au or call 1800 113 611
2.
NEW SOUTH WALES
All organisations within NSW that employ people
in child-related employment (in a paid or volunteer
capacity) must meet the requirements of the
Working with Children Check (WWCC). Child related
employment is work which primarily involves direct
unsupervised contact with children. The WWCC
involves the following:
1. Ensuring all paid employees in a child-related
position sign an Applicant Declaration and
Consent Form which declares they are not
prohibited from working with children.
2. Submitting all applicants for paid employment to
NSW Commission for Children and Young People
for a Working With Children Background Check.
3. All volunteers and students on placement whose
work is categorised as ‘child-related employment’
must sign a Volunteer/Student Declaration; except
those volunteers who mentor disadvantaged
children in family-like relationships, or provide
intimate personal care (e.g. bathing or toileting)
for disabled children. These volunteers require a
Working With Children Background Check. (see
1. and 2. above)
4. Reporting relevant employment proceedings
for any paid and unpaid employees to the
Commission for Children and Young People. A
relevant employment proceeding involves any
reportable conduct committed outside of work as
well as in the workplace with or in the presence
275
of a children.
app 3
Sporting organisations are responsible for managing
the WWCC process. Individuals cannot apply for
a WWCC directly. Sporting organisations should
register with the NSW Commission for Children and
Young People providing a contact who will receive the
information on the background checks.
A WWCC is valid for employment in that position within
the organisation. Short-term employees (where that
person is being employed for periods of less than six
months and returning for short periods throughout a 12
month period) only need to be checked once every 12
months.
For more information, including the required forms visit:
https://check.kids.nsw.gov.au/index.php or contact 02
9286 7219 during business hours.
3.WESTERN AUSTRALIA
The Working with Children Check (WWC Check) is
a compulsory and rigorous criminal record check for
certain people who carry out ‘child-related work’ in WA.
A person is in ’child-related work’ if the usual duties of
their work involves, or is likely to involve contact with
a child in connection with specified categories of work
(see the website below for further details) It includes
child-related work carried out by paid employees,
volunteers, unpaid people and the self-employed.
Parents volunteering in connection with their child’s
activity are exempt (although this does not apply to
overnight camps); however they should still be required
to complete the non-WWC Check screening process.
There are other exemptions, for example volunteers
under 18 years old. Further details about exemptions
can be found on the website below. Only those in childrelated work under the Act may apply.
4.VICTORIA
The Working with Children (WWC) Check creates
a mandatory minimum checking standard across
Victoria. The Working with Children Act 2005 requires
that some people who work or volunteer in child-related
work require a WWC Check. The check involves a
national police records check and a review of relevant
findings from prescribed professional disciplinary bodes
(currently only the Victorian Institute of Teaching). There
is an exemption for volunteers whose own children are
involved in the particular activity; however they should
still be required to complete the screening process.
A person who has no criminal or professional
disciplinary history will be granted an assessment
notice. This notice will entitle the person to undertake
child-related work in Victoria and is valid for five years
(unless revoked). A person deemed unsuitable to work
or volunteer with children will be given a negative notice
and cannot work in child-related work in Victoria.
For more information:
www.justice.vic.gov.au/
workingwithchildren or call 1300 652 879
5.
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
There are provisions under the Children’s Protection
(Miscellaneous) Amendment Act 2005 that apply
to non-government and volunteer organisations
that are entrusted with the care of children or who
regularly come into contact with children. Part of the
Government regulations are ‘Seven Principles of Good
Practice’ which clubs and organisations are expected
to adopt as proactive and preventative strategies.
These principles are to help prevent and minimise
opportunities for abuse and to appropriately respond
when abuse occurs or is suspected.
Applicants will be issued with either:
The principles can be assessed at the following link:
•
http://www.recsport.sa.gov.au/training-development/
documents/Keep_Children_Safe_Guidelines.pdf
•
•
An Assessment Notice in the form of a WWC
Card enabling them to be in all types of childrelated work for three years unless there are new
offences of concern.
An Interim Negative Notice, which prohibits them
from child-related work until a final decision is
made on their application.
A Negative Notice, which prohibits them from
child-related work.
There are set obligations and strong penalties for non–
compliance including for employers and volunteer cocoordinators.
For more information: www.checkwwc.wa.gov.au or
call 1800 883 979 (toll free)
276
enjoy the ride
member protection policy
Criminal history assessments (checks) are likely to be
mandatory for most positions in sporting organisations
from 2010/2011. Some exemptions could apply.
Staff and volunteers who work with children are
mandated notifiers and have a legal obligation to report
any suspected child abuse and/or neglect.
For more information: http://www.dfc.sa.gov.au/pub/
Default.aspx?tabid=281
6.
NORTHERN TERRITORY
From January 2010, all persons employed in child
related work, either paid or as a volunteer, must hold
a valid clearance notice issued by the SAFE NT
Screening Authority. There are penalties for failure to
comply. Sports coaches, trainers, team administrators,
officials and volunteers of Sporting Organisations that
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
deal with children are included under the legislative
requirements.
Clearance notices are valid for two years from date
of issue unless revoked, and are transferable within
employment fields. As a part of the assessment
process, SAFE NT will consider the applicant’s criminal
history record and other relevant information.
For more information contact 1800 SAFE NT (1800
723 368)
C(3) CHILD PROTECTION REPORTING
REQUIREMENT AND DOCUMENTS
The following information was updated in November
2011. It is subject to change at any time.
1.QUEENSLAND
If you have a reason to suspect a child in Queensland
is experiencing harm, or is at risk of experiencing harm,
you need to contact Child Safety Services:
•
During normal business hours - contact the
Regional Intake Service.
•
After hours and on weekends - contact the Child
Safety After Hours Service Centre on 1800 177
135 or (07) 3235 9999. The service operates 24
hours a day, seven days a week.
app 3
You can make a report by phoning the Child Protection
Helpline on 132 111 (TTY 1800 212 936) for the cost of
a local call, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
3. WESTERN AUSTRALIA
If you are concerned about a child’s wellbeing, contact
the Department for Child Protection’s district office
closest to where the child lives or the Crisis Care Unit
after hours.
If you believe a child is in immediate danger or in a
life-threatening situation, contact the Western Australia
Police immediately by dialling 000.
If you make a report or disclose relevant information to
the Department for Child Protection, there is legislative
protection for the notifier. These are:
•
Protection of identity - with some exceptions,
your identity must not be disclosed without your
consent. For further information, refer to section
240 of the Children and Community Services Act
2004
•
Legal protection – you are not subject to legal
liability under State law providing the information
is provided in good faith.
•
Professional protection – authorised disclosure
of information cannot be held to constitute
unprofessional conduct or a breach of
professional ethics. As a result you cannot be
disciplined by your professional body or incur any
formal professional negative consequences at
your workplace.
If you believe a child is in immediate danger or in a lifethreatening situation, contact the Queensland Police
Service immediately by dialling 000.
Queensland Police Service has a number of child
protection and investigation units across Queensland.
To contact the Queensland Police Service, contact the
Police District Communication Centre nearest you.
If you aren’t sure who to call, or for assistance to locate
your nearest child safety service centre, contact Child
Safety Services’ Enquiries Unit on 1800 811 810. Child
safety service centres have professionally trained
child protection staff who are skilled in dealing with
information about harm or risk of harm to children.
2. NEW SOUTH WALES
Anyone who suspects, on reasonable grounds, that
a child or young person is at risk of being neglected
or physically, sexually or emotionally abused, should
report it to Community Services.
Reasonable grounds is the standard that reporters
must use in deciding whether or not to report to
Community Services.
It does not mean that reporters are required to confirm
their suspicions or provide solid proof before making
a report. A useful rule of thumb is to consider whether
another person, when faced with similar information,
would also draw the same conclusion.
member protection policy
When you contact the Department, the Duty Officer
will gather and record information that you provide and
decide how best to respond. The type of information
that the officer will gather includes:
•
details about the child/young person and family
•
the reasons you are concerned
•
the immediate risk to the child
•
whether or not the child or family has support
•
what may need to happen to make the child safe
•
your contact details, so that the officer can call
you to obtain further information if required or to
provide feedback.
You do not need to have all the details about the child
or family when you contact the Department for Child
Protection
For more information:
ChildProtection/
http://www.dcp.wa.gov.au/
277
app 3
278
member protection policy
4. VICTORIA
Some professionals such as doctors, nurses, police and
school teachers are legally obliged to report suspected
child abuse. In addition, any person who believes on
reasonable grounds that a child needs protection can
make a report to the Victorian Child Protection Service.
It is the Child Protection worker’s job to assess and,
where necessary, further investigate if a child or young
person is at risk of harm.
For more information: http://www.dhs.vic.gov.au/
5. SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Staff and volunteers who work with children are
mandated notifiers and have a legal obligation to report
any suspicion of child abuse and/or neglect that they
may form in the course of their employment or volunteer
activity based on reasonable grounds. This obligation
extends to persons holding a management position
whose duties include direct responsibility for, or direct
supervision of the provision of services to children.
Reports are made to the CHILD ABUSE HELP LINE
13 14 78
A reasonable suspicion must be based on facts, for
example:
•
A disclosure of abuse by a child
•
Professional judgement, based on the notifier’s
experience and observations
The organisation has an obligation to make each
affected person aware of this legal obligation.
There is no obligation that recreation or sporting
organisations require mandated reporters to undertake
formal external training in the recognition of child abuse.
The law also stipulates that no person shall threaten
or intimidate, or cause damage, loss or disadvantage
to another person because that person has made a
notification or proposes to make a notification pursuant
to the Children’s Protection Act 1993.
For more information: www.dcsi.sa.gov.au
6. NORTHERN TERRITORY
In the Northern Territory any person who believes that
a child is being, or has been, abused or neglected is
required by law to report their concerns.
Reports should be made to the 24 hour Centralised
Intake Service by using the free-call phone number
1800 700 250.
Remember, you do not need to prove abuse or neglect,
you need only report your concerns. The Care and
Protection of Children Act provides legal protection
against civil or criminal liability for people who make
reports in good faith.
The Act also makes it clear that making a report does
not breach any requirements of confidentiality or
professional ethics.
enjoy the ride
For more information: http://www.childrenandfamilies.
nt.gov.au/Child_Protection/
7. AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Care and Protection services is responsible for
facilitating coordination across government for the care
and protection of children and young people. Care and
Protection services and an After Hours service, provide
a continuum of service delivery to children and young
people considered ‘at risk’ of serious harm.
Care and Protection Services is authorised to collect
personal information under the Children and Young
People Act 2008 to ensure the safety and wellbeing of
children and young people in the ACT. The information
collected may be disclosed to government and nongovernment agencies (including but not limited to
the Australian Federal Police, ACT Children’s Court,
the Family Court, Health and Education Directorates
and community organisations) to assist in ensuring
the safety and wellbeing of children and young
people. Information identifying a person making
a child protection report is treated with the highest
confidentiality and will not be disclosed except where
a Court orders the disclosure.
For more information: http://www.dhcs.act.gov.au/
ocyfs/services/care_and_protection
8. TASMANIA
Most professionals who provide services to children
and families in Tasmania are ‘mandatory reporters’ of
child abuse, under the Children, Young Persons and
their Families Act 1997. This includes, but is not limited
to, the following groups:
•
DHHS employees
•
Child Care providers
•
Dentists, dental therapists or dental hygienists
•
Police officers and probation officers
•
Psychologists
•
Registered medical practitioners and nurses
•
School principals and teachers
•
Volunteers and employees of any organisation
that provides health, welfare, education, care
or residential services and which receives
government funding.
To make an urgent notification about abuse or neglect
to Child Protection Services, please ring 1300 737 639
at any time.
Child Protection Services prefer to talk to a notifier in
order to aid them in gathering information. However, if
it is after hours and you are a mandatory reporter, an
online notification can also be made.
For more information: http://www.dhhs.tas.gov.au/
children/child_protection_services
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
App 4PRIVACY REGULATION
Appendix 4 PRIVACY REGULATION
We respect your privacy and are committed to
protecting your personal information. This document
sets out our policy on how we will manage your
personal information.
What is personal information?
Personal information is information or an opinion
(including information or an opinion forming part of a
database) from which it is possible to determine your
identity. Examples of personal information include your
name, postal address, telephone number and email
address.
How do we collect your personal information?
We collect personal information about you in a number
of ways, including:
•
•
directly from you, for example, when you
provide information to us by phone, email, in an
application form or through our web site; and
from third parties, such as from our State
Controlling Bodies and affiliated clubs (together
the “Other Motorcycling Associations”).
How do we use your personal information?
We and third parties (including the Other Motorcycling
Associations) to whom we disclose your personal
information in accordance with this Privacy Policy, may
use your personal information in order to:
•
verify your identity;
•
develop, run, administer and market competitions,
programs, activities and other events relating to
motorcycling;
•
market products, services, merchandise and
special offers made available by us, Other
Motorcycling Associations or our respective
corporate partners, licensees, suppliers and
sponsors;
•
administer and manage our web site and provide
you with access to our web site;
•
keep you informed of news and information (such
as advance notice of ticket sales) relating to
motorcycling, including by distributing newsletters,
publications and other communication via various
mediums;
•
research and develop new competitions,
programs, activities and other events relating to
motorcycling; and
•
research and develop new products, services
and merchandise relating to motorcycling.
If you do not wish to receive our newsletters,
publications and other communications, please advise
us in writing (contact details are set out below).
We will require parties that we disclose personal
information to, to keep the information confidential and
not to use the information other than the purpose for
which it is disclosed to them.
Health and sensitive information
In some circumstances we may collect:
•
information about your health; or
•
other sensitive information about you (for
example, information about your racial or ethnic
origin).
We may use health information about you to ensure
that motorcycling programs in which you participate are
run safely and in accordance with any special health
needs you may have and for insurance purposes.
In addition, we may use de-identified health information
and other sensitive information to carry out research, to
prepare submissions to government or a government
body or to plan events and activities. De-identified
information is information which has been aggregated
or otherwise de-identified so that it cannot be used to
identify you or any other individual.
When do we disclose your personal information?
We may disclose your personal information to:
•
organisations (including the Other Motorcycling
Associations ) involved in motorcycling programs
and initiatives in Australia;
•
companies that we have engaged to carry out
functions and activities on our behalf;
•
our professional advisers, including
accountants, auditors and lawyers;
•
our insurers;
•
the Australian Institute of Sport; and
•
otherwise as required or authorised by law.
our
Our web site
When you visit our web site, our systems may record
certain information about your use of our web site (such
as which web pages you visit and the time and date of
your visit). We use this information to help analyse and
improve the performance of our web site.
279
ApP 4PRIVACY REGULATION
enjoy the ride
In addition, we may use “cookies” on our web site.
Cookies are small text files that help a web site
to remember your preferences and improve your
experience of using that web site. Using cookies
is standard practice for most large web sites. In
some cases, the cookies that we use may collect
some personal information about you. We will treat
this information in the same way as other personal
information we collect about you. If you prefer, you may
be able to disable cookies on your internet browser.
However, if you do so, you will not be able to enjoy the
enhanced user experience that our cookies offer.
Some of the security measures that we use include:
1. Confidentiality requirements of our employees
and service providers;
2. Security measures for computer/data base
system access; and
3. Security measures on our website, www.ma.org.au
Websites linked to our website are not subject to our
privacy standards, policies or procedures. These
individual websites would need to be contacted or
reviewed directly to determine their privacy standards,
policies and procedures.
Accuracy of your personal information
We take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the
personal information we collect, use and disclose is
accurate, complete and up-to-date. However, we rely
on the accuracy of personal information as provided to
us both directly and indirectly.
If you find that the personal information we hold about
you is inaccurate, incomplete or out-of-date, please
contact us immediately (our contact details are set out
below) and we will take reasonable steps to ensure that
it is corrected.
Protecting Personal Information
We store personal information in paper and/or in
electronic form. The security of information is important
to us and reasonable steps to protect it from misuse,
loss, unauthorised access, modification or disclosure
will be taken.
How can you access the personal information we
hold about you?
Subject to some exceptions provided by law, you have
the right to access your personal information. For
security purposes, if you would like to access personal
information that we hold about you, we require you
to put your request in writing. If we do not allow you
access to any part of the personal information we hold
about you, we will tell you why. We will not charge
you for lodging a request to access your personal
information, but we may charge you for our reasonable
costs in supplying you with access to this information.
How to contact us
If you have any questions in relation to this Privacy
Policy, you can write to our Privacy Officer at PO Box
134, South Melbourne Vic 3205 or send an email to
mail@ma.org.au.
Changes to this Privacy Policy
From time to time, we may need to change this Privacy
Policy to reflect our changing business practices. We
may change the Privacy Policy at any time by posting
the changed Privacy Policy on our web site.
Privacy Collection Statement
MA collects information about you to provide you with
services to facilitate your involvement in motorcycling
and to conduct marketing activities and market
research. If the information is not provided, MA may not
be able to provide certain services.
asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter –
regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free!
www.ma.org.au
280
280
e!
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 5 & 6Oh&s and ENVT policies
appendix 5
OCCUPATIONAL
HEALTH AND SAFETY
POLICY
appendix 6
ENVIRONMENTAL
SUSTAINABILITY
POLICY
Statement
Statement
Motorcycling Australia recognises the importance of
providing all stakeholders, employees’ volunteers,
officials, contractors, visitors and participants with a
safe and healthy work environment under their control.
Motorcycling Australia (MA) is the governing body of
motorcycle sport in Australia.
Objectives
MA is committed to the environment through
development and promotion of an environmental
program which is committed to incorporating principles
of sustainability in motorcycle sport within Australia.
Our goal is to prevent all occupational injuries and
illnesses. Motorcycling Australia will achieve this by:
Objectives
• Managing a workplace health and safety program
for all Motorcycling Australia’s stakeholders
• Ensuring safety is a prime consideration in all
operations and practices
• Involving stakeholders in occupational health and
safety matters and consulting with them on ways to
recognise, evaluate and control workplace hazards
• Providing instruction, training and supervision to
improve individuals understanding of workplace
hazards, including safe work practices and
emergency procedures. Motorcycling Australia will
implement and maintain an ongoing occupational
health and safety program, including conduct
regular inspections aimed at reducing workplace
incidents.
All stakeholders are responsible and accountable for
the safety of their employees, contractors, officials,
volunteers, participants, spectators and company
property under their control. All employees, officials
(voluntary/paid), competitors, associated competition
participants, non competitive participants and others
are responsible for ensuring all regulations, procedures
and safe work practices are followed at all times. All
Stakeholders are expected to fulfil their obligations by:
• Following all safety directions, legislation, regulations
and procedures
• Reporting all injures and safety incidents
• Actively participating in safety initiatives
MA’s goal is to establish a culture of continuous
environmental improvement across motorcycling sport
in Australia. To achieve this we will:
•
Establish and maintain an Environmental
Program
•
Comply with all relevant legislation, regulations,
policies, local laws and site agreements that are
designed to protect the environment.
•
Implement a National Environmental Code
and Management Plan that aims to prevent
pollution, minimise the potential for adverse
environmental impacts and explore improved
environmental options, especially in relation to:
1.Noise emissions
2. Soil and ground water contamination (eg, pit/
motorcycle clean up practices)
3. Emissions to air (eg fuel vapour, dust, fumes,
odour)
4.Protection of flora and fauna
5.Discharges to water catchment areas (eg
spills of fuel, brake fluids, coolant, oils, litter,
degreasing, cleaning agents)
6.Protection of cultural heritage
All employees, officials (voluntary/paid), competitors,
associated competition participants, non competitive
participants and others will comply with MA’s
Environmental Sustainability Policy.
281
appendix 7compulsory riders briefing
enjoy the ride
Appendix 7 Compulsory riders briefing
282
All information on this page must be covered at all events
Welcome
Welcome to riders, team managers and support crews to this event. This briefing is to give you important information so please pay attention.
My name is………………………………………I am the Clerk of Course (Referee).
The Assist. Clerk of Course (Referee) is………………..……………
The Steward is……………………………………..
Risk and Danger
Motorcycle racing is dangerous and can result in personal injury or death.
You may suffer loss of or damage to your equipment.
Responsibilities
Clerk of Course / Referee
Our responsibilities include:
•
providing a venue that has been approved for competition
•
providing medical facilities and personnel
•
providing enough effectively briefed officials to conduct this meeting in accordance with the rules of competition.
Riders
Your responsibilities include:
•
taking the opportunity for prior inspection of the track
•
riding to the track conditions with due regard for the safety of other riders and officials
•
obeying directions of officials and medical people
•
knowing the meaning of flag signals and locations of flag officials
•
signing entry and indemnity forms to signify your acceptance of the risks
Rider Safety Concerns
•
If you have safety concerns with the venue or the operation of the meeting then you need to see me.
•
If I cannot satisfy your concerns then you need to consider withdrawing from competition at this meeting.
Duty of Care - Rules and Instructions
Make sure you understand the duty of care statement on your entry form and all relevant rules and instructions for
this event.
Ending Comment - Good luck and remember to sign the riders briefing sheet.
Other relevant event information may be added as required. For example:
Practice and Race order - is posted at the entrance to the start area
Qualifying and Race procedure - 2 minute call up, where to wait for starts etc.
Post race scrutineering procedure (if any).
Flags:
Yellow Flag: NO PASSING in yellow flag zone.
Red Flag: slow down/return to dummy grid.
Race motorcycles: May only be ridden in the designated areas of the pits, the dummy grid and the racetrack.
Helmets must be worn, this includes pit crews.
Crashes and breakdowns: If possible get yourself and your bike off the track - assist marshals where possible.
Bikes must be returned to scrutineering bay. Only riders should collect their bikes - unless injured.
Injured Riders: Crews and family who have an injured rider must go to the race secretary’s office. They will be
accompanied by a race official to the Medical Centre when appropriate.
Noise, Alcohol or Drug testing may take place at any time during this meeting.
Photographers may be present during this meeting. Anyone not wishing themselves or their child to be photographed please see me after this briefing.
Add anything else that is unique to your event.
Ending Comment - Good luck and remember to sign the riders briefing sheet.
or to ke
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
30
30
RIDERS DEVISION
Riders’ Division
Established in 2005, the ARD is the non-competition
arm of Motorcycling Australia and aims to cater for
recreational riders around Australia.
Your club will be also covered by a compulsory
Associations Liability Cover which includes:
Riders’ Division Membership
• Loss of Documents
Membership of Motorcycling Australia’s (MA) Riders’
Division is open to any adult in Australia.
The cost to join at the time of printing of this manual
is $39 per year, and as a member you will have
access to the same products, services, and special
events that all our members enjoy, meaning you
spend less on the things you want and need. To
join, visit our website www.ard.org.au and follow the
prompts.
Non-competition Motorcycle Clubs may now affiliate
with MA.
• Cover for the Directors and Officers of your Club
• Professional Indemnity cover
• Loss of Documents
• Libel & Slander cover
• Employment Practices liability cover
• Fidelity cover
• Trade Practices and Related Legislation
This policy provides valuable insurance protection to
affiliated organisations of up to $5 million for any one
claim and $10 million in the aggregate.
MA is extending its insurance cover for bona
fide non-competition (leisure) motorcycle clubs,
tour operators and non-commercial (charitable)
organisations which conduct motorcycle based
events.
Various costs including excesses apply.
Insurance Cover
$10 off Motorcycling Australia Membership
Affiliating with MA through the ARD means you can
access the same Public Liability insurance policy
that covers motorcycle sport in Australia. This
means that your club is covered in case of a claim
by the public up to $50 Million.
Your club, its Officials and Event Organisers will be
protected by the umbrella of Motorcycling Australia’s
Insurance Public Liability Policy.
If you have other questions regarding noncompetition club affiliation, please contact us on:
(03) 9684 0509 or email: riders@ma.org.au, to join
visit www.ard.org.au
If your club affiliates with MA you will be able to join
the Australian Riders’ Division for just $29 a year.
We are dedicated to making your membership as
good as it can be, so if you’ve got feedback on your
experiences as a member of Motorcycling Australia,
or ideas on how we can serve you better, please let
us know by phoning: 03 9684 0500 or by emailing:
riders@ma.org.au.
asd Subscribe to MA’s e-Newsletter
or to keep up with the Australian Riders Division go to:
www.ard.org.au
283
The Kirk McCarthy Memorial Award was established in 2005 by the McCarthy
Family in conjunction with a number of industry partners to honour Kirk McCarthy
and his achievements in motorcycling.
The award program is aimed at assisting young riders to contest the Australian
Superbike Championship (ASC).
Each year, one rider will be selected from the applications received for the Kirk
McCarthy Memorial Award. The successful rider will receive financial and product
support to contest the following year’s ASC.
A perpetual trophy is awarded to the winner, who will also receive a replica trophy
at the annual ASC Presentation Dinner awards night.
Supporters of the Award include:
McCarthy Family
Suzuki Australia
Monza Importers
Dunlop
Dave Roberts – Bandit
Marty Craggill
Scott Williams
Darred Motors Body Work
International Entertainment
Group
Phillip Island Grand Prix Circuit
Motorcycling Australia
The Award is open to riders in
all ASC classes. Applicants will
be assessed on attributes such
as professionalism,
presentation, dedication and
commitment, general attitude
and manner, and potential riding
ability.
Applications will be available
mid 2012 from www.ma.org.au
286
NOTES
288
enjoy the ride
2012 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
NOTES
289
NOTES
290
enjoy the ride
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising